Vehicle/Track Interaction Safety Standards; High-Speed and High Cant Deficiency Operations, 16051-16126 [2013-04679]
Download as PDF
Vol. 78
Wednesday,
No. 49
March 13, 2013
Part II
Department of Transportation
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Railroad Administration
49 CFR Parts 213 and 238
Vehicle/Track Interaction Safety Standards; High-Speed and High Cant
Deficiency Operations; Final Rule
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00001
Fmt 4717
Sfmt 4717
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
16052
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Federal Railroad Administration
49 CFR Parts 213 and 238
[Docket No. FRA–2009–0036, Notice No. 2]
RIN 2130–AC09
Vehicle/Track Interaction Safety
Standards; High-Speed and High Cant
Deficiency Operations
Federal Railroad
Administration (FRA), Department of
Transportation (DOT).
ACTION: Final rule.
AGENCY:
FRA is amending the Track
Safety Standards and Passenger
Equipment Safety Standards to promote
the safe interaction of rail vehicles with
the track over which they operate under
a variety of conditions at speeds up to
220 m.p.h. The final rule revises
standards for track geometry and safety
limits for vehicle response to track
conditions, enhances vehicle/track
qualification procedures, and adds
flexibility for permitting high cant
deficiency train operations through
curves at conventional speeds. The rule
accounts for a range of vehicle types
that are currently in operation, as well
as vehicle types that may likely be used
in future high-speed or high cant
deficiency rail operations, or both. The
rule is based on the results of simulation
studies designed to identify track
geometry irregularities associated with
unsafe wheel/rail forces and
accelerations, thorough reviews of
vehicle qualification and revenue
service test data, and consideration of
international practices.
DATES: This final rule is effective July
11, 2013. The incorporation by reference
of a certain publication listed in the rule
is approved by the Director of the
Federal Register as of July 11, 2013.
Petitions for reconsideration must be
received on or before May 13, 2013.
Comments in response to petitions for
reconsideration must be received on or
before June 26, 2013.
ADDRESSES: Petitions for reconsideration
and comments on petitions for
reconsideration: Any petitions for
reconsideration or comments on
petitions for reconsideration related to
Docket No. FRA–2009–0036, Notice No.
2, may be submitted by any of the
following methods:
• Web site: The Federal eRulemaking
Portal, www.regulations.gov. Follow the
Web site’s online instructions for
submitting comments.
• Fax: 202–493–2251.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
• Mail: Docket Management Facility,
U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200
New Jersey Avenue SE., Room W12–
140, Washington, DC 20590.
• Hand Delivery: Docket Management
Facility, U.S. Department of
Transportation, 1200 New Jersey
Avenue SE., Room W12–140 on the
Ground level of the West Building,
between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday
through Friday, except Federal holidays.
Instructions: All submissions must
include the agency name and docket
number or Regulatory Identification
Number (RIN) for this rulemaking. Note
that all petitions and comments
received will be posted without change
to www.regulations.gov, including any
personal information. Please see the
Privacy Act heading in the
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section of
this document for Privacy Act
information related to any submitted
petitions, comments, or materials.
Docket: For access to the docket to
read background documents, petitions
for reconsideration, or comments
received, go to www.regulations.gov
anytime or visit the Docket Management
Facility, U.S. Department of
Transportation, 1200 New Jersey
Avenue SE., Room W12–140 on the
Ground level of the West Building,
between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday
through Friday, except Federal holidays.
John
J. Mardente, Engineer, Office of Railroad
Safety, Mail Stop 25, Federal Railroad
Administration, 1200 New Jersey
Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590
(telephone 202–493–1335); Ken Rusk,
Staff Director, Track Division, Office of
Railroad Safety, Mail Stop 25, Federal
Railroad Administration, 1200 New
Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC
20590 (telephone 202–493–6236); Ali
Tajaddini, Program Manager for
Vehicle/Track Interaction, Office of
Railroad Policy and Development, Mail
Stop 20, Federal Railroad
Administration, 1200 New Jersey
Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590
(telephone 202–493–6438); or Daniel L.
Alpert, Supervisory Trial Attorney,
Office of Chief Counsel, Mail Stop 10,
Federal Railroad Administration, 1200
New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington,
DC 20590 (telephone 202–493–6026).
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Table of Contents for SUPPLEMENTARY
INFORMATION
I. Executive Summary
II. Statutory Background
A. Track Safety Standards
B. Passenger Equipment Safety Standards
III. Proceedings to Date
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
A. Proceedings to Carry Out the 1992/1994
Track Safety Standards Rulemaking
Mandates
B. Proceedings To Carry Out the 1994
Passenger Equipment Safety Standards
Rulemaking Mandate
C. Identification of Key Issues for Future
Rulemaking
D. RSAC Overview
E. Establishment of the Passenger Safety
Working Group
F. Establishment of the Task Force
G. Development of the NPRM
H. Development of the Final Rule
IV. Technical Background
A. Lessons Learned and Operational
Experience
B. Research and Computer Modeling
V. Discussion of Specific Comments and
Conclusions
A. EU and SNCF Comments on Track
Geometry Standards
B. Wheel Unloading Ffrom Wind on
Superelevated Curves
VI. Section-by-Section Analysis
VII. Regulatory Impact and Notices
A. Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 and
DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures
B. Regulatory Flexibility Act and Executive
Order 13272
C. Paperwork Reduction Act
D. Federalism Implications
E. Environmental Impact
F. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
G. Energy Impact
H. Trade Impact
I. Privacy Act
I. Executive Summary
Having considered the public
comments in response to FRA’s May 10,
2010, proposed rule on vehicle/track
interaction safety, see 75 FR 25928, FRA
issues this final rule amending the
Track Safety Standards, 49 CFR part
213, and the Passenger Equipment
Safety Standards, 49 CFR part 238,
applicable to high-speed and high cant
deficiency train operations. (As
explained more fully in the preamble,
below, train operations at cant
deficiency involve traveling through
curves faster than the balance speed; the
higher the train speed is above the
balance speed, the higher the cant
deficiency.) Since FRA’s high-speed
track safety standards and passenger
equipment safety standards were issued
in the late 1990s, FRA and interested
industry members have identified
various issues for possible future
rulemaking. Some of these issues
resulted from the gathering of
operational experience in applying the
safety standards to Amtrak’s high-speed,
Acela Express (Acela) trainsets, as well
as to higher-speed commuter railroad
operations. Other issues arose from
research conducted, allowing FRA to
gather new information with which to
evaluate the safety of high-speed and
high cant deficiency rail operations.
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
FRA has addressed these issues with the
assistance of the Railroad Safety
Advisory Committee (RSAC), which
unanimously recommended the
requirements contained in this final
rule.
Among the final rule’s main
accomplishments, the rule:
• Revises performance standards and
specifications for track geometry for the
higher-speed track classes, track Classes
6 through 9 (speeds greater than 80
miles per hour (m.p.h.) for freight and
90 m.p.h. for passenger operations).
FRA has reviewed the performance
standards in light of advanced
simulations that were developed to
support the rulemaking effort, as
discussed in Section IV, below, and is
refining those standards to focus on
identified safety concerns and remove
any unnecessary costs.
• Adds flexibility through procedures
for safely permitting high cant
deficiency operations on the lowerspeed track classes, track Classes 1
through 5, without the need for
obtaining a waiver. In order to take
advantage of high cant deficiency
operations and the resultant savings in
travel time, the equipment must be
qualified and the track must be
maintained to more stringent standards
to permit the higher speeds through
curves.
• Institutes more cost-effective
equipment qualification and in-service
monitoring requirements. Railroads can
discontinue annual use of instrumented
wheelsets for in-service validation as a
general requirement and avoid some
tests that have not provided useful data.
Further, the final rule makes it easier to
qualify vehicles on additional segments
of track once they are qualified on any
track, extending territories in which
qualified equipment may operate.
• Clarifies that individuals qualified
to inspect track need only understand
the portions of the regulation relevant to
the inspections they conduct and the
work they perform, given, in particular,
the provisions added for high cant
deficiency operations in lower-speed
track classes.
In analyzing the economic impacts of
the final rule, FRA does not find that
any existing operation will be adversely
affected by these changes, nor does FRA
find that the changes will induce any
net costs.
FRA expects three types of benefits:
Benefits related to equipment
procurement for passenger trains at
speeds exceeding 90 m.p.h., benefits
from operations at high cant deficiency
for passenger trains at speeds up to 90
m.p.h, and benefits from streamlined
testing requirements. Under the rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
existing before this final rule, a railroad
could insist that a carbuilder provide
trainsets that could meet acceleration
requirements on track at the maximum
allowable deviations. FRA is unaware of
any such trainsets that are available that
would have complied with the former
rule under all permitted conditions and
also meet other requirements for service
in the United States. This final rule
makes it more likely that railroads will
specify equipment that is currently
produced, and thus could reduce the
costs of procurements, although Amtrak
disagrees in its comments (and FRA
believes that, even without procurement
benefits, the costs of the rule are still
justified by the benefits). Operations at
high cant deficiency allow trains to
operate more rapidly around curves.
This can dramatically reduce the time
required for any given trip. Streamlined
testing requirements make it much
easier to qualify a trainset on additional
track once it has been qualified on any
track, and provide more flexibility for
monitoring trainset performance in
service.
Nothing in the rule will increase the
overall costs of procuring equipment or
of testing that equipment to validate
compliance with the rule. In fact, the
rule will reduce those costs.
Although the provisions for high cant
deficiency operations on all track
classes are permissive in nature and
create no additional net costs, railroads
that avail themselves of these provisions
will incur some costs. The first will be
the one-time cost of programming the
software of automated track inspection
vehicles to include the new standards
required by the rule, and the second
will be the cost of maintaining the track
in curves to tighter geometric standards.
FRA conservatively estimates that it will
cost $292,000 as a one-time expense to
update track inspection software to
reflect the changes in this rule.
However, FRA is not certain whether
overall maintenance costs will be higher
or lower with high cant deficiency
operations, as trains otherwise would
have more frequently slowed down from
the line speed before entering curves
and then accelerated back to the line
speed after exiting the curves, adding
wear and tear to both equipment and
track. In any case, the difference in
maintenance costs is not included as a
factor in the analysis.
The rule creates net benefits and will
facilitate the expansion of passenger rail
service.
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16053
II. Statutory Background
A. Track Safety Standards
The first Federal Track Safety
Standards were published on October
20, 1971, following the enactment of the
Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970,
Public Law 91–458, 84 Stat. 971
(October 16, 1970), in which Congress
granted to FRA comprehensive
authority over ‘‘all areas of railroad
safety.’’ See 36 FR 20336. FRA
envisioned the new Standards to be an
evolving set of safety requirements
subject to continuous revision allowing
the regulations to keep pace with
industry innovations and agency
research and development. The most
comprehensive revision of the
Standards resulted from the Rail Safety
Enforcement and Review Act of 1992,
Public Law 102–365, 106 Stat. 972
(Sept. 3, 1992), later amended by the
Federal Railroad Safety Authorization
Act of 1994, Public Law 103–440, 108
Stat. 4615 (November 2, 1994). The
amended statute is codified at 49 U.S.C.
20142 and required the Secretary of
Transportation (Secretary) to review and
then revise the Track Safety Standards,
which are contained in 49 CFR part 213.
The Secretary has delegated such
statutory responsibilities to the
Administrator of FRA (see 49 CFR 1.89),
which as discussed below, carried out
the review and the rulemaking
proceedings.
B. Passenger Equipment Safety
Standards
In September 1994, the Secretary
convened a meeting of representatives
from all sectors of the rail industry with
the goal of enhancing rail safety. As one
of the initiatives arising from this Rail
Safety Summit, the Secretary
announced that DOT would develop
safety standards for rail passenger
equipment over a 5-year period. In
November 1994, Congress adopted the
Secretary’s schedule for implementing
rail passenger equipment safety
regulations and included it in the
Federal Railroad Safety Authorization
Act of 1994. Congress also authorized
the Secretary to consult with various
organizations involved in passenger
train operations for purposes of
prescribing and amending these
regulations, as well as issuing orders
pursuant to them. Section 215 of this
Act is codified at 49 U.S.C. 20133.
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
16054
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
III. Proceedings to Date
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
A. Proceedings To Carry Out the 1992/
1994 Track Safety Standards
Rulemaking Mandates
To help fulfill the statutory mandates
described in Section II.A, FRA decided
that the proceeding to revise part 213
should advance under RSAC, which
was established on March 11, 1996. (A
fuller discussion of RSAC is provided
below.) In turn, RSAC formed the Track
Working Group, comprised of
approximately 30 representatives from
railroads, rail labor organizations, trade
associations, State government, track
equipment manufacturers, and FRA, to
develop and draft a proposed rule for
revising part 213. The Track Working
Group identified issues for discussion
from several sources, in addition to the
statutory mandates issued by Congress
in 1992 and in 1994. Ultimately, the
Track Working Group recommended a
proposed rule to the full RSAC body,
which in turn formally recommended to
the Administrator of FRA that FRA
issue the proposed rule as it was
drafted.
On July 3, 1997, FRA published an
NPRM that included substantially the
same rule text and preamble as that
developed by the Track Working Group.
The NPRM generated comment, and
following consideration of the
comments received, FRA published a
final rule in the Federal Register on
June 22, 1998, see 63 FR 33992, which,
effective September 21, 1998, revised
the Track Safety Standards in their
entirety.
To address the modern railroad
operating environment, the final rule
included standards specifically
applicable to high-speed train
operations in a new subpart G. Prior to
the 1998 final rule, the Track Safety
Standards had addressed six classes of
track, Classes 1 through 6, that
permitted passenger and freight trains to
travel at speeds up to 110 m.p.h.;
passenger trains had been allowed to
operate at speeds over 110 m.p.h. under
conditional waiver granted by FRA.
FRA revised the requirements for Class
6 track, included them in new subpart
G, and also added in it three new classes
of track, track Classes 7 through 9,
designating standards for track over
which trains may travel at speeds up to
200 m.p.h. The new subpart G was
intended to function as a set of ‘‘stand
alone’’ regulations governing any track
identified as belonging to one of these
high-speed track classes.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
B. Proceedings To Carry Out the 1994
Passenger Equipment Safety Standards
Rulemaking Mandate
FRA formed the Passenger Equipment
Safety Standards Working Group to
provide FRA with advice in developing
the regulations mandated by Congress.
On June 17, 1996, FRA published an
advance notice of proposed rulemaking
(ANPRM) concerning the establishment
of comprehensive safety standards for
railroad passenger equipment. See 61
FR 30672. The ANPRM provided
background information on the need for
such standards, offered preliminary
ideas on approaching passenger safety
issues, and presented questions on
various passenger safety topics.
Following consideration of comments
received on the ANPRM and advice
from FRA’s Passenger Equipment Safety
Standards Working Group, FRA
published an NPRM on September 23,
1997, to establish comprehensive safety
standards for railroad passenger
equipment. See 62 FR 49728. In
addition to requesting written comment
on the NPRM, FRA also solicited oral
comment at a public hearing held on
November 21, 1997. FRA considered the
comments received on the NPRM and
prepared a final rule, which was
published on May 12, 1999. See 64 FR
25540.
After publication of the final rule,
interested parties filed petitions seeking
FRA’s reconsideration of certain
requirements contained in the rule.
These petitions generally related to the
following subject areas: Structural
design; fire safety; training; inspection,
testing, and maintenance; and
movement of defective equipment. On
July 3, 2000, FRA issued a response to
the petitions for reconsideration relating
to the inspection, testing, and
maintenance of passenger equipment,
the movement of defective passenger
equipment, and other miscellaneous
provisions related to mechanical issues
contained in the final rule. See 65 FR
41284. On April 23, 2002, FRA
responded to all remaining issues raised
in the petitions for reconsideration, with
the exception of those relating to fire
safety. See 67 FR 19970. Finally, on
June 25, 2002, FRA completed its
response to the petitions for
reconsideration by publishing a
response to those petitions concerning
the fire safety portion of the rule. See 67
FR 42892. (For more detailed
information on the petitions for
reconsideration and FRA’s response to
them, please see these three rulemaking
documents.) The product of this
rulemaking was codified primarily at 49
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
CFR part 238 and secondarily at 49 CFR
parts 216, 223, 229, 231, and 232.
C. Identification of Key Issues for Future
Rulemaking
While FRA had completed these
rulemakings, FRA and interested
industry members began identifying
various issues for possible future
rulemaking. Some of these issues
resulted from the gathering of
operational experience in applying the
new safety standards to Amtrak’s Acela
trainsets, as well as to higher-speed
commuter railroad operations. These
included concerns raised by railroads
and rail equipment manufacturers as to
the application of the new safety
standards and the consistency between
the requirements contained in part 213
and those in part 238. Other issues arose
from research conducted, allowing FRA
to gather new information with which to
evaluate the safety of high-speed and
high cant deficiency rail operations.
FRA decided to address these issues
with the assistance of RSAC.
FRA notes that train operation at cant
deficiency involves traveling through a
curve faster than the balance speed.
Balance speed for any given curve is the
speed at which the lateral component of
centrifugal force will be exactly
compensated (or balanced) by the
corresponding component of the
gravitational force. When operating
above the balance speed, there is a net
lateral force to the outside of the curve.
Cant deficiency is measured in inches
and is the amount of superelevation that
would need to be added to the existing
track to balance this centrifugal force
with this gravitational force to realize no
net lateral force measured in the plane
of the rails. For every curve, there is a
balance speed at which the cant
deficiency is zero based on the actual
superelevation built into the track. The
higher the train speed is above the
balance speed, the higher the cant
deficiency.
D. RSAC Overview
As mentioned above, in March 1996,
FRA established RSAC as a forum for
developing consensus recommendations
to FRA’s Administrator on rulemakings
and other safety program issues. The
Committee includes representation from
all of the agency’s major stakeholders,
including railroads, labor organizations,
suppliers and manufacturers, and other
interested parties. A list of member
groups follows:
• American Association of Private
Railroad Car Owners (AAPRCO);
• American Association of State
Highway and Transportation Officials
(AASHTO);
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
• American Chemistry Council;
• American Petroleum Institute;
• American Public Transportation
Association (APTA);
• American Short Line and Regional
Railroad Association (ASLRRA);
• American Train Dispatchers
Association;
• Association of American Railroads
(AAR);
• Association of Railway Museums;
• Association of State Rail Safety
Managers (ASRSM);
• Brotherhood of Locomotive
Engineers and Trainmen (BLET);
• Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way
Employes Division (BMWED);
• Brotherhood of Railroad Signalmen
(BRS);
• Chlorine Institute;
• Federal Transit Administration
(FTA); *
• Fertilizer Institute;
• High Speed Ground Transportation
Association;
• Institute of Makers of Explosives;
• International Association of
Machinists and Aerospace Workers;
• International Brotherhood of
Electrical Workers;
• Labor Council for Latin American
Advancement; *
• League of Railway Industry
Women; *
• National Association of Railroad
Passengers (NARP);
• National Association of Railway
Business Women; *
• National Conference of Firemen &
Oilers;
• National Railroad Construction and
Maintenance Association;
• National Railroad Passenger
Corporation (Amtrak);
• National Transportation Safety
Board (NTSB); *
• Railway Supply Institute (RSI);
• Safe Travel America (STA);
• Secretaria de Comunicaciones y
Transporte; *
• Sheet Metal Workers International
Association (SMWIA);
• Tourist Railway Association, Inc.;
• Transport Canada; *
• Transport Workers Union of
America (TWU);
• Transportation Communications
International Union/BRC (TCIU/BRC);
• Transportation Security
Administration (TSA); * and
• United Transportation Union
(UTU).
* Indicates associate, non-voting
membership.
When appropriate, FRA assigns a task
to RSAC, and after consideration and
debate, RSAC may accept or reject the
task. If the task is accepted, RSAC
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
establishes a working group that
possesses the appropriate expertise and
representation of interests to develop
recommendations to FRA for action on
the task. These recommendations are
developed by consensus. A working
group may establish one or more task
forces to develop facts and options on
a particular aspect of a given task. The
individual task force then provides that
information to the working group for
consideration. When a working group
comes to unanimous consensus on
recommendations for action, the
package is presented to the full RSAC
for a vote. If the proposal is accepted by
a simple majority of RSAC, the proposal
is formally recommended to FRA. FRA
then determines what action to take on
the recommendation. Because FRA staff
members play an active role at the
working group level in discussing the
issues and options and in drafting the
language of the consensus proposal,
FRA is often favorably inclined toward
the RSAC recommendation. However,
FRA is in no way bound to follow the
recommendation, and the agency
exercises its independent judgment on
whether the recommended rule achieves
the agency’s regulatory goal, is soundly
supported, and is in accordance with
policy and legal requirements. Often,
FRA varies in some respects from the
RSAC recommendation in developing
the actual regulatory proposal or final
rule. Any such variations would be
noted and explained in the rulemaking
document issued by FRA. However, to
the maximum extent practicable, FRA
utilizes RSAC to provide consensus
recommendations with respect to both
proposed and final agency action. If
RSAC is unable to reach consensus on
a recommendation for action, the task is
withdrawn and FRA determines the best
course of action.
E. Establishment of the Passenger Safety
Working Group
On May 20, 2003, FRA presented, and
RSAC accepted, the task of reviewing
existing passenger equipment safety
needs and programs and recommending
consideration of specific actions that
could be useful in advancing the safety
of rail passenger service. The RSAC
established the Passenger Safety
Working Group (Working Group) to
handle this task and develop
recommendations for the full RSAC to
consider. Members of the Working
Group, in addition to FRA, include the
following:
• AAR, including members from
BNSF Railway Company (BNSF), CSX
Transportation, Inc. (CSXT), and Union
Pacific Railroad Company;
• AAPRCO;
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16055
• AASHTO;
• Amtrak;
• APTA, including members from
Bombardier, Inc., Herzog Transit
Services, Inc., Interfleet Technology,
Inc. (Interfleet, formerly LDK
Engineering, Inc.), Long Island Rail
Road (LIRR), Maryland Transit
Administration (MTA), Metro-North
Commuter Railroad Company, Northeast
Illinois Regional Commuter Railroad
Corporation, Southern California
Regional Rail Authority, and
Southeastern Pennsylvania
Transportation Authority (SEPTA);
• ASLRRA;
• BLET;
• BRS;
• FTA;
• NARP;
• RSI;
• SMWIA;
• STA;
• TCIU/BRC;
• TSA;
• TWU; and
• UTU.
Staff from DOT’s John A. Volpe
National Transportation Systems Center
(Volpe Center) attended all of the
meetings and contributed to the
technical discussions. Staff from the
NTSB also participated in the Working
Group’s meetings. The Working Group
has held 14 meetings on the following
dates and in the following locations:
• September 9–10, 2003, in
Washington, DC;
• November 6, 2003, in Philadelphia,
PA;
• May 11, 2004, in Schaumburg, IL;
• October 26–27, 2004, in Linthicum/
Baltimore, MD;
• March 9–10, 2005, in Ft.
Lauderdale, FL;
• September 7, 2005, in Chicago, IL;
• March 21–22, 2006, in Ft.
Lauderdale, FL;
• September 12–13, 2006, in Orlando,
FL;
• April 17–18, 2007, in Orlando, FL;
• December 11, 2007, in Ft.
Lauderdale, FL;
• June 18, 2008, in Baltimore, MD;
• November 13, 2008, in Washington,
DC;
• June 8, 2009, in Washington, DC;
and
• September 16, 2010, in Chicago, IL.
F. Establishment of the Task Force
Due to the variety of issues involved,
at its November 2003 meeting the
Working Group established four task
forces—smaller groups to develop
recommendations on specific issues
within each group’s particular area of
expertise. Members of the task forces
include various representatives from the
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
16056
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
respective organizations that are part of
the larger Working Group. One of these
task forces was assigned to identify and
develop issues and recommendations
specifically related to the inspection,
testing, and operation of passenger
equipment as well as concerns related to
the attachment of safety appliances on
passenger equipment. An NPRM on
these topics was published on December
8, 2005 (see 70 FR 73069), and a final
rule was published on October 19, 2006
(see 71 FR 61835). Another of these task
forces was assigned to develop
recommendations related to window
glazing integrity, structural
crashworthiness, and the protection of
occupants during accidents and
incidents. The work of this task force
led to the publication of an NPRM
focused on enhancing the front end
strength of cab cars and multiple-unit
(MU) locomotives on August 1, 2007
(see 72 FR 42016), and the publication
of a final rule on January 8, 2010 (see
75 FR 1180). Another task force, the
Emergency Preparedness Task Force,
was established to identify issues and
develop recommendations related to
emergency systems, procedures, and
equipment. An NPRM on these topics
was published on August 24, 2006 (see
71 FR 50276), and a final rule was
published on February 1, 2008 (see 73
FR 6370).
The fourth task force, the Track/
Vehicle Interaction Task Force (also
identified as the Vehicle/Track
Interaction Task Force, or Task Force),
was established to identify issues and
develop recommendations related to the
safety of vehicle/track interactions.
Initially, the Task Force was charged
with considering a number of issues,
including vehicle-centered issues
involving wheel flange angle, tread
conicity, and truck equalization; the
necessity for instrumented wheelset
tests for operations at speeds from 90 to
125 m.p.h.; consolidation of vehicle
trackworthiness criteria in parts 213 and
238; and revisions of the track geometry
standards. The Task Force was given the
responsibility of addressing other
vehicle/track interaction safety issues
and to recommend any research
necessary to facilitate their resolution.
Members of the Task Force, in addition
to FRA, include the following:
• AAR;
• AASHTO;
• Amtrak;
• APTA, including members from
Bombardier, Interfleet, LIRR, LTK
Engineering Services, Port Authority
Trans-Hudson, and STV Inc.;
• BMWED; and
• BRS.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
Staff from the Volpe Center attended
all of the meetings and contributed to
the technical discussions through their
comments and presentations. In
addition, staff from ENSCO, Inc.,
attended all of the meetings and
contributed to the technical discussions,
as a contractor to FRA. Both the Volpe
Center and ENSCO, Inc., have supported
FRA throughout this rulemaking.
The Task Force has held 32 meetings
on the following dates and in the
following locations:
• April 20–21, 2004, in Washington,
DC;
• May 24, 2004, in Springfield, VA
(technical subgroup only);
• June 24–25, 2004, in Washington,
DC;
• July 6, 2004, in Washington, DC
(technical subgroup only);
• July 22, 2004, in Washington, DC
(technical subgroup only);
• August 24–25, 2004, in Washington,
DC;
• October 12–14, 2004, in
Washington, DC;
• December 9, 2004, in Washington,
DC;
• February 10, 2005, in Washington,
DC;
• April 7, 2005, in Washington, DC;
• August 24, 2005, in Washington,
DC;
• November 3–4, 2005, in
Washington, DC;
• January 12–13, 2006, in
Washington, DC;
• March 7–8, 2006, in Washington,
DC;
• April 25, 2006, in Washington, DC;
• May 23, 2006, in Washington, DC;
• July 25–26, 2006, in Cambridge,
MA;
• September 7–8, 2006, in
Washington, DC;
• November 14–15, 2006, in
Washington, DC;
• January 24–25, 2007, in
Washington, DC;
• March 29–30, 2007, in Cambridge,
MA;
• April 26, 2007, in Springfield, VA;
• May 17–18, 2007, in Cambridge,
MA;
• June 25–26, 2007, in Arlington, VA;
• August 8–9, 2007, in Cambridge,
MA;
• October 9–11, 2007 in Washington,
DC;
• November 19–20, 2007, in
Washington, DC;
• February 27–28, 2008, in
Cambridge, MA;
• August 5–6, 2010, in Rockville, MD;
• August 23, 2010, in Washington, DC
(via teleconference);
• September 7, 2010, in Washington,
DC (via teleconference); and
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
• June 29, 2011, in Washington, DC
(via teleconference).
This list includes meetings of a
technical subgroup comprised of
representatives of the larger Task Force.
These subgroup meetings were often
convened the day before the larger Task
Force meetings to focus on more
advanced, technical issues. The results
of these meetings were then presented at
the larger Task Force meetings and, in
turn, included in the minutes of those
Task Force meetings. Minutes of each of
these meetings have been made part of
the public docket in this proceeding and
are available for inspection.
G. Development of the NPRM
The NPRM was developed to address
a number of the concerns raised and
issues discussed during Task Force and
Working Group meetings. The Task
Force recognized that the high-speed
track safety standards are based on the
principle that, to ensure safety, the
interaction of the vehicles and the tracks
over which they operate must be
considered within a systems approach
that provides for specific limits for
vehicle response to track
perturbation(s). From the outset, the
Task Force strove to develop revisions
that would: Serve as practical standards
with sound physical and mathematical
bases; account for a range of vehicle
types that are currently used and may
likely be used on future high-speed or
high cant deficiency rail operations, or
both; and not present an undue burden
on railroads. The Task Force first
identified key issues requiring attention
based on experience applying the Track
Safety Standards and Passenger
Equipment Safety Standards, and
defined the following work efforts:
• Revise—
Æ Qualification requirements for
high-speed and high cant deficiency
operations;
Æ Acceleration and wheel/rail force
safety limits;
Æ Inspection, monitoring, and
maintenance requirements; and
Æ Track geometry limits for highspeed operations.
• Establish—
Æ Necessary safety limits for wheel
profile and truck equalization;
Æ Consistent requirements for high
cant deficiency operations covering all
track classes; and
Æ Additional track geometry
requirements for cant deficiencies
greater than 5 inches.
• Resolve and reconcile
inconsistencies between the Track
Safety Standards and Passenger
Equipment Safety Standards, and
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
between the lower- and higher-speed
Track Safety Standards.
Through the close examination of these
issues, the Task Force developed
proposals intended to result in
improved public safety while reducing
the burden on the railroad industry
where possible. The proposals were
arrived at through the results of
computer simulations of vehicle/track
dynamics, consideration of international
practices, and thorough reviews of
qualification and revenue service test
data.
Nonetheless, in the NPRM published
in the Federal Register on May 10,
2010, see 75 FR 25928, FRA made clear
that the Task Force did not seek to
revise comprehensively the high-speed
Track Safety Standards in subpart G of
part 213, and the NPRM did not propose
to do so. For example, there was no
consensus within the Task Force to
consider revisions to the requirements
for crossties, as members of the Task
Force believed it was outside of their
assigned tasks. Nor was there any real
discussion about revisions to the
requirements for ballast or other
sections in subpart G that currently do
not distinguish requirements by class of
track. (See § 213.307 in the Section-bySection Analysis, below, for further
discussion on this point.) FRA therefore
made clear that by not proposing
revisions to these sections in the NPRM,
FRA did not mean to imply that these
other sections may not be subject to
revision in the future, such as through
a separate RSAC effort. Further, FRA
invited comment on the need and
rationale for changes to other sections of
subpart G not specifically proposed to
be revised through the NPRM, noting
that based upon the comments received
and their significance to the changes
specifically proposed, FRA may
consider whether revisions to additional
requirements in subpart G are necessary
in this final rule.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
H. Development of the Final Rule
FRA notified the public of its options
to submit written comments on the
NPRM and to request a public, oral
hearing on the NPRM as well. No
request for a public hearing was
received. However, a number of
interested parties did submit written
comments to the docket in this
proceeding, and FRA considered all of
these comments in preparing the final
rule. Specifically, written comments
were received from AAR, Amtrak,
Bombardier, the European Union (EU),
Florida Department of Transportation
(FDOT), New Jersey Transit Corporation
(NJ Transit), North Carolina Department
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
of Transportation (NCDOT), SEPTA,
´ ´
Societe Nationale des Chemins de fer
Francais (French National Railway
¸
Company, shortened as SNCF), and a
private citizen. As discussed below,
FRA sought clarification from SNCF on
SNCF’s initial written comments to the
docket, and SNCF supplemented its
comments in response to FRA’s request.
FRA’s request and SNCF’s response
have been made part of the public
docket in this proceeding.
FRA convened the Task Force to
discuss the comments received on the
NPRM and to help achieve consensus
on recommendations concerning their
incorporation into this final rule. After
four meetings and subsequent electronic
communications, the Task Force
reached consensus on recommendations
for the text of the final rule. The
recommendations were accepted by the
Working Group and unanimously
approved by the full RSAC as the
Committee’s recommendations to the
FRA Administrator. Finding that the
recommendations help fulfill the
agency’s regulatory goals, are soundly
supported, and in accordance with
policy and legal requirements, FRA has
adopted these recommendations in this
final rule.
FRA notes that throughout the
preamble discussion of this final rule,
FRA refers to comments, views,
suggestions, or recommendations made
by members of the Task Force, Working
Group, or full RSAC, as they are
identified or contained in meeting
minutes or other materials in the public
docket. FRA does so to show the origin
of certain issues and the nature of
discussions concerning those issues at
the Task Force, Working Group, and full
RSAC level. FRA believes this serves to
illuminate factors it has weighed in
making its regulatory decisions, as well
as the rationale for those decisions.
IV. Technical Background
A. Lessons Learned and Operational
Experience
Since the issuance of both the highspeed Track Safety Standards in 1998
and the Passenger Equipment Safety
Standards in 1999, experience has been
gained in qualifying a number of
vehicles for high-speed and high cant
deficiency operations and in monitoring
subsequent performance in revenue
service operation. These vehicles
include Amtrak’s Acela trainset; MTA’s
MARC–III multi-level passenger car; and
NJ Transit’s ALP–46 locomotive, Comet
V car, PL–42AC locomotive, and multilevel passenger car. Considerable data
was gathered by testing these vehicles at
speed over their intended service routes
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16057
using instrumented wheelsets to
measure forces directly between the
wheel and rail and using accelerometers
to record vehicle motions. During the
course of these qualification tests, some
uncertainties, inconsistencies, and
potentially restrictive values were
identified in the interpretation and
application of the vehicle/track
interaction (VTI) safety limits then
specified in § 213.333 and § 213.345 for
excessive vehicle motions based on
measured accelerations and in the
requirements of § 213.57 and § 213.329
for high cant deficiency operation. The
information and experience in applying
these requirements helped lay the
foundation for a number of the changes
made in this rulemaking, examples of
which are provided below.
Differentiate Between Sustained
Oscillatory and Transient Carbody
Acceleration Events
During route testing of the MARC–III
multi-level car at speeds up to 125
m.p.h. and at curving speeds producing
up to 5 inches of cant deficiency,
several short-duration, peak-to-peak
carbody lateral accelerations were
recorded that exceeded regulatory
thresholds but did not represent unsafe
guidance forces simultaneously
measured at the wheel-to-rail interface.
However, repeated (sustained) carbody
lateral oscillatory accelerations and
significant motions were measured on
occasion at higher speeds in curves even
though peak-to-peak amplitudes did not
exceed the thresholds. A truck
component issue was identified as a
cause of the excessive accelerations and
thereafter corrected.
To recognize and account for wider
variations in vehicle design, this final
rule divides the VTI acceleration limits
into separate limits for passenger cars
from those for other vehicles, such as
conventional locomotives. In addition,
new limits for sustained, carbody
oscillatory accelerations have been
added to differentiate between single
(transient) events and repeated
(sustained) oscillations. As a result, the
carbody transient acceleration limits for
single events, previously set
conservatively to control for both single
and repeated oscillations, are now more
specific and, as appropriate, relaxed.
FRA believes that this added specificity
in the rule will reduce or eliminate
altogether the need for railroads to
provide clarification or perform
additional analysis, or both, to
distinguish between transient and
sustained oscillations following a
qualification test run. Based on the
small energy content associated with
high-frequency acceleration events of
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
16058
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
the carbody, transient acceleration
peaks lasting less than 50 milliseconds
are excluded from the carbody
acceleration limits. Other clarifying
changes include the addition of
minimum requirements for sampling
and filtering of the acceleration data.
These changes followed considerable
research into the performance of
existing vehicles during qualification
testing and revenue operation. Overall,
it was found that the carbody oscillatory
acceleration limits need not be as
stringent to protect against events
leading to vehicle or passenger safety
issues.
Establish Consistent Requirements for
High Cant Deficiency Operations for All
Track Classes
Several issues related to operation at
higher cant deficiencies (higher speeds
in curves) have also been addressed,
based particularly on route testing of the
Acela trainsets on Amtrak’s Northeast
Corridor. In sharper curves, for which
cant deficiency was high but vehicle
speeds were reflective of a lower track
class, it was found that stricter track
geometry limits were necessary, for the
same track class, in order to provide an
equivalent margin of safety for
operations at higher cant deficiency.
These stricter limits have been adopted
in this final rule. Second, although the
Track Safety Standards have prescribed
limits on geometry variations existing in
isolation, it was recognized that a
combination of track alinement (also
spelled ‘‘alignment’’ and literally meant
to indicate ‘‘a line’’) and surface
variations, none of which individually
amounts to a deviation from the
Standards, may nonetheless result in
undesirable response as defined by the
VTI limits. This finding was significant
because trains operating at high cant
deficiency increase the lateral force
exerted on track during curving and, in
many cases, may correspondingly
reduce the margin of safety associated
with vehicle response to combined track
variations. Sections 213.65 and 213.332
have been added to the rule, as a result.
Qualification of Amtrak’s conventional
passenger equipment to operate at cant
deficiencies up to 5 inches also
highlighted the need to ensure
compatibility between the requirements
for low- (§ 213.57) and high-speed
(§ 213.329) cant deficiency operations;
these requirements have been modified,
accordingly.
Streamline Testing Requirements for
Similar Vehicles
This final rule provides that vehicles
with minor variations in their physical
properties (such as suspension, mass,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
interior arrangements, or dimensions)
that do not result in significant changes
to their dynamic performance (i.e., are
dynamically similar) be considered of
the same vehicle type for vehicle
qualification purposes. Provided that
this similarity can be established to
FRA’s satisfaction, these vehicles are
not required to repeat full qualification
testing of the vehicle type to which they
belong, thereby saving the costs
associated with full testing. In other
cases, however, the variations between
car parameters may warrant partial or
full dynamic testing. For example, the
approval process for NJ Transit’s Comet
V car to operate at speeds up to 100
m.p.h. exemplified the need for
clarification of whether vehicles similar
(but not identical) to vehicles that have
undergone full qualification testing
should be subjected to full qualification
testing themselves. NJ Transit had
sought relief from the instrumented
wheelset testing required in § 213.345
by stating that the Comet V car was
similar to the Comet IV car. The Comet
V car was represented to FRA to have
truck and suspension components
nearly identical to the Comet IV car
already in service and operating at 100m.p.h. speeds for many years. However,
examination by FRA revealed enough
differences between the vehicles to at
least warrant dynamic testing using
accelerometers on representative routes.
Results of the testing showed distinct
behaviors between the cars and
provided additional data that was
necessary for qualifying the Comet V.
Refine Criteria for Detecting Truck
Hunting
During route testing of Acela trainsets,
high-frequency lateral acceleration
oscillations of the coach truck frame
were detected by the test
instrumentation in a mild curve at high
speed. However, the onboard sensors,
installed per specification on every
truck, did not respond to these events.
Based on these experiences, the truck
lateral acceleration safety limit, used for
the detection of truck hunting, has been
tightened from 0.4g to 0.3g and provides
that the 0.3g value must be exceeded for
more than 2 seconds for there to be an
exceedance. Analyses conducted by
FRA have shown that this change will
better help to identify the occurrences of
excessive truck hunting, while
excluding high-frequency, lowamplitude oscillations that do not
require immediate attention. In
addition, to improve the process for
analyzing data while vehicles are
negotiating spiral track segments, the
limit now requires that the RMSt (root
mean squared with linear trend
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
removed) value be used rather than the
RMSm (root mean squared with mean
removed) value.
Finally, placement of the truck frame
lateral accelerometer to detect truck
hunting has been more rigorously
specified to be as near an axle as is
practicable. Analyses conducted by FRA
have shown that when hunting motion
(which is typically a combination of
truck lateral motion and yaw) has a
large truck yaw component, hunting is
best detected by placing an
accelerometer on the truck frame
located above an axle. FRA has found
that an accelerometer placed in the
middle of the truck frame will not
always provide early detection of truck
hunting when yaw motion of the truck
is large.
Revise Periodic Monitoring
Requirements for Class 8 and 9 Track
Based on collected data, and so that
the required inspection frequency better
reflects experienced degradation rates,
the periodic vehicle/track interaction
monitoring frequency contained in
§ 213.333 for operations at track Class 8
and 9 speeds has been reduced from
once per day to four times per week for
carbody accelerations, and twice within
60 days for truck accelerations. In
addition, a clause has been added to
allow the track owner or railroad
operating the vehicle type subject to the
monitoring to petition FRA, after a
specified amount of time or mileage, to
eliminate the truck accelerometer
monitoring requirement. Data gathered
has shown that these monitoring
requirements could be adjusted without
materially diminishing operational
safety. In this regard, FRA notes that
safety is also provided pursuant to
§ 238.427 in that truck acceleration
continues to be constantly monitored on
each Tier II vehicle under the Passenger
Equipment Safety Standards in order to
determine if hunting oscillations of the
vehicle are occurring during revenue
operation.
B. Research and Computer Modeling
As a result of advancements made
over the last few decades, computer
models of rail vehicles interacting with
track have become practical and reliable
tools for predicting the behavior and
safety of these vehicles under a variety
of conditions. These models can serve
as reliable substitutes for performing
actual, on-track testing, which otherwise
may be more difficult—and likely more
costly—to perform than to model.
Models for such behavior typically
represent the vehicle body, wheelsets,
truck frames, and other major vehicle
components as rigid bodies connected
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
with elastic and damping elements and
include detailed representation of the
non-linear wheel/rail contact mechanics
(i.e., non-linear frictional contact forces
between the wheels and rails modeled
as functions of the relative velocities
between the wheel and rail contacts,
i.e., creepages). The primary dynamic
input to these models is track
irregularities, which can be created
analytically (such as versines, cusps,
etc.) or based on actual measurements.
There are a number of industry codes
available with generally accepted
approaches for solving the equations of
motion describing the dynamic behavior
of rail vehicles. These models require
accurate knowledge of vehicle
parameters, including the inertia
properties of each of the bodies as well
as the characteristics of the main
suspension components and
connections. To obtain reliable
predictions, the models must also
consider the effects of suspension nonlinearities within the vehicles and in the
wheel/rail contact mechanics, as well as
incorporate detailed characterization of
the track as input, including the range
of parameters and non-linearities
encountered in service.
In order to develop revisions to the
track geometry limits in the Track Safety
Standards, several computer models of
rail vehicles have been used to assess
the response of vehicle designs to a
wide range of track conditions
corresponding to limiting conditions
allowed for each class of track.
Simulation studies have been performed
using computer models of Amtrak’s
AEM–7 locomotive, Acela power car,
Acela coach car, and Amfleet coach
equipment. In the time since the 1998
revisions to the track geometry limits,
which were largely based on models of
hypothetical, high-speed vehicles,
models of the subsequently-introduced
Acela power car and coach car have
been developed. In the case of the Acela
power car, the model has proven
capable of reproducing a wide range of
vehicle responses observed during
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
acceptance testing, including examples
of potential safety concerns.
For purposes of this rulemaking, an
extensive matrix of simulation studies
involving all four vehicle types was
used to determine the amplitude of
track geometry alinement anomalies,
surface anomalies, and combined
surface and alinement anomalies that
result in undesirable response. These
simulations were performed using two
coefficients of friction (0.1 and 0.5), two
analytical anomaly shapes (bump and
ramp), and combinations of speed,
curvature, and superelevation to cover a
range of cant deficiency. The results
provided the basis for establishing the
revisions to the geometry limits adopted
in this final rule. For illustration
purposes, two examples are provided of
results from simulation studies that
were performed for determining safe
amplitudes of track geometry: One
illustrates the effect of combined track
alinement and profile defects; the other
illustrates isolated track alinement
defects.
Figure 1 depicts an example
summarizing the modeling results of the
Acela power car at 130 m.p.h. and 9
inches of cant deficiency over
combined, 62-foot-wavelength defects.
The darker-shaded squares represent a
combination of track alinement and
surface perturbations where at least one
of the VTI safety criteria adopted in this
final rule is exceeded, and the solid,
black-lined polygon represents the track
geometry limits that have been adopted
in the final rule. Similar results for other
vehicles, speeds and cant deficiencies,
and defect wavelengths were created
and reviewed. The track geometry limits
for the combined perturbations (solid
line) were developed following
consideration of all of these results.
Figure 1 displays how one example case
compares with these track geometry
limits. As shown, the combined
perturbation limits address the most
severe combination conditions, though
for computational simplicity and
implementation purposes, they do not
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16059
attempt to control all possible
combinations. The figure shows that
without the addition of the combined
defect limits in the upper right and
lower left quadrants, which effectively
limit track geometry in the up-and-in
and down-and-out cases, the singledefect limits would otherwise permit
conditions that could cause the VTI
safety criteria to be exceeded. For many
of these high-speed and high cant
deficiency conditions, the net axle
lateral force safety criterion was found
to be the limiting safety condition.
Figure 2 depicts an example
summarizing the modeling results of the
Acela power car on Class 7 track at 130
m.p.h. and 9 inches of cant deficiency
over isolated track alinement defects
having 124-foot wavelengths. Each
vertical bar represents the amplitude of
the largest alinement perturbation that
will not cause an exceedance of one of
the VTI safety criteria. Similar results
for other vehicles, speeds and cant
deficiencies, and defect wavelengths
were created and reviewed. In addition,
similar results for this range of analysis
parameters (vehicles, speeds and cant
deficiencies, and defect wavelengths)
were created and reviewed using
isolated, surface geometry defects.
These example results show that, with
two exceptions, the geometry limits in
the 1998 Track Safety Standards have
sufficiently protected against such
exceedances under the modeled
conditions. Specifically, the VTI limits
for net axle lateral force and peak-topeak carbody lateral acceleration were
exceeded on track at the 124-foot, midchord offset (MCO) limit for alinement.
The modeling showed this limit to be
set too permissively for high cant
deficiency operations. Consequently,
FRA proposed to tighten this alinement
limit from 1.25 inches to 1.0 inch for
Class 7 track operations above 5 inches
of cant deficiency to prevent unsafe
vehicle dynamic response. FRA has
adopted this proposal in this final rule.
BILLING CODE 4910–06–P
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
ER13MR13.004
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
16060
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
track segment containing geometry
perturbations representative of
minimally compliant track conditions
for the respective track class—
Minimally Compliant Analytical Track
(or MCAT). MCAT is intended to be
used to qualify both new vehicles for
operation and vehicles previously
qualified (on other routes) for operation
over new routes. MCAT consists of nine
sections; each section is designed to test
a vehicle’s performance in response to
a specific type of perturbation (hunting
perturbation, gage narrowing, gage
widening, repeated and single surface
perturbations, repeated and single
alinement perturbations, short warp,
and combined down-and-out
perturbations). Typical simulation
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
parameters (that vary) include: Speed,
cant deficiency, gage, and wheel profile.
Figure 3 depicts time traces of the
percent of wheel unloading for the
Acela coach in a simulated run over
MCAT segments for analyzing high cant
deficiency curving performance at 160
m.p.h. In this example the most severe
response occurs over the warp segment
of track. At 9 inches of cant deficiency
and a speed of 160 m.p.h., vehicle
response exceeds the permitted limit for
a wheel to unload to less than 15
percent of its static vertical wheel load
for 5 or more continuous feet, as
provided in table of VTI safety limits in
§ 213.333. Please see the Section-bySection Analysis for a further discussion
of MCAT.
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
ER13MR13.005
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
As specified in this final rule,
simulations using computer models are
now required during the vehicle
qualification process as an important
tool for the assessment of vehicle
performance. These simulations are
intended not only to augment on-track,
instrumented performance assessments
but also to provide a means for
identifying vehicle dynamic
performance issues prior to service to
validate the suitability of a vehicle
design for operation over its intended
route. In order to evaluate safety
performance as part of the vehicle
qualification process, simulations are
required using both a measured track
geometry segment representative of the
full route, and an analytically defined
16061
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
V. Discussion of Specific Comments and
Conclusions
As noted above, FRA received written
comments in response to the NPRM
from a number of interested parties.
Most of the comments are discussed in
the Section-by-Section Analysis or in
the Regulatory Impact and Notices
portion of this final rule directly with
the provisions and statements to which
they specifically relate. Other comments
apply more generally to the final rule as
a whole, and FRA is discussing them
here. Please note that the order in which
the comments are discussed in this
document, whether by issue or by
commenter, is not intended to reflect
the significance of the comment raised
or the standing of the commenter.
A. EU and SNCF Comments on Track
Geometry Standards
FRA received comments from both
the EU and SNCF expressing concerns
that, in general, the proposed revisions
to the Track Safety Standards would
permit significantly larger track
geometry variations than equivalent
European limits. According to these
commenters, such larger track geometry
variations could compromise the safety
of high-speed operations or have an
impact on the achievable comfort values
in high-speed service, or both.
FRA’s track geometry standards are
safety standards and specify minimum
safety requirements (i.e., maximum
allowable track geometry variations that
do not compromise safety). The
standards do not address ride comfort,
except to the extent that they inherently
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
provide a level of ride comfort as well.
However, FRA encourages and expects
railroads to adopt their own internal,
stricter track maintenance policies to
address other concerns such as ride
comfort. Thus, FRA expects that a highspeed rail system should normally
operate well within the maximum
allowable track geometry safety limits.
As discussed above, to establish the
safety limits proposed in the NPRM,
FRA conducted a set of engineering and
vehicle/track dynamic interaction
simulation studies, using a range of
representative vehicles (i.e., not
developed for a particular vehicle type)
to identify specific track geometry limits
that would provide for safety in the
envisioned speed ranges. These studies
modeled the effects of specific track
geometry variations (consisting of a full
range of wavelengths likely to affect
vehicle dynamics) on the safe response
of the candidate vehicles. In addition,
comparisons were made between the
proposed limits derived from these
modeling results and the track geometry
limits used by SNCF, to assess their
validity. These comparisons were made
for track Classes 6 through 9.
FRA sought clarification from SNCF
on its comments on the NPRM, as noted
above. FRA prepared a brief
presentation outlining the general
approach it followed in proposing the
NPRM’s safety limits, using the Class 9
limits as a specific example. This
presentation was sent to SNCF along
with three questions related to track
geometry and safety criteria currently in
use in the French high-speed rail
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
network. These questions were intended
to clarify FRA’s understanding of
SNCF’s practices (recognizing that both
the track geometry standards used by
SNCF, as well as the measurements and
calculations used to evaluate
compliance with its standards, are
implemented in a manner different from
FRA’s standards) and gather any
specific information SNCF has to
indicate the need for track geometry
limits stricter than those proposed in
the NPRM.
Having considered the comments and
supplemental response, FRA continues
to believe that the approach taken in
this rulemaking sets appropriate track
geometry limits and safely accounts for
vehicle behavior in response to track
geometry conditions. Based on the
information available to FRA, FRA does
not find that more stringent track
geometry limits are necessary for the
purposes of safety. In this regard,
SNCF’s supplemental response noted
inconsistencies with FRA’s initial
understanding of SNCF limits which,
when taken into account, indicate that
FRA’s geometry limits actually provide
tighter controls on alignment variations.
Moreover, SNCF stated that it was about
to start research to integrate vehicle
dynamics more fully into its own track
geometry limits, and expressed interest
in SNCF and FRA combining their
experience to share information and
examine issues together. FRA welcomes
the opportunity for such cooperation
and a dialogue with SCNF is ongoing.
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
ER13MR13.006
16062
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
B. Wheel Unloading From Wind on
Superelevated Curves
Several comments were raised on
FRA’s proposal in §§ 213.57(b) and
213.329(b) of the NPRM that all vehicles
requiring qualification of the vehicle/
track system under § 213.345
demonstrate that when stopped on a
curve having a maximum uniform
elevation of 7 inches, no wheel unloads
to a value less than 50 percent of its
static weight on level track. This
proposed modification to the 1998
Track Safety Standards was intended to
address potential vehicle rollover and
passenger safety issues from side-wind
loading should a vehicle be stopped or
traveling at very low speeds on highly
superelevated curves, helping to prevent
complete unloading of the wheels on
the high (elevated) rail and incipient
rollover.
In commenting on this proposal,
Bombardier raised concern that only
vehicles seeking qualification under
§ 213.345 would be subject to the
proposed requirement, even though the
underlying safety issue relates to all
vehicle types operating at any speed and
any cant deficiency—not just vehicles
seeking qualification under § 213.345.
Bombardier stated that a similar
provision then contained in §§ 213.57
and 213.329 had been proposed to be
removed for this reason. Bombardier
also raised concern as to the effect the
proposal would have on existing,
qualified multi-level passenger
equipment. Amtrak commented that
only high-speed equipment would in
effect be subject to the proposal, and yet
the proposal had not been justified for
any equipment, be it high-speed,
conventional, or freight. NCDOT also
commented that if rollover from sidewind loading when stopped on a
superelevated curve is a safety issue,
then the proposal should apply to either
all vehicles, regardless of operating
speed or cant deficiency, or none. Like
Bombardier, NCDOT noted concern that
the proposal could affect the
procurement and qualification of bilevel passenger equipment.
After extensive discussion within the
Task Force in response to these
comments, FRA has decided not to
adopt the proposal. The proposal would
have effectively superseded the
requirements in §§ 213.57 and 213.329
for vehicles seeking qualification under
§ 213.345, in that, for a vehicle stopped
or traveling at very low speeds on a
highly superelevated curve, it would
have lowered the 60-percent unloading
limit to 50 percent, since dynamic
effects on wheel unloading would not
be a factor, and would have eliminated
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
the 8.6-degree roll requirement for this
stationary condition. However, FRA is
not aware of passenger rail equipment
currently in service in the United States
that would not have met the proposal,
and the proposal was therefore
principally intended to ensure that new
passenger rail equipment designs for
high-speed or high cant deficiency
operation would continue to address
this wheel unloading concern. In this
regard, FRA had suggested in the Task
Force to limit the proposal only to new
passenger cars—focusing the provisions
on new passenger cars (or new
passenger car types), particularly those
with higher centers of gravity, to ensure
that they do not excessively unload
from wind when stationary on highly
superelevated curves. Nevertheless, the
Task Force could not reach agreement
on criteria by which to evaluate such
excessive unloading. FRA understood
from the Task Force that the same
criteria may not be appropriate for all
railroads and would depend on specific
operating characteristics and the
operating environment (e.g, the criteria
should account for the fact that the risk
is higher in high-wind regions).
Ultimately, the Task Force did not
believe it necessary to specify a general
FRA standard by which to determine
whether the equipment poses a rolloverrisk due to wind loading when
stationary on a superelevated curve.
FRA does make clear in this final rule
that for all equipment operating at cant
deficiencies above 3 inches,
§§ 213.57(d) and 213.329(d) continue to
require that when positioned on track
with a uniform superelevation equal to
the proposed cant deficiency, no wheel
of the vehicle may unload to a value less
than 60 percent of its static value on
perfectly level track. This 60-percent
limit retains an allowance for the effects
of wind loading on the risk of
equipment rollover at the proposed cant
deficiency. Please see the discussion of
§§ 213.57(d) and 213.329(d) in the
Section-by-Section Analysis, below.
Nonetheless, FRA notes that the
underlying safety issue of equipment
rollover from wind loading when
stationary on a superelevated curve is
not otherwise addressed in the
regulations. Consequently, in the
absence of a specific Federal standard,
FRA expects that each railroad will
identify appropriate safety criteria by
which to evaluate the risk of equipment
rollover from wind loading when
stationary on a superelevated curve, and
then make the determination that the
risk has been safely addressed using
those criteria.
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16063
VI. Section-by-Section Analysis
Proposed Amendments to 49 CFR Part
213, Track Safety Standards
Subpart A—General
Section 213.1 Scope of Part
This section was amended in the 1998
Track Safety Standards final rule to
distinguish the applicability of subpart
G from that of subparts A through F, as
a result of subpart G’s addition to this
part by that final rule. Subpart G applies
to track over which trains operate at
speeds exceeding those permitted for
Class 5 track, which supports maximum
speeds of 80 m.p.h. for freight trains and
90 m.p.h. for passenger trains. Subpart
G was intended to be comprehensive, so
that a railroad operating at speeds above
Class 5 maximum speeds may refer to
subpart G for all of the substantive track
safety requirements for high-speed rail
and need refer to the sections of the
Track Safety Standards applicable to
lower-speed operations only for general
provisions, i.e., § 213.1 (Scope), § 213.3
(Application), and § 213.15 (Penalties).
At the same time, railroads that do not
operate at speeds in excess of the
maximum Class 5 speeds need not
directly refer to subpart G at all.
FRA is maintaining this general
structure of part 213 for ease of use, and
the requirements of subpart G continue
not to apply directly to operations at
Class 1 through 5 track speeds.
However, in adding new requirements
governing high cant deficiency
operations for track Classes 1 through 5,
certain sections of subparts C and D
refer railroads operating at those high
cant deficiencies to specific sections of
subpart G. In such circumstances, only
the specifically-referenced section(s) of
subpart G apply, and only as provided.
As discussed in this Section-by-Section
Analysis, below, the addition of
requirements for high cant deficiency
operations over lower-speed track
classes in this final rule permits
railroads to operate at higher cant
deficiencies over these track classes
without requiring a waiver. Prior to this
change in the regulation, railroads had
to petition FRA for approval by waiver
to operate at the higher cant deficiencies
over the lower-speed track classes.
FRA believes that the approach in this
rulemaking minimizes the addition of
detailed requirements for high cant
deficiency operations in subparts C and
D. Moreover, with one exception noted
below, FRA has not found it necessary
to amend this section on the scope of
this part, because only certain
requirements of subpart G apply to
lower-speed track classes and only
indirectly for high cant deficiency
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
16064
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
operations by cross-referencing the
requirements. FRA believes that this
approach is consistent with the
organization of this part; for example,
the 1998 Track Safety Standards final
rule revised § 213.57 to reference
subpart G for when a track owner or
railroad operating above Class 5 track
speeds requests approval to operate at
greater than 4 inches of cant deficiency
on curves in Class 1 through 5 track
contiguous to the high-speed track. See
63 FR 33992, 34033.
In the NPRM, FRA invited both
comment on the proposal and
suggestions for any alternative approach
for maintaining the ease of use of this
part, including whether the subpart
headings should be modified to make
their application clearer to the rail
operations they address, and, if so, in
what way(s). FRA did receive a
comment from the AAR suggesting that
the phrase ‘‘Except as provided in
section 213.65,’’ be added at the
beginning of the second sentence in
paragraph (a) of this section. The AAR
noted that the second sentence in
paragraph (a) provided that the
requirements in part 213 apply to
specific track conditions ‘‘in isolation,’’
while this rulemaking is adding new
§ 213.65 to address ‘‘combined’’ track
alinement and surface deviations.
Therefore, the AAR recommended
adding the introductory text to make
§ 213.1 consistent with new § 213.65.
This final rule adopts the AAR’s
recommendation to make this section
consistent with the changes to this part.
Yet, in this regard, more than § 213.65
is being added that addresses conditions
existing in combination. For example,
§ 213.332 is also being added in subpart
G to address combined track alinement
and surface deviations for the higherspeed track classes, and the MCAT
qualification requirements in new
Appendix D address ‘‘combined
perturbation.’’ As a result, the final rule
modifies paragraph (a) by adding the
introductory words ‘‘In general’’ at the
beginning of the second sentence. While
the requirements in this part do apply,
in general, to track conditions existing
in isolation, the provisions discussed
above are not focused exclusively on
track conditions in isolation, and this
modification preserves flexibility for
encompassing these and other similar
provisions without specifically
enumerating them. The Task Force,
including the AAR, concurred with this
modification to the final rule.
As a separate matter, FRA noted that
it was not proposing to revise and reissue the Track Safety Standards in full,
as was done in the 1998 final rule.
Instead, FRA is amending only certain
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
portions of the Track Safety Standards.
Therefore, FRA explained in the NPRM
that this final rule needs to ensure that
both the new and revised sections
appropriately integrate with those
sections of this part that are not
amended, and that appropriate time is
provided to phase-in the new and
amended sections. FRA noted that, in
general, the Task Force recommended
that both new and revised sections
become applicable one year after the
date the final rule is published, to allow
the track owner or operating railroad, or
both, sufficient time to prepare for and
adjust to meeting the new requirements.
Examples of such adjustments may
include changes to operating,
inspection, or maintenance practices,
such as for compliance with §§ 213.57,
213.329, 213.332, 213.333 and 213.345,
as amended.
FRA also explained that it was
considering providing the track owner
or operating railroad the option of
electing to comply sooner with the new
and amended requirements, upon
written notification to FRA. FRA noted
that such a request for earlier
application of the new and amended
requirements would indicate the track
owner’s or railroad’s readiness and
ability to comply with all of the new
and amended requirements—not just
certain of those requirements. Because
of the interrelationship of the
amendments, FRA believes that
virtually all of them need to apply
simultaneously to maintain their
integrity. FRA invited comment on
formalizing this approach for this final
rule; however, no specific comment was
received.
In preparing the final rule, FRA
decided that the more appropriate way
to implement the rule’s requirements is
to make the rule effective 120 days after
its publication, rather than generally
make the revisions applicable one year
after publication. While FRA did note in
the NPRM that it intended the final rule
to become effective 60 days after its
publication, FRA also explained that
since there cannot be two different
sections of the same CFR unit in effect
under the same section heading, a
temporary appendix was being
considered to separate revised sections
from their former provisions to allow for
continued compliance with those
former sections for a track owner or
railroad not electing to comply sooner
with all of the revised sections of part
213. By lengthening the effective date of
the final rule so that all of the changes
go into effect simultaneously but at a
later time, the rule is clearer and
provides additional time in which to
make preparations for complying with
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the new requirements. FRA has further
considered the preparations that may be
necessary, including changes to
operating, inspection, and maintenance
practices, and believes that they can be
completed (and implemented) within
this period. In particular, FRA believes
that it should take no more than a
month of labor hours to prepare all of
a railroad’s automated, vehicle-based
inspection systems and software to
measure and process the necessary
parameters to determine compliance
with this rule, based on the relatively
limited changes to the existing safety
limits and the number of new
parameters that must be calculated. FRA
also notes that the 1998 Track Safety
Standards final rule took effect 90 days
after its publication, see 63 FR 33991–
33992, although certain provisions were
made applicable at a later date.
Section 213.7 Designation of Qualified
Persons to Supervise Certain Renewals
and Inspect Track
This section recognizes that work on
or about a track structure supporting
heavy freight trains or passenger
operations, or both, demands the
highest awareness of employees of the
need to perform their work properly. At
the same time, the wording of this
section has literally required that each
individual designated to perform such
work know and understand the
requirements of this part, detect
deviations from those requirements, and
prescribe appropriate remedial action to
correct or safely compensate for those
deviations, regardless whether that
knowledge, understanding, and ability
with respect to all of this part were
necessary for that individual to perform
his or her duties. While qualified
persons designated under this section
have not been directly required to know,
understand, or apply requirements
applicable only to higher-speed track
classes in subpart G (pursuant to
§ 213.1(b)), the addition of vehicle
qualification and testing requirements
for high cant deficiency operations in
lower-speed track classes, in particular,
adds a level of complexity that may be
outside the purview of track foremen
and inspectors in fulfilling their duties.
As a result, the Task Force
recommended and FRA agrees that this
rule add text clarifying that the
requirements for a person to be qualified
under this section concern those
portions of this part necessary for the
performance of that person’s duties.
This section continues to require that a
person designated under it possess the
knowledge, understanding, and ability
necessary to supervise the restoration
and renewal of track, or to perform
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
inspections of track, or both, for which
he or she is responsible. Yet, adding the
text makes clear that the person is not
required to know or understand specific
requirements of this part not necessary
to the fulfillment of that person’s duties.
In this regard, the AAR commented that
these changes are particularly needed in
light of the adoption of high cant
deficiency requirements in this final
rule. FRA does not believe that safety
will be in any way diminished by these
changes, and they were supported by
the Task Force.
Section 213.14 Application of
Requirements to Curved Track
This is a new section that is being
added to help define the application of
requirements for curved track, following
publication of and comment on the
NPRM. Rather than define what is
meant by curved track in each section
where requirements for curved track
appear, FRA believes it more
appropriate to provide the definition
here for all of part 213. This new section
states that, unless otherwise provided in
this part, requirements specified for
curved track apply only to track having
a curvature greater than 0.25 degree.
This definition is intended to apply in
all sections where limits for curved
track are specified, unless otherwise
provided.
As further explanation, in its
comments on the NPRM Bombardier
observed that the track geometry
alinement limits proposed in § 213.55(b)
were those recommended by the Task
Force, except for what was proposed as
footnote 5—i.e., that curved track limits
be applied only when track curvature is
greater than 0.25 degree. See 75 FR
25957. Bombardier stated that this
proposed footnote was not included in
the rule text recommended by the Task
Force and that FRA did not provide a
technical justification for its inclusion
in the proposed rule. Bombardier
believed that this proposed footnote
would only be applicable at very high
speeds and would therefore be
irrelevant. Consequently, Bombardier
recommended the proposed footnote’s
deletion in § 213.55(b), as well as in the
following sections regarding application
of curved track limits: §§ 213.63(b),
213.327(b) and (c), and 213.331(a) and
(b).
In discussing the proposed footnote
with the Task Force, the Task Force
recognized that the primary intent was
to provide a definitive demarcation of
curved track from tangent track so that
track inspectors and automated track
geometry measurement systems can
properly apply the more stringent track
geometry limits required for high cant
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
deficiency operation in track Classes 1
through 5. Continuing with the example
of § 213.55, should track curvature be no
greater than 0.25 degree, the limits in
§ 213.55(a) for tangent track apply. For
practical consideration in the way
curvature is determined, and based on
dynamic simulations of VTI
performance by and experience with
Acela trainsets on Amtrak’s Northeast
Corridor, a 0.25-degree (15-minute)
curvature was chosen as this
demarcation. This same reasoning
applies to the inclusion of this provision
for the proper application of track
geometry limits not only in § 213.55, but
also in §§ 213.63, 213.327 and 213.331,
as specifically cited by Bombardier.
Therefore, the Task Force recommended
applying this provision to each of these
sections.
Additionally, in preparing the final
rule FRA noted that since curved track
limits apply elsewhere in this part,
whether or not high cant deficiency
operations are conducted over the track,
this provision for determining when to
apply curved track limits could apply to
those sections as well. FRA examined
all of part 213 and found it appropriate
to apply this provision generally
throughout the entirety of the part,
unless otherwise specified. The Task
Force concurred with this addition, but
nevertheless recommended that FRA
restate this section in subpart G to make
clear that it applies together with the
other provisions governing the highspeed track classes. FRA has therefore
added an identical provision in subpart
G; please see the discussion of
§ 213.313. FRA believes that these new
sections will help to ensure that curved
track limits are applied in a uniform and
proper manner.
Subpart C—Track Geometry
Section 213.55—Track Alinement
This section specifies the maximum
alinement deviations allowed for
tangent and curved track in Classes 1
through 5. Alinement is the localized
variation in curvature of each rail. On
tangent track, the intended curvature is
zero, and thus the alinement is
measured as the variation or deviation
from zero. In a curve, the alinement is
measured as the variation or deviation
from the ‘‘uniform’’ alinement over a
specified distance. As proposed, the
section heading has been modified so
that it reads ‘‘Track alinement,’’ instead
of ‘‘Alinement,’’ for clarity.
The former track alinement limits in
this section have been redesignated as
paragraph (a) and remain unchanged.
Paragraph (b) has been added as a new
provision containing tighter, single-
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16065
deviation geometry limits for operations
above 5 inches of cant deficiency on
curved track, and includes both 31-foot
and 62-foot MCO limits. These limits
are based on the results of simulation
studies to determine the safe amplitudes
of track geometry alinement variations.
See Technical Background, Section
IV.B, above. FRA believes that adding
the track geometry limits in paragraph
(b) is necessary to provide an equivalent
margin of safety for operations at higher
cant deficiency. FRA also notes that, as
proposed, the requirements for track
Classes 1 and 2 in paragraph (b)
reference footnote 2 of paragraph (b),
which provides that restraining rails or
other systems may be required for
derailment prevention.
As provided in § 213.14, limits for
curved track in paragraph (b) apply only
to track having a curvature greater than
0.25 degree. Consequently, it is
unnecessary to add proposed footnote 5,
which would have contained the same
instruction. Please see § 213.14 for a full
discussion of the application of curved
track limits.
Section 213.57 Curves; Elevation and
Speed Limitations
This final rule makes substantial
changes to this section, which specifies
the requirements for safe curving speeds
in track Classes 1 through 5. Notably,
changes have been made to the
qualification requirements and approval
procedures for vehicles intended to
operate at more than 3 inches of cant
deficiency. For consistency with the
higher speed standards in subpart G,
cant deficiency is no longer limited to
a maximum of 4 inches in track Classes
1 through 5. Prior to this change, this
section specified qualification
requirements for vehicles intended to
operate only up to 4 inches of cant
deficiency on track Classes 1 through 5
unless the track was contiguous to a
higher-speed track. Consequently,
vehicles intended to operate at more
than 4 inches of cant deficiency on
routes not contiguous to a higher-speed
track were only permitted to operate
under a waiver in accordance with part
211 of this chapter. This section now
includes procedures for such vehicles to
operate safely at higher cant deficiencies
without the necessity of obtaining a
waiver.
Both portions of paragraph (a) are
revised; the first portion is revised as
proposed without any comment. The
maximum elevation of the outside rail
of a curve may not be more than 8
inches on track Classes 1 and 2, and 7
inches on track Classes 3 through 5.
Formerly, the provision had been stated
in terms of the maximum crosslevel of
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
16066
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
the outside rail, with the same limits. As
crosslevel is a function of elevation
differences between two rails, and is
specifically addressed by other
provisions of this rule, specifically
§ 213.63, this clarification is intended to
focus the provision on the maximum
allowable elevation of a single rail.
Numerous comments were received
on FRA’s proposal concerning the
second portion of paragraph (a),
however, to restrict configuring track so
that the outside rail of a curve is
designed to be lower than the inside rail
while allowing for a deviation up to the
limits provided in § 213.63. In issuing
the NPRM, FRA noted that the Task
Force had recommended removing this
portion of paragraph (a), which formerly
stated that ‘‘[e]xcept as provided in
§ 213.63, the outside rail of a curve may
not be lower than the inside rail.’’
Concern had been raised in the Task
Force that this statement potentially
conflicted with the limits in § 213.63 for
‘‘the deviation from * * * reverse
crosslevel elevation on curves.’’
Nonetheless, FRA had believed that
these provisions complemented each
other—rather than conflict—addressing
both the designed layout of a curve and
deviations from that layout through
actual use. In the NPRM, FRA stated
that the requirement in paragraph (a)
was intended to be a design restriction
against configuring track so that the
outside rail of a curve is lower than the
inside rail, while the limits at issue in
§ 213.63 were to govern local deviations
from uniform elevation—i.e., from the
designed elevation—that occur as a
result of changes in conditions.
However, as discussed below, FRA
recognizes that its proposal should have
been more complete, and FRA is
modifying the final rule based on the
comments received.
In commenting on the NPRM, SEPTA
noted that there are at least two
situations when it is desirable to
incorporate minimal reverse elevation
by design: (1) In grade crossings in
which the roadway profile is opposed to
the desired track elevation; and (2) in
special trackwork where a turnout may
be located in a slight curve which is
opposite the turnout curve. SEPTA
stated that in these situations
incorporating reverse elevation may be
desired to minimize the potential
highway hazard in a grade crossing and
properly accommodate connections to
sidings and other facilities. Accordingly,
SEPTA believed that criteria should be
developed to permit a minimal amount
of reverse superelevation by design.
NJ Transit also commented that the
proposal would impact a significant
number of switches in its system where
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
reverse elevation has been designed into
curves. Specifically, NJ Transit cited
switches in interlockings at several
junctions such as its Roseville Avenue
Interlocking, potentially impacting 65
daily trains destined to and from the
Montclair Line; Amtrak’s Hunter
Interlocking, potentially impacting 53
daily NJ Transit trains destined to and
from the Raritan Valley Line; its Far
Hills Interlocking, potentially impacting
49 daily NJ Transit Gladstone Line
trains; and other possible locations at
junctions on the Northeast Corridor that
would be potentially impacted. NJ
Transit believed that future interlocking
reconfigurations could also be affected if
the physical characteristics preclude
even the temporary location of a turnout
in a curve that might involve reverse
elevation, and therefore requested that
the proposal not be adopted.
Likewise, Amtrak objected to the
proposal, believing that it would
represent a fundamental restructuring of
basic track design and geometry tenets
and that implementation of the
proposed language would have
enormous consequences for rail service
(both passenger and freight) on the
Northeast Corridor. Amtrak noted that
there are more than 77 locations on the
Northeast Corridor between
Washington, Boston, and Harrisburg
where reverse elevation exists in track
by design. According to Amtrak, in the
majority of these locations, the design
has been in service for more than 100
years without causing any safety issues.
Amtrak raised concern that compliance
with the rule as proposed would
engender myriad problems, such as
forcing it to take large sections of the
Northeast Corridor out of service that
contain curves with reverse elevation by
design. Amtrak cited the example of the
River Interlocking north of Baltimore
that would need to be taken out of
service, inhibiting the Norfolk Southern
Railway Company’s access to the Port of
Baltimore. Amtrak stated that
reconstructing some or all of the
existing reverse-elevated curves would
be a massive, time-consuming and
prohibitively expensive undertaking
that would take years to implement and
cost in excess of $200 million.
The AAR also objected to the
proposal, believing that it resulted from
a misunderstanding as to when it is
appropriate for the outside rail to be
lower than the inside rail (for track
Classes 5 and below). The AAR noted
that there are times when, by design, the
outside rail must be lower than the
inside rail. For example, the AAR cited
that at thousands of mainline locations
the outside rail is lower than the inside
rail where turnouts come off the
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
outsides of superelevated curves.
According to the AAR, there is no
realistic alternative to such designs, and
they have been used for over a century.
The AAR also cited the use of reverse
superelevation on industrial or other
tracks where there is a hard pull around
sharp curves and reverse elevation is
used to prevent ‘‘stringlining’’
derailments. The AAR maintained that
FRA incorrectly asserted in the NPRM
that § 213.63 is intended to address only
those changes that occur ‘‘through
actual use,’’ stating that § 213.63 clearly
is intended to address situations, as
discussed above, that occur at the
design stage as well. Nor did the AAR
believe there to be a conflict between
§§ 213.57(a) and 213.63. The AAR stated
that § 213.57(a) addresses the general
rule that the outside of the rail may not
be lower than the inside of the rail,
while § 213.63 addresses situations
where the general rule does not apply.
Noting that the proposed change was
not part of the Task Force’s consensus
on the proposed rule, the AAR
recommended that FRA either delete the
second sentence in paragraph (a) or
retain the original wording in the
regulation.
After considering the comments on
the proposal and discussing them with
the Task Force, FRA is modifying the
rule to state that the outside rail of a
curve may not be lower than the inside
rail by design, except when engineered
to address specific track or operating
conditions, and that the limits in
§ 213.63 apply in all cases. FRA
continues to believe that the former rule
text could give the mistaken impression
that it is appropriate to design reverse
elevation into curves as the nominal
condition for all curves. Nonetheless,
FRA appreciates the comments raised,
noting that reverse elevation is designed
into certain curves both out of necessity
and for safety reasons. FRA did not
intend its proposal to nullify such
engineering design. As modified, the
rule text addresses both the concerns
raised by FRA and those raised by the
commenters, and the Task Force
concurred with the revision.
As explained in the discussion of
specific comments and conclusions
section of the preamble, above, what
was proposed as paragraph (b) is not
included in this final rule. Please see
Wheel Unloading from Wind on
Superelevated Curves, Section V.B., for
an explanation of FRA’s treatment of
that proposal, as well as of paragraph
(d), below. Instead, what was proposed
as paragraph (c) is designated as
paragraph (b) in this final rule.
As proposed, the Vmax formula in
paragraph (b) determines the maximum
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
allowable posted timetable operating
speed for curved track based on the
qualified cant deficiency (inches of
unbalance), Eu, for the vehicle type. This
final rule also amends paragraph (b) to
reference a new footnote 2 to permit the
vehicle type to operate at the cant
deficiency for which it is approved, Eu,
plus 1 inch, if the actual elevation of the
outside rail, Ea, and the degree of track
curvature, D, change as a result of track
degradation. As modified, this
paragraph is intended to provide a
tolerance to account for the effects of
local crosslevel or curvature conditions
on Vmax that may result in the actual
cant deficiency exceeding the cant
deficiency approved for the equipment,
i.e., the actual operating speed may
exceed the maximum allowable posted
timetable operating speed. Without this
tolerance, these track conditions could
generate a limiting speed exception, and
some railroads have adopted the
approach of reducing the cant
deficiency of the vehicle in order to
avoid these exceptions. FRA believes
that this 1-inch tolerance is supported
by operational experience and
complemented by related standards
acting to mitigate safety concerns. For
instance, the Vmax formula is not
intended to replace FRA’s track
geometry limits, which more clearly
focus on individual track irregularities
with shorter wavelengths. These track
geometry limits apply independently
and act independently to limit the
maximum allowable speed for a track
segment based on the condition of the
track.
FRA noted in the NPRM that it was
the consensus of the Task Force to
clarify footnote 1 to state, in part, that
actual elevation, Ea, for each 155-foot
track segment in the body of a curve is
determined by averaging the elevation
for 11 points through the segment at
15.5-foot spacing—instead of for 10
points, as was stated in the original
footnote. FRA explained that the Track
Safety Standards Compliance Manual
(Compliance Manual) provides that the
‘‘actual elevation and curvature to be
used in the [Vmax] formula are
determined by averaging the elevation
and curvature for 10 points, including
the point of concern for a total of 11,
through the segment at 15.5-[foot]
station spacing.’’ See the guidance on
§ 213.57 provided in Chapter 5 of the
Manual, which is available on FRA’s
Web site (www.fra.dot.gov). FRA
therefore believes that this clarification
to footnote 1 makes the footnote more
consistent with the manner in which the
rule is intended to be applied.
In its comments on the NPRM, the
AAR believed that FRA departed from
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
the RSAC consensus in proposing to
change the way elevation is calculated.
Further, the AAR did not find
persuasive FRA’s reliance on the
Compliance Manual as a justification for
changing the requirement, stating that
the Compliance Manual is inconsistent
with the rule text. In discussing these
comments with the Task Force, the Task
Force agreed that the proposed footnote
be adopted in the final rule. While FRA
stated in the NPRM that it was the
consensus of the Task Force to clarify
footnote 1, FRA recognizes that there
was no such explicit consensus, as the
AAR noted. Nevertheless, FRA believes
that this clarification to footnote 1 does
make the footnote more consistent with
the manner in which the rule is
intended to be applied, and it is not
intended to add any requirement. In
calculating elevation, 10 measurements
are taken from the point of concern—5
on each side—so that 11 points are
actually averaged, given that the point
of concern is included in the calculated
average. The AAR did not oppose
adoption of this clarification after the
Task Force discussion.
Former footnote 2 has been
redesignated as footnote 3 without
substantive change.
Paragraph (c), proposed as paragraph
(d) in the NPRM, provides that all
vehicle types are considered qualified
for up to 3 inches of cant deficiency, as
allowed by the former rule.
Paragraph (d), proposed as paragraph
(e) in the NPRM, is being modified to
specify the requirements for vehicle
qualification over track with more than
3 inches of cant deficiency. Prior to this
modification, ‘‘static lean’’ qualification
requirements were specified for vehicles
intended to operate up to an allowable
4 inches of cant deficiency on track
Classes 1 through 5. These requirements
limited the carbody roll to 5.7 degrees
with respect to the horizontal when the
vehicle was standing on track with 4
inches of superelevation, and limited
the vertical wheel load remaining on the
raised wheels to no less than 60 percent
of their static level values and carbody
roll to no more than 8.6 degrees with
respect to the horizontal when the
vehicle was standing (stationary) on
track with 6 inches of superelevation. In
the final rule, cant deficiency is no
longer limited to a maximum of 4 inches
in track Classes 1 through 5. The revised
requirements, consistent with the
higher-speed standards in § 213.329,
limit the vertical wheel load remaining
on the raised wheels to no less than 60
percent of their static level values and
limit carbody roll for passenger cars to
no more than 8.6 degrees with respect
to the horizontal when the vehicle is
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16067
standing (stationary) on track with a
uniform superelevation equal to the
proposed cant deficiency. Consequently,
the rule no longer imposes a 6-inch
superelevation static lean requirement
generally; rather, the amount of
superelevation is dependent on the
proposed cant deficiency. For example,
if the proposed cant deficiency is 5
inches, the superelevation used for
demonstrating compliance with this
paragraph is also 5 inches.
The requirements in paragraph (d)
may be met by either static or dynamic
testing. In either case, the vehicle type
must be tested in a ready-for-service
condition. In consultation with the Task
Force, FRA is clarifying that the vehicle
type be tested in a ready-for-service
condition, i.e., in the same vehicle/track
performance condition in which it
would be in passenger service. At the
same time, FRA is clarifying paragraph
(e), below, so that the load condition
under which testing is performed is
included in the description of the test
procedure. For example, the vehicle
type may or may not be loaded to
simulate passengers on board, and this
information would be necessary for a
complete evaluation of the vehicle’s
performance.
As noted, the static lean test limits the
vertical wheel load remaining on the
raised wheels to no less than 60 percent
of their static level values and limits the
roll of a passenger carbody to 8.6
degrees with respect to the horizontal,
when the vehicle is standing on track
with superelevation equal to the
proposed cant deficiency. The dynamic
test limits the steady-state vertical
wheel load remaining on the low rail
wheels to no less than 60 percent of
their static level values and limits the
lateral acceleration in a passenger car to
0.15g steady-state, when the vehicle
operates through a curve at the
proposed cant deficiency. (Please note
that steady-state, carbody lateral
acceleration, i.e., the tangential force
pulling passengers to one side of the
carbody when traveling through a curve
at higher than the balance speed, should
not be confused with sustained, carbody
lateral oscillatory accelerations, i.e.,
continuous side-to-side oscillations of
the carbody in response to track
conditions, whether on curved or
tangent track.) This 0.15g steady-state
lateral acceleration limit in the dynamic
test is intended to provide consistency
with the 8.6-degree roll limit in the
static lean test, in that it corresponds to
the lateral acceleration a passenger
would experience in a standing vehicle
whose carbody is at a roll angle of 8.6
degrees with respect to the horizontal.
The former 5.7-degree roll limit, which
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
16068
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
limited steady-state, carbody lateral
acceleration to 0.1g, has been removed.
Measurements and supplemental
research have indicated that a steadystate, carbody lateral acceleration limit
of 0.15g is considered to be the
maximum, steady-state lateral
acceleration above which jolts from
vehicle dynamic response to track
deviations can present a hazard to
passenger safety. While other FRA
vehicle/track interaction safety criteria
principally address external safety
hazards that may cause a derailment,
such as damage to track structure and
other conditions at the wheel/rail
interface, the steady-state, carbody
lateral acceleration limit specifically
addresses the safety of the interior
occupant environment. For comparison
purposes, it is notable that the
International Union of Railways (UIC)
Code 518, Testing and Approval of
Railway Vehicles from the Point of View
of Their Dynamic Behaviour—Safety—
Track Fatigue—Ride Quality, Ed. 4
(2009), has adopted a steady-state,
carbody lateral acceleration limit of
0.15g. FRA does recognize that making
a comparison with such a specific limit
in another body of standards needs to
take into account what related limits are
provided in the compared standards and
what the nature of the operating
environment is to which the compared
standards apply. FRA therefore invited
comment whether such a comparison is
appropriate here—whether, for example,
there are enhanced or additional
vehicle/track safety limits that apply to
European operations, either through
industry practice or governing
standards, or both.
In their comments on the NPRM,
SNCF responded that, concerning
curves and cant deficiency design, the
limit of 0.15g for steady-state, carbody
lateral acceleration is justified. SNCF
stated that this value is usually
considered a comfort limit for curve
design and is the limit value accepted
for passenger cars. SNCF further noted
that for freight cars the accepted limit is
0.13g, and that, in European rules, the
0.15g value corresponds to an
exceptional value of cant deficiency,
while the recommended value is about
0.14g.
FRA notes that increasing the steadystate, carbody lateral acceleration limit
from 0.1g to 0.15g allows for operations
at higher cant deficiency on the basis of
acceleration before tilt compensation is
necessary. This increase in cant
deficiency without requiring tilt
compensation is larger for a vehicle
design whose carbody is less disposed
to roll on its suspension when subjected
to an unbalance force, since carbody roll
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
on curved track has a direct effect on
steady-state, carbody lateral
acceleration. For example, a vehicle
having a completely rigid suspension
system (S = 0) would have no carbody
roll and could operate without a tilt
system at a cant deficiency as high as 9
inches, at which point the steady-state,
carbody lateral acceleration would be
0.15g, which would correlate to an 8.6degree roll angle between the floor and
the horizontal when the vehicle is
standing on track with 9 inches of
superelevation. The suspension
coefficient ‘‘S’’ is the ratio of the roll
angle of the carbody on its suspension
(measured relative to the inclination of
the track) to the cant angle of the track
(measured relative to the horizontal) for
a stationary vehicle standing on a track
with superelevation. A suspension
coefficient of 0 is theoretical but neither
practical nor desirable, because of the
need for flexibility in the suspension
system to handle track conditions and
provide for occupant comfort and safety.
Assuming that a car has some flexibility
in its suspension system, say S = 0.3, the
car could operate without a tilt system
at a cant deficiency as high as
approximately 7 inches, at which point
the steady-state, carbody lateral
acceleration would be 0.15g, which
would correlate to an 8.6-degree roll
angle between the floor and the
horizontal when the vehicle is standing
on track with 7 inches of
superelevation. To operate at higher
cant deficiencies and not exceed the
limits, the vehicle would need to be
equipped with a tilt system so that the
floor actively tilts to compensate for the
forces that would otherwise cause the
limits to be exceeded.
Under the former FRA requirements,
using the above examples, a vehicle
having a completely rigid suspension
system (S = 0) could operate without a
tilt system at a cant deficiency no higher
than 6 inches, at which point the
steady-state, carbody lateral acceleration
would be 0.1g, which would correlate to
a 5.7-degree roll angle between the floor
and the horizontal when the vehicle is
standing on track with 6 inches of
superelevation. Assuming that a vehicle
has some flexibility in its suspension
system, again say S = 0.3, the vehicle
could operate without a tilt system at a
cant deficiency no higher than
approximately 4.7 inches, at which
point the steady-state, carbody lateral
acceleration would be 0.1g, which
would correlate to a 5.7-degree roll
angle between the floor and the
horizontal when the vehicle is standing
on track with 4.7 inches of
superelevation.
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
FRA notes that the less stringent
steady-state, carbody lateral acceleration
limit and carbody roll angle limit
adopted in this final rule will minimize
both the need to equip vehicles with tilt
systems at higher cant deficiencies and
the costs associated with such features,
as well. Moreover, by facilitating higher
cant deficiency operations, savings may
also result from shortened trip times.
These savings may be particularly
beneficial to passenger operations in
emerging high-speed rail corridors,
enabling faster operations through
curves.
Of course, any such savings should
not come at the expense of safety, and
FRA has adopted additional track
geometry requirements for operations
above 5 inches of cant deficiency,
whether or not the vehicles are
equipped with tilt systems. These
additional track geometry requirements
were developed to control for
undesirable vehicle response to track
conditions that could pose derailment
concerns. Nonetheless, the VTI limits on
transient accelerations may need to be
stricter when combined with higher
steady-state lateral acceleration, to
address passenger ride safety concerns.
Additional research regarding passenger
response to vibration is needed to
establish this relationship and model
this effect. While the tighter geometry
limits at high cant deficiency that have
been added in this final rule were not
specifically developed to address such
concerns, they may help to control
transient, carbody acceleration events
that could pose ride safety concerns for
passengers subjected to higher steadystate lateral accelerations. These
additional track geometry requirements
apply only to operations above 5 inches
of cant deficiency, where steady-state,
carbody lateral acceleration may
approach 0.15g for typical vehicle
designs. In this regard, during Task
Force discussions, Amtrak stated that
Amfleet equipment has been operating
at up to 5 inches of cant deficiency
(with approximately 0.13g steady-state,
carbody lateral acceleration levels)
without resulting in passenger ride
safety issues. FRA is also not aware of
any general safety issue involving
passengers losing their balance and
falling due specifically to excessive
steady-state, carbody lateral acceleration
levels in current operations.
Nonetheless, a transient carbody
acceleration event that poses no
derailment safety concern could very
well cause a standing passenger to lose
his or her balance and fall. Although
FRA is not aware of much published
data on the effect that transient, carbody
acceleration events have on passenger
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
ride safety, it is recognized that the
presence of steady-state, carbody lateral
acceleration will generally reduce the
margin of safety for standing passengers
to withstand transient, lateral
acceleration events and not lose their
balance. If such passenger ride safety
issues were more clearly identified,
additional track geometry or other limits
could potentially be proposed to
address them. However, based on the
information available to the Task Force,
the Task Force did not recommend
additional limits to address potential
passenger ride safety concerns that may
result from transient, carbody
acceleration events either alone or when
combined with steady-state, carbody
lateral acceleration. The Task Force also
took into account that, as one of several
modes of transportation offered to the
general public, rail travel need provide
a level of passenger comfort to both
attract and retain riders. As a result, the
riding characteristics of passenger rail
vehicles should by railroad practice be
subject to acceptable criteria for
passenger ride comfort, and such
criteria for passenger ride comfort
should be more stringent than those for
passenger ride safety. Nonetheless, to
fully inform FRA’s decisions in
preparing the final rule, FRA
specifically invited public comment on
this discussion in the NPRM and the
proposal to set the steady-state, carbody
lateral acceleration limit at 0.15g. FRA
requested specific comment on whether
the proposed rule appropriately
provided for passenger ride safety, and
if not, requested that the commenters
state what additional requirement(s)
should be imposed, if any.
As noted above, in commenting on
the NPRM, SNCF agreed that the limit
of 0.15g for steady-state, carbody lateral
acceleration is justified in that this
value is usually considered a comfort
limit for curve design and is the limit
value accepted for passenger cars. SNCF
specifically commented that, in
European rules, the 0.15g value
corresponds to an exceptional value of
cant deficiency, while the
recommended value is about 0.14g. FRA
sees no conflict with these comments;
measurements and supplemental
research have indicated that a steadystate, carbody lateral acceleration limit
of 0.15g is considered to be the
maximum, steady-state lateral
acceleration above which jolts from
vehicle dynamic response to track
deviations can present a hazard to
passenger safety. For the foregoing
reasons, FRA has therefore adopted the
proposal in the final rule.
The changes to this section also
separate and clarify the submittal
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
requirements to FRA to obtain approval
for the qualifying cant deficiency of a
vehicle type (paragraph (e)) and to
notify FRA prior to the implementation
of the approved higher curving speeds
(paragraph (f)). As discussed above, FRA
is clarifying paragraph (e) so that the
load condition under which the testing
is performed is included in the
description of the test procedure.
Additional clarification in paragraph (e)
has been included for submitting
suspension system maintenance
information. The requirement for
submitting suspension system
maintenance information applies to
vehicle types not subject to parts 238 or
229 of this chapter, such as a freight car
operated in a freight train, and then only
to safety-critical components. Paragraph
(f) also clarifies that in approving the
request made pursuant to paragraph (e),
FRA may impose conditions necessary
for safely operating at the higher curving
speeds.
Former footnote 3 is being
redesignated as footnote 4 and modified
in conformance with the changes in this
final rule. Former footnote 3 reflected
that this section previously allowed a
maximum of 4 inches of cant deficiency;
hence, the static lean test requirement to
raise and lower the car on one side by
4 inches. Former footnote 3 also
specified a cant excess requirement to
raise and lower the car on one side by
6 inches. As proposed, FRA is removing
the 4-inch limit on cant deficiency, and
the cant-excess requirement has been
addressed, as explained above. Thus,
this footnote, now footnote 4, refers to
‘‘the proposed cant deficiency’’ instead
of 4 inches of cant deficiency. FRA also
notes that, as proposed, it has removed
the statement in the former footnote that
the ‘‘test procedure may be conducted
in a test facility.’’ Testing may of course
be conducted in a test facility, but the
statement could cause confusion that
testing may be conducted only in a test
facility. No such limitation is intended.
Separately, FRA has slightly modified
the footnote from that proposed in the
NPRM based on a concern raised during
the Task Force’s consideration of the
draft final rule. The test procedure’s
testing sequence could be wrongly
construed to indicate that the roll angle
is measured after the wheels are
lowered; FRA agrees and has corrected
this ambiguity.
Former paragraph (e) is being moved
to new paragraph (g), which was
proposed as paragraph (h) in the NPRM.
As revised, this paragraph (g) is
identical to two other provisions in this
final rule: § 213.329(g)—the subpart G
counterpart to this section—and
§ 213.345(i). Please see the discussion of
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16069
§ 213.345(i), below. The Task Force
agreed that the purpose of these
provisions is the same and therefore
recommended that the same text be
included. FRA agrees and has modified
the rule accordingly.
Paragraph (h) was proposed as
paragraph (j) in the NPRM to clarify that
vehicle types that have been permitted
by FRA to operate at cant deficiencies,
Eu, greater than 3 inches prior to the
date of publication of the final rule in
the Federal Register would be
considered qualified under this section
to operate at those permitted cant
deficiencies over the previously
operated track segments(s).
Consequently, before the vehicle type
could operate over another track
segment at such cant deficiencies, FRA
proposed that the vehicle be qualified as
provided in this section. FRA made a
similar proposal in § 213.329(i) (now
§ 213.329(h)).
In commenting on the NPRM, Amtrak
stated the tests proposed in this section
and in § 213.329 for the higher-speed
track classes would be wasteful to
repeat because, unlike the tests
proposed for § 213.345, the tests
proposed here would not have been
conducted under ‘‘local’’ conditions but
rather in a static testing facility having
no connection to the location of the
proposed service. Amtrak therefore
wondered what types of conditions FRA
believed would be uncovered during
this testing process before permitting
the vehicle types to operate at the same
cant deficiencies on other track
segments. Amtrak believed that it would
be simply repeating the exact same test
on the exact same car at the exact same
test facility, and therefore found it
difficult to find any justification for the
proposed limitation.
FRA discussed the proposal and the
comments received with the Task Force.
The Task Force recommended that
vehicle types that have been permitted
by FRA to operate at cant deficiencies,
Eu, greater than 3 inches but not
exceeding 5 inches be considered
qualified under this section to operate at
those permitted cant deficiencies over
all track segments—not only over
previously operated segments. FRA
agrees that extending the nature of the
qualification in this way is appropriate
given that the requirements of this
section are static or steady-state and do
not directly reflect the ‘‘local’’
interaction of the vehicle and the track.
Paragraph (h)(1) adopts this
recommendation, and FRA makes clear
that it applies not only to previous
permission by FRA to operate at these
cant deficiencies, but also prospectively
to vehicle types when they are approved
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
16070
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
by FRA to operate at these cant
deficiencies. Nonetheless, a requirement
has been included in paragraph (h)(1)
that written notice be provided to FRA
no less than 30 calendar days prior to
the proposed implementation of such
curving speeds on another track
segment in accordance with paragraph
(f) of this section. This notice is
intended to identify the new track
segment(s) so that FRA is aware of the
proposed operation, can ensure that
appropriate permission has been
provided for it, and otherwise
administer the requirements of this rule.
FRA notes that pursuant to paragraph
(i) of this section and § 213.345,
Vehicle/track system qualification,
dynamic testing is required when
moving a vehicle type to a new track
segment for operation at cant
deficiencies exceeding 5 inches.
Accordingly, paragraph (h)(2) makes
clear that vehicle types that have been
permitted by FRA to operate at cant
deficiencies, Eu, greater than 5 inches
shall be considered qualified under this
section to operate at those permitted
cant deficiencies only for the previously
operated or identified track segments(s).
Please also see the discussion regarding
§ 213.329(h).
As proposed, paragraph (i) is being
added to reference pertinent sections of
subpart G—namely, §§ 213.333 and
213.345—that contain requirements
related to operations above 5 inches of
cant deficiency. These sections include
requirements for periodic track
geometry measurements, monitoring of
carbody acceleration, and vehicle/track
system qualification. Specifically, in
§ 213.333(c)(1), FRA has added periodic
inspection requirements using a Track
Geometry Measurement System (TGMS)
to determine compliance with § 213.53,
Track gage; § 213.55(b), Track
alinement; § 213.57, Curves; elevation
and speed limitations; § 213.63, Track
surface; and § 213.65, Combined track
alinement and surface deviations. In
sharper curves, for which cant
deficiency was high but vehicle speeds
were reflective of a lower track class, it
was found that stricter track geometry
limits were necessary, for the same track
class, in order to provide an equivalent
margin of safety for operations at higher
cant deficiency. As proposed in the
NPRM, FRA has also added periodic
monitoring requirements for cardbody
accelerations, to determine compliance
with the VTI safety limits in § 213.333.
Moreover, the vehicle/track system
qualification requirements in § 213.345
apply to vehicle types intended to
operate at any curving speed producing
more than 5 inches of cant deficiency,
and include, as appropriate, a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
combination of computer simulations,
carbody acceleration testing, truck
acceleration testing, and wheel/rail
force measurements. FRA believes that
these requirements are necessary to
apply to operations at high cant
deficiency on lower-speed track classes.
Section 213.369(f) is also referenced, to
make clear that inspection records be
kept in accordance with the
requirements of § 213.333, as
appropriate.
Paragraph (j), which was proposed as
paragraph (k) in the NPRM, is being
added as a new paragraph to define
‘‘vehicle’’ and ‘‘vehicle type,’’ as used in
this section. As the term ‘‘vehicle’’ is
used elsewhere in this part and has a
different meaning than the term
‘‘vehicle type,’’ both terms are defined
here for the purposes of this section so
that this section’s requirements may be
properly understood and applied.
Section 213.59 Elevation of Curved
Track; Runoff
This final rule makes a conforming
change to this section’s reference to
§ 213.57(b), to reflect the changes
adopted in that section. The need for
this conforming change had been
overlooked in the proposed rule.
However, the AAR notified FRA and
other Task Force members of the
omission and suggested change during
RSAC consideration of the final rule,
and no objection was raised. FRA agrees
that the language should conform so as
to avoid confusion, and has modified
paragraph (a) of this section
accordingly. No other change is
intended.
Section 213.63 Track Surface
Track surface is the evenness or
uniformity of track in short distances
measured along the running surface of
the rails. Under load, the track structure
gradually deteriorates due to dynamic
and mechanical wear effects of passing
trains. Improper drainage, unstable
roadbed, inadequate tamping, and
deferred maintenance can create surface
irregularities, which can lead to serious
consequences if ignored.
As proposed in the NPRM, this
section is divided into two paragraphs.
What was formerly the entirety of this
section (the introductory text, table, and
footnotes) is re-designated as paragraph
(a). Paragraph (a) generally mirrors the
former section but substitutes the date
‘‘June 22, 1998’’ for the words ‘‘prior to
the promulgation of this rule’’ in the
asterisked portion of the table
concerning the variation in crosslevel
on spirals due to physical restrictions
on spiral length and operating practices
and experience as determined by prior
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
engineering decisions. The asterisk was
included in the 1998 final rule and
refers to that final rule, which was
promulgated on June 22, 1998, to
address the practice on some railroads
to design a greater runoff of elevation in
spirals due to physical restrictions on
the length of spirals. Spiral runoff in
construction after the promulgation of
that final rule must be designed and
maintained within the generallyapplicable limits identified in the table
for the difference in crosslevel.
Consequently, FRA has clarified this
section so that the asterisked text
effectively continues to refer to the 1998
final rule—not this very final rule.
The primary substantive change to
this section is the addition of new
paragraph (b), which contains tighter,
single-deviation geometry limits for
operations above 5 inches of cant
deficiency on curved track. These limits
include both 31-foot and 62-foot MCO
limits and a new limit for the difference
in crosslevel between any two points
less than 10 feet apart. FRA believes that
adding these track geometry limits is
necessary to provide an equivalent
margin of safety for operations at higher
cant deficiency. These limits are based
on the results of simulation studies to
determine the safe amplitudes of track
geometry surface variations. See
Technical Background, Section IV.B,
above.
FRA did not receive any comment on
this section, other than the comment
raised by Bombardier and discussed in
§ 213.14 as to the inclusion of proposed
footnote 4 specifying that curved track
surface limits apply only when track
curvature is greater than 0.25 degree. As
noted in the discussion of § 213.14, the
text of the proposed footnote has been
adopted as § 213.14 primarily to
distinguish curved track from tangent
track so that track inspectors and
automated track geometry measurement
systems can properly apply the more
stringent track geometry limits required
for high cant deficiency operation in
track Classes 1 through 5. Should track
curvature be less than 0.25 degree, the
limits in paragraph (a) apply.
Consequently, all of the proposals in
this section have effectively been
adopted in this final rule without
substantive change.
Section 213.65 Combined Track
Alinement and Surface Deviations
As proposed in the NPRM, FRA is
adding this new section containing
limits addressing combined track
alinement and surface deviations for
operations above 5 inches of cant
deficiency on curved track. (In
preparing the final rule, FRA added
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
‘‘track’’ to the section heading for
consistency with the section headings
for § 213.55, Track alinement, and
§ 213.63, Track surface.) An equationbased safety limit is provided for track
alinement and surface deviations
occurring in combination within a
single chord length of each other. The
limits in this section are intended to be
used only with a TGMS, and applied on
the outside rail in curves.
Although the Track Safety Standards
have prescribed limits on geometry
variations existing in isolation, FRA has
recognized that a combination of track
alinement and surface variations, none
of which individually amounts to a
deviation from the requirements in this
part, may nevertheless result in
undesirable vehicle response. Moreover,
trains operating at high cant deficiencies
increase the lateral wheel force exerted
on track during curving, thereby
decreasing the margin of safety
associated with the VTI safety limits in
§ 213.333. To address these concerns,
simulation studies were performed to
determine the safe amplitudes of
combined track geometry variations. See
Technical Background, Section IV.B,
above. Results of this research showed
that the addition of this equation-based
safety limit is necessary to provide a
margin of safety for vehicle operations
at higher cant deficiencies.
One comment was raised on this
section following publication of the
NPRM. Bombardier commented that the
references in the proposed equation
identifying variables AL and SL should
be clarified if the intent is to use the
alinement and surface limits in
§§ 213.55(a) and 213.63(a), respectively,
when operating at cant deficiencies
greater than 5 inches in curves not
exceeding 0.25 degree. Bombardier
noted that, alternatively, if its
recommendation to remove the footnote
concerning the application of curved
track limits in §§ 213.55(b) and
213.63(b) were accepted, this concern
would be resolved.
In response to this comment and as a
result of Task Force discussions
following publication of the NPRM,
FRA has added § 213.14 to make clear
that limits specified for curved track
apply only to track having a curvature
greater than 0.25 degree. As discussed
in § 213.14, by defining curved track as
track having a curvature greater than
0.25 degree, the rule makes clear when
the requirements for curved track apply.
This section is therefore adopted as
proposed without substantive change.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
Section 213.110 Gage Restraint
Measurement Systems
This section specifies procedures for
using a Gage Restraint Measurement
System (GRMS) to assess the ability of
track to maintain proper gage. As
proposed, FRA has amended this
section to make it consistent with the
changes to the GRMS requirements in
§ 213.333, the counterpart to this section
in subpart G. Specifically, FRA has
replaced the former Gage Widening
Ratio (GWR) with the Gage Widening
Projection (GWP), which is intended to
compensate for the weight of the testing
vehicle. FRA believes that use of the
GWP provides at least the same level of
safety, and its inclusion is supported by
research results documented in the
report titled ‘‘Development of Gage
Widening Projection Parameter for the
Deployable Gage Restraint Measurement
System’’ (DOT/FRA/ORD–06/13,
October 2006), which is available on
FRA’s Web site. Moreover, by making
the criteria consistent with the changes
to the GRMS requirements in § 213.333,
a track owner or railroad does not need
to modify a GRMS survey to calculate
the GWR for track Classes 1 through 5,
and then separately calculate the GWP
for track Classes 6 through 9. The same
GWP formula applies, regardless of the
class of track.
In substituting GWP for GWR, FRA
has also made a number of conforming
changes to this section, principally to
ensure that the terminology and
references are consistent. These changes
are generally more technical than
substantive, and they are neither
intended to diminish nor add to the
requirements of this section. In this
regard, as proposed in the NPRM, FRA
has corrected the table in paragraph (l)
to renumber the remedial action
specified for a second level exception.
The remedial action should have been
designated as (1), (2), and (3) in the
‘‘Remedial action required’’ column,
consistent with the manner in which
remedial action is specified for a first
level exception—not designated as
footnote 2, (1), and (2). In addition, in
preparing the final rule, FRA has
reformatted the table to distinguish
more clearly between first level and
second level exceptions.
FRA has also added footnote 5 to this
section, as proposed in the NPRM,
stating that ‘‘GRMS equipment using
load combinations developing L/V
ratios that exceed 0.8 shall be operated
with caution to protect against the risk
of wheel climb by the test wheelset.’’
This footnote is identical in substance to
what is now designated as footnote 10
(formerly footnote 7), which applies to
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16071
§ 213.333, Automated vehicle-based
inspection systems, thereby promoting
conformity between this section and its
subpart G counterpart.
Paragraph (e) has been modified from
the proposal in the NPRM. In its
comments on the NPRM, Bombardier
stated that in proposed paragraph (e), it
appeared that the formula for the
extrapolation factor ‘‘A’’ may have been
incorrect since the lateral load ‘‘L’’ and
the vertical load ‘‘V’’ were expressed in
kips—not pounds. In this regard,
Bombardier also suggested changing the
proposed text describing the 24,000pound lateral load and 33,000-pound
vertical load to express the loads in
kips, for consistency. The Task Force
concurred with Bombardier’s comments
and recommended revising the text and
the equation accordingly. FRA agrees
and is adopting the recommended
changes in the final rule text. FRA is
also making a conforming change to this
section by modifying the text defining
GWP in paragraph (p). Likewise, in
§ 213.333(i)(2), FRA is modifying the
rule so that the units are
correspondingly stated in kips.
Subpart G—Train Operations at Track
Classes 6 and Higher
Section 213.305 Designation of
Qualified Individuals; General
Qualifications
This section recognizes that work on
or about a track structure supporting
high-speed train operations demands
the highest awareness of employees of
the need to perform their work properly.
At the same time, the wording of this
section has literally required that each
individual designated to perform such
work know and understand the
requirements of this subpart, detect
deviations from those requirements, and
prescribe appropriate remedial action to
correct or safely compensate for those
deviations, regardless whether that
knowledge, understanding, and ability
with regard to all of subpart G were
necessary for that individual to perform
his or her duties. For example,
knowledge and understanding of
specific vehicle qualification and testing
requirements may be unnecessary for
the performance of a track inspector’s
duties.
As a result, the Task Force
recommended and FRA agrees that this
rule clarify that the requirements for a
person to be qualified under subpart G
concern those portions of this subpart
necessary for the performance of that
person’s duties. This section continues
to require that a person designated
under it has the knowledge,
understanding, and ability necessary to
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
16072
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
supervise the restoration and renewal of
subpart G track, or to perform
inspections of subpart G track, or both,
for which he or she is responsible. At
the same time, adding the text makes
clear that such a designated person is
not required to know or understand
specific requirements of this subpart not
necessary to the fulfillment of that
person’s duties. FRA does not believe
that safety is in any way diminished by
these changes, and they were supported
by the Task Force. FRA believes that
these changes reflect what was intended
when this section was established in the
1998 final rule.
Section 213.307 Classes of Track:
Operating Speed Limits
The 1998 final rule added subpart G
to provide for the operation of trains at
progressively higher speeds up to 200
m.p.h. over four separate classes of
track—Classes 6 through 9. Standards
for the highest-speed track, Class 9
track, for speeds above 160 m.p.h. up to
200 m.p.h., were established looking
ahead to the possibility that certain
operations would achieve those speeds.
In addition, a maximum limit of 160
m.p.h. was established for Class 8 track
because trainsets had operated in this
country safely up to that speed for
periods of several months under waivers
for testing and evaluation. See 63 FR
34015.
In developing the NPRM, the Task
Force recommended that standards for
Class 9 track be removed from this
subpart and that the maximum
allowable speed for Class 8 track be
lowered from 160 m.p.h. to 150 m.p.h.
Although it was viewed in the 1998
final rule that standards for Class 9 track
were useful benchmarks for future
planning with respect to vehicle/track
interaction, track structure, and
inspection requirements, the Task Force
noted that operations at speeds in
excess of 150 m.p.h. were authorized by
FRA only in conjunction with a rule of
particular applicability (RPA)
addressing the overall safety of the
operation as a system, per former
footnote 2 of this section. It was thought
that the vehicle/track interaction, track
structure, and inspection requirements
in an RPA would likely be specific to
both the operation and the system
components used, and track geometry
measurement systems, safety criteria,
and safety limits might be quite
different than currently defined. The
Task Force therefore recommended that
the safety of operations above 150
m.p.h. be addressed using a system
safety approach and regulated through
an RPA specific to the intended
operation, and that the safety
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
parameters in this subpart for general
application to operations above 150
m.p.h. be removed.
Nonetheless, in the NPRM, FRA
explained that it had identified the
continued need for benchmark
standards addressing the highest speeds
likely to be achieved by the most
forward-looking, high-speed rail
projects. And, as a result, FRA and the
Volpe Center had conducted additional
research and vehicle/track interaction
simulations at higher speeds and
concluded that Class 9 vehicle/track
safety standards can be safely extended
to include the highest speeds proposed
to date—speeds of up to 220 m.p.h. FRA
therefore included these standards in
the NPRM. FRA did note its intent to
continue its discussions with the Task
Force as any comments were addressed
following the publication of the NPRM.
FRA also noted that the Task Force did
not consider a comprehensive revision
of all of Subpart G, including those
requirements that are not distinguished
by class of track. In addition, FRA stated
that the Class 9 standards would remain
only as benchmark standards with the
understanding that the final suitability
of track safety standards for operations
above 150 m.p.h. would be determined
by FRA only after examination of the
entire operating system, including the
subject equipment, track structure, and
other system attributes. FRA explained
that direct FRA approval is required for
any such high-speed rail operation,
whether through an RPA or another
regulatory proceeding.
As a separate matter, FRA noted that
the rule would require the testing and
evaluation of equipment for
qualification purposes at a speed of 5
m.p.h. above the maximum intended
operating speed, in accordance with
§ 213.345, and that, for example, this
would require equipment intended to
operate at Class 8 track’s maximum
speed of 160 m.p.h. to be tested at 165
m.p.h. Therefore, FRA made clear that
operating at speeds up to 165 m.p.h. for
vehicle qualification purposes under
this subpart would necessarily be
permitted to continue on Class 8 track,
subject to the requirements for the
planning and safe conduct of such test
operations. These test operations are
distinct from service operations on Class
8 track that would be limited to a
maximum speed of 160 m.p.h.
Finally, FRA proposed to slightly
modify the section heading so that it
reads ‘‘Classes of track: operating speed
limits,’’ using the plural form of ‘‘class.’’
This change is intended to make the
section heading consistent with the
heading for § 213.9, the counterpart to
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
this section for lower-speed track
classes.
In its comments on the NPRM,
Bombardier raised concern that FRA
had not adopted the recommendation of
the Task Force to remove standards for
Class 9 track and reduce the maximum
operating speed for Class 8 track to 150
m.p.h. In particular, Bombardier raised
concern that FRA conducted research
without the involvement of the Task
Force, and that one of the principles
used by the Task Force for evaluating
any changes to the track geometry
standards at high speed or high cant
deficiency was to use representative
vehicles that had actually been designed
and qualified for such operations.
Bombardier believed that the use of the
Acela power car to determine track
geometry standards for Class 9 track, by
conducting simulations at 220 m.p.h.
and 9 inches of cant deficiency, was
inappropriate since the equipment was
designed and qualified for operation at
150 m.p.h. Bombardier added that
appropriate track geometry safety limits
for speeds up to 220 m.p.h. can only be
developed with a vehicle model that has
been validated up to that speed, and
that track standards developed based on
an invalidated vehicle model could
deter the implementation of some highspeed rail systems and provide a false
sense of security.
Bombardier also noted that it was
unsure what the term ‘‘benchmark
standard’’ entails in a regulation and
requested that FRA clarify this issue.
Bombardier also asked for clarification
as to FRA’s statement that direct FRA
approval is required for any such highspeed operation, whether through an
RPA or another regulatory proceeding.
Bombardier asked what other regulatory
proceeding can be used, and noted that
former footnote 2 indicated only an RPA
proceeding. Bombardier reiterated the
Task Force recommendation to
eliminate track Class 9 requirements in
all sections and to limit track Class 8
speeds to 150 m.p.h. Bombardier stated
that safety standards for speeds above
150 m.p.h. should be contained in an
RPA and be based on the maximum
operating speed and specific equipment
and track characteristics for the
proposed high-speed rail system.
FDOT also commented on this
section, and referenced the high-speed
rail project then-planned for top speeds
of 168 m.p.h. between Tampa and
Orlando, and 186 m.p.h. between
Orlando and Miami, Florida. FDOT
understood that because the maximum
operating speed would be above 150
m.p.h., the system would be regulated
through an RPA that would be specific
to the particular operation and
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
technology selected for this application.
In this light, based on FRA’s discussion
in the NPRM and the need for FRA to
ascertain the suitability of Class 9
standards for each proposed high-speed
rail operation, it wasn’t clear to FDOT
whether the benchmark standards
would prove beneficial or a deterrent to
implementing high-speed rail in the
United States. Noting FRA’s intent to
continue discussion with the Task
Force, FDOT encouraged FRA and the
Task Force to resolve any differences on
this issue and to assure that the final
rule will be compatible with the proven
high-speed rail technologies and
systems that will be contemplated for
the high-speed rail systems planned in
Florida and elsewhere in the United
States. FDOT added that a final rule
governing the operation of a high-speed
rail system must be based on a systems
approach that includes the
characteristics of both the infrastructure
and rolling stock. Consequently, to
ensure compatibility of the various
aspects of the system, the governing
regulation should include requirements
for such components as ballast and
crossties, according to FDOT, and either
be addressed in the Track Safety
Standards or included in the governing
RPA. FDOT expected that these
requirements would be based on
experience with proven high-speed rail
systems around the world and with
rolling stock compatible with ‘‘Tier V’’
operations, as defined in FRA’s HighSpeed Passenger Rail Safety Strategy.
Referencing FRA’s mention in the
NPRM of ‘‘flying ballast’’ as a potential
issue for high-speed rail operations,
FDOT also commented that slab track
(ballastless track) is a modern form of
track construction that has been used
successfully throughout the world on
various high-speed rail lines and would
be considered as an option for the
system then-planned in Florida. FDOT
stated that this construction method not
only addresses the flying ballast safety
concern raised by FRA, it also brings
several construction advantages and
long-term performance benefits.
Consequently, FDOT believed that any
regulation governing high-speed rail
operation should address the use of slab
track. However, FDOT noted that it was
not clear how this would be addressed
by the NPRM, in that it appeared that
the track geometry measurement
systems, safety criteria, and inspection
requirements contained in the NPRM
were based on significant experience
and simulations using ballasted track
(and FRA-compliant Tier I and Tier II
passenger equipment, in accordance
with 49 CFR part 238). FDOT stated that
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
it is well known that allowable track
geometry defects determined by
simulation are highly dependent on
both vehicle suspension and track
stiffness characteristics and that, as
such, the suitability of the safety
geometry limits contained in the NPRM
for high-speed equipment operating
over slab track is very questionable,
adding that the inspection and
maintenance requirements for slab track
are very different from those that are
required for ballasted track. FDOT
encouraged FRA to address this issue in
the final rule or to clarify that the final
rule only governs ballasted track. And,
should the latter be the case, there
would be a further need to regulate all
vehicle/track interaction issues where
slab track is used through an RPA.
The issues of the maximum speed
limit for Class 8 track and standards for
Class 9 track were the subject of much
discussion within the Task Force.
Ultimately, the Task Force concurred
with FRA’s proposal in the NPRM to
maintain Class 8 track’s maximum
speed at 160 m.p.h., retain Class 9 track
standards, and increase Class 9 track’s
maximum speed to 220 m.p.h. At the
same time, the Task Force also
concurred with revising footnote 2 of
this section. As revised, footnote 2
provides that operating speeds in excess
of 125 m.p.h. are authorized by this part
only in conjunction with FRA
regulatory approval addressing other
safety issues presented by the railroad
system. In addition, footnote 2 also
provides that for operations on a
dedicated right-of-way, FRA’s regulatory
approval may allow for the use of
inspection and maintenance criteria and
procedures in the alternative to those
contained in this subpart, based upon a
showing that at least an equivalent level
of safety is provided.
The underlying purpose of footnote 2
is to indicate that compliance alone
with the Track Safety Standards does
not authorize operations at high speeds;
other safety issues must be addressed in
their own right for each high-speed rail
system as elements of a comprehensive,
system-safety-based regulatory approval
and compliance program. While the
reference in former footnote 2 to an RPA
for regulating high-speed operations was
appropriate when the Track Safety
Standards were amended in 1998, based
on subsequent developments, footnote 2
should more appropriately state that
high-speed operations are subject to
FRA regulatory approval. It is no longer
necessary to specify that FRA regulatory
approval be provided through an RPA.
Likewise, this footnote should refer to
high-speed rail operations as operations
conducted at speeds above 125 m.p.h.—
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16073
not 150 m.p.h. Footnote 2 of this section
was added together with the rest of
subpart G to the Track Safety Standards
in 1998—the year following FRA’s
issuance of a proposed RPA to establish
safety standards for the Florida
Overland eXpress (FOX) high-speed rail
system. See 62 FR 65478, December 12,
1997. (The FOX rulemaking was
terminated after the State of Florida
withdrew financial support for the
project, see 65 FR 50952, August 22,
2000.) Moreover, subpart G preceded
the issuance of the Passenger Equipment
Safety Standards in 1999, which require
FRA regulatory approval for the
operation of Tier II passenger
equipment, i.e., passenger equipment
operating at speeds above 125 m.p.h.
and not exceeding 150 m.p.h. See,
generally, 49 CFR 238.111(b) and
238.501, et seq. Amtrak’s Acela operates
at these Tier II speeds, and it has done
so for over a decade through FRA
approval. In this regard, FRA makes
clear that the revisions to this footnote
neither impose any new requirement on
Acela, nor alter any aspect of FRA’s
regulatory approval of Acela.
Further, this very rulemaking on
vehicle/track interaction was initiated
before a more recent effort by FRA to
consider and develop standards for the
safe operation of another tier of highspeed rail service. That work is being
carried out through the Engineering
Task Force of the same RSAC Passenger
Safety Working Group that has overseen
the Vehicle/Track Interaction Task
Force. FRA requested that the
Engineering Task Force develop safety
recommendations for the operation of
passenger rail equipment at speeds up
to 220 m.p.h., focusing on a new tier of
passenger equipment safety standards in
part 238: Tier III, which is predicated on
passenger equipment operating in an
exclusive right-of-way at speeds over
125 m.p.h., and in a shared right-of-way
only at speeds not exceeding 125 m.p.h.
This new tier of safety standards is
intended to facilitate the nationwide
deployment of a high-speed rail
network, both maximizing the benefits
inherent in dedicated high-speed rail
operation while minimizing the costs
involved by allowing for the sharing of
infrastructure. These standards will
expand FRA’s overall regulatory
framework for high-speed passenger rail
safety, complementing FRA’s existing
standards for Tier II high-speed rail
operations on shared rights-of-way. FRA
has also been examining, with the
assistance of RSAC, requirements for
passenger railroad system safety
planning that would further address
safety issues in a comprehensive way,
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
16074
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
and has issued a proposed rule to
require commuter and intercity
passenger railroads to develop and
implement system safety programs (see
77 FR 55371; Sept. 7, 2012).
As noted, the Task Force concurred
with the NPRM proposal to maintain
Class 8 track’s maximum speed at 160
m.p.h., retain Class 9 track standards,
and increase Class 9 track’s maximum
speed to 220 m.p.h. Each of FRA’s track
classes is essentially based on the same
foundation, with a set of progressively
stricter safety limits as operating speeds
increase. While standards for Class 9
track are the strictest, they follow the
same fundamental approach as for the
lowest-speed class of track, which is
essential to support the operation of
different types of rail service on the
same track. Class 8 track speeds up to
160 m.p.h. have been validated not only
through computer modeling, but also
through actual testing and experience.
FRA believes that retaining the 160m.p.h. maximum speed is safe for
supporting rail operations at that speed,
given the requirements associated with
Class 8 track speeds. Although FRA’s
passenger equipment safety standards in
part 238 currently do not provide
standards for operations above 150
m.p.h., FRA has been engaged in
developing new Tier III high-speed
safety standards for operations up to 220
m.p.h., as discussed above. FRA is also
reexamining the current Tier II
maximum speed of 150 m.p.h., which
was established in 1999, with a view to
safely extending that speed to permit
higher-speed Tier II operations.
In retaining Class 9 track standards
and extending the maximum speed to
220 m.p.h., footnote 2 now provides that
for operations above 125 m.p.h. on a
dedicated right-of-way, FRA’s regulatory
approval may allow for the use of
inspection and maintenance criteria and
procedures in the alternative to those
contained in this subpart, based upon a
showing that at least an equivalent level
of safety is provided. This addition
helps to place in clearer perspective
what FRA intended by describing Class
9 track standards as ‘‘benchmark’’
standards in the NPRM, acknowledging
the unique system attributes inherent in
a dedicated right-of-way. Indeed, for
this reason, the provision applies to
Class 8 track in a dedicated right-of-way
as well, allowing for FRA approval of
alternative criteria and procedures that
are appropriate and safe in such a
defined operating environment.
Moreover, together with the
development of Tier III standards in Part
238, this provision is intended to
harmonize the regulation of high-speed
rail operations on dedicated rights-of-
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
way—facilitating innovation and
efficiency, while protecting safety.
In addition, FRA intends to examine,
with the assistance of RSAC members,
those requirements of subpart G that it
has not addressed in this rulemaking on
vehicle/track interaction safety. FRA
recognizes that while this rulemaking
makes substantial revisions to the highspeed track standards in subpart G, it
was not intended to result in a
comprehensive revision of these
standards. In this regard, FRA has noted
that requirements in subpart G that are
not distinguished by class of track, such
as ballast, merit examination, which
was amplified by FDOT in its comments
concerning ballastless track. FRA is
therefore interested in undertaking a
future effort with the assistance of RSAC
to consider revisions to subpart G not
addressed in this rulemaking.
As a final matter, at the
recommendation of the AAR, footnote 1
is being modified. Footnote 1 provides
conditions under which freight may be
transported at passenger train speeds.
The second clause of footnote 1
references passenger locomotive axle
loadings utilized in passenger service
along with the freight. This clause is
modified by adding the words ‘‘if any’’
after the reference to passenger service,
to make clear that there need not be any
passenger service on the same line with
the freight service.
Section 213.313 Application of
Requirements to Curved Track
This is a new section that is being
added to help define the application of
requirements for curved track, following
publication of and comment on the
NPRM. Please see the discussion of
§ 213.14, which is identical to this
section. At the recommendation of Task
Force members, FRA is restating this
section in subpart G to make clear that
it applies together with the other
provisions in this subpart. Subpart G is
intended to function as its own set of
regulations governing any track
identified as belonging to one of its
(higher) track classes, and this section’s
addition is consistent with the
comprehensiveness of this subpart.
Section 213.323 Track Gage
This section contains the minimum
and maximum limits for gage, including
limits for the change in gage within any
31-foot distance. As proposed in the
NPRM, for Class 6 track FRA is
modifying the limit for the change in
gage within any 31-foot distance from 1⁄2
inch to 3⁄4 inch. During Task Force
discussions in developing the NPRM,
Amtrak had raised concern that for track
constructed with wooden ties and cut
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
spikes, the 1⁄2-inch variation in gage
limit was difficult to maintain.
Tolerance values for the rail base, tie
plate shoulders, and spikes can result in
a 1⁄2-inch gage variation in track
constructed with wooden ties,
particularly due to daily temperature
fluctuations of rail and associated heatinduced stresses. In response to
Amtrak’s concern, FRA conducted
modeling of track with variations in
gage up to 3⁄4 inch in 31-foot distances
and found no safety concerns for the
equipment modeled. Modeling was also
conducted using 20 miles of actual
measured track geometry with these
variations in gage for speeds up to 115
m.p.h. without showing safety concerns
for the equipment modeled. As a result,
FRA believes that modifying this limit
for the change of gage for Class 6 track,
which has a maximum permitted speed
of 110 m.p.h., will not diminish safety
and reduces the burden on the track
owner or railroad to maintain safe gage.
FRA notes that during Task Force
consideration of the draft final rule,
concern was raised by the AAR and
Amtrak as to the application of the 1⁄2inch limit for the change in gage within
any 31-foot distance in Class 7 through
9 track. They suggested that clarification
be provided to exclude up to a 1⁄4-inch,
designed widening of the gage at switch
point locations to enable the stock rail
and the switch point to fit smoothly
together. FRA believes that such an
exclusion could have safety
implications in these high-speed track
classes, especially should the switch
point geometry be poorly maintained,
and that the need for such an exclusion
would potentially arise only in very
limited circumstances in these track
classes, as perhaps when an emergency
repair is made in a switch using wooden
ties in place of concrete ties.
Nonetheless, FRA agrees that an
appropriate safety determination could
be made upon inspection of the rail
head profile at the local points of
concern, and in applying the
requirements will give consideration to
design modifications that are made for
the purpose of ensuring the proper
functioning of switches where adjacent
gage change occurs within 31 feet of the
switch point. FRA will include such
guidance in its Track Safety Standards
Compliance Manual, which is available
on FRA’s Web site, as part of its overall
revision of the Manual to reflect the
changes made in this final rule.
No other issue was raised on this
section, other than the general comment
from Bombardier on the propriety of
retaining Class 9 track standards. FRA
has addressed Bombardier’s comment in
the general discussion of Class 9 track
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
standards in § 213.307. Consequently,
FRA is adopting the rule text as
proposed.
Section 213.327 Track Alinement
This section is the subpart G
counterpart to § 213.55 and is intended
for higher-speed track classes—Classes 6
through 9. As proposed, the section
heading is being modified so that it
reads ‘‘Track alinement,’’ instead of
‘‘Alinement,’’ for clarity.
Paragraph (a) remains substantively
unchanged, as proposed in the NPRM.
FRA is revising the single-deviation,
track alinement limits in paragraph (b)
so as to distinguish between limits for
tangent and curved track. Specifically,
the 62-foot MCO limit for Class 6 curved
track has been narrowed to 5⁄8 inch,
while the tangent track limit remains at
the value of 3⁄4 inch. This change is
intended to provide consistency
between the track alinement limits for
track Classes 5 and 6, as the Class 5
limit for curved track in § 213.55 is 5⁄8
inch. The 62-foot MCO limits for Class
7 and Class 8 tangent track have been
increased to 3⁄4 inch, while the curved
track limits remain at the value of 1⁄2
inch. Further, the 124-foot MCO limit
for Class 8 tangent track has been
increased to 1 inch, while the curved
track limit remains at the value of 3⁄4
inch. These changes are also based on
the results of the simulation studies for
determining safe amplitudes of track
geometry alinement variations. See
Technical Background, Section IV.B,
above.
FRA is reformatting the table in
paragraph (b) from that proposed in the
NPRM. The AAR commented that the
table in proposed paragraph (b) was
missing a number of deviation limits for
curved track that had been
recommended by the Task Force. FRA
believes that these limits were not
clearly identified in the NPRM, and
therefore appeared to have been
omitted, due to the way the table was
formatted for publication in the Federal
Register. Consequently, the table is
being revised to ensure that these values
are properly displayed.
The former text of paragraph (c) has
been moved to a new paragraph (d). In
revised paragraph (c) FRA has added
tighter, single-deviation geometry limits
for operations above 5 inches of cant
deficiency. These additions include 31foot, 62-foot, and 124-foot MCO limits.
The track geometry limits in revised
paragraph (c) are based on the results of
simulation studies to determine the safe
amplitudes of track geometry alinement
variations, discussed in Section IV.B
above, which describes in particular the
124-foot MCO limit for Class 7 track.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
FRA believes that adding these track
geometry limits is necessary to provide
an equivalent margin of safety for
operations at higher cant deficiency.
FRA notes that Bombardier raised the
same comment on this section as for
other sections concerning the inclusion
of proposed footnote 1 in paragraphs (b)
and (c), specifying that curved track
alinement limits apply only when track
curvature is greater than 0.25 degree. In
response to this comment and as a result
of Task Force discussions following
publication of the NPRM, FRA has
added § 213.313 to make clear that
limits specified for curved track apply
only to track having a curvature greater
than 0.25 degree, in lieu of adopting
proposed footnote 1. By defining curved
track as track having a curvature greater
than 0.25 degree, the rule makes clear
when the requirements for curved track
apply.
As noted, the text of former paragraph
(c) has been moved to new paragraph (d)
and remains substantively unchanged.
FRA is adding new paragraph (e) to
this section, as proposed. Paragraph (e)
is an adaptation of footnotes 1 and 2
from § 213.55, and describes the ends of
the chord and the line rail for purposes
of complying with this section.
Paragraph (e) applies to all of the
requirements in this section and is
consistent with current practice.
No other comment was received on
this section, other than the general
comment from Bombardier on the
propriety of retaining Class 9 track
standards. FRA has addressed
Bombardier’s comment in the general
discussion of Class 9 track standards in
§ 213.307. Consequently, FRA adopts
this section as proposed, with paragraph
(b) reformatted and curved track defined
in new § 213.313.
Section 213.329 Curves; Elevation and
Speed Limitations
Determining the maximum speed that
a vehicle may safely operate around a
curve is based on the degree of track
curvature, actual elevation, and amount
of unbalanced elevation, where the
actual elevation and curvature are
derived by a moving average technique.
This approach, as codified in this
section, is as valid in the high-speed
regime as it is in the lower-speed track
classes, and § 213.57 is the counterpart
to this section for track Classes 1
through 5. As in § 213.57, FRA has
substantially revised this section,
including both modifying and clarifying
the qualification requirements and
approval process for vehicles intended
to operate at more than 3 inches of cant
deficiency.
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16075
Paragraph (a) formerly provided that
the maximum crosslevel on the outside
rail of a curve may not be more than 7
inches. As proposed, this provision is
being restated to provide that the
maximum elevation of the outside rail
of a curve may not be more than 7
inches. Crosslevel is a function of
elevation differences between two rails,
and is the focus of other provisions of
this final rule, specifically § 213.331,
Track surface. The clarification here is
intended to limit the elevation of a
single rail.
FRA is also revising the second
requirement of paragraph (a), consistent
with the revision to § 213.57(a). In the
NPRM, FRA noted that the Task Force
recommended moving to § 213.331 the
second requirement of paragraph (a),
which formerly provided that ‘‘[t]he
outside rail of a curve may not be more
than 1⁄2 inch lower than the inside rail.’’
Instead, FRA proposed that this
requirement be re-written more clearly
to restrict configuring track so that the
outside rail of a curve is designed to be
lower than the inside rail, while
allowing for a deviation of up to 1⁄2 inch
as provided in § 213.331, which also
included a proposed limit for reverse
crosslevel deviation. FRA explained in
the NPRM that this requirement in
paragraph (a) was intended to restrict
configuring track so that the outside rail
of a curve is lower than the inside rail,
while the limits at issue in § 213.331
govern local deviations from uniform
elevation—from the designed
elevation—that occur as a result of
changes in conditions. Rather than
conflict, FRA stated these provisions
complement each other, addressing both
the designed layout of a curve and the
deviations from that layout that result
from actual use and wear.
The AAR commented on FRA’s
proposal to revise the second
requirement of paragraph (a), stating
that such a sweeping prohibition against
the outside rail being lower than the
inside rail is inappropriate. The AAR
explained that turnouts off of gradual
curves can have small reverse
superelevation by design, even for track
where speeds over 90 m.p.h. are
permitted. The AAR also noted that the
Task Force had recommended
eliminating this requirement from
paragraph (a), and that, if FRA were
unwilling to adopt that
recommendation, then the original
language should be retained.
FRA has modified this provision to
state that the outside rail of a curve may
not be lower than the inside rail by
design, except when engineered to
address specific track or operating
conditions, and that the limits in
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
16076
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
§ 213.331 apply in all cases. FRA
continues to believe that the former rule
text could give the mistaken impression
that it is appropriate to design reverse
elevation into curves as the nominal
condition for all curves. Nonetheless,
FRA appreciates from the comments
raised that reverse elevation is designed
into certain curves both out of necessity
and for safety reasons. FRA did not
intend its proposal to nullify such
engineering design—engineering design
of which the track owner and railroad
are aware in carrying out railroad
operations and responsibilities safely.
As modified, the rule text addresses
both the concerns raised by FRA and
those raised in the comments, and the
Task Force concurred with this revision.
As explained in the discussion of
specific comments and conclusions
section of the preamble, above, what
was proposed as paragraph (b) is not
included in this final rule. Please see
Wheel Unloading from Wind on
Superelevated Curves, Section V.B., for
a full explanation of FRA’s treatment of
that proposal. Rather, what was
proposed as paragraph (c) is designated
as paragraph (b).
As proposed, in paragraph (b) the
Vmax formula determines the maximum
allowable posted timetable operating
speed for curved track based on the
qualified cant deficiency (inches of
unbalance), Eu, for the vehicle type. This
paragraph also references a new
footnote 7 to permit the vehicle type to
operate at the qualified cant deficiency
for which it is approved, Eu, plus 1⁄2
inch, if actual elevation of the outside
rail, Ea, and degree of track curvature, D,
change as a result of track degradation.
This paragraph is intended to provide a
tolerance to account for the effects of
local crosslevel or curvature conditions
on Vmax that may result in the operating
cant deficiency exceeding that approved
for the equipment, i.e, the actual
operating speed may exceed the
maximum allowable posted timetable
operating speed. Without this tolerance,
these track conditions could generate a
limiting speed exception, and some
railroads have adopted the approach of
reducing the operating cant deficiency
of the vehicle in order to avoid these
exceptions. FRA believes that this 1⁄2
inch tolerance is supported by
operational experience and
complemented by related standards
acting to mitigate safety concerns. For
instance, the Vmax formula is not
intended to replace FRA’s track
geometry limits, which more clearly
focus on individual track irregularities
with shorter wavelengths. These track
geometry limits apply independently
and act independently to limit the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
maximum allowable speed for a track
segment based on the condition of the
track.
In addition, as proposed, former
footnote 4 is being redesignated as
footnote 6, and a statement within the
former footnote is being removed
regarding the application of the Vmax
equation to the spirals on both ends of
the curve if Eu exceeds 4 inches. The
Vmax equation is intended to be applied
in the body of the curve where the cant
deficiency is the greatest, and the actual
elevation and degree of curvature are
determined according to the moving
average techniques defined in footnote
6, as well as in footnote 8, discussed
below. Within spirals, where the degree
of curvature and elevation are changing
continuously, local deviations from
uniform elevation and degree of
curvature are governed by the limits in
§ 213.327 and § 213.331.
Former footnote 5 is being
redesignated as footnote 8 without
substantive change.
Paragraph (c), which was proposed as
paragraph (d) in the NPRM, provides
that all vehicle types are considered to
be qualified for up to 3 inches of cant
deficiency, as allowed since the 1998
Track Safety Standards final rule.
Paragraph (d), which was proposed as
paragraph (e) in the NPRM, is being
modified to specify the requirements for
vehicle qualification over track with
more than 3 inches of cant deficiency in
track Classes 6 through 9. This
paragraph formerly specified two sets of
static lean test requirements for vehicle
qualification for more than 3 inches of
cant deficiency. The first set of
requirements limited both the vertical
wheel load remaining on the raised
wheels to no less than 60 percent of
their static level values and the roll of
a passenger carbody to 5.7 degrees with
respect to the horizontal, for a vehicle
standing on superelevation equal to the
proposed cant deficiency. The second
set of requirements addressed potential
roll-over and passenger safety issues
should a vehicle be stopped or traveling
at very low speed on a curve with 7
inches of superelevation, by limiting
both the vertical wheel load remaining
on the raised wheels to no less than 60
percent of their static level values and
the roll of a passenger carbody to 8.6
degrees with respect to the horizontal.
In the final rule, the revised
requirements, consistent with the
revised standards in § 213.57 (for lowerspeed track classes), limit both the
vertical wheel load remaining on the
raised wheels to no less than 60 percent
of their static level values and carbody
roll for passenger cars to no more than
8.6 degrees with respect to the
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
horizontal when the vehicle is standing
(stationary) on track with a uniform
superelevation equal to the proposed
cant deficiency. Consequently, the rule
no longer imposes a 7-inch
superelevation static lean requirement
generally; rather, the amount of
superelevation is dependent on the
proposed cant deficiency. For example,
if the proposed cant deficiency is 6
inches, the superelevation used for
demonstrating compliance with this
paragraph is also 6 inches.
The requirements in paragraph (d)
may be met by either static or dynamic
testing, and are consistent with the
requirements in § 213.57. As in § 213.57,
the vehicle type must be tested in a
ready-for service condition. In
consultation with the Task Force, FRA
is clarifying that the vehicle type be
tested in a ready-for-service condition,
i.e., in the same vehicle/track
performance condition in which it
would be in passenger service. At the
same time, FRA is clarifying paragraph
(e), below, so that the load condition
under which testing is performed is
included in the description of the test
procedure. For example, the vehicle
type may or may not be loaded to
simulate passengers on board, and this
information would be necessary for a
complete evaluation of the vehicle’s
performance.
As noted, the static lean test limits the
vertical wheel load remaining on the
raised wheels to no less than 60 percent
of their static level values and limits the
roll of a passenger carbody to 8.6
degrees with respect to the horizontal,
when the vehicle is standing on track
with superelevation equal to the
proposed cant deficiency. The dynamic
test limits the steady-state vertical
wheel load remaining on the low rail
wheels to no less than 60 percent of
their static level values and limits the
lateral acceleration in a passenger car to
0.15g steady-state, when the vehicle
operates through a curve at the
proposed cant deficiency. This 0.15g
steady-state lateral acceleration limit in
the dynamic test is consistent with the
8.6-degree roll limit in the static lean
test, in that it corresponds to the lateral
acceleration a passenger would
experience in a standing (stationary)
vehicle whose carbody is at a roll angle
of 8.6 degrees with respect to the
horizontal. The former 5.7-degree roll
limit, which limited steady-state,
carbody lateral acceleration to 0.1g, has
been removed.
FRA notes that the less stringent
steady-state, carbody lateral acceleration
limit and carbody roll angle limit
adopted in this final rule will minimize
both the need to equip vehicles with tilt
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
systems at higher cant deficiencies and
the costs associated with such features,
as well. Moreover, by facilitating higher
cant deficiency operations, savings may
also result from shortened trip times.
These savings may be particularly
beneficial to passenger operations in
emerging high-speed rail corridors,
enabling faster operations through
curves.
Of course, any such savings should
not come at the expense of safety, and
FRA is adopting additional track
geometry requirements for operations
above 5 inches of cant deficiency,
whether or not the vehicles are
equipped with tilt systems. These
additional track geometry requirements
were developed to control for
undesirable vehicle response to track
conditions that could pose derailment
concerns. Nonetheless, the VTI limits on
transient accelerations may need to be
stricter when combined with higher
steady-state lateral acceleration, to
address passenger ride safety concerns.
Additional research on passenger
response to vibration is necessary to
establish this relationship and model
this effect. While the tighter geometry
limits at high cant deficiency that have
been added in this final rule were not
specifically developed to address such
concerns, they may help to control
transient, carbody acceleration events
that could pose ride safety concerns for
passengers subjected to higher steadystate lateral accelerations. These
additional track geometry requirements
apply only to operations above 5 inches
of cant deficiency, where steady-state,
carbody lateral acceleration may
approach 0.15g for typical vehicle
designs. FRA does note that higher cant
deficiencies are necessary to support
high-speed operations on curved track,
and, as a result, the additional track
geometry requirements contained in this
final rule for such high cant deficiency
operations are likely to be implicated.
Moreover, FRA is not aware of any
general safety issue involving
passengers losing their balance and
falling due to excessive steady-state,
carbody lateral accelerations in current
operations.
Yet, as explained in the discussion of
§ 213.57(d), FRA is concerned in
particular about the effect transient,
carbody lateral acceleration events that
pose no derailment safety concerns may
nonetheless have on passenger ride
safety when combined with increased
steady-state, carbody lateral acceleration
forces. Consequently, to fully inform
FRA’s decisions in preparing this final
rule, FRA specifically invited public
comment on the proposal to set the
steady-state, carbody lateral acceleration
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
limit at 0.15g. FRA requested specific
comment on whether the proposed rule
would appropriately provide for
passenger ride safety, and if not,
requested that the commenters state
what additional requirement(s) should
be imposed, if any.
As noted above, in commenting on
the NPRM, SNCF agreed that the limit
of 0.15g for steady-state, carbody lateral
acceleration is justified in that this
value is usually considered a comfort
limit for curve design and is the limit
value accepted for passenger cars. SNCF
specifically commented that, in
European rules, the 0.15g value
corresponds to an exceptional value of
cant deficiency, while the
recommended value is about 0.14g. FRA
sees no conflict with these comments;
measurements and supplemental
research have indicated that a steadystate, carbody lateral acceleration limit
of 0.15g is considered to be the
maximum, steady-state lateral
acceleration above which jolts from
vehicle dynamic response to track
deviations can present a hazard to
passenger safety. FRA has therefore
adopted the proposal in the final rule.
The changes to this section also
separate and clarify the submittal
requirements to FRA to obtain approval
for the qualifying cant deficiency of a
vehicle type (paragraph (e)), and to
notify FRA prior to the implementation
of the approved higher curving speeds
(paragraph (f)). As discussed above, FRA
is clarifying paragraph (e) so that the
load condition under which the testing
was performed is included in the
description of the test procedure.
Additional clarification in paragraph (e)
has been included for submitting
suspension system maintenance
information. This requirement for
submitting suspension system
maintenance information applies to
vehicle types not subject to parts 238 or
229 of this chapter, such as a freight car
operated in a freight train, and then only
to safety-critical components. Paragraph
(f) also clarifies that in approving the
request made pursuant to paragraph (e),
FRA may impose conditions necessary
for safely operating at the higher curving
speeds.
FRA notes that former footnote 6 is
being redesignated as footnote 9 and
modified in conformance with the
changes in this final rule. The former
footnote offered an example test
procedure providing measurements for
up to 6 inches of cant deficiency and 7
inches of cant excess. This footnote has
been modified to reference testing at
‘‘the proposed cant deficiency,’’ rather
than a specific condition, consistent
with the requirements of this section.
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16077
The cant-excess requirement has also
been addressed, as explained above. In
addition, FRA notes that it has removed
the statement in the former footnote that
the ‘‘test procedure may be conducted
in a test facility.’’ Testing may of course
be conducted in a test facility, but the
statement could cause confusion that
testing may be conducted only in a test
facility. No such limitation is intended.
Former paragraph (f) is being moved
to new paragraph (g), which was
proposed as paragraph (h) in the NPRM.
As noted, paragraph (g) is identical to
two other provisions in this final rule:
§ 213.57(g)—the counterpart to this
section for lower-speed track classes—
and § 213.345(i). The Task Force agreed
that the purpose of these paragraphs is
the same and recommended that the
same text be included. FRA agreed and
has modified the rule accordingly.
Please see the discussion of § 213.345(i),
below.
As discussed in § 213.57(h),
paragraph (h) was proposed to be added
as paragraph (i) to clarify that vehicle
types that have been permitted by FRA
to operate at cant deficiencies, Eu,
greater than 3 inches prior to the
publication of this final rule in the
Federal Register would be considered
qualified under this section to operate at
those permitted cant deficiencies over
the previously-operated track
segments(s). Consequently, before the
vehicle type could operate over another
track segment at such cant deficiencies,
FRA proposed that the vehicle type be
qualified as provided in this section.
In commenting on the NPRM, Amtrak
stated that this proposal implicated
issues associated with vehicle
qualification, and Amtrak referenced its
comments concerning proposed
§ 213.345(b) and (d). Moreover, Amtrak
stated that the tests proposed in this
section, as in § 213.57 for lower-speed
track classes, would be even more
wasteful because, unlike the tests
proposed for § 213.345, the tests
proposed here would not have been
conducted under ‘‘local’’ conditions but
rather in a static testing facility having
no connection to the location of the
proposed service. Amtrak therefore
wondered what types of conditions FRA
believed would be uncovered during
this testing process before permitting
the vehicle types to operate at the same
cant deficiencies on other track
segments. Amtrak believed that it would
be simply repeating the exact same test
on the exact same car at the exact same
test facility, and therefore found it
difficult to find any justification for the
proposed limitation.
As noted, FRA discussed the proposal
and the comments received with the
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
16078
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Task Force. The Task Force
recommended that vehicle types that
have been permitted by FRA to operate
at cant deficiencies, Eu, greater than 3
inches but not exceeding 5 inches be
considered qualified under this section
to operate at those permitted cant
deficiencies over all track segments—
not only over previously operated
segments. As adopted in paragraph
(h)(1), FRA agrees that extending the
nature of the qualification in this way is
appropriate for operations on Class 6
track given that the requirements of this
paragraph are static or steady-state and
do not directly reflect the ‘‘local’’
interaction of the vehicle and the track.
Further, FRA makes clear that the
provision applies not only to previous
permission by FRA to operate at these
cant deficiencies, but also prospectively
to vehicle types when they are approved
by FRA to operate at these cant
deficiencies. Nonetheless, a requirement
has been included in paragraph (h)(1)
that written notice be provided to FRA
no less than 30 calendar days prior to
the proposed implementation of such
curving speeds on another track
segment in accordance with paragraph
(f) of this section. This notice is
intended to identify the new track
segment(s) so that FRA is aware of the
proposed operation, can ensure that
appropriate permission has been
provided for it, and otherwise
administer the requirements of this rule.
However, FRA does note that
pursuant to § 213.345, Vehicle/track
system qualification, dynamic testing is
required when moving a vehicle type to
a new track segment for operation at
cant deficiencies greater than 5 inches
on Class 6 track, or greater than 3 inches
on Class 7 through 9 track, to reflect the
‘‘local’’ interaction of the vehicle and
the track over which it operates as a
system. Accordingly, paragraph (h)(2)
makes clear that vehicle types that have
been permitted by FRA to operate at
cant deficiencies, Eu, greater than 5
inches on Class 6 track, or greater than
3 inches on Class 7 through 9 track,
shall be considered qualified under this
section to operate at those permitted
cant deficiencies only for the previously
operated or identified track segments(s).
Operation of these vehicle types at such
cant deficiencies and track class on any
other track segment is permitted only in
accordance with the qualification
requirements in this subpart.
Paragraph (i), proposed as paragraph
(j), is a new paragraph for defining the
terms ‘‘vehicle’’ and ‘‘vehicle type,’’ as
used in this section and in §§ 213.333
and 213.345. As the term ‘‘vehicle’’ is
used elsewhere in this subpart and has
a different meaning than the term
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
‘‘vehicle type,’’ both terms are defined
here for the purposes of these sections
so that these sections’ requirements may
be properly understood and applied.
These terms have the same meaning as
in § 213.57(j).
Section 213.331 Track Surface
This section is the subpart G
counterpart to § 213.63 and is intended
for higher-speed track classes.
As proposed in the NPRM, FRA is
making three changes to the singledeviation, track surface limits in
paragraph (a). Specifically, the 124-foot
MCO limit for Class 9 track has been
reduced to 1 inch, based on a review of
simulation results of Acela equipment
performance. Further, the limit for the
difference in crosslevel between any
two points less than 62 feet apart has
been reduced to 1@ inches for Class 8
track, and 1 inch for Class 9 track. These
two changes are intended to provide
more consistent safety limits and are
based on simulation studies conducted
for short warp conditions.
In addition, three new limits are being
added to the single-deviation, track
surface limits in paragraph (a). Two of
these limits (deviation from zero
crosslevel on tangent track, and reverse
elevation for curved track), although not
explicitly stated in the table in former
paragraph (a), have effectively been
applicable to track Classes 6 through 9
because these higher-speed track classes
must at least meet the minimum
geometry requirements for the lowerspeed track classes. Specifically, the 1inch limit for deviation from zero
crosslevel on tangent Class 5 track, as
specified in § 213.63, is being added as
a limit for track Classes 6 through 9.
Second, the c-inch reverse elevation
limit for curved track, as formerly
specified in § 213.329(a), is being moved
to this paragraph (a). The third limit, a
new limit for the difference in crosslevel
between any two points less than 10 feet
apart (short warp), is being added to
paragraph (a) as well. FRA noted in the
NPRM that the Task Force proposed that
the existing 1-inch runoff limit for Class
5 track, as specified in § 213.63, be
added for higher track classes. However,
FRA believes that appropriate surface
requirements have already been
established in § 213.331 that address
this runoff condition, and thus FRA
believes it would be duplicative to
include this 1-inch runoff limit
separately in the text of this paragraph.
In its comments on this section, the
AAR raised concern with the proposed
addition in paragraph (a) of a new
restriction on the deviation from zero
crosslevel on tangent track. The AAR
noted that the proposed requirement
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
parallels an existing entry in the
corresponding table in § 213.63 for the
lower-speed track classes but that there
is a proviso contained in § 213.59(b) that
makes allowances for elevation runoff in
curves. Specifically, the proviso in
§ 213.59(b) states: ‘‘If physical
conditions do not permit a spiral long
enough to accommodate the minimum
length of runoff, part of the runoff may
be on tangent track.’’ The AAR believed
that the proposed restriction on the
deviation from zero crosslevel on
tangent track needed a similar proviso,
and recommended including the same
text in this paragraph. Amtrak likewise
raised this concern and made the same
suggestion. The Task Force concurred
with these commenters, recognizing that
the additional text applies to the
comparable provision for the lowerspeed classes of track. FRA agrees and
has included the text as footnote 2 to
this section. Footnote numbering has
been modified appropriately to reflect
the addition of this new footnote 2.
As proposed, FRA is also adding
tighter geometry limits for operations
above 5 inches of cant deficiency in
revised paragraph (b). These include
124-foot MCO limits and a new limit for
the difference in crosslevel between any
two points less than 10 feet apart (short
warp). The text of former paragraph (b)
is being moved to new paragraph (c).
FRA believes that adding these track
geometry limits is necessary to provide
an equivalent margin of safety for
operations at higher cant deficiency.
These limits are based on the results of
simulation studies to determine the safe
amplitudes of track geometry surface
variations. See Technical Background,
Section IV.B, above.
As noted in § 213.313, FRA received
comment on the inclusion of proposed
footnote 3, specifying that curved track
surface limits apply only when track
curvature is greater than 0.25 degree. In
response to this comment and as a result
of Task Force discussions following
publication of the NPRM, FRA is adding
§ 213.313 to make clear that limits
specified for curved track apply only to
track having a curvature greater than
0.25 degree. By defining curved track as
track having a curvature greater than
0.25 degree, the rule clarifies when the
requirements for curved track apply and
makes the adoption of proposed
footnote 3 unnecessary.
The remaining comment on this
section was raised by Bombardier
concerning the propriety of retaining
Class 9 track standards. FRA has
addressed Bombardier’s comment in the
general discussion of Class 9 track
standards in § 213.307.
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Section 213.332 Combined Track
Alinement and Surface Deviations
As proposed in the NPRM, FRA is
adding a new section containing limits
addressing combined track alinement
and surface deviations. These limits
apply to high-speed operations on
curved track above 5 inches of cant
deficiency, as well as to any operation
at Class 9 speeds. (In preparing the final
rule, FRA added ‘‘track’’ to the section
heading to be consistent with the
section headings for § 213.327, Track
alinement, and § 213.331, Track
surface.) An equation-based safety limit
is provided for track alinement and
surface deviations occurring in
combination within a single chord
length of each other. The limits in this
section are intended to be used only
with a TGMS. These limits are
applicable on the outside rail in curves,
as well as to any of the two rails of a
tangent section in Class 9 track. Please
see the discussion of § 213.65, which is
the companion provision to this section
for lower-speed classes of track. Please
also note that in accordance with
§ 213.313, the limits specified for
curved track apply only to track having
a curvature greater than 0.25 degree.
The only comment on this section
was raised by Bombardier concerning
the inclusion of standards for Class 9
track. Specifically, Bombardier stated
that the inclusion of combined
alinement and surface deviations on all
Class 9 track, both on curves and on
tangent track, was not reviewed by the
Task Force. FRA believes that the
standards are appropriate for Class 9
track; please see the general discussion
of Class 9 track standards in § 213.307.
Consequently, this section is being
adopted as proposed without
substantive change.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Section 213.333 Automated VehicleBased Inspection Systems
FRA is making a number of significant
changes to this section, which contains
requirements for automated vehiclebased measurement systems—i.e., track
geometry measurement systems, gage
restraint measurement systems, and the
systems necessary to monitor vehicle/
track interaction (acceleration and
wheel/rail forces). For clarity, FRA is
revising the original section heading
‘‘Automated vehicle inspection
systems’’ to reflect more clearly that the
inspection systems are vehicle-based—
not necessarily vehicles themselves—
and are for inspecting track conditions
and monitoring vehicle/track
interactions.
In paragraph (a)(1), FRA is adding
TGMS inspection requirements for low-
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
speed, high cant deficiency operations,
which apply as required by § 213.57(i).
FRA believes that these requirements
are appropriate and necessary for
operations at high cant deficiency on
lower-speed track classes.
In paragraph (a)(2), FRA is also
adding TGMS inspection requirements
for Class 6 track, with two different
inspection frequencies depending on
the amount of cant deficiency. For
operations at a qualified cant deficiency,
Eu, not exceeding 5 inches, at least one
inspection must be conducted each
calendar year with not less than 170
days between inspections. If the
qualified cant deficiency is more than 5
inches, then at least two inspections
must be conducted each calendar year,
with not less than 120 days between
inspections.
In its comments on the NPRM,
however, the AAR stated that the focus
of the proposal was on operations with
cant deficiency greater than 5 inches,
and that there was no support in the
record for TGMS inspection
requirements on Class 6 track having
less cant deficiency. Consequently, the
AAR maintained that FRA should not
adopt TGMS inspection requirements
for Class 6 track where the cant
deficiency is not greater than 5 inches.
FRA believes that TGMS inspection of
Class 6 track is required for safety
regardless of the operating cant
deficiency. Nonetheless, the rule does
take into account that for track with
lower amounts of cant deficiency, the
inspection need not be as frequent—
only once per calendar year. Further,
discussion within the Task Force in
response to this comment revealed that,
with the exception of a limited amount
of Class 6 track in the state of New York
owned by CSXT over which Amtrak
operated, all other Class 6 track was
inspected by Amtrak with a qualifying
TGMS meeting the requirements of this
final rule. FRA makes clear that an
operating railroad may fulfill the
requirements of this paragraph, even
where it is not the track owner. In this
regard, given that Amtrak currently
operates over all Class 6 track, it may
conduct TGMS inspections as the
operating railroad on behalf of any
owner of Class 6 track, and FRA does
not foresee any change that would
impact such an arrangement between a
track owner and Amtrak or another
high-speed passenger railroad operation.
Moreover, as discussed below, FRA is
modifying the requirements in the final
rule to address issues raised by the AAR
concerning a host freight railroad
performing TGMS inspections of its
track in its own right as the track owner.
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16079
Paragraph (a)(3) concerns TGMS
inspections for Class 7 track. The former
Class 7 track inspection frequency of
twice within 120 calendar days with not
less than 30 days between inspections is
being reduced to not less than 25 days
between inspections in this 120-day
period. This change is intended to
provide additional operational
flexibility to fulfill the requirements and
allow for more frequent inspections to
be performed regularly, for example, on
a monthly basis, with additional days in
which to complete inspections that may
be interrupted or not started as planned.
For Class 8 and 9 track in paragraph
(a)(4), the former TGMS inspection
frequency of twice within 60 calendar
days with not less than 15 days between
inspections is also being reduced to not
less than 12 days between inspections
in this 120-day period. This change is
also intended to provide additional
operational flexibility to fulfill the
requirements and allow for more
frequent inspections to be performed
regularly, for example, on a bi-weekly
basis, with additional days in which to
complete inspections that may be
interrupted or not started as planned.
In paragraph (b)(1), FRA proposed to
retain the requirement that track
geometry measurements be taken no
more than 3 feet away from the contact
point of wheels carrying a vertical load
of no less than 10,000 pounds per
wheel. In response, the AAR
commented that this provision would
exclude the use of current test platforms
(including hi-rail geometry equipment)
that do not meet this axle load, as well
as the development and exploration of
test platforms that do not meet this axle
load. The AAR believed that, lacking
justification for this requirement, it
should be deleted. FRA also notes that
Amtrak commented on proposed
paragraphs (b) and (h) as together
creating an internal inconsistency that
would make compliance difficult.
According to Amtrak, it uses a GRMS as
its TGMS to take geometry
measurements of record for its Class 8
track. Amtrak stated that proposed
paragraph (b)(1) would require that the
measurement be made within 3 feet of
the 10,000-pound loaded axle and that
this distance requirement is not
attainable on vehicles using a contact
geometry system such as a GRMS.
Further, Amtrak stated that while it
would be possible for an entity to
comply with the requirements of both
proposed paragraphs (b) and (h), Amtrak
could not without incurring the time
and expense of running two type of
TGMS tests, where it now runs only
one. Amtrak therefore suggested that a
railroad be deemed in compliance with
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
16080
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
paragraph (b)(1) when the railroad
performs otherwise qualifying TGMS
tests with a GRMS. Amtrak did add that
while CSXT was the only freight
railroad with track affected by
paragraph (b), if high-speed operations
do proliferate, freight railroads may find
themselves unable to comply with the
regulations, as proposed, because they
would no longer be able to rely on their
hi-rail-mounted TGMS equipment.
FRA notes that the actual text of
paragraph (b)(1) as proposed in the
NPRM was unchanged from the 1998
Track Safety Standards final rule. What
was different was the proposal to
expand the application of TGMS
inspection requirements to more than
track Classes 7 through 9, discussed
above. As explained by the AAR in Task
Force meetings, this change would make
the TGMS requirements applicable to
equipment used by CSXT for the
inspection of Class 6 track. To address
this concern, the text is being revised to
allow for FRA approval to measure track
geometry other than as specified in this
paragraph. Further, the text is being
revised to express the 10,000-pound
wheel load in kips, for consistency with
related provisions, as suggested by
Bombardier in its comments on the
NPRM. Consequently, as revised,
paragraph (b)(1) states that track
geometry measurements shall be taken
no more than 3 feet away from the
contact point of wheels carrying a
vertical load of no less than 10 kips per
wheel, unless otherwise approved by
FRA. FRA believes that this
modification also addresses Amtrak’s
concern by providing added flexibility
for the use of different equipment that
measures track geometry. FRA did not
intend for a railroad to duplicate
measurements to comply with both
paragraphs (b) and (h). A railroad may
use GRMS equipment to perform
otherwise qualifying TGMS tests. In the
circumstance raised by Amtrak in its
comments on the NPRM, Amtrak does
not need to repeat the testing performed
using GRMS equipment with one of its
TGMS vehicles as well.
In paragraph (b)(2), FRA proposed to
amend the TGMS sampling interval so
that the interval would not exceed 1
foot. FRA believed this proposal to be in
line with current practice for providing
sufficient data to identify track geometry
perturbations. In commenting on the
NPRM, however, the AAR stated that
there is equipment in use that takes
measurements at a 2-foot sampling rate,
and that there is no showing that this
equipment should be prohibited from
taking measurements in this way. The
AAR stated that in developing the
NPRM the Task Force made no
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
recommendation to prohibit the use of
a 2-foot sampling rate, and that FRA
should not adopt this change. In
addition, Amtrak stated that the 1-foot
interval in proposed paragraphs (b)(2)
and (c), as discussed below, would
conflict with the requirement in
paragraph (h)(1)(i) for GRMS equipment
to take measurements within a 16-inch
interval. Consequently, Amtrak stated
that it could not meet the requirements
of proposed paragraph (b) with its
current GRMS equipment and operating
practices.
FRA discussed this comment with the
Task Force, and the Task Force
concurred with modifying the provision
to state that track geometry
measurements shall be taken and
recorded on a distance-based sampling
interval at a nominal distance of 1 foot,
not exceeding 2 feet. FRA agrees with
the Task Force’s recommendation, and
in the final rule has expressed the 1-foot
sampling interval as the preferable
distance, all else being equal.
Nonetheless, FRA recognizes that an
allowance can be made for sampling at
up to a 2-foot interval depending on the
circumstances involved, and therefore
railroads may continue to use
equipment that samples within such a
2-foot interval. FRA has modified a
related provision in paragraph (c), as
discussed below. Further, the AAR
requested that in this final rule, FRA
make clear that the use of existing
equipment that takes measurement
samples on a time-based interval is
permitted as long as the equipment
produces a measurement within the
specified distance-based sampling
interval. Accordingly, FRA makes clear
that equipment that takes measurement
samples on a time-based interval at a
rate that corresponds to the distancebased interval specified in this section
indeed complies with this provision.
In paragraph (c), as proposed, FRA is
specifying the application of the added
TGMS inspection requirements for high
cant deficiency operations on lowerspeed track classes. These requirements
in subpart G apply to vehicle types
intended to operate at any curving
speed producing more than 5 inches of
cant deficiency, as provided in
§ 213.57(i). Requirements for track
Classes 6 through 9 have been amended
to reference § 213.332, the new section
for combined track alinement and
surface deviations. In addition,
consistent with the modification of
paragraph (b)(2), as discussed above,
FRA is removing the proposed reference
in paragraph (c) to measuring and
processing track geometry parameters at
an interval of no more than every 1 foot.
While former paragraph (c) referenced a
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2-foot interval, FRA is removing the
distance reference altogether in
paragraph (c), as it is adequately
addressed in paragraph (b).
Paragraphs (d) through (f) remain
unchanged.
During Task Force consideration of
the draft final rule, it was noted that
former paragraph (g) required the track
owner to maintain for a period of one
year following an inspection performed
by a qualifying TGMS, a copy of the plot
and the exception ‘‘printout’’ for the
track segment involved. Given the
proliferation of electronic information
since the 1998 Track Safety Standards
were issued, FRA’s support for
appropriate usage of electronic
information to comply with FRA’s
requirements, and FRA’s recognition
that reports of exceptions do not
necessarily need to be printed out, FRA
has clarified the paragraph by replacing
‘‘exception printout’’ with ‘‘exception
report.’’ FRA has also modified the
paragraph to apply the requirements
expressly to railroads, as well as to track
owners, consistent with the others
changes in this rule to provide clearly
for railroads to carry out the regulatory
requirements, and not only track
owners. The Task Force concurred with
these revisions, which clarify FRA’s
intent.
As noted in the discussion of
§ 213.110, above, FRA is making
changes to the GRMS testing
requirements in paragraphs (h) and (i),
to reflect recommendations made in the
FRA report titled ‘‘Development of Gage
Widening Projection Parameter for the
Deployable Gage Restraint Measurement
System.’’ These changes include
replacing the GWR equation (and all
references to GWR) with a GWP
equation, which is intended to
compensate for the weight of the testing
vehicle. This correction is also intended
to result in more uniform strength
measurements across the variety of
testing vehicles that are in operation.
FRA has also modified the Class 8 and
9 track inspection frequency of once per
year with not less than 180 days
between inspections to require at least
one inspection per calendar year with
not less than 170 days between
inspections. This change is intended to
provide additional operational
flexibility in scheduling inspections.
In Bombardier’s comments on the
NPRM, in addition to its general
concerns on the inclusion of track Class
9 standards, Bombardier raised specific
concern that there was no justification
for requiring GRMS to be operated over
Class 9 track. Bombardier stated that if
the track standards for Class 9 track
were contained in an RPA, it would be
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
expected that the requirements specific
to the operation, such as for ballast and
the maximum number of allowable
defective crossties, would result in a
superior track structure than currently
required. A GRMS requirement on this
structure would result in a significant
cost with no safety benefit, according to
Bombardier.
FRA notes that the requirement to
conduct GRMS testing on Class 9 track
was established in the 1998 Track Safety
Standards final rule and is not a new
requirement. Nonetheless, FRA
recognizes that the underlying issue
raised by Bombardier relates to track
inspection and maintenance standards
for a high-speed operation on a
dedicated right-of-way. This concern
has been addressed in the revision to
§ 213.307, as discussed above. FRA’s
regulatory approval may allow for the
use of inspection and maintenance
criteria and procedures in the
alternative to those contained in this
subpart, including the GRMS inspection
requirements in this paragraph, based
upon a showing that at least an
equivalent level of safety is provided.
FRA is making one change to
paragraph (i) from that proposed in the
NPRM by stating the GWP load in kips
and not pounds, as suggested by
Bombardier in its comments on the
NPRM. The Task Force concurred that
the units should be stated in kips for
consistency among measurement units.
As proposed, FRA is revising the
wording and requirements in
paragraphs (j) and (k), which concern
the monitoring of carbody and truck
accelerations. Changes include adding
the option to use a portable device when
performing the acceleration monitoring,
and clarifying the requirements for
locating the carbody and truck
accelerometers. In paragraph (j)(1),
monitoring requirements have been
added for operations above 5 inches of
cant deficiency on track Classes 1
through 6. These requirements for
monitoring high cant deficiency
operations apply to vehicle types
qualified to operate at any curving
speed producing more than 5 inches of
cant deficiency, as provided in
§ 213.57(i) and § 213.345(a), as
appropriate. Indeed, these monitoring
and qualification requirements for
carbody accelerations are intended to be
complementary, in the same way as the
monitoring requirements for track
Classes 7 through 9 are likewise
intended to continue to apply to
vehicles that have been qualified to
operate under § 213.345.
Paragraph (j)(2) applies to operations
at track Class 7 speeds, and requires that
carbody and truck accelerations be
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
monitored at least twice within any 60day period with not less than 12 days
between inspections on at least one
passenger car of each type that is
assigned to the service. This paragraph
essentially restates requirements
applicable to operations on Class 7 track
in former paragraph (k), reducing the
minimum period between inspections
in the 60-day period to not less than 12
days—from not less than 15 days in the
former paragraph.
As discussed in Section IV.A, above,
FRA is revising the requirement in
former paragraph (j) to monitor carbody
and truck accelerations each day on at
least one vehicle in one train operating
at track Class 8 and 9 speeds. Based on
data collected to date and to reduce
unnecessary burden on the track owner
or railroad operating the vehicle type,
this monitoring frequency has been
reduced from a minimum of once per
day to four times within any 7-day
period for carbody accelerations, and
twice within 60 days for truck
accelerations. These requirements are
now found in paragraph (j)(3).
In its comments on proposed
paragraph (j), the AAR stated that it
opposed the monitoring of carbody
acceleration for any track class. The
AAR stated that these accelerations are
often caused by train handling and other
normal events unrelated to the
condition of the track. Requiring
railroads to monitor carbody
acceleration and address accelerometer
measurements would divert resources
from more productive safety endeavors,
according to the AAR. Further, the AAR
believed that, leaving aside the issue of
whether there should be any monitoring
of carbody accelerations, proposed
paragraph (j) contained contradictory
statements regarding the vehicle to be
used for monitoring: the first sentence
proposed the use of a vehicle having
dynamic response characteristics that
are representative of other vehicles
assigned to the service, while paragraph
(j)(1) proposed to require the use of at
least one passenger car of each type that
is assigned to the service. The AAR
added that freight railroads do not
possess passenger cars.
As a result of the AAR’s comments
and discussions within the Task Force,
the text of paragraph (j) is being revised
to make clear that the requirements
apply as specified for the combination
of track class, cant deficiencies, and
vehicles subject to paragraphs (j)(1)
through (3). Consequently, the
acceleration monitoring requirements in
paragraphs (j)(1) and (2) for speeds up
to 125 m.p.h. do not apply to equipment
operated in a freight train. In fact, the
requirements of this section apply to
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16081
equipment operating in a freight train
only at speeds above 125 m.p.h., per
paragraph (j)(3), and only as
appropriate; specifically, if no passenger
carrying vehicles are assigned to the
service, there are no passenger carrying
vehicles to monitor. FRA also makes
clear that, in the case of Amtrak’s Acela
service at track Class 8 speeds, the
carbody acceleration monitoring
requirements of paragraph (j)(3) require
only one power car (locomotive), i.e.,
non-passenger carrying vehicle, and one
trailer car (passenger coach) to be
monitored. FRA recognizes that only
one type of passenger carrying vehicle is
currently assigned to this Acela
´
service—the cafe cars, first class cars,
and business class cars are all passenger
carrying vehicles of the same dynamic
response type.
In commenting on the NPRM, Amtrak
stated that the proposal to revise
paragraph (k)(1) to require
accelerometers on the floor of a vehicle,
as near to the center of a truck as
practicable, would be a substantive
change from the requirement to place
them near the end of the vehicle at the
floor level. Amtrak noted that
accelerometers have been mounted
under the floors of its vehicles in the
machine bay on the centerline next to
the trucks. Amtrak believed that placing
the units on the floor would not be an
option and would result in the creation
of a tripping hazard in the center of the
passenger aisle. Nor did Amtrak believe
that there was a readily-available space
to locate the accelerometers near the
centerline within coach cars. Moreover,
Amtrak was concerned with locating
accelerometers where they could be
subject to being kicked and influenced
by dropped luggage, which could falsely
indicate unsafe readings when there are
none. Amtrak therefore requested that
FRA retain the original language in
paragraph (k) relating to placement of
accelerometers.
FRA is revising this final rule in
response to Amtrak’s comment so that
paragraph (k)(1) requires the
accelerometers to be attached to the
carbody on or under the floor of the
vehicle, as near the center of a truck as
practicable. FRA did not intend for the
proposed text to create the concerns
raised by Amtrak. FRA’s intent in
revising the text has been focused on
placing the accelerometers near the
center of a truck—not simply near the
end of a vehicle. FRA did not intend in
any way to remove the needed
flexibility for a railroad to locate the
accelerators on or under the floor. FRA
has revised the rule text accordingly,
and the Task Force concurred with this
revision.
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
16082
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Paragraph (k)(2) is based on former
paragraph (k) and provides that a device
for measuring lateral accelerations shall
be mounted on a truck frame at a
longitudinal location as close as
practicable to an axle’s centerline (either
outside axle for trucks containing more
than 2 axles), or, if approved by FRA,
at an alternate location. As proposed, a
provision has been added to allow the
track owner or operating railroad to
petition FRA for an exemption from the
periodic monitoring requirements in
paragraph (j) for truck acceleration, after
2 years, or 1 million miles, whichever
occurs first. FRA does note that,
pursuant to § 238.427, truck acceleration
is continuously monitored on each Tier
II passenger vehicle in order to
determine if hunting oscillations of the
vehicle are occurring during revenue
operation.
Paragraph (k)(3) is based on
provisions in former paragraphs (j) and
(k). Paragraph (j) formerly provided that
each track owner have in effect written
procedures for the notification of track
personnel when on-board
accelerometers on trains in Classes 8
and 9 indicate a possible track-related
problem, and paragraph (k) formerly
provided that for the periodic testing of
equipment in track Classes 7 through 9,
speeds would be reduced if the vehicle/
track interaction safety limits were
exceeded. In the NPRM, FRA sought to
combine the two provisions, proposing
that if any of the carbody lateral,
carbody vertical, or truck frame lateral
acceleration safety limits in this
section’s table of vehicle/track
interaction safety limits is exceeded,
appropriate speed restrictions be
applied until corrective action is taken.
In its comments on the NPRM,
Amtrak stated that the proposal in
paragraph (k)(3) would have required
Amtrak to issue a mandatory slow order
when an accelerometer recorded an
anomaly. Amtrak believed that the
proposal was completely impractical
and did not take into account the reality
of accelerometer testing or railroad
operations. Amtrak related the example
of an Acela coach with a bad lateral
damper that had recorded 57 separate
‘‘hits,’’ asserting that under the proposal
Amtrak would have been required to
have placed slow orders on a large
portion of the NEC, impacting all
intercity and commuter rail operations.
Amtrak stated that the original
provision required Amtrak only to have
a plan in place to handle accelerometer
data issues, that the requirement had
served Amtrak well, and that there was
no evidence that mandatory slow orders
would do anything but result in slower
trains.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
FRA is revising paragraph (k)(3) in
consultation with the Task Force.
Paragraph (k)(3) provides that if any of
the carbody lateral, carbody vertical, or
truck frame lateral acceleration safety
limits in this section’s table of vehicle/
track interaction safety limits is
exceeded, corrective action shall be
taken as necessary. Paragraph (k)(3) also
provides that track personnel shall be
notified when the accelerometers
indicate a possible track-related
problem. FRA did not intend that a
railroad issue a slow order merely
because an accelerometer registers a
‘‘hit.’’ FRA intended that corrective
action be taken only as necessary for
safety, and has modified the paragraph
to make that clearer. Likewise, the
requirement to provide notification to
track personnel does not, in itself,
require that a slow order must be issued.
Overall, FRA believes that this
paragraph reflects the intent of the
former paragraphs and provides the
necessary direction and flexibility to the
track owner or railroad, or both, to
respond appropriately when the
accelerometers record that the safety
limits in the VTI table have been
exceeded.
FRA is modifying the requirement in
paragraph (l) for conducting
instrumented wheelset (IWS) testing on
Class 8 and 9 track. IWS testing is no
longer a general requirement applicable
for all Class 8 and 9 track. Instead, the
specific need to perform IWS testing
shall be determined by FRA on a caseby-case basis, after reviewing a report
submitted annually by the track owner
or railroad detailing the accelerometer
monitoring data collected in accordance
with paragraphs (j) and (k) of this
section. A thorough review of the Acela
trainset IWS data, as well as
consideration of the economics
associated with the testing, revealed that
there were significant cost and little
apparent safety benefit to justify IWS
testing as a general requirement on an
annual basis. FRA believes that the
testing and monitoring requirements in
this section, as a whole, together with
FRA’s oversight and ability to impose
IWS testing requirements as needed, are
sufficient to maintain safety at a lower
cost.
FRA is making conforming changes to
paragraph (m), which, because of the
revisions to this section, now requires
that the track owner or railroad
maintain a copy of the most recent
exception records for the inspections
required under paragraphs (j) and (k) of
this section, and, as appropriate,
paragraph (l) should IWS testing be
required. FRA noted in publishing the
NPRM that the Task Force did not
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
specifically propose to retain paragraph
(m), seemingly because of the proposed
addition in paragraph (l) of an annual
requirement to provide an analysis of
the monitoring data gathered for
operations on track Classes 8 and 9.
However, while the reporting
requirement in paragraph (l) is new, it
is intended to support the change to the
IWS testing requirements so that IWS
testing is no longer generally required
for Class 8 and 9 operations, as
discussed above. Moreover, the
reporting requirement is only an annual
one and, by virtue of applying only to
Class 8 and 9 operations, does not
address lower-speed operations.
At the recommendation of the Task
Force, paragraph (m) is also being
modified to make clear that exception
data shall be maintained as a record, but
not necessarily a printed record. Each
railroad or track owner is in the best
position to determine the most efficient
and effective method for keeping this
information, and FRA makes clear that
the information may be maintained
electronically. In this regard,
§ 213.369(f) requires that each vehicle/
track interaction safety record required
under § 213.333(g) and (m) be made
available for inspection and copying by
FRA, and § 213.369(e) sets forth
conditions for maintaining records in an
electronic system.
As proposed, substantial changes are
being made to the content of the VTI
safety limits table. In general, most of
the limits have been clarified or
updated. Specifically, the single wheel
vertical load ratio limit has been
tightened from 0.10 to 0.15 to ensure an
adequate safety margin for wheel
unloading.
The net axle lateral L/V ratio limit is
being modified from 0.5, to 0.4 + 5.0/Va,
so as to take into account the effect of
axle load and more appropriately reflect
the cumulative, detrimental effect of
track panel shift from heavier vehicles.
This net axle lateral load limit is
intended to control excessive lateral
track shift and is sensitive to a number
of track parameters. The wellestablished, European Prud’homme
limit is a function of the axle load and
this sensitivity is desired to differentiate
between coach car and heavier
locomotive loads. The Volpe Center’s
TREDA (Track Residual Deflection
Analysis) simulation work, testing at the
Transportation Technology Center, Inc.
(TTCI), and comparison to the
Prud’homme limit all have indicated the
dependence on axle load and the
importance of initial, small lateral
deflections. Representatives of the Task
Force independently reviewed the
Volpe Center analysis and concurred
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
with this change. The limiting condition
allows for a small initial deformation
and assumes a stable configuration with
the accumulation of additional traffic.
Due to variations in vehicle design
requirements and passenger ride safety,
the carbody acceleration limits have
been divided into separate limits for
‘‘Passenger Cars’’ and those for ‘‘Other
Vehicles’’ (such as conventional
locomotives). In addition, the carbody
transient acceleration limits have been
modified from 0.5g lateral and 0.6g
vertical to the following: in the lateral
direction, 0.65g for passenger cars and
0.75g for other vehicles; and, in the
vertical direction, 1.0g for both
passenger cars and other vehicles. These
changes were developed after
considerable research into the
performance of existing vehicles during
qualification testing and revenue
operations. Overall, it was found that
the carbody transient acceleration limits
need not be as stringent to protect
against events leading to vehicle or
passenger safety issues.
Based on the small energy content
associated with high-frequency
acceleration events of the carbody, FRA
is adding text to exclude any transient
acceleration peaks lasting less than 50
milliseconds. Other changes include the
addition of new limits for sustained
carbody lateral and vertical oscillatory
accelerations, as well as the addition of
minimum requirements for sampling
and filtering of the acceleration data.
The sustained carbody oscillatory
acceleration limits have been developed
in response to a review of data that was
obtained during qualification testing for
the MARC–III multi-level passenger car,
as discussed in Section IV.A. of the
preamble. The sustained carbody
oscillatory acceleration limits are 0.10g
RMSt (root mean squared with linear
trend removed) for passenger cars and
0.12g RMSt for other vehicles in the
lateral direction, and 0.25g RMSt for
both passenger cars and other vehicles
in the vertical direction. These new
limits require that the RMSt value be
used in order to attenuate the effects of
the linear variation in oscillatory
accelerations resulting from negotiation
of track segments with changes in
curvature or grade by design, such as
spirals. Root mean squared values shall
be determined over a sliding 4-second
window with linear trend removed and
be sustained for more than 4 seconds.
Acceleration measurements shall be
processed through a low pass filter with
a minimum cut-off frequency of 10 Hz,
and the sample rate for oscillatory
acceleration data need be at least 100
samples per second.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
FRA is modifying the proposed
requirement that peak-to-peak carbody
vertical (transient) accelerations,
measured as the algebraic difference
between the two extreme values of
measured acceleration in any 1-second
time period, excluding any peak lasting
less than 50 milliseconds, not exceed
1.0g for both ‘‘Passenger Cars’’ and
‘‘Other Vehicles.’’ While the final rule
retains the limit for ‘‘Passenger Cars’’ of
1.0g, the limit for ‘‘Other Vehicles’’ is
changed to 1.25g.
In commenting on the NPRM,
Bombardier stated that this limit had
been an open issue with the Task Force
prior to publication of the NPRM and
that it should be discussed by the Task
Force prior to promulgating this final
rule. Further, in commenting on the
proposed VTI safety limits, SNCF noted
that it did not consider vertical car body
acceleration as a safety limit. This issue
was discussed with the Task Force, and
FRA reevaluated relevant test data,
including wheel/rail loads at the time of
peak-to-peak acceleration. FRA does not
believe that safety will be compromised
by changing this limit to 1.25g.
The last set of changes to the VTI
table concerns the truck lateral
acceleration limit used for the detection
of truck hunting. This limit is being
tightened from 0.4g to 0.3g and specifies
that the value must exceed that limit for
more than 2 seconds. Analyses
conducted by FRA have shown that this
change will help to better identify the
occurrences of excessive truck hunting,
while excluding high-frequency, lowamplitude oscillations that do not
require immediate attention. In
addition, this revised limit requires that
the RMSt value be used rather than the
RMSm (root mean squared with mean
removed) value. FRA believes that this
revision will improve the process for
analyzing data while the vehicle is
negotiating spiral track segments.
Separately, FRA notes that it has
retained the entry in the ‘‘Parameter’’
column as ‘‘Truck Lateral’’—rather than
change it to ‘‘Truck Lateral
Acceleration’’ as proposed in the NPRM.
The original entry is stated
appropriately and needs no
modification.
Section 213.345 Vehicle/Track System
Qualification
As part of the 1998 Track Safety
Standards final rule, all (passenger and
freight) rolling stock was required to be
qualified for operation for its intended
track class. Qualification testing was
intended to demonstrate that the
equipment not exceed the VTI limits
specified in § 213.333 at any speed less
than 10 m.p.h. above the proposed
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16083
maximum operating speed. An
exception was provided for equipment
that had already operated in specified
track classes. Rolling stock operating in
Class 6 track within one year prior to
the promulgation of the 1998 final rule
was considered qualified. Further,
vehicles operating at Class 7 track
speeds under conditional waivers prior
to the promulgation of the 1998 final
rule were qualified for Class 7 track,
including equipment that was thenoperating on the Northeast Corridor at
Class 7 track speeds.
FRA is making a number of significant
changes to this section, whose heading
is modified from ‘‘Vehicle qualification
testing’’ to ‘‘Vehicle/track system
qualification,’’ to reflect more
appropriately the interaction of the
vehicle and the track over which it
operates as a system. These changes
include modifying and clarifying this
section’s substantive requirements,
reorganizing the structure and layout of
the rule text, and revising the
qualification procedures. Among the
specific changes, high cant deficiency
operations on lower-speed track classes
are subject to the requirements of this
section in accordance with § 213.57(i).
FRA proposed that paragraph (a)
require all vehicle types intended to
operate at Class 6 speeds or above, or at
any curving speed producing more than
5 inches of cant deficiency, to be
qualified for operation for their
intended track classes in accordance
with this subpart. FRA also proposed
that, for qualification purposes, the
former over-speed testing requirement
be reduced from 10 m.p.h. to 5 m.p.h.
above the maximum proposed operating
speed. FRA noted in the NPRM that it
agreed with the Task Force’s view that
the former 10 m.p.h. over-speed testing
requirement, which was established as
part of the 1998 final rule, had become
overly conservative based on improved
speed control and display technology
deployed in current operations.
In commenting on the proposal, the
AAR stated that FRA insert language
providing that where the maximum
operating speed is 150 m.p.h.,
qualification testing may take place at
speeds up to 155 m.p.h. without
requiring an RPA for operating at speeds
in excess of 150 m.p.h., per former
footnote 2 to § 213.307(a). Specifically,
the AAR suggested that FRA add a
sentence to paragraph (a)(2), stating that
speeds up to 155 m.p.h. are permitted
for the purpose of qualification testing
without an RPA, where the maximum
allowable operating speed is 150 m.p.h.
As explained in the discussion of
§ 213.307, above, FRA is modifying the
rule to make clear that an RPA is not
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
16084
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
specifically needed to authorize highspeed rail operations. Paragraph (a)
concerns qualification testing to operate
rail service at such high speeds. No
process or procedure as formal as an
RPA is necessary to allow such
qualification testing above the
maximum speeds proposed for the
operation. Rather, FRA’s very approval
of the qualification test plan will
provide the necessary oversight to allow
for the safe conduct of testing at such
speeds, and testing conducted in
accordance with this FRA approval
shall be deemed in compliance with this
part 213. Accordingly, paragraph (a)(2)
clarifies that for purposes of
qualification testing, speeds may exceed
the maximum allowable operating
speeds for the class of track in
accordance with the test plan approved
by FRA.
In its comments on the NPRM,
Bombardier stated that paragraph (a) did
not contain a Task Force proposal that
qualification testing take place not only
at any speed up to and including 5
m.p.h. above the proposed maximum
operating speed, but also at a speed that
produces a cant deficiency greater than
3 inches above the proposed maximum
cant deficiency, whichever is less.
Bombardier stated that not including
this proposal seems appropriate on the
higher track classes, since a 5 m.p.h.
increase in speed through any curve
will not result in cant deficiency greater
than 3 inches over the proposed cant
deficiency. However, Bombardier
believed that this may not be the case
when conducting such tests on lowerspeed track classes at cant deficiencies
exceeding 5 inches. Therefore,
Bombardier suggested retaining the
proposed language developed by the
Task Force, and stated that this
comment affected proposed paragraph
(f)(2)(ii) in this section as well.
The final rule does not include an
alternative requirement that
qualification testing take place at a
speed that produces a cant deficiency
greater than 3 inches above the
proposed maximum cant deficiency, if
this speed is less than 5 m.p.h. above
the proposed maximum operating
speed. FRA believes that the 5 m.p.h.
over-speed testing requirement is
appropriate, especially for the lowerspeed track classes, because the
requirements of this section apply only
to those operations on Class 1 through
5 track at curving speeds producing
more than 5 inches of cant deficiency.
For example, a speed that produces a
cant deficiency greater than 3 inches
above this already high level of cant
deficiency on Class 2 or 3 track would
be unrealistic for testing. Moreover,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
since that speed would surely exceed 5
m.p.h. above the proposed maximum
operating speed, the lesser speed of 5
m.p.h. over the proposed maximum
operating speed would apply. FRA has
therefore not adopted the suggestion of
the commenter.
Paragraph (b) addresses the
qualification of existing vehicle types
and provides that such vehicle types
previously qualified or permitted to
operate at track Class 6 speeds or above
or at any curving speeds producing
more than 5 inches of cant deficiency
are considered as being successfully
qualified under the requirements of this
section for operation at the previously
operated speeds and cant deficiencies
over the previously operated track
segment(s). FRA makes clear that this
qualification applies for operation over
the previously-operated track segment(s)
only. To qualify such vehicle types to
operate over new routes (even at the
same track speeds), the qualification
requirements contained in other
paragraphs of this section must be met.
Paragraph (c) contains the
requirements for qualifying new vehicle
types. The additional (and tighter)
carbody acceleration limits in former
paragraph (b) for new vehicle
qualification have been removed. In
their place, this section now references
§ 213.333 for the applicable VTI limits
for accelerations and wheel/rail forces.
This change resulted from considerable
research into the performance of
existing vehicles during qualification
testing and revenue operations. Overall,
it was found that the acceleration limits
in former paragraph (b) need not be as
stringent to protect against events
leading to vehicle or passenger safety
issues. As further specified in this
paragraph, vehicle types intended to
operate at track Class 6 speeds or above,
or at any curving speed producing more
than 5 inches of cant deficiency, may be
subject to a combination of computer
simulations, carbody acceleration
testing, truck acceleration testing, and
wheel/rail force measurements.
In commenting on proposed
paragraph (c), Bombardier stated that for
new vehicles intended to operate at
track Class 6 speeds, the rule should
allow an option for vehicles to be
qualified either through simulations or
wheel/rail force measurements, to be
consistent with what has been allowed
for vehicle qualification testing. In
addition, NCDOT raised concern that
the proposal would have eliminated the
use of instrumented wheelsets for the
measurement of wheel/rail forces during
vehicle qualification testing on track
Class 6, noting that computer
simulations over a representative
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
segment of the actual route using MCAT
were proposed in lieu of IWS tests for
speeds up to 110 m.p.h. and up to 6
inches of cant deficiency. NCDOT stated
that, while this may be a safe and less
expensive method, NCDOT believed it
not entirely clear whether the vehicle/
track model validation requirements in
the NPRM could be achieved and
approved by FRA in a reasonable
timeframe and at a lower cost than
conducting IWS tests. NCDOT stated
that, since the concept of using
simulations as a qualification tool is
relatively new, it suggested an option be
allowed to use simulations or
instrumented wheelsets for qualification
on track Class 6. NCDOT cited that this
concept was proposed in the NPRM for
qualifying equipment for use on another
corridor at the same speed and cant
deficiency, and believed it logical to
allow this option for new vehicle
qualification in this lower speed range.
NCDOT suggested that FRA employ this
option as an interim measure until the
implications of the simulation
requirements have been fully verified
and justified using a detailed costbenefit analysis. In addition, NCDOT
noted that this option would allow the
use of existing instrumentation if it is
compatible with the new vehicle type
seeking qualification.
FRA agrees with the commenters that
instrumented wheelsets are currently
used for qualifying vehicle types
intended to operate at track Class 6
speeds and that their use for such
qualification purposes should be
permitted to continue. As recommended
by the Task Force, paragraph (c) is being
revised by adding a new paragraph
(c)(1) to allow for vehicle types intended
to operate at track Class 6 speeds to be
qualified either through simulations or
the use of instrumented wheelsets to
demonstrate compliance with the
wheel/rail force limits specified in
§ 213.333.
Consequently, what was proposed as
paragraph (c)(1) for computer
simulations is being designated as
paragraph (c)(2) and modified to state
that it applies to new vehicle types
intended to operate at track Class 7
speeds or above—not Class 6 speeds or
above—as well at any curving speed
producing more than 6 inches of cant
deficiency, as proposed in the NPRM.
FRA notes that, although in accordance
with § 213.57(i), vehicle types intended
to operate at cant deficiencies greater
than 5 inches on the lower-speed track
classes are subject to the requirements
of this section, the requirements of
paragraph (c)(2) apply to the lowerspeed track classes only for operations
at cant deficiencies greater than 6
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
inches. This paragraph requires
computer simulations to be conducted
on both an analytically defined track
segment representative of minimally
compliant track conditions (MCAT) for
the respective track classes as specified
in appendix D to this part and on a track
segment representative of the full route
on which the vehicle type is intended
to operate. (See the discussion of MCAT
in appendix D, below.)
No comment was specifically raised
on the remaining provisions of proposed
paragraph (c), and they have been
adopted as proposed, newly designated
as paragraphs (c)(3) through (c)(5).
Paragraph (c)(3) requires carbody
acceleration testing for all operations at
track Class 6 speeds or above, or for any
operation above 5 inches of cant
deficiency. FRA notes that, in
accordance with § 213.57(i), vehicle
types intended to operate at cant
deficiencies greater than 5 inches on the
lower-speed track classes are subject to
the requirements of this section.
Paragraph (c)(4) requires truck
acceleration testing for all operations at
track Class 6 speeds or above.
Paragraph (c)(5) provides that
measurement of wheel/rail forces,
through the use of instrumented
wheelsets (or equivalent devices), are
required for all operations at track Class
7 speeds or above, or for any operation
above 6 inches of cant deficiency.
Again, FRA notes that, although in
accordance with § 213.57(i), vehicle
types intended to operate at cant
deficiencies greater than 5 inches on the
lower-speed track classes are subject to
the requirements of this section, the
requirements of paragraph (c)(5) apply
to the lower-speed track classes only for
operations at cant deficiencies greater
than 6 inches.
In paragraph (d), FRA proposed to
separate and explicitly define the
qualification requirements for
previously qualified vehicle types
intended to operate on new track
segments. Former paragraph (d)
provided for test runs to be made over
the entire route intended for revenue
service, and for previously qualified
equipment, the paragraph applied if a
new route were proposed at a later date.
In commenting on the NPRM,
Bombardier suggested that for vehicles
previously qualified under this subpart
for a track class and cant deficiency
using both wheel/rail force
measurements and simulations, the
vehicles should be qualified at the same
class and cant deficiency on another
route without requiring additional
simulations or track testing. Bombardier
stated that as the vehicle model would
have been fully validated with the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
extensive process required by the rule,
including the worst-case MCAT
conditions, there would be high cost
with no safety benefit to conducting
simulations and testing on other routes.
In addition, Amtrak commented
extensively on proposed changes to this
section concerning the ‘‘portability’’ of a
vehicle type’s qualification. Amtrak
commented that it could see no
increased safety benefit from the
regulatory scheme proposed by FRA.
According to Amtrak, the proposed
changes would not be an efficient use of
railroad resources in that there would be
a potentially never-ending series of
qualifications and re-qualifications
required. Amtrak cited as an example
the safe use of Amfleet equipment for
decades on the Northeast Corridor.
Amtrak believed that if it sought to use
that same Amfleet equipment in the
Midwest at the same speeds on track
maintained to the same track class
standards as the Northeast Corridor,
then under the proposed regulation
Amtrak would have been required to
qualify the equipment to the new
standards. Moreover, Amtrak raised
concern that FRA would have required
qualification every time it sought to
operate a type of equipment over a new
portion of the same route. Amtrak stated
that track maintained to a particular
FRA class standard in one part of the
country is, by definition, identical to
any other piece of track maintained to
that same standard. Amtrak commented
that once equipment is qualified to
operate at a particular speed on a class
of track, that qualification should suffice
to ‘‘certify’’ that that equipment can
operate at the speed in question over
that class of track anywhere in the
country. At the same time, Amtrak
noted that it did not question the need
for local testing of operational and
safety issues; all new and expanded
service must be thoroughly vetted to
make sure that all safety issues are
discovered and addressed.
Amtrak added that FRA’s proposal
was counter to the Task Force
recommendation that once a vehicle is
qualified for a particular speed and cant
deficiency, it would not have to be
retested and qualified each time it
moved to operate at that same cant
deficiency on a new track segment.
Amtrak offered another example to
illustrate its concern: Amtrak performs
testing on a particular piece of
equipment to demonstrate that it can
operate safely at a particular cant
deficiency. This new service is to be run
over the territory of a freight railroad
host. The equipment is placed in service
by Amtrak and operates safely. One year
later, a State decides to increase service
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16085
and builds a new station 5 miles away
from the existing terminus of Amtrak
service, on the same host railroad’s line.
Amtrak believed that, under FRA’s
proposal, Amtrak would have to requalify this equipment to operate safely
over this ‘‘new’’ stretch of railroad, even
though the equipment is operated by the
same railroad, and the rail line itself is
maintained by the same railroad to the
same standards as the existing line.
Amtrak stated that FRA cannot justify
the need for this new qualification as
responsive to ‘‘local’’ conditions. There
are no ‘‘local’’ variations to track class
standards, according to Amtrak; the
track is either maintained to the FRA
standards, or it is not. Amtrak also
pointed out that portability of
equipment qualification could simplify
the design and procurement process for
future high-speed and commuter
equipment. Knowing a particular design
already meets FRA safety standards for
known track conditions makes it easier
to procure equipment, Amtrak stated.
Based on the comments received, the
Task Force re-addressed the portability
requirements in paragraph (d) for
previously qualified vehicle types. The
Task Force considered that, although
the vehicle type would be unchanged,
the vehicle/track system should be
appropriately examined for deficiencies
prior to its service operation on a new
route where performance-based
standards are relied upon at track Class
7 speeds or above and at cant
deficiencies exceeding 5 inches. Past
experience was cited with the highspeed and high cant deficiency
qualification of the Acela trainset where
testing at a well-maintained track Class
8 test facility did not uncover
performance issues that were later
identified during the local vehicle/track
system testing on the Northeast
Corridor, where it was intended to
operate. In this regard, the Task Force
considered the adequacy to which the
new vehicle/track system need be
examined during qualification testing to
demonstrate system safety.
At the same time, the Task Force took
into account that all of the requirements
of revised paragraph (c) in this final
rule—i.e., wheel/rail force, carbody
acceleration and truck lateral
acceleration testing, as well as
simulations using MCAT and a
representative track segment—apply to
new vehicle qualification for track Class
7 speeds or above, or at any curving
speed producing more than 6 inches of
cant deficiency. The MCAT simulations
are independent of the route, and once
conducted, will have examined the
vehicle/track system performance under
the majority of worst-case conditions
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
16086
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
that might be found on any route.
However, MCAT cannot account for all
wavelengths and combinations of track
deviations that may locally exist on a
given route.
For consistency within this final rule,
the Task Force agreed that the static
lean requirements of § 213.57(d) and
§ 213.329(d), once met, are independent
of the route and noted that no further
analysis or testing with respect to these
requirements is necessary for previously
qualified vehicle types. In addition,
vehicle types that have been permitted
to operate at cant deficiencies greater
than 3 inches but not exceeding 5
inches are considered to be qualified
under the new rule for all operations at
track Class 6 speeds and below. In the
final rule, no testing or simulations are
required for previously qualified vehicle
types intending to operate on new
routes at track Class 1 through Class 6
speeds and at cant deficiencies not
exceeding 5 inches.
As provided in paragraph (d)(1), for
all operations at track Class 7 speeds or
above and cant deficiencies exceeding 5
inches, or for any operation above 6
inches of cant deficiency, simulations or
measurement of wheel/rail forces is
required to demonstrate safe, local
vehicle/track system performance on a
new route. For performance-based
standards that address the vehicle/track
system, simulations are especially
useful for demonstrating that when
qualified vehicles are intended to
operate on a new route, the new
vehicle/track system is adequately
examined for deficiencies prior to
revenue service operation. The Task
Force did recognize that, once run for
the MCAT deviations, a fully-validated
vehicle model required for qualifying
new vehicle types under this final rule
need not be repeated. Only a simulation
for a representative track segment from
the new route is required, as the results
of the MCAT simulations will be kept
on file and be available for reference.
As noted, for previously qualified
vehicle types intended to operate on
new routes at track Class 1 through
Class 6 speeds and at cant deficiencies
not exceeding 5 inches, the
requirements of this paragraph (d) do
not apply. Should the proposed cant
deficiency exceed 5 inches but not
exceed 6 inches for operations at track
Class 1 through 6 speeds, carbody
acceleration testing under paragraph
(d)(2) is required to demonstrate safe,
local vehicle/track system performance
on a new route; however, no other
qualification testing is required by this
paragraph (d).
As provided in paragraphs (d)(2) and
(3), for previously qualified vehicle
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
types intended to operate on new routes
at track Class 7 speeds or above, carbody
and truck acceleration testing is
required to demonstrate safe, local
vehicle/track system performance. The
carbody acceleration testing
requirements in paragraph (d)(2) also
apply to previously qualified vehicle
types intended to operate on new routes
at cant deficiencies exceeding 5 inches.
Paragraph (e) clarifies the
requirements in former paragraph (c) for
the content of the qualification testing
plan and adds a requirement for the
plan to be submitted to FRA at least 60
days prior to conducting the testing.
In response to a comment from
Bombardier, FRA is consolidating
proposed paragraph (e)(1), for including
in the testing plan the results of
required vehicle/track performance
simulations, with proposed paragraph
(e)(7), for including in the testing plan
an analysis of simulation results, when
simulations are required as part of
vehicle qualification. Together, both
paragraphs were potentially duplicative
and are now addressed in paragraph
(e)(6), which provides that the testing
plan shall include the results of vehicle/
track performance simulations that are
required by this section. As a
consequence, the remaining paragraphs,
proposed as paragraphs (e)(2) through
(6), are designated as paragraphs (e)(1)
through (5) in this final rule.
FRA notes that paragraph (e)(3) is
being modified from the proposal in
paragraph (e)(4) to provide that the test
plan identify the maximum angle found
on the gage face of the designed (newly
profiled) wheel flange referenced with
respect to the axis of the wheelset that
will be used for the determination of the
Single Wheel L/V Ratio safety limit
specified in § 213.333. This
modification is consistent with the
proposal in the NPRM and clarifies that
the designed wheel flange is of a wheel
newly profiled to that which is intended
for service.
In addition, paragraph (e)(4) is being
modified from the proposal in
paragraph (e)(5), to provide that the test
plan identify the target maximum
testing speed in accordance with
paragraph (a) of this section and the
maximum testing cant deficiency.
During Task Force consideration of the
draft final rule, Interfleet noted that the
reference to paragraph (a) concerns the
maximum testing speed but that, as
proposed, the reference appeared after
the mention of the target maximum cant
deficiency. Specifically, paragraph (a)(2)
provides that for purposes of
qualification testing, speeds may exceed
the maximum allowable operating speed
for the class of track in accordance with
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the test plan approved by FRA.
Therefore, this reordering from the
NPRM more clearly associates together
the provisions that concern testing
speed. At the same time, FRA has
clarified what was meant by the ‘‘target’’
maximum cant deficiency in proposed
paragraph (e)(5). The final rule makes
clear that this cant deficiency is the
‘‘maximum testing cant deficiency,’’ i.e.,
the maximum cant deficiency intended
(targeted) during qualification testing. In
addition, FRA recognizes that not every
curve tested in a track segment need or
will require the same level of cant
deficiency, and therefore, FRA does not
expect all test operations to be
conducted at the maximum cant
deficiency specified in a track segment
for each curve within that segment. FRA
intends that issues specific to individual
qualification tests, such as the targeted
cant deficiency for each curve, be
addressed in the qualification testing
plan, program, and approval process.
Paragraph (f) contains the
requirements for conducting
qualification testing upon FRA approval
of the test plan, expanding on the
original requirements in this section.
For instance, this paragraph expressly
requires that TGMS equipment be
operated over the intended test route
within 30 days prior to the start of the
testing, to help ensure the integrity of
the test results. This paragraph also
makes clear that exceptions to the safety
limits that occur on track or at speeds
that are not part of the test do not need
to be reported. Specifically, any
exception to the safety limits that occurs
at speeds below track Class 6 speeds
when the cant deficiency is at or below
5 inches does not need to be reported.
During Task Force consideration of
the draft final rule, Interfleet
recommended that FRA set a timeframe
for FRA approval of testing plans so that
the track owner or railroad can schedule
testing and plan related activities that
are resource- or time-critical, or both.
FRA notes that for this reason, and as
proposed, paragraph (e) specifies that a
qualification testing plan be submitted
to FRA at least 60 days prior to
conducting the testing. This 60-day
period is for the benefit of FRA
primarily to allow sufficient time to
review and approve the plan, and to
seek clarification from the submitter as
necessary. In some cases, the review and
approval may be able to be
accomplished in less than 60 days; in
other cases, the process may take longer,
especially if the plan is incomplete or if
questions are raised. FRA is mindful of
the concern that FRA not unduly delay
testing, and at the same time recognizes
that safety is better and more efficiently
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
served by identifying potential safety
issues early in the qualification process.
FRA therefore encourages those
planning to conduct qualification
testing to approach FRA prior to the
submission of their test plans should
they have any questions or concerns
about the testing and approval process.
Paragraph (g) contains the
requirements for reporting to FRA the
results of the qualification testing
program. Bombardier commented that
the Task Force did not discuss the
proposal that when simulations are
required as part of vehicle qualification
this report include a comparison of
simulation predictions to the actual
wheel/rail force or acceleration data, or
both, recorded during full-scale testing.
Bombardier stated that it understands
the intent of the requirement but
expressed concern that if not applied in
a practical manner, it could significantly
delay equipment approvals. Bombardier
suggested that this issue be further
reviewed and discussed by the Task
Force prior to promulgation of the final
rule. Bombardier believed that one way
of addressing this issue would be to
include a section in the Track Safety
Standards Compliance Manual that
would provide guidance on the means
and expectations for correlating
simulations with vehicle qualification
test results. A good example would be
the correlation that was conducted by
the Volpe Center on the vehicle models
used to develop the regulation,
according to Bombardier.
FRA appreciates Bombardier’s
comment on this proposal. Indeed, FRA
has sponsored research at TTCI to
establish a set of procedures for
validating models used in simulating
vehicle/track dynamic interaction. FRA
intends to publish this research before
the final rule takes effect and
appropriately incorporate it into FRA’s
formal guidance on compliance with the
Track Safety Standards. FRA also
encourages parties to approach FRA
early in the vehicle/track system
qualification process should they have
any questions or concerns about
correlating simulation predictions with
actual wheel/rail force or acceleration
test data.
Pursuant to paragraph (h), FRA
approves a maximum train speed and
value of cant deficiency for revenue
service, based on the test results and all
other required submissions. FRA
intends to provide an approval decision
normally within 45 days of receipt of all
the required information, and has
expressed its intent here at the
suggestion of the Task Force. A decision
may be made earlier or later, depending
on the circumstance of each request.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
Paragraph (h) also makes clear that FRA
may impose conditions necessary for
safely operating at the maximum train
speed and value of cant deficiency
approved for revenue service.
Paragraph (i) is being added to this
section. In commenting on the NPRM,
Amtrak stated that a significant
paragraph approved by the Task Force
has been omitted. The paragraph
proposed that documents required by
this section must be submitted to FRA
by either the tracker owner or an
operating entity that provides service
with the vehicle type over trackage of
one or more track owners with the
written consent of all affected track
owners. According to Amtrak, the
second clause is an important tenet in
the operating world when an entity like
Amtrak wants to operate a high-speed
train over trackage owned by one or
more freight railroads. Without this
paragraph, Amtrak believed that each of
the host railroads would be required to
submit the paperwork and perform the
tests required.
The AAR likewise noted the Task
Force’s concurrence that this section
would contain a requirement that all
documents be submitted to FRA by
either the track owner or by the
operating entity with the written
consents of all affected track owners.
The AAR stated that FRA removed this
provision without any explanation.
According to the AAR, FRA should not
approve any application for permission
to operate vehicles at Class 6 speeds or
at cant deficiencies without the
concurrence of the track owner(s),
which the AAR believed was the
underlying intent behind the proposal
that the necessary documents should be
submitted either by a track owner or
with the approval of the track owner(s).
FRA did not intend such a result.
Paragraph (i) is therefore being added to
this section to make clear that the
documents required by this section
must be provided to FRA by either (1)
the track owner, or (2) a railroad that
provides service with the same vehicle
type over trackage of one or more track
owner(s), with the written consent of
each affected track owner. The Task
Force concurred with this addition,
making clearer and more concise what
was earlier discussed prior to the
publication of the NPRM. In this regard,
FRA makes clear that a ‘‘railroad’’
includes what was previously identified
as an ‘‘operator of a passenger or
commuter service’’ in former § 213.57(e)
and § 213.329(f). For example, Amtrak is
a railroad that provides passenger
service over trackage often owned by
other entities, usually freight railroads.
Amtrak is also a track owner over whose
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16087
trackage numerous passenger railroads
operate, such as SEPTA and NJ Transit,
which commented on the NPRM.
Section 213.355 Frog Guard Rails and
Guard Faces; Gage
This section currently sets limits for
guard check gage and guard face gage for
track Classes 6 through 9. As proposed,
FRA is making minor changes to the
way in which the requirements of this
section are formatted. However, no
substantive change is intended.
Appendix A to Part 213—Maximum
Allowable Curving Speeds
This appendix formerly contained
only two charts showing maximum
allowable operating speeds in curves, by
degree of curvature and inches of
unbalance (cant deficiency): table 1,
which applies to curves with 3 inches
of unbalance; and table 2, which applies
to curves with 4 inches of unbalance.
Because this final rule facilitates the use
of higher cant deficiencies, this
appendix has been expanded to include
two additional tables: tables 3 and 4,
which apply, respectively, to curves
with 5 and 6 inches of unbalance. While
this rule does provide for operations at
higher levels of unbalance, for
convenience, FRA has set out only those
tables that it believes are more likely to
be commonly used.
FRA notes that in response to
comments by Bombardier on the NPRM,
FRA is revising the formatting of the
tables from that proposed in the NPRM.
Bombardier suggested lowering the
‘‘Degree of curvature’’ text by one row
and inscribing a box around ‘‘Elevation
of outer rail (inches)’’ for placement
over columns 0 through 6, as well as
inscribing a box around the ‘‘Maximum
allowable operating speed (m.p.h.)’’ text
for placement over columns 0 though 6.
For clarify, each of the tables has been
formatted accordingly.
Appendix B to Part 213—Schedule of
Civil Penalties
Appendix B to part 213 contains a
schedule of civil penalties for use in
connection with this part. Because such
penalty schedules are statements of
agency policy, notice and comment are
not required prior to their issuance. See
5 U.S.C. 553(b)(3)(A). Nevertheless, FRA
invited commenters to submit
suggestions to FRA describing the types
of actions or omissions for each
proposed regulatory section, either
added or revised, that would subject a
person to the assessment of a civil
penalty. Commenters were also invited
to recommend what penalties may be
appropriate, based upon the relative
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
16088
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
seriousness of each type of violation. No
comment was received.
FRA is amending the penalty
schedule to reflect the changes made to
part 213. Specifically, FRA is adding
entries for new sections §§ 213.65 and
213.332, Combined track alinement and
surface deviations. FRA is also adding
an entry for § 213.110, Gage restraint
measurement systems, which is being
revised. Although § 213.110 is not a new
section, no entry for this section had
previously been included. For each of
these entries, FRA has specified
guideline penalty amounts that are
consistent with those for similar entries
in this appendix. FRA is also revising
the entries for §§ 213.55, 213.307,
213.327, 213.329, 213.333, and 213.345
so that the entries conform to their
respective sections that are being
revised in this final rule; however, no
change to the guideline penalty amounts
is being made.
In addition, in preparing the final
rule, FRA identified other items in this
appendix in need of revision. First, FRA
is revising the headings for subparts D
and G so that they conform to the
subpart headings in the rule itself.
Second, FRA is modifying this appendix
so that it conforms to the changes made
by the Concrete Crossties final rule,
which was published without revisions
to the appendix. See 76 FR 18073, April
1, 2011; 76 FR 55819, Sept. 9, 2011.
Specifically, FRA is adding an entry for
§ 213.234, Automated inspection of
track constructed with concrete
crossties. In addition, FRA is revising
the entry for § 213.109, Crossties, to
conform to the changes made to that
section and is also revising the entry for
§ 213.127, Rail fastening systems, so that
it conforms to the section heading, as
revised by that rule.
Appendix D to Part 213—Minimally
Compliant Analytical Track (MCAT)
Simulations Used for Qualifying
Vehicles To Operate at High Speeds and
at High Cant Deficiencies
Appendix D is a new appendix
containing the requirements for the use
of computer simulations to demonstrate
compliance with the vehicle/track
system qualification testing
requirements specified in subpart G of
this part. Computational models have
become practical and reliable tools for
understanding the dynamic interaction
of vehicles and track, as a result of
advancements made over the last few
decades. Such models are capable of
assessing the response of vehicle
designs to a wide range of track
conditions corresponding to the limiting
conditions allowed for each class of
track. Consequently, portions of the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
qualification requirements in subpart G
can be met by simulating vehicle testing
using a suitably-validated vehicle model
instead of testing an actual vehicle over
a representative track segment.
As explained in paragraph 1, the
simulations described in this appendix
are required to be performed using a
track model containing defined
geometry perturbations for different
track segments at the limits that are
permitted for a specific class of track
and level of cant deficiency. This track
model is referred to as MCAT. These
simulations shall be used to identify
vehicle dynamic performance issues
prior to service or, as appropriate, a
change in service, and demonstrate that
a vehicle type is suitable for operation
on the track over which it is intended
to operate. FRA notes that the lengths of
the MCAT segments identified in this
appendix are the same as the segment
lengths that were used in the modeling
of several representative high-speed
vehicles. See the discussion of research
and computer modeling in the
Technical Background section of this
final rule, Section IV.B, for additional
background.
In order to validate a computer model
using MCAT, the predicted results must
be compared to actual data from ontrack, instrumented vehicle performance
testing using accelerometers, or other
instrumentation, or both. Validation
must also demonstrate that the model is
sufficiently robust to capture
fundamental responses observed during
field testing. Disagreements between
predictions and test data may be
indicative of inaccurate vehicle
parameters, such as for stiffness and
damping, or track input. Once validated,
the computer model can be used for
assessing a range of operating
conditions or even to examine
modifications to current designs.
In addition, FRA notes that computer
modeling using MCAT has the potential
to be applied by railroads and by car
manufacturers for safety planning
purposes beyond the scope of what is
required by this rule. The Engineering
Task Force of RSAC’s Passenger Safety
Working Group is considering the use of
MCAT in evaluating the operation of
high-speed vehicles over lower-speed
classes of track, regardless of the cant
deficiency. Current FRA standards for
Class 1 through 5 track may be
unsuitable for suspensions designed for
operations at the highest speeds.
Consequently, by developing a set of
MCAT parameters that reflect the safety
standards for Class 1 through 5 track,
and conducting simulations using
existing high-speed vehicle dynamics
models on this lower-speed track, track
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
conditions could be identified that
would cause the VTI safety criteria to be
exceeded and potentially lead to a
derailment. Such MCAT modeling for
lower-speed track could also be a useful
development tool for foreign car rail
manufacturers considering the
introduction of vehicles that would be
equipped with suspension systems
having wheel profiles designed for U.S.
standard gage track.
FRA received a number of comments
relating to this appendix and is
addressing them in the order in which
they arise.
Paragraph 2 is being modified from
that proposed in the NPRM. Paragraph
2 concerns the application of MCAT for
vehicle/track system qualification in
§ 213.345 and is consequently being
modified in accordance with the
changes made to § 213.345. Please see
the discussion of § 213.345.
FRA is removing proposed paragraph
3 from this appendix. Paragraph 3
proposed that, for a comprehensive
safety evaluation, the track owner or
railroad identify any non-redundant
suspension system element or
component that may present a single
point of failure. The paragraph further
proposed that additional MCAT
simulations be included that reflect the
fully-degraded mode of the vehicle
type’s performance due to such a
failure. Bombardier objected to
proposed paragraph 3, stating that the
proposal was not taken into
consideration by the Task Force in any
of the simulations conducted to develop
the proposed track geometry limits.
According to Bombardier, should such a
requirement be contemplated, it would
be necessary to reassess completely the
allowable track geometry limits
proposed, and neither simulations nor
testing had been performed on any
existing vehicles that reflect these
conditions. Bombardier added that the
purpose of MCAT is to evaluate vehicle
response to fully-degraded track
conditions that represent single-point
failures, or near-failures, of the track
and in some cases combined track
anomalies. If the intent of this paragraph
is for the vehicle to meet the vehicle/
track interaction safety limits, with the
track containing failures(s) and the
vehicle suspension containing a singlepoint failure, Bombardier stated that
this would amount to a combined
failure which, while theoretically
possible, has not been identified as a
real issue. Bombardier further stated
that most suspension system
components, by nature, cannot have
redundant elements and that this is true
on all ground-based transportation
systems. Bombardier believed that other
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
provisions, both then-existing and
proposed, relating to suspension system
maintenance adequately address the
concerns raised by the proposal with
respect to the vehicle. Bombardier
maintained that to require further
tightening of track geometry standards
to address combined track and vehicle
suspension failures is unnecessary and
impractical. Bombardier also stated that
many vehicles have been qualified in
accordance with § 213.345 since its
promulgation in 1998, and FRA had not
indicated why this provision was added
as related to past experience or unsafe
conditions. Bombardier therefore
requested that the provision be removed
and that FRA clarify that it was not
FRA’s intent to include such a
requirement.
FRA is not including proposed
paragraph 3 as a requirement of this
final rule’s appendix. FRA intends that
for purposes of vehicle/track system
safety planning, a comprehensive safety
evaluation include the identification of
non-redundant suspension system
elements or components that may
present a single point of failure.
Conducting MCAT simulations
reflecting the vehicle type’s
performance in such a fully-degraded
mode can then be used to inform safety
decisions more fully. However, FRA did
not intend to impose a requirement that
the MCAT safety performance criteria be
met under such circumstances.
Nonetheless, should the simulations
identify potential safety concerns, the
information could be considered for
equipment inspection, testing, and
maintenance purposes, for example, to
help develop appropriate inspection,
testing, and maintenance criteria and
procedures for the equipment.
Paragraph (a) addresses the validation
of the vehicle model used for
simulations. Bombardier sought
clarification of FRA’s proposal, in
particular raising concern with the
possible misapplication of the proposal
for fully validating the vehicle model.
Bombardier stated that discrepancies or
a lack of correlation between vehicle
simulations and actual qualification test
data can often be due to errors in the
track model or track geometry
measurements, wheel and rail profiles,
or friction levels, or other causes.
Bombardier therefore recommended that
validation requirements be reviewed
and discussed prior to promulgation of
the final rule, and cited related
comments on proposed § 213.345(g).
As discussed in § 213.345(g), FRA has
sponsored research at TTCI to establish
a set of procedures for validating models
used in simulating vehicle/track
dynamic interaction. FRA intends to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
publish this research, when complete,
and make it part of FRA’s formal
guidance on compliance with the Track
Safety Standards. Again, in the interim,
FRA encourages parties to approach
FRA early in the qualification process
should they have any questions or
concerns about correlating simulation
predictions with measured track
geometry data.
FRA is making one change to
paragraph (a) from that proposed in the
NPRM. Paragraph (a) now references
§ 213.345(c)(2)(ii), consistent with the
changes to § 213.345(c), discussed
above.
Paragraph (b) specifies the layout of
the MCAT segments. Bombardier
submitted a number of comments on
proposed paragraph (b), first taking
issue with the last sentence in proposed
(b)(1)(i) that the hunting perturbation
segment would be used only on tangent
track simulations. Bombardier noted
that the proposal was inconsistent with
paragraphs (c)(3) and (4) of this
appendix, which would require that the
hunting segment be used on curves less
than 1 degree, and that, as a result, a
revision to paragraph (b)(1)(i) or a
footnote to figure 1 would be needed to
address this inconsistency.
In response to this comment,
paragraph (b)(1)(i) is being revised to
make clear that the hunting perturbation
segment applies both to tangent track
and to track that is curved less than 1
degree. Figure 1 is also being modified
accordingly to show that the hunting
perturbation section must be included
for curves less than 1 degree. The
modifications to figure 1 and the text in
paragraph (b)(1)(i) reference under what
curvature conditions the hunting
segment is to be used. Since the
curvature value is calculated using a
combination of speed and cant
deficiency, there is no need to specify
which track classes need to include this
section in curving simulations.
Further, the amplitude value a1 for the
hunting perturbation segment is being
lowered from 0.5 inch, as proposed in
the NPRM, to 0.25 inch in this final
rule. The intent of the hunting
perturbation segment is to test vehicle
stability on tangent track. A
perturbation of 0.5 inch could result in
wheel flange contact with the rail and
thereby cause one of the VTI safety
limits to be exceeded. Consequently, use
of a 0.5-inch perturbation could lead to
exceedances that would not
appropriately reflect the vehicle/track
performance concern at issue, or be
useful for proper evaluation of the
intended feature of the vehicle design.
By reducing the amplitude to 0.25 inch,
wheel contact should stay on the tread,
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16089
and the ability of the vehicle to remain
stable and resist hunting can more
appropriately be examined. This change
is intended to advance the purpose of
including the hunting perturbation
segment and not compromise safety.
In addition, Bombardier commented
that the text in proposed paragraph
(b)(1)(ix) concerning the combined
perturbation segment was inconsistent
with § 213.332, Combined track
alinement and surface deviations, which
has been adopted in this final rule. The
text of proposed paragraph (b)(1)(ix)
limited its application to curved track
segments, while § 213.332 addresses
combined track alinement and surface
deviation limits for Class 9 track, either
curved or tangent. Bombardier noted
that a revision to paragraph (b)(1)(ix) or
a footnote to figure 1 was needed to
address this inconsistency. In response
to this comment, paragraph (b)(1)(ix)
has been modified to make clear that the
segment is to be used for all simulations
on Class 9 track. In addition, figure 1
has been modified so that it reflects
application of the combined
perturbations segment to tangent cases
on Class 9 track. These changes make
this appendix consistent with § 213.332.
As noted, the MCAT layout in figure
1 has been modified to clarify which
segments are required depending on the
speed and the degree of curvature
involved. In particular, the hunting
perturbation segment is not required for
simulations of curves greater than or
equal to 1 degree; the short warp
segment is not required for tangent track
simulations; and the combined
perturbation segment is required on
tangent track only for Class 9 track, and
is not required for simulations of no
more than 5 inches of cant deficiency
other than for Class 9 track, where it is
required for all cant deficiency values.
As proposed in the NPRM, table 1
identifies the minimum lengths of the
MCAT segments. In response to a
request for clarification from Interfleet
during the development of the final
rule, FRA makes clear that longer
segment lengths can be used at higher
speeds to allow for transient response to
dissipate and to ensure that the filtering
window does not cover more than one
MCAT segment.
Table 2 is being added to this
appendix D to identify the degree of
curvature for use in MCAT simulations
of both passenger and freight equipment
performance on Class 2 through 9 track
by speed and cant deficiency, based on
the equation in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of
this appendix. For track Classes 2
through 5, degrees of curvature are
identified only where the cant
deficiencies are more than 6 inches,
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
16090
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
since those are the only cant
deficiencies that require simulations for
such track classes. In this regard,
degrees of curvature for use in MCAT
simulations of equipment performance
on Class 1 track are not specified given
the extraordinarily high values that
would be reached for such cant
deficiencies; nonetheless, FRA intends
that degrees of curvature for Class 1
track be based on the same equation in
paragraph (b)(3)(i) using an appropriate
superelevation. FRA also notes that the
degrees of curvature for use in MCAT
simulations of freight equipment
performance on Class 6 (freight) track
for speeds of 85 and 90 m.p.h. is shown
in italics for cant deficiencies not
exceeding 6 inches, to emphasize that
these values apply to freight equipment
only. MCAT simulations are required
for both passenger and freight
equipment performance where track
Class 6 speeds coincide, i.e., speeds
exceeding 90 m.p.h.
Paragraph (c) identifies and describes
the simulations that are required using
MCAT. To aid the reader, table 3 was
originally proposed as table 2 in the
NPRM to summarize by vehicle type,
cant deficiency, and class of track when
assessments of vehicle performance
using MCAT are required. Following the
NPRM’s publication, Bombardier
commented that the proposed table
needed to be revised to include Class 9
track, and during Task Force
discussions it was suggested that this
table be made clearer in other ways.
Accordingly, FRA has revised the table
not only to correct the inadvertent
omission noted by Bombardier, but also
to make more explicit when simulations
are required and when they are not,
including identifying when simulations
are an option for demonstrating
compliance with the rule.
Paragraph (c)(1)(ii) addresses the use
of worn wheel profiles in simulations.
Bombardier commented that the Task
Force agreed that simulations using
worn wheels be conducted only for
tangent track segments. Bombardier did
not believe that this agreement was
reflected in the NPRM text that implied
that all simulations must be conducted
with worn wheel profiles on tangent
track and in curves. Bombardier stated
that such a requirement was not taken
into consideration by the Task Force in
any of the simulations conducted to
develop the proposed track geometry
limits. In discussing this issue with the
Task Force following publication of the
NPRM, FRA noted that it had believed
that the proposed requirement was part
of the Task Force’s consensus on the
NPRM and that worn wheel profiles can
both present a problem for stability on
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
tangent track and affect response during
curving. Nonetheless, FRA
acknowledges that the effect of wheel
wear on stability on tangent track is of
paramount concern and that, for all
other vehicle and rail parameters that
might equally or more significantly
affect response during curving, only
nominal values for such parameters are
required to be used in MCAT
simulations. Thus, FRA has agreed to
limit the requirement to conduct
simulations using worn wheel profiles
to tangent track segments. However,
FRA expects that railroads and car
manufacturers will utilize MCAT for
broader safety planning purposes and
for performance optimization studies
while conducting these simulations. As
an additional point, Bombardier
commented that the words ‘‘running
profile’’ should be replaced with ‘‘wheel
profile’’ in this paragraph. The Task
Force concurred with this change, and
FRA has modified the paragraph
accordingly to make the text clearer and
more precise.
Paragraph (c)(2) addresses vehicle
performance on tangent track Classes 6
through 9. As a general comment on the
proposal, Bombardier believed that
some effort should be applied to
simplifying proposed paragraph (c)(2)
by including more information in table
4 (proposed table 3) with less
descriptive text in paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)
and (iii). Bombardier suggested a
proposed revision to the table, and the
Task Force recommended that new table
4 be reformatted according to the
example shown in Bombardier’s
comments. Table 4 provides the
amplitude values for the MCAT
segments described in paragraphs
(b)(1)(i) through (vii) and, for track Class
9, (b)(1)(ix), for each speed of the
required parametric MCAT simulations.
In preparing the table for the final rule,
an additional header table has been
added, as recommended by Bombardier,
containing the maximum operating and
simulation speeds for each track class,
along with a list of all of the amplitude
parameters identifying each MCAT
segment to which they correspond,
where each segment description can be
found, and to which class(es) of track
they are applicable. The inclusion of the
additional information in new Table 4
does help add clarity; however, even
with this additional information, the
descriptive text in paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)
and (iii) is still required. For example,
without the text in paragraph (c)(2)(ii),
it would not be clear that running
simulations using all three 31-foot-based
wavelengths is a requirement, and
paragraph (c)(2)(iii) states the
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
requirement to run the final simulations
at 5 m.p.h. over the maximum proposed
operating speed. Moreover, even though
the new information in the table lists a
maximum speed for simulations for
each track class, only the rule text in
paragraphs (c)(2)(iii)(A) through (C)
specifies that this 5 m.p.h. overspeed is
required when transitioning between
classes, e.g., 115 m.p.h. for Class 6 track
when qualifying a vehicle for Class 7
track.
Bombardier raised a number of
additional comments with table 4
(proposed table 3). Specifically,
Bombardier commented that the
combined deviation parameters a7, a8
and a13 should be specified in the table
for track Class 9, and that the repeated
surface parameter a9 for the 124-foot
wavelength on track Class 9 be specified
as 0.625 inch. Bombardier is correct that
there were no values specifically
identified for combined deviation
parameters a7, a8 and a13 for track Class
9, and that the repeated surface
parameter a9 for the 124-foot wavelength
on track Class 9 was inadvertently
proposed as 0.875 inch.
As was the consensus of the Task
Force, new table 4 is being restated to
include the combined deviation
parameters a7, a8 and a13 for track Class
9; 31-foot wavelength: a7=0.333 inch,
a8=0.000 inch, and a13=0.333 inch; 62foot wavelength: a7=0.333 inch,
a8=0.000 inch, and a13=0.500 inch; and
124-foot wavelength: a7=0.500 inch,
a8=0.000 inch, and a13=0.667 inch.
Moreover, the repeated surface
parameter a9 for the 124-foot wavelength
on track Class 9 has been restated as
0.625 inch. These changes make the
table consistent with § 213.332, which
provides that combined deviation limits
apply to all Class 9 track, including
tangent sections. These changes also
make the table consistent with the
repeated surface limit of 0.625 inch for
the 124-foot wavelength on Class 9 track
in § 213.331(c).
In addition, FRA notes that on closer
examination of the proposed MCAT
tables FRA found and corrected some
inadvertent errors in the proposed track
Class 6 amplitude parameters for a3
(gage widening) and a6 (single
alinement). The corrected values now
reflect both the maximum permissible
gage and the maximum permissible
alinement variations. Specifically, for
Class 6 track in table 4 of the final rule,
for the 31-foot perturbation wavelength,
the a3 parameter is 0.75 inch; and for the
62-foot perturbation wavelength, the a3
paramenter is 0.75 inch, and the a6
parameter is 0.
FRA is also formatting tables 4 though
7 in this final rule so that the a1
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
(hunting) and a12 (short warp)
amplitude parameters are in their own
designated rows, rather than grouped
with the 31-, 62-, and 124-foot
wavelengths. These hunting and short
warp perturbation segments have fixed
wavelengths, 10 feet and 20 feet,
respectively, which are now explicitly
stated in the tables to identify clearly
the wavelength to be used for simulating
these perturbations.
Paragraph (c)(3) addresses vehicle
performance on curved track Classes 6
through 9. As for paragraph (c)(2),
Bombardier stated that some effort
should be applied to simplifying the
paragraph by including more
information in tables 5 and 6 (proposed
tables 4 and 5) with less descriptive text
in paragraphs (c)(3)(ii) and (iv). Table 5
applies to Class 6 through 9 curved
track with cant deficiency greater than
3 inches but not greater than 5 inches;
table 6 applies to Class 6 through 9
curved track with cant deficiency
greater than 5 inches. The Task Force
concurred that new tables 5 and 6 be
reformatted to match the examples
shown in Bombardier’s comments with
an additional header table containing
the maximum operating and simulation
speeds for each track class, along with
a list of all of the amplitude parameters
identifying each MCAT segment to
which they correspond, where each
segment description can be found, and
to which class(es) of track they are
applicable. Tables 5 and 6 also include
the parameter a1. This hunting
perturbation parameter applies to track
that is curved less than 1 degree, and
has been included accordingly. Please
note that the amplitude of this
perturbation parameter has been
reduced, as discussed above.
The inclusion of the additional
information in tables 5 and 6 does help
add clarity; however, even with this
additional information, the descriptive
text in paragraphs (c)(3)(ii) and (iv) is
still required. For example, without the
text in paragraph (c)(3)(ii), it would not
be clear that running simulations using
all three 31-foot-based wavelengths is a
requirement, and the text in paragraph
(c)(3)(iv) specifies the need to run the
final simulations at 5 m.p.h. over the
maximum proposed operating speed
and cant deficiency. Moreover, even
though the new information in the
tables lists a maximum speed for
simulations for each track class, only
the rule text in paragraphs (c)(3)(iv)(A)
through (C) specifies that this 5 m.p.h.
overspeed is required when
transitioning between classes, e.g., 115
m.p.h. for Class 6 track when qualifying
a vehicle for Class 7 track. In addition,
the text in paragraphs (c)(3)(iv)(A)
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
through (C) describes how the 5 m.p.h.
overspeed cases at the end of a track
class will be conducted at the maximum
proposed cant deficiency, using the
curvature value, D, calculated using the
maximum track class speed and
maximum proposed cant deficiency.
Bombardier raised additional
comments on tables 5 and 6 (proposed
tables 4 and 5). Bombardier noted that
the repeated surface parameter a9 for the
124-foot wavelength on track Class 9
should be 0.625 inch. In the NPRM, in
proposed tables 4 and 5, the repeated
surface parameter a9 for the 124-foot
wavelength on track Class 9 was
identified as 0.875 inch. By consensus
of the Task Force, in new tables 5 and
6 the repeated surface parameter a9 for
the 124-foot wavelength on track Class
9 has been corrected to state 0.625 inch.
These changes conform the tables with
the repeated surface limit of 0.625 inch
for the 124-foot wavelength on track
Class 9 track provided in § 213.331(c).
Bombardier also commented that the
warp parameter a12 for track Class 9
should be corrected in tables 5 and 6
(proposed tables 4 and 5). As proposed,
the warp parameter a12 on track Class 9
was identified as 0.500 inch. The Task
Force concurred that the tables be
corrected so that the warp parameter a12
for track Class 9 be 0.750 inch. These
changes also conform the tables with the
warp limit of 0.75 inch for Class 9 track
provided in § 213.331(a) and (b).
Bombardier additionally commented
that the combined deviation surface
parameter a13 for track Class 9 should be
0.667 inch in table 5 (proposed table 4).
In the NPRM, the combined deviation
surface parameter a13 for track Class 9
was proposed as 0.833 inch. The Task
Force concurred that new table 5 reflect
that the combined deviation surface
parameter a13 for track Class 9 be 0.667
inch. This change conforms the surface
value in the table with the combined
deviation equation stated in § 213.332,
when evaluated using the corresponding
combined deviation alinement
parameter a7 found in the table.
FRA also notes that, on closer
examination of the MCAT tables, FRA
found and corrected some inadvertent
errors in the proposed track Class 6
amplitude parameters for a3 (gage
widening) and a6 (single alinement).
The corrected values now reflect both
the maximum permissible gage and the
maximum permissible alinement
variations. Specifically, for Class 6 track
in tables 5 and 6 of the final rule, for
the 31-foot perturbation wavelength, the
a3 parameter is 0.75 inch; and for the 62foot perturbation wavelength, the a3
paramenter is 0.75 inch, and the a6
parameter is 0.
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16091
Paragraph (c)(4) addresses vehicle
performance on curved track Classes 1
through 5 at high cant deficiency. As for
paragraphs (c)(2) and (3) Bombardier
raised the same general comment that
this section be simplified by including
more information in table 7 (proposed
table 6) with less descriptive text in
paragraphs (c)(4)(ii) and (iv). (FRA notes
that Bombardier’s comment references
paragraph (c)(3) under a discussion of
paragraph (c)(4) and has treated the
comment as relating to paragraph (c)(4).)
As for the other tables, the Task Force
concurred that table 7 (proposed table 6)
be reformatted. Table 7 also includes the
parameter a1, which has been added for
curves less than 1 degree, as noted
above.
The inclusion of the additional
information in table 7 helps add clarity;
however, even with this additional
information, the descriptive text in
paragraphs (c)(4)(ii) and (iv) is still
required. For example, without the text
in paragraph (c)(4)(ii), it would not be
clear that running simulations using
both the 31-foot and 62-foot
wavelengths is required for assessing
vehicle performance on curved track
Classes 1 through 5 at high cant
deficiency.
Proposed Amendments to 49 CFR Part
238, Passenger Equipment Safety
Standards
Subpart C—Specific Requirements for
Tier I Passenger Equipment
Section 238.227 Suspension System
FRA is modifying this section so that
it conforms with the changes being
made to part 213 of this chapter and
also to provide cross-references to
relevant sections of part 213. Overall,
these revisions help to reconcile the
requirements of the 1998 Track Safety
Standards final rule and the 1999
Passenger Equipment Safety Standards
final rule for Tier I passenger
equipment, i.e., passenger equipment
operated at speeds not exceeding 125
mph.
For consistency throughout this part
and part 213 of this chapter, the term
‘‘hunting oscillations’’ in paragraph (a)
is being replaced with the term ‘‘truck
hunting,’’ which has the same meaning
as that for ‘‘truck hunting’’ in 49 CFR
213.333. Truck hunting is defined in the
table of vehicle/track interaction safety
limits in § 213.333 as ‘‘a sustained
cyclic oscillation of the truck evidenced
by lateral accelerations exceeding 0.3g
root mean squared for more than 2
seconds.’’ The Task Force believed that
the term ‘‘hunting oscillations,’’ which
was formerly defined in paragraph (b) of
this section as ‘‘lateral oscillations of
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
16092
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
trucks that could lead to a dangerous
instability,’’ has a less definite meaning
and could be applied unevenly as a
result. The Task Force therefore
preferred using the definition of ‘‘truck
hunting’’ in part 213 with its more
specific criteria, and FRA agrees that
more specific criteria provide more
certainty. Unlike § 213.333, however,
paragraph (a) of this section applies to
all Tier I passenger equipment,
regardless of track class or level of cant
deficiency.
The pre-revenue service qualification
requirements in paragraph (b) are being
revised consistent with the revisions to
part 213 of this chapter. Paragraph (b) is
also being broadened to address revenue
service operation requirements.
Paragraph (b), as revised, generally
summarizes the qualification and
revenue service operation requirements
of part 213 for Tier I passenger
equipment. This paragraph is not
intended to impose any requirement
itself not otherwise contained in part
213.
Subpart E—Specific Requirements for
Tier II Passenger Equipment
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Section 238.427
Suspension System
Similar to the revisions to § 238.227,
FRA is modifying this section to
conform to the changes made in part
213 of this chapter. Overall, these
revisions help to reconcile the
requirements of the 1998 Track Safety
Standards final rule and the 1999
Passenger Equipment Safety Standards
final rule.
While paragraph (a)(1) remains
unchanged, paragraph (a)(2) is being
revised in an effort to summarize the
qualification and revenue service
operation requirements of part 213 for
Tier II passenger equipment. The
reference to the suspension system
safety standards in appendix C has been
removed, as discussed below. The
carbody acceleration requirements in
paragraph (b) have been revised
consistent with the changes to part 213.
The steady-state lateral carbody
acceleration limits of 0.1g for prerevenue service qualification and 0.12g
for service operation have been revised
to a single limit of 0.15g, to conform to
the changes in § 213.329. Please see the
discussion of § 213.329. The remaining
carbody acceleration requirements have
been consolidated by referencing the
requirements of § 213.333.
Paragraph (c) continues to require that
each truck be equipped with a
permanently installed lateral
accelerometer mounted on the truck
frame. However, for consistency
throughout this part and part 213 of this
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
chapter, this paragraph is being revised
to make clear that the purpose of the
accelerometer is to detect ‘‘truck
hunting,’’ as defined in 49 CFR 213.333.
This change helps not only to reconcile
the requirements governing truck
hunting but to streamline the
requirements of this paragraph by
removing the term ‘‘hunting
oscillations’’ and its defining text. If
truck hunting is detected, the train
monitoring system shall provide an
alarm to the engineer, and the train shall
be slowed to a speed at least 5 m.p.h.
less than the speed at which the truck
hunting stopped. This paragraph
formerly stated that the notification
alarm be provided to the ‘‘train
operator,’’ and FRA has revised the text
to make clear that this notification be
provided to the ‘‘locomotive engineer,’’
i.e., the crewmember operating the train.
The Task Force believed that the
overheat sensor requirements in
paragraph (d) were not directly related
to suspension system safety and should
be specified elsewhere. FRA agreed that
the requirements of this paragraph
could be stated separately for clarity,
and therefore proposed to move them to
a new section, § 238.428.
Section 238.428
Overheat Sensors
As proposed, FRA is adding a new
section containing the requirements that
were previously found in § 238.427(d).
However, there has been no change to
the substantive rule text. FRA agreed
with the Task Force that the
requirements for overheat sensors are
more appropriately contained in their
own section rather than with the
requirements for suspension systems in
§ 238.427. FRA has amended the rule
accordingly.
Appendix A to Part 238—Schedule of
Civil Penalties
This appendix contains a schedule of
civil penalties to be used in connection
with this part. Because such penalty
schedules are statements of agency
policy, notice and comment are not
required prior to their issuance. See 5
U.S.C. 553(b)(3)(A). Nevertheless, FRA
invited comment on the penalty
schedule; no comment was received,
however.
Accordingly, FRA is amending the
penalty schedule to reflect the addition
of a new section to part 238, § 238.428,
Overheat sensors. The requirements of
this section were previously included in
§ 238.427, Suspension system, and have
been set apart for clarity.
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Appendix C to Part 238—Suspension
System Safety Performance Standards
As proposed, FRA is removing and
reserving appendix C, which contained
the minimum suspension system safety
performance standards for Tier II
passenger equipment. FRA believes that
removing appendix C is appropriate in
light of the changes to § 238.427(a)(2).
Section 238.427(a)(2) formerly required
that Tier II passenger equipment meet
the safety performance standards for
suspension systems contained in
appendix C, or alternative standards
providing at least equivalent safety if
approved by FRA under § 238.21. As
discussed above, FRA is revising
§ 238.427(a)(2) to require compliance
with the safety standards contained in
§ 213.333, in lieu of those in appendix
C. Given the cross-reference to the
requirements in § 213.333, which are
more extensive than the ones contained
in appendix C, appendix C is no longer
necessary and has therefore been
removed and reserved.
VII. Regulatory Impact and Notices
A. Executive Orders 12866 and 13563
and DOT Regulatory Policies and
Procedures
This final rule is a significant
regulatory action within the meaning of
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563, and
DOT regulatory policies and procedures
(see 44 FR 11034; Feb. 26, 1979). FRA
has prepared and placed in the docket
a regulatory impact analysis (RIA)
addressing the economic impact of this
final rule.
In analyzing the impacts of this rule
and the NPRM that preceded it, FRA
considered the extent of affected
operations based on preliminary plans
and policies, many of which are still in
development, or subject to change. For
example, when the NPRM was
published there were plans for high
speed operations in Florida, but now
those plans have been suspended. In
this analysis FRA does not attempt to
quantify benefits in the same manner as
the NPRM. FRA acknowledges
significant uncertainty with the
development of certain high speed
systems. FRA also acknowledges
significant uncertainty with respect to
the estimates of time savings and
equipment procurement savings. As a
result of this uncertainty, and the
difficulty in finding reliable evidence
for point estimates from which to base
a sensitivity analysis, FRA describes its
expectations for the benefits and uses its
expert technical experience to conclude
that the costs will be justified by the
benefits.
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
The changes to geometric standards
and performance standards for highspeed operations will not adversely
affect any existing operations, which are
now limited to Amtrak on the Northeast
Corridor, but rather will promote their
safe operation. In order to meet the
vehicle acceleration limits of the Track
Safety Standards’ subpart G before the
changes made in this final rule, Amtrak
had, in effect, adhered to the tighter
geometric standards in this rule, even
though those standards were not
expressly identified. If Amtrak were to
have attempted to operate Acela at the
maximum allowable speeds and cant
deficiencies for which it was qualified,
but were to have allowed track
deviations to reach the previous
maximum limits, the Acela trainset,
because of its dynamic characteristics,
would have been subject to
accelerations in excess of the limits
permitted. FRA’s modeling has shown
that Acela, as it is currently qualified to
operate, will meet the safety standards
in this final rule.
There will be a relatively small onetime cost ($292,000) to program the new
limits into existing geometry measuring
systems discussed in the cost section
below. Further, those railroads that
voluntarily operate at high cant
deficiencies will have to maintain their
tracks to tighter limits. This cost will be
offset by the reduced cost of
maintaining curves where entering
trains would have to brake to reduce
their speeds to meet the prior cant
deficiency standard, as discussed below.
FRA believes that significant benefits
will arise from this rulemaking. Time
savings will result from permitting
trains that operate at maximum speeds
up to 90 m.p.h. to travel around curves
with higher cant deficiencies and
thereby more rapidly and efficiently.
Previously, the rule did not permit such
high cant deficiency operations for these
trains, which meant that they had to
operate more slowly through curves,
adding to trip time. Railroads will also
experience cost savings when they
purchase new trains for operations at
speeds over 90 m.p.h. This will result
from increased competition as a greater
variety of equipment will be able to
meet the revised vehicle/track
interaction qualification requirements
for speeds over 90 m.p.h. Cost savings
will also result from more streamlined
testing requirements for new and
existing passenger trainsets, regardless
of operating speed. Revised testing
requirements will also make it much
easier to qualify a trainset on additional
track once it has been qualified on any
track, and provide more flexibility for
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
monitoring trainset performance in
service.
Benefits: Equipment Procurement
Future high-speed operations will be
made simpler, because the railroad, if it
requires equipment manufacturers to
provide equipment that will meet
performance requirements on minimally
compliant track, will find several
suppliers of off-the-shelf equipment,
likely lowering bid prices, and gaining
multiple bidders. Further, some high
cant deficiency passenger train
operations at speeds in excess of 90
m.p.h. may be able to use equipment
without tilting mechanisms under the
final rule, saving procurement costs.
Absent this rulemaking, FRA believes
railroads would seek to have new
equipment used in high-speed train
operations built to performance
standards at the maximum deviations
permitted under the previous geometric
standards, or with tilting mechanisms,
or both.
FRA believes that future high-speed
operations will in comparison save on
bids because of the increased number of
trainsets and carbuilders that will meet
the final rule’s standards with little or
no modification compared to the
number that would have met the prior
rule’s standards with little or no
modification. Because high cant
deficiency operations at passenger train
speeds in excess of 90 m.p.h. would
have been permitted under the prior
rule, FRA generally does not believe
that there is a benefit from travel time
saved at these speeds, only a benefit for
equipment procurement.
FRA notes that, in commenting on the
economic analysis for the NPRM, which
attempted to quantify the benefits of the
rule changes, Amtrak stated:
The assumption that the standards simplify
the design process of the equipment and
would save $2,000,000 per train set is false.
The Acela example indicates the exact
opposite to be true. The FRA rules, as
existing and proposed, eliminate the
possibility of purchasing off-the-shelf
equipment. The engineering work required to
design new compliant equipment alone
would far outstrip any possible savings from
the rules if there were any to be had.
FRA believes that the former rule would
not have permitted many, and perhaps
might not have permitted any,
carbuilders to offer off-the-shelf
equipment with little or no modification
that would have met the acceleration
requirements on track with geometry
having the maximum allowable
deviations. Under the final rule it is
likely that several carbuilders could
provide off-the-shelf equipment that
will meet acceleration requirements on
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16093
minimally compliant track. This will
lower costs through increased
competition, and use of existing
designs. Further, railroads may now be
able to order equipment without tilting
mechanisms and operate that equipment
at high cant deficiencies, thus saving the
costs of tilting mechanisms and making
the number of available trainsets even
greater. Based on the above, FRA does
not agree with Amtrak’s comment for
the purposes of this final rule. It is not
unreasonable to estimate that the
equipment procurement benefits alone
will justify the costs of the rule.
However, even if FRA eliminates from
consideration equipment procurement
benefits, as a result of Amtrak’s
comment, FRA believes the high cant
deficiency and streamlined testing
requirements would justify the costs of
the rule.
Benefits: High Cant Deficiency
The provisions for high cant
deficiency operations on all track
classes are permissive in nature and
create no additional net costs. A railroad
could either adhere to these provisions
in expectation that any additional
expenditure would trigger savings and
result in an overall net benefit, or
simply avoid triggering the provisions.
High cant deficiency offers significant
opportunities to reduce trip time, as it
will reduce the amount of time travelled
at the slowest speeds. For example, to
travel a mile, a train could take three
minutes at 20 m.p.h. or two minutes at
30 m.p.h. Traveling at 30 m.p.h. would
reduce trip time by a minute. By
contrast a train traveling 120 m.p.h.
would take 5 minutes to travel ten
miles, while a train traveling 150 m.p.h.
would take four minutes to travel the
same distance, reducing trip time by one
minute relative to the train traveling 120
m.p.h. The net time savings from
traveling one mile at 30 m.p.h. instead
of 20 m.p.h. is the same as the time
savings from traveling ten miles at 150
m.p.h. instead of 120 m.p.h. High cant
deficiency can allow that kind of time
savings at lower speeds, and therefore
offers a relatively low-cost way of
improving trip time. The United States
is investing more in passenger rail
transportation, and this is a very good
way to make the high-speed rail system
more efficient.
FRA believes that use of higher cant
deficiencies will become much more
common over the coming years,
although, nearer term, relatively few
opportunities for new operations at cant
deficiencies in excess of 5 inches will
present themselves. In any event, there
could be a benefit to some operations
from the potential enhanced speeds.
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
16094
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
For illustrative purposes, Amtrak has
placed values of $2 million or more
annually for a reduction of 1 minute in
total travel time on the south end of the
Northeast Corridor, and in excess of $1
million for such a reduction on the
north end of the Northeast Corridor, for
its high-speed operations. FRA expects
significant travel time savings on the
Northeast Corridor, and eventually other
routes, from the high cant deficiency
provisions. These benefits are partially
offset by the additional costs of
maintaining track for high cant
deficiency operation, but this offset is
roughly two orders of magnitude less
than the benefits. Moreover, the
additional maintenance costs are at least
partially offset by reduced track
maintenance from passenger trains that
would otherwise have subjected rail to
braking forces at entries to curves, and
by efficiency savings because the
passenger trains can clear the track
segments more rapidly so that other
trains can use the tracks.
FRA also notes that there is no
procurement benefit considered for
passenger train operations at speeds no
greater than 90 m.p.h, principally
because these operations were not
permitted to operate at high cant
deficiency under the prior rule.
Similarly, the time savings from high
cant deficiency for passenger operations
at speeds in excess of 90 m.p.h. already
existed and is not included in the high
cant deficiency benefit. The equipment
benefit and the high cant deficiency
benefit therefore apply to different
classes of operations and are exclusive
of each other.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Benefits: Streamlined Testing
Requirements
Improvements in the use of
monitoring equipment and streamlined
qualification procedures have the
potential to reduce costs, without any
offsetting increases. New procedures
will not require as much labor, or as
expensive capital, as was required
before the final rule, all else being equal.
The reduced need for instrumented
wheelsets, instrumented cars, and
related tests could save roughly $2
million per year on current high-speed
operations (based in part on Task Force
discussions), and have the potential for
similar savings on planned high-speed
operations. Furthermore, the current
policy of the DOT is to promote balance
in the Nation’s transportation system in
the long-term by growing the marketshare of passenger rail service in
intercity travel. FRA believes that this
policy will result in the implementation
of more high-speed rail projects that
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
align with the estimates used in this
analysis.
In addition, FRA believes that using
MCAT to extend the range of qualified
equipment will result in savings greater
than $1 million per year. MCAT can
work to enhance safety, because a train
that is shown to be safe on minimally
compliant track will likely be safe under
foreseeable operating conditions. In the
absence of MCAT, the train could be
qualified on very good track, which
might later deteriorate over time.
Although accelerometers should
provide indications of such
deterioration, using MCAT to ensure
that the train will be safe on track
meeting the geometric limits adds to the
life-cycle safety of a trainset, most
notably because the geometry standards
help limit unsafe accelerations that
could cause a derailment.
FRA believes that modifications to the
vehicle/track system qualification
requirements themselves, as opposed to
the process, will have no net impact as
the changes codify current practice.
Benefits: Other
Certain refinements to the testing
requirements will yield greater
confidence in the test results and thus
enhanced safety levels. Such benefits
are not readily quantifiable and FRA has
not attempted to quantify them.
Costs: Track Maintenance
When a railroad voluntarily operates
passenger trains at high cant
deficiencies, the track in curves must
have smaller deviations, which in turn
means that deviations that would not
have to be adjusted in the absence of
high cant deficiency operations would
have to be adjusted to conform to the
standards. On the other hand, if a
railroad does not allow high cant
deficiency operations, it requires
passenger trains to slow down just
before they enter curves. The braking
imparts a longitudinal force in the rail,
making it more likely that the rail will
displace from its original alinement.
When the rail displaces from its original
alinement, it may now have deviations
that even exceed the less restrictive
standards that would have been
applicable in the absence of high cant
deficiency operations, and the rail must
be adjusted. The process of adjusting
rail is roughly the same whether the
adjustment occurs because the rail
moved longitudinally under braking or
the rail needed to be adjusted to meet
tighter geometric standards, and thus
the cost is roughly equal for either
adjustment. FRA believes the
probability of needing to adjust the rail
is roughly equivalent in either case.
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
FRA believes that it costs roughly
$400 to adjust a rail to restore alinement
per occurrence. On good track, the kind
most likely to be found in high cant
deficiency passenger operations, this
occurs about twice a year per mile of
curve, at a cost of about $800 per mile
per year. FRA believes the difference, if
any, between the frequency of such
occurrences, and consequently, the
maintenance costs for the track with and
without high cant deficiency operations,
is less than 10%, or $80 per mile per
year. FRA is not certain whether
maintenance costs will be higher or
lower with high cant deficiency
operations. FRA expects a difference of
plus or minus $80 per mile per year in
maintenance costs. Given the
uncertainty as to whether the change
would be a benefit or a cost, and
because FRA anticipates any
maintenance costs to be significantly
less than the benefits of high cant
deficiency operations, FRA does not
find any potential maintenance costs
would change its core conclusion about
this rule.
Costs: Programming
Railroads use automated track
geometry measuring systems to
determine whether track geometry
complies with track safety standards.
The final rule adds new standards and
dimensions that must be programmed
into automated track geometry
measuring software before the railroads
can operate under the final rule. FRA is
contracting to modify the software on
FRA’s inspection cars to record
instances where deviations exceed the
maximum allowed under the final rule.
Although the contractor has estimated
that providing and system testing the
software modifications will require
roughly $73,000, the amount FRA is
going to pay will fall on the government,
not on regulated entities, and is not
accounted for any further.
Four other entities provide automated
track inspection services to railroads,
and may need to update their inspection
vehicles’ software to accommodate the
new requirements of the final rule. FRA
believes that the $73,000 figure
provided by FRA’s contractor may be
higher than the cost to an entity
providing services over a more limited
set of tracks, or for other reasons, but
that the higher number is a ceiling on
likely costs, and is conservative. Thus
FRA estimates that it will cost 4 times
$73,000, or $292,000 for a one-time
expense of updating track inspection
software. The programming
modifications must occur before the
railroads operate under the final rule, so
the costs are not discounted.
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Offsetting any additional
programming costs, but not accounted
for in the benefits, the new geometry
limits should avoid instances where an
excessive acceleration is recorded but
the track is within geometry limits, as
happens with some frequency under the
prior rule. The cost for a railroad to
inspect the track in the area of an
exceedance of an acceleration limit is
more than $100 per instance, and FRA
believes the new limits will reduce such
instances by at least two per day, more
than offsetting any programming costs.
As the extent of high cant deficiency
operations or high speed operations
increases, the number of such
exceedances would have increased in
the absence of the final rule.
Total Costs
Total costs are $292,000, whether
using a 3 percent or 7 percent discount
rate, as they are one-time costs.
Annualized total costs over twenty years
are $27,563 per year, using a 7 percent
discount rate, or $19,627 using a 3
percent discount rate.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Net Benefits
FRA expects the equipment
procurement, time savings, and
streamlined testing benefits to vastly
exceed the programming costs of the
rule. It is not unreasonable to estimate
that the equipment procurement
benefits alone will justify the costs of
the rule. However, even if FRA
eliminates from consideration
equipment procurement benefits, as a
result of Amtrak’s comment, FRA
believes the high cant deficiency and
streamlined testing requirements would
justify the costs of the rule. FRA
concludes the rule will have net
benefits.
B. Regulatory Flexibility Act and
Executive Order 13272
To ensure that the potential impact of
this rule on small entities was properly
considered, FRA developed this rule in
accordance with Executive Order 13272
(‘‘Proper Consideration of Small Entities
in Agency Rulemaking’’) and DOT’s
policies and procedures to promote
compliance with the Regulatory
Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.).
The Regulatory Flexibility Act requires
an agency to review regulations to
assess their impact on small entities. An
agency must conduct a regulatory
flexibility analysis unless it determines
and certifies that a rule is not expected
to have a significant economic impact
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
on a substantial number of small
entities.
The U.S. Small Business
Administration (SBA) stipulates in its
‘‘Size Standards’’ that the largest a
railroad business firm that is ‘‘forprofit’’ may be, and still be classified as
a ‘‘small entity,’’ is 1,500 employees for
‘‘Line-Haul Operating Railroads,’’ and
500 employees for ‘‘Switching and
Terminal Establishments.’’ ‘‘Small
entity’’ is defined in the Regulatory
Flexibility Act as a small business that
is not independently owned and
operated, and is not dominant in its
field of operation. Federal agencies may
adopt their own size standards for small
entities in consultation with SBA and in
conjunction with public comment.
Pursuant to that authority, FRA has
published a final statement of agency
policy that formally establishes ‘‘small
entities’’ or ‘‘small businesses’’ as being
railroads, contractors, and hazardous
materials shippers that meet the revenue
requirements of a Class III railroad as set
forth in 49 CFR 1201.1–1, which is $20
million or less in inflation-adjusted
annual revenues; and commuter
railroads or small governmental
jurisdictions that serve populations of
50,000 or less. See 68 FR 24891, May 9,
2003, codified at Appendix C to 49 CFR,
part 209. The $20 million-limit is based
on the Surface Transportation Board’s
revenue threshold for a Class III
railroad. Railroad revenue is adjusted
for inflation by applying a revenue
deflator formula in accordance with 49
CFR 1201.1–1. FRA has applied this
definition for this rulemaking.
There are currently two intercity
passenger railroads, Amtrak and the
Alaska Railroad Corporation. Neither is
considered to be a small entity. Amtrak
is a Class I railroad and the Alaska
Railroad is a Class II railroad. The
Alaska Railroad is owned by the State
of Alaska, which has a population well
in excess of 50,000.
There are currently 28 commuter
railroad operations in the U.S. Most
commuter railroads are part of larger
transportation organizations that receive
Federal funds and serve major
metropolitan areas with populations
greater than 50,000. However, two
commuter rail operations do not fall in
this category and are considered small
entities. One provides service to and
from a sporting venue in Iowa City,
Iowa; the second provides service
between North Creek and Saratoga
Springs, New York. Both operations are
conducted at low speeds—with only
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16095
one reaching a maximum speed as high
as 30 m.p.h. Consequently, neither
entity will be impacted by the
requirements of this rule affecting highspeed operations. Moreover, it is
extremely unlikely that either entity
would engage in high cant deficiency
operations because such operations
require relatively expensive rolling
equipment capable of tilting to provide
a safe and comfortable ride to
passengers.
At present, no small entities will be
affected by either the high-speed
provisions or the high cant deficiency
provisions. Small railroads hosting
passenger operations can recoup any
costs of maintaining infrastructure,
through trackage agreements which
enable host railroads to recover
marginal costs of permitting passenger
operations over their tracks, to
accommodate high cant deficiency
operations, or they can refuse to host
such operations, as appropriate. To the
extent that new passenger railroads are
small entities, and want to take
advantage of high cant deficiency and
have the means to do so, they will
benefit. Nonetheless, FRA does not
foresee any situation under which a
small entity might be affected by the
high-speed provisions in this final rule.
In the NPRM, FRA requested
comments on both the analysis and the
certification that there will be no
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities. No
comment was received.
Based on these determinations, I
certify that this action will not have a
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities.
C. Paperwork Reduction Act
The information collection
requirements in this final rule have been
submitted for approval to the Office of
Management and Budget (OMB) under
the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995,
44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq. The sections that
contain both new and current
information collection requirements,
and the estimated time to fulfill each
requirement, are summarized in the
following table. Please note that the
table does not include those information
collection requirements added by the
Concrete Crossties rulemaking, see 76
FR 18073 (April 1, 2011), 76 FR 55819
(Sept. 9, 2011), as they are covered
under a separate approval, OMB No.
2130–0592, which is current until
October 31, 2014.
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
16096
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
CFR Section
213.4—Excepted Track:
—Designation of track
as excepted.
—Notification to FRA
about removal of excepted track.
213.5—Responsibility for
Compliance.
213.7—Designation of
Qualified Persons to Supervise Certain Renewals
and Inspect Track:
—Designations .............
—Employees trained in
CWR procedures.
—Written authorizations
and recorded Exams.
—Designations (partially
qualified) under paragraph (c) of this section.
213.17—Waivers .................
213.57—Curves; Elevation
and Speed Limitations:
—Requests to FRA for
vehicle type approval.
—Written notification to
FRA prior to implementation of higher
curving speeds.
—Written consent of
track owner(s) by railroad providing service
over the track.
213.110—Gage Restraint
Measurement Systems
(GRMS):
—Implementing GRMS;
notices and reports.
—GRMS vehicle output
reports.
—GRMS vehicle exception reports.
—GRMS/PTLF procedures for data integrity.
—GRMS training programs/sessions.
—GRMS inspection
records.
213.118—Continuous Welded Rail (CWR); Plan Review and Approval:
—Plans .........................
—Notification to FRA
and employees of
plan effective date.
—Written submissions
in support of plan.
—FRA-required revisions to CWR plan.
213.119—Continuous Welded Rail (CWR); Plan Contents:
—Fracture report for
each broken CWR
joint bar.
—Petition for technical
conference on fracture reports.
—Training programs on
CWR procedures.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Total annual
burden hours
Respondent universe
Total annual responses
Average time per response
200 railroads ...........................
20 orders .................................
15 minutes ..............................
5
200 railroads ...........................
15 notifications ........................
10 minutes ..............................
3
728 railroads ...........................
10 notifications ........................
8 hours ....................................
80
728 railroads ...........................
31 railroads .............................
1,500 names ...........................
80,000 employees ..................
10 minutes ..............................
24 hours ..................................
250
1,920,000
31 railroads .............................
10 minutes + 60 minutes ........
93,333
31 railroads .............................
80,000 authorizations +
80,000 exams.
250 names ..............................
30 minutes ..............................
125
728 railroads ...........................
6 petitions ...............................
112 hours ................................
672
728 railroads ...........................
2 requests/documents ............
80 hours ..................................
160
728 railroads ...........................
2 notifications ..........................
8 hours ....................................
16
728 railroads ...........................
2 consents ..............................
8 hours ....................................
16
728 railroads ...........................
24 hours ..................................
72
728 railroads ...........................
2 notifications + 1 technical report.
50 reports ................................
60 minutes ..............................
50
728 railroads ...........................
50 reports ................................
60 minutes ..............................
50
728 railroads ...........................
4 procedure documents ..........
2 hours ....................................
8
728 railroads ...........................
2 programs + 5 sessions ........
24 hours ..................................
168
728 railroads ...........................
50 records ...............................
2 hours ....................................
100
728 railroads ...........................
728 railroads ...........................
728 reviewed plans .................
728 notifications + 80,000 notifications.
4 hours ....................................
15 minutes + 2 minutes ..........
2,912
2,849
728 railroads ...........................
20 submissions .......................
2 hours ....................................
40
728 railroads ...........................
20 reviewed plans ...................
1 hour ......................................
20
239 railroads/1 association .....
12,000 reports .........................
10 minutes ..............................
2,000
1 association ...........................
1 petition .................................
15 minutes ..............................
0.25
239 railroads/ 1 association ....
240 amended programs .........
1 hour ......................................
240
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
16097
Total annual
burden hours
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
CFR Section
Respondent universe
Total annual responses
Average time per response
—Annual CWR training
of employees.
—Recordkeeping (track
with CWR).
—Recordkeeping for
CWR rail joints.
—Periodic records for
CWR rail joints.
—Copy of track owner’s
CWR procedures.
213.233—Track Inspections:
—Notations ...................
213.241—Inspection
Records.
213.303—Responsibility for
Compliance.
213.305—Designation of
Qualified Individuals; General Qualifications:
—Designations .............
—Designations (partially
qualified) under paragraph (d) of this section.
213.317—Waivers ...............
213.329—Curves; Elevation
and Speed Limitations:
—FRA approval of
qualified vehicle types
based on results of
testing.
—Written notification to
FRA prior to implementation of higher
curving speeds.
—Written consent of
track owner(s) by railroad providing service
over the track.
213.333 Automated VehicleBased Inspection Systems:
—Request for alternative measurement
distance (new requirement).
—Track Geometry
Measurement System
(TGMS) output/exception reports.
—Track/vehicle performance measurement system; copies
of most recent exception records.
—Notification to track
personnel when onboard accelerometers
indicate track related
problem (new requirement).
—Requests for an alternate location for device measuring lateral
accelerations (new
requirement).
—Report to FRA providing analysis of collected monitoring
data (new requirement).
213.341—Initial Inspection
of New Rail and Welds:
31 railroads .............................
80,000 employees ..................
30 minutes ..............................
40,000
239 railroads ...........................
2,000 records ..........................
10 minutes ..............................
333
239 railroads ...........................
360,000 records ......................
2 minutes ................................
12,000
239 railroads ...........................
480,000 records ......................
1 minute ..................................
8,000
728 railroads ...........................
239 manuals ...........................
10 minutes ..............................
40
728 railroads ...........................
728 railroads ...........................
12,500 notations .....................
1,542,089 records ...................
1 minute ..................................
varies ......................................
208
1,672,941
2 railroads ...............................
1 petition .................................
8 hours ....................................
8
2 railroads ...............................
2 railroads ...............................
150 designations .....................
20 designations .......................
60 minutes ..............................
60 minutes ..............................
150
20
2 railroads ...............................
1 petition .................................
80 hours ..................................
80
728 railroads ...........................
2 documents ...........................
80 hours ..................................
160
728 railroads ...........................
2 notifications ..........................
8 hours ....................................
16
728 railroads ...........................
2 written consents ...................
8 hours ....................................
16
10 railroads .............................
1 request .................................
8 hours ....................................
8
10 railroads .............................
3 reports ..................................
40 hours ..................................
120
10 railroads .............................
20 records ...............................
40 hours ..................................
800
10 railroads .............................
10 notifications ........................
40 hours ..................................
400
10 railroads .............................
10 requests .............................
40 hours ..................................
400
10 railroads .............................
4 reports ..................................
8 hours ....................................
32
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
16098
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Total annual
burden hours
Respondent universe
Total annual responses
Average time per response
—Mill inspection; copy
of manufacturer’s report.
—Welding plan inspection report.
—Inspection of field
welds.
213.343—Continuous welded rail (CWR):
—Recordkeeping ..........
213.345—Vehicle/Track
System Qualification:
—Qualification program
for all vehicle types
operating at track
Class 6 speeds or
above or at curving
speeds above 5
inches of cant deficiency (new requirement).
—Qualification program
for previously qualified vehicle types
(new requirement).
—Written consent of
track owner(s) by railroad providing service
over the track (new
requirement).
213.347—Automotive or
Railroad Crossings at
Grade:
—Protection plans ........
213.369—Inspection
Records:
—Record of inspection
of track.
—Internal defect inspections and remedial action taken.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
CFR Section
2 railroads ...............................
2 reports ..................................
16 hours ..................................
32
2 railroads ...............................
2 reports ..................................
16 hours ..................................
32
2 railroads ...............................
125 records .............................
20 minutes ..............................
42
2 railroads ...............................
150 records .............................
10 minutes ..............................
25
10 railroads .............................
10 programs ............................
120 hours ................................
1,200
10 railroads .............................
10 programs ............................
80 hours ..................................
800
10 railroads .............................
1 written consent ....................
8 hours ....................................
8
1 railroad .................................
2 plans ....................................
8 hours ....................................
16
2 railroads ...............................
500 records .............................
1 minute ..................................
8
2 railroads ...............................
50 records ...............................
5 minutes ................................
4
All estimates include the time for
reviewing instructions, searching
existing data sources, gathering or
maintaining the needed data, and
reviewing the information. Pursuant to
44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(B), FRA solicits
comments concerning the following:
whether these information collection
requirements are necessary for the
proper performance of the functions of
FRA, including whether the information
has practical utility; the accuracy of
FRA’s estimates of the burden of the
information collection requirements; the
quality, utility, and clarity of the
information to be collected; and
whether the burden of collection of
information on those who are to
respond, including through the use of
automated collection techniques or
other forms of information technology,
may be minimized. For information or
a copy of the paperwork package
submitted to OMB, contact Mr. Robert
Brogan, Information Clearance Officer,
Federal Railroad Administration, at
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
202–493–6292, or Ms. Kimberly Toone,
Federal Railroad Administration, at
202–493–6132.
Organizations and individuals
desiring to submit comments on the
collection of information requirements
should direct them to Mr. Robert Brogan
or Ms. Kimberly Toone, Federal
Railroad Administration, 1200 New
Jersey Avenue SE., 3rd Floor,
Washington, DC 20590. Comments may
also be submitted via email to Mr.
Brogan or Ms. Toone at the following,
respective addresses: Robert.Brogan@
dot.gov; or Kimberly.Toone@dot.gov.
OMB is required to make a decision
concerning the collection of information
requirements contained in this final rule
between 30 and 60 days after
publication of this document in the
Federal Register. Therefore, a comment
to OMB is best assured of having its full
effect if OMB receives it within 30 days
of publication.
FRA is not authorized to impose a
penalty on persons for violating
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
information collection requirements that
do not display a current OMB control
number, if required. FRA intends to
obtain current OMB control numbers for
any new information collection
requirements resulting from this
rulemaking action prior to the effective
date of the final rule. The OMB control
number, when assigned, will be
announced by separate notice in the
Federal Register.
D. Federalism Implications
Executive Order 13132, ‘‘Federalism’’
(see 64 FR 43255, Aug. 10, 1999),
requires FRA to develop an accountable
process to ensure ‘‘meaningful and
timely input by State and local officials
in the development of regulatory
policies that have federalism
implications.’’ ‘‘Policies that have
federalism implications’’ are defined in
the Executive Order to include
regulations that have ‘‘substantial direct
effects on the States, on the relationship
between the national government and
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
the States, or on the distribution of
power and responsibilities among the
various levels of government.’’ Under
Executive Order 13132, the agency may
not issue a regulation with federalism
implications that imposes substantial
direct compliance costs and that is not
required by statute, unless the Federal
government provides the funds
necessary to pay the direct compliance
costs incurred by State and local
governments, the agency consults with
State and local governments, or the
agency consults with State and local
government officials early in the process
of developing the regulation. Where a
regulation has federalism implications
and preempts State law, the agency
seeks to consult with State and local
officials in the process of developing the
regulation.
This final rule has been analyzed in
accordance with the principles and
criteria contained in Executive Order
13132. This final rule will not have a
substantial effect on the States or their
political subdivisions, and it will not
affect the relationships between the
Federal government and the States or
their political subdivisions, or the
distribution of power and
responsibilities among the various
levels of government. In addition, FRA
has determined that this regulatory
action will not impose substantial direct
compliance costs on the States or their
political subdivisions. Therefore, the
consultation and funding requirements
of Executive Order 13132 do not apply.
However, this final rule could have
preemptive effect by operation of law
under certain provisions of the Federal
railroad safety statutes, specifically the
former Federal Railroad Safety Act of
1970, repealed and recodified at 49
U.S.C. 20106. Section 20106 provides
that States may not adopt or continue in
effect any law, regulation, or order
related to railroad safety or security that
covers the subject matter of a regulation
prescribed or order issued by the
Secretary of Transportation (with
respect to railroad safety matters) or the
Secretary of Homeland Security (with
respect to railroad security matters),
except when the State law, regulation,
or order qualifies under the ‘‘essentially
local safety or security hazard’’
exception to section 20106.
In sum, FRA has analyzed this final
rule in accordance with the principles
and criteria contained in Executive
Order 13132. As explained above, FRA
has determined that this final rule has
no federalism implications, other than
the possible preemption of State laws
under Federal railroad safety statutes,
specifically 49 U.S.C. 20106.
Accordingly, FRA has determined that
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
preparation of a federalism summary
impact statement for this final rule is
not required.
E. Environmental Impact
FRA has evaluated this final rule in
accordance with its ‘‘Procedures for
Considering Environmental Impacts’’
(FRA’s Procedures) (see 64 FR 28545,
May 26, 1999) as required by the
National Environmental Policy Act (see
42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.), other
environmental statutes, Executive
Orders, and related regulatory
requirements. FRA has determined that
this action is not a major FRA action
(requiring the preparation of an
environmental impact statement or
environmental assessment) because it is
categorically excluded from detailed
environmental review pursuant to
section 4(c)(20) of FRA’s Procedures.
See 64 FR 28547, May 26, 1999. In
accordance with section 4(c) and (e) of
FRA’s Procedures, the agency has
further concluded that no extraordinary
circumstances exist with respect to this
final rule that might trigger the need for
a more detailed environmental review.
As a result, FRA finds that this final rule
is not a major Federal action
significantly affecting the quality of the
human environment.
F. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of
1995
Pursuant to Section 201 of the
Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
(Pub. L. 104–4, 2 U.S.C. 1531), each
Federal agency ‘‘shall, unless otherwise
prohibited by law, assess the effects of
Federal regulatory actions on State,
local, and tribal governments, and the
private sector (other than to the extent
that such regulations incorporate
requirements specifically set forth in
law).’’ Section 202 of the Act (2 U.S.C.
1532) further requires that ‘‘before
promulgating any general notice of
proposed rulemaking that is likely to
result in the promulgation of any rule
that includes any Federal mandate that
may result in expenditure by State,
local, and tribal governments, in the
aggregate, or by the private sector, of
$100,000,000 or more (adjusted
annually for inflation) in any 1 year, and
before promulgating any final rule for
which a general notice of proposed
rulemaking was published, the agency
shall prepare a written statement’’
detailing the effect on State, local, and
tribal governments and the private
sector. This final rule will not result in
the expenditure, in the aggregate, of
$100,000,000 or more (as adjusted
annually for inflation) in any one year,
and thus preparation of such a
statement is not required.
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16099
G. Energy Impact
Executive Order 13211 requires
Federal agencies to prepare a Statement
of Energy Effects for any ‘‘significant
energy action.’’ See 66 FR 28355, May
22, 2001. Under the Executive Order, a
‘‘significant energy action’’ is defined as
any action by an agency (normally
published in the Federal Register) that
promulgates or is expected to lead to the
promulgation of a final rule or
regulation, including notices of inquiry,
advance notices of proposed
rulemaking, and notices of proposed
rulemaking: (1)(i) That is a significant
regulatory action under Executive Order
12866 or any successor order, and (ii) is
likely to have a significant adverse effect
on the supply, distribution, or use of
energy; or (2) that is designated by the
Administrator of the Office of
Information and Regulatory Affairs as a
significant energy action.
FRA has evaluated this final rule in
accordance with Executive Order 13211.
FRA has determined that this final rule
is not likely to have a significant
adverse effect on the supply,
distribution, or use of energy.
Consequently, FRA has determined that
this regulatory action is not a
‘‘significant energy action’’ within the
meaning of the Executive Order.
H. Trade Impact
The Trade Agreements Act of 1979
(Pub. L. 96–39, 19 U.S.C. 2501 et seq.)
prohibits Federal agencies from
engaging in any standards or related
activities that create unnecessary
obstacles to the foreign commerce of the
United States. Legitimate domestic
objectives, such as safety, are not
considered to be unnecessary obstacles.
The statute also requires consideration
of international standards and, where
appropriate, that they be the basis for
U.S. standards.
FRA has assessed the potential effect
of this rulemaking on foreign commerce
and believes that its requirements are
consistent with the Trade Agreements
Act. The requirements are safety
standards, which, as noted, are not
considered unnecessary obstacles to
trade. Moreover, FRA has sought, to the
extent practicable, to state the
requirements in terms of the
performance desired, rather than in
more narrow terms restricted to a
particular vehicle design, so as not to
limit different, compliant designs by
any manufacturer—foreign or domestic.
FRA has also taken into consideration
international standards for the safe
interaction of vehicles and the track
over which they operate, such as
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
16100
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
standards for steady-state, lateral
acceleration of passenger carbodies.
I. Privacy Act
Anyone is able to search the
electronic form of any comment or
petition received into any of FRA’s
dockets by the name of the individual
submitting the comment or petition (or
signing the comment or petition, if
submitted on behalf of an association,
business, labor union, etc.). Please see
the privacy notice at https://
www.regulations.gov/#!privacyNotice.
You may review DOT’s complete
Privacy Act Statement in the Federal
Register published on April 11, 2000
(65 FR 19477–19478).
the restoration and renewal of the track
for which he or she is responsible;
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) Knows and understands the
requirements of this part that apply to
the inspection of the track for which he
or she is responsible;
*
*
*
*
*
238 of chapter II, subtitle B, of title 49,
Code of Federal Regulations, as follows:
PART 213—[AMENDED]
List of Subjects
49 CFR Part 213
Incorporation by reference, Penalties,
Railroad safety, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
49 CFR Part 238
Incorporation by reference, Passenger
equipment, Penalties, Railroad safety,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
1. The authority citation for part 213
is revised to read as follows:
■
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 20102–20114 and
20142; Sec. 403, Div. A, Public Law 110–432,
122 Stat. 4885; 28 U.S.C. 2461, note; and 49
CFR 1.89.
Subpart A—General
4. Section 213.14 is added to read as
follows:
■
2. Section 213.1 is amended by
revising the second sentence of
paragraph (a) to read as follows:
■
§ 213.1
§ 213.14 Application of requirements to
curved track.
Scope of part.
Unless otherwise provided in this
part, requirements specified for curved
track apply only to track having a
curvature greater than 0.25 degree.
(a) * * * In general, the requirements
prescribed in this part apply to specific
track conditions existing in isolation.
* * *
*
*
*
*
*
■ 3. Section 213.7 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and (b)(2)(i)
to read as follows:
Subpart C—Track Geometry
5. Section 213.55 is revised to read as
follows:
■
§ 213.7 Designation of qualified persons to
supervise certain renewals and inspect
track.
§ 213.55
(a) Except as provided in paragraph
(b) of this section, alinement may not
deviate from uniformity more than the
amount prescribed in the following
table:
(a) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) Knows and understands the
requirements of this part that apply to
The Rule
For the reasons discussed in the
preamble, FRA amends parts 213 and
Track alinement.
Tangent track
The deviation of the
mid-offset from a
62-foot line 1 may
not be more than—
(inches)
Class of track
Class
Class
Class
Class
Class
1
2
3
4
5
track
track
track
track
track
Curved track
The deviation of the
mid-ordinate from a
31-foot chord 2 may
not be more than—
(inches)
The deviation of the
mid-ordinate from a
62-foot chord 2 may
not be more than—
(inches)
5
3
13⁄4
11⁄2
3⁄4
3 N/A
5
3
13⁄4
11⁄2
5⁄8
........................................................................................................
........................................................................................................
........................................................................................................
........................................................................................................
........................................................................................................
3 N/A
11⁄4
1
1⁄2
1 The ends of the line shall be at points on the gage side of the line rail, five-eighths of an inch below the top of the railhead. Either rail may
be used as the line rail; however, the same rail shall be used for the full length of that tangential segment of the track.
2 The ends of the chord shall be at points on the gage side of the outer rail, five-eighths of an inch below the top of the railhead.
3 N/A—Not Applicable
(b) For operations at a qualified cant
deficiency, Eu, of more than 5 inches,
the alinement of the outside rail of the
curve may not deviate from uniformity
more than the amount prescribed in the
following table:
Curved track
The deviation of the
mid-ordinate from a
31-foot chord 1 may
not be more than—
(inches)
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Class of track
Class
Class
Class
Class
Class
1
2
3
4
5
The deviation of the
mid-ordinate from a
62-foot chord 1 may
not be more than—
(inches)
3 N/A
11⁄4
11⁄4
11⁄4
7⁄8
5⁄8
track 2 .........................................................................................................................................
track 2 ..........................................................................................................................................
track ............................................................................................................................................
track ............................................................................................................................................
track ............................................................................................................................................
3 N/A
⁄
⁄
1⁄2
34
34
1 The
ends of the chord shall be at points on the gage side of the outer rail, five-eighths of an inch below the top of the railhead.
rails or other systems may be required for derailment prevention.
3 N/A—Not Applicable
2 Restraining
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
§ 213.57 Curves; elevation and speed
limitations.
(a) The maximum elevation of the
outside rail of a curve may not be more
than 8 inches on track Classes 1 and 2,
and 7 inches on track Classes 3 through
5. The outside rail of a curve may not
be lower than the inside rail by design,
except when engineered to address
specific track or operating conditions;
the limits in § 213.63 apply in all cases.
(b) The maximum allowable posted
timetable operating speed for each curve
is determined by the following
formula—
Where—
Vmax = Maximum allowable posted timetable
operating speed (m.p.h.).
Ea = Actual elevation of the outside rail
(inches).1
Eu = Qualified cant deficiency 2 (inches) of
the vehicle type.
D = Degree of curvature (degrees).3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
(c) All vehicles are considered
qualified for operating on track with a
cant deficiency, Eu, not exceeding 3
inches. Table 1 of appendix A to this
part is a table of speeds computed in
accordance with the formula in
paragraph (b) of this section, when Eu
equals 3 inches, for various elevations
and degrees of curvature.
(d) Each vehicle type must be
approved by FRA to operate on track
with a qualified cant deficiency, Eu,
greater than 3 inches. Each vehicle type
must demonstrate, in a ready-for-service
load condition, compliance with the
requirements of either paragraph (d)(1)
or (2) of this section.
(1) When positioned on a track with
a uniform superelevation equal to the
proposed cant deficiency:
(i) No wheel of the vehicle type
unloads to a value less than 60 percent
of its static value on perfectly level
track; and
1 Actual elevation, E , for each 155-foot track
a
segment in the body of the curve is determined by
averaging the elevation for 11 points through the
segment at 15.5-foot spacing. If the curve length is
less than 155 feet, the points are averaged through
the full length of the body of the curve.
2 If the actual elevation, E , and degree of
a
curvature, D, change as a result of track
degradation, then the actual cant deficiency for the
maximum allowable posted timetable operating
speed, Vmax, may be greater than the qualified cant
deficiency, Eu. This actual cant deficiency for each
curve may not exceed the qualified cant deficiency,
Eu, plus 1 inch.
3 Degree of curvature, D, is determined by
averaging the degree of curvature over the same
track segment as the elevation.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
(ii) For passenger cars, the roll angle
between the floor of the equipment and
the horizontal does not exceed 8.6
degrees; or
(2) When operating through a constant
radius curve at a constant speed
corresponding to the proposed cant
deficiency, and a test plan is submitted
to and approved by FRA in accordance
with § 213.345(e) and (f):
(i) The steady-state (average) load on
any wheel, throughout the body of the
curve, is not less than 60 percent of its
static value on perfectly level track; and
(ii) For passenger cars, the steadystate (average) lateral acceleration
measured on the floor of the carbody
does not exceed 0.15g.
(e) The track owner or railroad shall
transmit the results of the testing
specified in paragraph (d) of this section
to FRA’s Associate Administrator for
Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer
(FRA) requesting approval for the
vehicle type to operate at the desired
curving speeds allowed under the
formula in paragraph (b) of this section.
The request shall be made in writing
and contain, at a minimum, the
following information—
(1) A description of the vehicle type
involved, including schematic diagrams
of the suspension system(s) and the
estimated location of the center of
gravity above top of rail;
(2) The test procedure,4 including the
load condition under which the testing
was performed, and description of the
instrumentation used to qualify the
vehicle type, as well as the maximum
values for wheel unloading and roll
angles or accelerations that were
observed during testing; and
(3) For vehicle types not subject to
parts 229 or 238 of this chapter,
procedures or standards in effect that
relate to the maintenance of all safetycritical components of the suspension
system(s) for the particular vehicle type.
Safety-critical components of the
suspension system are those that impact
or have significant influence on the roll
of the carbody and the distribution of
weight on the wheels.
(f) In approving the request made
pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section,
FRA may impose conditions necessary
for safely operating at the higher curving
speeds. Upon FRA approval of the
request, the track owner or railroad shall
notify FRA in writing no less than 30
calendar days prior to the proposed
4 The test procedure may be conducted whereby
all the wheels on one side (right or left) of the
vehicle are raised to the proposed cant deficiency,
the vertical wheel loads under each wheel are
measured, and a level is used to record the angle
through which the floor of the vehicle has been
rotated.
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
implementation of the approved higher
curving speeds allowed under the
formula in paragraph (b) of this section.
The notification shall contain, at a
minimum, identification of the track
segment(s) on which the higher curving
speeds are to be implemented.
(g) The documents required by this
section must be provided to FRA by:
(1) The track owner; or
(2) A railroad that provides service
with the same vehicle type over trackage
of one or more track owner(s), with the
written consent of each affected track
owner.
(h)(1) Vehicle types permitted by FRA
to operate at cant deficiencies, Eu,
greater than 3 inches but not more than
5 inches shall be considered qualified
under this section to operate at those
permitted cant deficiencies for any track
segment. The track owner or railroad
shall notify FRA in writing no less than
30 calendar days prior to the proposed
implementation of such curving speeds
in accordance with paragraph (f) of this
section.
(2) Vehicle types permitted by FRA to
operate at cant deficiencies, Eu, greater
than 5 inches shall be considered
qualified under this section to operate at
those permitted cant deficiencies only
for the previously operated or identified
track segments(s).
(i) For vehicle types intended to
operate at any curving speed producing
more than 5 inches of cant deficiency,
the following provisions of subpart G of
this part shall apply: §§ 213.333(a)
through (g), (j)(1), (k) and (m), 213.345,
and 213.369(f).
(j) As used in this section—
(1) Vehicle means a locomotive, as
defined in § 229.5 of this chapter; a
freight car, as defined in § 215.5 of this
chapter; a passenger car, as defined in
§ 238.5 of this chapter; and any rail
rolling equipment used in a train with
either a freight car or a passenger car.
(2) Vehicle type means like vehicles
with variations in their physical
properties, such as suspension, mass,
interior arrangements, and dimensions
that do not result in significant changes
to their dynamic characteristics.
■ 7. Section 213.59 is amended by
revising the second sentence of
paragraph (a) to read as follows:
§ 213.59
Elevation of curved track; runoff.
(a) * * * If elevation runoff occurs in
a curve, the actual minimum elevation
shall be used in computing the
maximum allowable posted timetable
operating speed for that curve under
§ 213.57(b).
*
*
*
*
*
■ 8. Section 213.63 is revised to read as
follows:
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
ER13MR13.007
6. Section 213.57 is revised to read as
follows:
■
16101
16102
§ 213.63
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Track surface.
shall maintain the surface of its track
within the limits prescribed in the
following table:
(a) Except as provided in paragraph
(b) of this section, each track owner
Class of track
Track surface (inches)
1
The runoff in any 31 feet of rail at the end of a raise may not be more than ................................
The deviation from uniform profile on either rail at the mid-ordinate of a 62-foot chord may not
be more than ................................................................................................................................
The deviation from zero crosslevel at any point on tangent or reverse crosslevel elevation on
curves may not be more than ......................................................................................................
The difference in crosslevel between any two points less than 62 feet apart may not be more
than*1, 2 .........................................................................................................................................
*Where determined by engineering decision prior to June 22, 1998, due to physical restrictions
on spiral length and operating practices and experience, the variation in crosslevel on spirals
per 31 feet may not be more than ...............................................................................................
2
3
31⁄2
3
2 ⁄
4
2
5
11⁄2
34
2 ⁄
2
2
3
14
13⁄4
1
11⁄4
3
3
14
2 ⁄
2
2
13⁄4
1 ⁄
11⁄4
34
1 ⁄
14
1
1 ⁄
12
1
⁄
34
1 Except
as limited by § 213.57(a), where the elevation at any point in a curve equals or exceeds 6 inches, the difference in crosslevel within
62 feet between that point and a point with greater elevation may not be more than 11⁄2 inches.
2 However, to control harmonics on Class 2 through 5 jointed track with staggered joints, the crosslevel differences shall not exceed 11⁄4 inches
in all of six consecutive pairs of joints, as created by seven low joints. Track with joints staggered less than 10 feet apart shall not be considered
as having staggered joints. Joints within the seven low joints outside of the regular joint spacing shall not be considered as joints for purposes of
this footnote.
(b) For operations at a qualified cant
deficiency, Eu, of more than 5 inches,
each track owner shall maintain the
surface of the curve within the limits
prescribed in the following table:
Class of track
Track surface (inches)
1
The deviation from uniform profile on either rail at the mid-ordinate of a 31-foot chord may not
be more than ................................................................................................................................
The deviation from uniform profile on either rail at the mid-ordinate of a 62-foot chord may not
be more than ................................................................................................................................
The difference in crosslevel between any two points less than 10 feet apart (short warp) shall
not be more than ..........................................................................................................................
§ 213.65 Combined track alinement and
surface deviations.
On any curved track where operations
are conducted at a qualified cant
deficiency, Eu, greater than 5 inches, the
combination of alinement and surface
deviations for the same chord length on
Subpart D—Track Structure
10. Section 213.110 is amended by
revising paragraphs (c) through (f), (l),
(p)(2) and (3) to read as follows:
■
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
5
N/A1
N/A1
1
1
1
21⁄4
2 1 ⁄4
13⁄4
11⁄4
1
2
2
13⁄4
13⁄4
11⁄2
Gage restraint measurement
*
*
*
*
*
(c)(1) The track owner shall also
provide to FRA sufficient technical data
to establish compliance with the
20:42 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
the outside rail in the curve, as
measured by a TGMS, shall comply
with the following formula:
Where—
following minimum design
requirements of a GRMS vehicle:
(2) Gage restraint shall be measured
between the heads of rail—
(i) At an interval not exceeding 16
inches;
(ii) Under an applied vertical load of
no less than 10 kips per rail; and
(iii) Under an applied lateral load that
provides for a lateral/vertical load ratio
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Am = measured alinement deviation from
uniformity (outward is positive, inward
is negative).
AL = allowable alinement limit as per
§ 213.55(b) (always positive) for the class
of track.
Sm = measured profile deviation from
uniformity (down is positive, up is
negative).
SL = allowable profile limit as per § 213.63(b)
(always positive) for the class of track.
of between 0.5 and 1.25 5, and a load
severity greater than 3 kips but less than
8 kips per rail.
(d) Load severity is defined by the
formula:
S = L¥cV
Where—
5 GRMS equipment using load combinations
developing L/V ratios that exceed 0.8 shall be
operated with caution to protect against the risk of
wheel climb by the test wheelset.
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
ER13MR13.009
9. Section 213.65 is added to subpart
C to read as follows:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
4
Applicable.
■
§ 213.110
systems.
3
ER13MR13.008
1 N/A—Not
2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
16103
S = Load severity, defined as the lateral load
applied to the fastener system (kips).
L = Actual lateral load applied (kips).
c = Coefficient of friction between rail/tie,
which is assigned a nominal value of 0.4.
V = Actual vertical load applied (kips), or
static vertical wheel load if vertical load
is not measured.
(e) The measured gage values shall be
converted to a Projected Loaded Gage 24
(PLG24) as follows—
PLG24 = UTG + A × (LTG¥UTG)
Where—
UTG = Unloaded track gage measured by the
GRMS vehicle at a point no less than 10
feet from any lateral or vertical load
application.
LTG = Loaded track gage measured by the
GRMS vehicle at a point no more than
12 inches from the lateral load
application point.
A = The extrapolation factor used to convert
the measured loaded gage to expected
loaded gage under a 24-kip lateral load
and a 33-kip vertical load.
For all track—
Note: The A factor shall not exceed a value
of 3.184 under any valid loading
configuration.
L = Actual lateral load applied (kips).
V = Actual vertical load applied (kips), or
static vertical wheel load if vertical load
is not measured.
(f) The measured gage and load values
shall be converted to a Gage Widening
Projection (GWP) as follows:
*
levels. At a minimum, the track owner
shall initiate the required remedial
action at each exception level as defined
in the following table—
*
*
*
*
(l) The GRMS record of lateral
restraint shall identify two exception
GRMS parameters1
If measurement value exceeds
Remedial action required
First Level Exception
UTG .................................................
58 inches .......................................
LTG .................................................
PLG24 .............................................
GWP ................................................
(1) Immediately protect the exception location with a 10 m.p.h. speed
restriction, then verify location;
(2) Restore lateral restraint and maintain in compliance with PTLF criteria as described in paragraph (m) of this section; and
(3) Maintain compliance with § 213.53(b) as measured with the PTLF.
58 inches.
59 inches.
1 inch.
Second Level Exception
LTG .................................................
57 d inches on Class 4 and 5
track 2.
PLG24 .............................................
GWP ................................................
58 inches.
0.75 inch.
(1) Limit operating speed to no more than the maximum allowable
under § 213.9 for Class 3 track, then verify location;
(2) Maintain in compliance with PTLF criteria as described in paragraph (m) of this section; and
(3) Maintain compliance with § 213.53(b) as measured with the PTLF.
1 Definitions
for the GRMS parameters referenced in this table are found in paragraph (p) of this section.
note recognizes that good track will typically increase in total gage by as much as one-quarter of an inch due to outward rail rotation
under GRMS loading conditions. For Class 2 and 3 track, the GRMS LTG values are also increased by one-quarter of inch to a maximum of 58
inches. However, for any class of track, GRMS LTG values in excess of 58 inches are considered First Level exceptions and the appropriate remedial action(s) must be taken by the track owner. This 1/4-inch increase in allowable gage applies only to GRMS LTG. For gage measured by
traditional methods, or with the use of the PTLF, the table in § 213.53(b) applies.
2 This
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:42 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
that same point. GRMS design
requirements specify an L/V ratio of
between 0.5 and 1.25.
*
*
*
*
*
Subpart G—Train Operations at Track
Classes 6 and Higher
11. Section 213.305 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and (b)(2)(i)
to read as follows:
■
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 213.305 Designation of qualified
individuals; general qualifications.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) Knows and understands the
requirements of this subpart that apply
to the restoration and renewal of the
track for which he or she is responsible;
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
ER13MR13.011
*
*
*
*
(p) * * *
(2) Gage Widening Projection (GWP)
means the measured gage widening,
which is the difference between loaded
and unloaded gage, at the applied loads,
projected to reference loads of 16 kips
of lateral force and 33 kips of vertical
force.
(3) L/V ratio means the numerical
ratio of lateral load applied at a point on
the rail to the vertical load applied at
ER13MR13.010
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
*
16104
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
(i) Knows and understands the
requirements of this subpart that apply
to the inspection of the track for which
he or she is responsible.
*
*
*
*
*
12. Section 213.307 is amended by
revising the section heading and
paragraph (a) to read as follows:
■
§ 213.307 Classes of track: operating
speed limits.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph
(b) of this section and as otherwise
provided in this subpart G, the
following maximum allowable speeds
apply:
Over track that meets all of
the requirements prescribed
in this subpart for—
The maximum
allowable
operating
speed for
trains is 1
Class 6 track .........................
Class 7 track .........................
Class 8 track .........................
110 m.p.h.
125 m.p.h.
160 m.p.h.2
Over track that meets all of
the requirements prescribed
in this subpart for—
The maximum
allowable
operating
speed for
trains is 1
Class 9 track .........................
220 m.p.h.2
1 Freight may be transported at passenger
train speeds if the following conditions are
met:
(1) The vehicles utilized to carry such freight
are of equal dynamic performance and have
been qualified in accordance with § 213.329
and § 213.345.
(2) The load distribution and securement in
the freight vehicle will not adversely affect the
dynamic performance of the vehicle. The axle
loading pattern is uniform and does not exceed the passenger locomotive axle loadings
utilized in passenger service, if any, operating
at the same maximum speed.
(3) No carrier may accept or transport a
hazardous material, as defined at 49 CFR
171.8, except as provided in Column 9A of the
Hazardous Materials Table (49 CFR 172.101)
for movement in the same train as a passenger-carrying vehicle or in Column 9B of the
Table for movement in a train with no passenger-carrying vehicles.
6
7
8
9
track
track
track
track
15. Section 213.327 is revised to read
as follows:
centered around that point and spaced
according to the following table:
Track alinement.
Chord length
(a) Uniformity at any point along the
track is established by averaging the
measured mid-chord offset values for
nine consecutive points that are
Spacing
31′ .........................................
62′ .........................................
124′ .......................................
7′9″
15′6″
31′0″
Tangent/
Curved track
Class 6 track ..........................................................................
Unless otherwise provided in this
part, requirements specified for curved
track apply only to track having a
curvature greater than 0.25 degree.
14. Section 213.323 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
■
§ 213.323
Class 8 track ..........................................................................
Class 9 track ..........................................................................
(c) For operations at a qualified cant
deficiency, Eu, of more than 5 inches, a
20:42 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Gage shall be within the limits
prescribed in the following table:
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
The change of
gage within 31
feet must not
be greater
than—
But not more
than—
4′8″
4′8″
4′8″
4′81⁄4″
4′91⁄4″
4′91⁄4″
4′91⁄4″
4′91⁄4″
⁄ ″
⁄ ″
1 ⁄2 ″
1⁄2″
34
12
(b) Except as provided in paragraph
(c) of this section, a single alinement
deviation from uniformity may not be
more than the amount prescribed in the
following table:
The deviation
from uniformity of
the mid-chord
offset for a 124foot chord may
not be more
than—(inches)
12
⁄
⁄
1⁄2
1⁄2
1⁄2
1⁄2
1⁄2
1⁄2
34
12
58
⁄
⁄
3⁄4
1⁄2
3⁄4
1⁄2
1⁄2
1⁄2
11⁄2
11⁄2
11⁄4
11⁄4
1
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
single alinement deviation from
uniformity of the outside rail of the
PO 00000
Track gage.
The deviation
from uniformity of
the mid-chord
offset for a 62foot chord may
not be more
than—(inches)
Tangent .......................
Curved .........................
Tangent .......................
Curved .........................
Tangent .......................
Curved .........................
Tangent .......................
Curved .........................
Class 7 track ..........................................................................
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
§ 213.313 Application of requirements to
curved track.
The deviation
from uniformity of
the mid-chord
offset for a 31foot chord may
not be more
than—(inches)
Class of track
VerDate Mar<15>2010
*
*
*
*
13. Section 213.313 is added to read
as follows:
■
................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................
■
§ 213.327
*
The gage
must be at
least—
Class of track
Class
Class
Class
Class
2 Operating speeds in excess of 125 m.p.h.
are authorized by this part only in conjunction
with FRA regulatory approval addressing other
safety issues presented by the railroad system. For operations on a dedicated right-ofway, FRA’s regulatory approval may allow for
the use of inspection and maintenance criteria
and procedures in the alternative to those contained in this subpart, based upon a showing
that at least an equivalent level of safety is
provided.
curve may not be more than the amount
prescribed in the following table:
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Class
Class
Class
Class
6
7
8
9
track
track
track
track
The deviation
from uniformity of
the mid-chord
offset for a 31foot chord may
not be more
than—(inches)
Track type
..........................................................................
..........................................................................
..........................................................................
..........................................................................
(d) For three or more non-overlapping
deviations from uniformity in track
alinement occurring within a distance
Curved
Curved
Curved
Curved
6
7
8
9
track
track
track
track
§ 213.329 Curves; elevation and speed
limitations.
(a) The maximum elevation of the
outside rail of a curve may not be more
than 7 inches. The outside rail of a
curve may not be lower than the inside
rail by design, except when engineered
to address specific track or operating
conditions; the limits in § 213.331 apply
in all cases.
(b) The maximum allowable posted
timetable operating speed for each curve
is determined by the following formula:
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
12
⁄
⁄
1⁄2
1⁄2
58
12
12
⁄
⁄
1⁄2
1⁄2
11⁄4
1
3⁄4
3⁄4
equal to five times the specified chord
length, each of which exceeds the limits
in the following table, each track owner
Where—
Vmax = Maximum allowable posted timetable
operating speed (m.p.h.).
Ea = Actual elevation of the outside rail
(inches).6
6 Actual elevation, E , for each 155-foot track
a
segment in the body of the curve is determined by
averaging the elevation for 11 points through the
segment at 15.5-foot spacing. If the curve length is
20:42 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
The deviation
from uniformity of
the mid-chord
offset for a 62foot chord may
not be more
than—(inches)
38
⁄
⁄
3⁄8
3⁄8
12
38
38
Eu = Qualified cant deficiency 7 (inches) of
the vehicle type.
D = Degree of curvature (degrees).8
(c) All vehicles are considered
qualified for operating on track with a
cant deficiency, Eu, not exceeding 3
inches. Table 1 of appendix A to this
part is a table of speeds computed in
accordance with the formula in
paragraph (b) of this section, when Eu
equals 3 inches, for various elevations
and degrees of curvature.
(d) Each vehicle type must be
approved by FRA to operate on track
with a qualified cant deficiency, Eu,
greater than 3 inches. Each vehicle type
must demonstrate, in a ready-for-service
load condition, compliance with the
requirements of either paragraph (d)(1)
or (2) of this section.
(1) When positioned on a track with
a uniform superelevation equal to the
proposed cant deficiency:
(i) No wheel of the vehicle type
unloads to a value less than 60 percent
of its static value on perfectly level
track; and
less than 155 feet, the points are averaged through
the full length of the body of the curve.
7 If the actual elevation, E and degree of
a,
curvature, D, change as a result of track
degradation, then the actual cant deficiency for the
maximum allowable posted timetable operating
speed, Vmax, may be greater than the qualified cant
deficiency, Eu. This actual cant deficiency for each
curve may not exceed the qualified cant deficiency,
Eu, plus one-half inch.
8 Degree of curvature, D, is determined by
averaging the degree of curvature over the same
track segment as the elevation.
PO 00000
shall maintain the alinement of the track
within the limits prescribed for each
deviation:
The deviation
from uniformity of
the mid-chord
offset for a
31-foot chord
may not be more
than—(inches)
....................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................
(e) For purposes of complying with
this section, the ends of the chord shall
be at points on the gage side of the rail,
five-eighths of an inch below the top of
the railhead. On tangent track, either
rail may be used as the line rail;
however, the same rail shall be used for
the full length of that tangential segment
of the track. On curved track, the line
rail is the outside rail of the curve.
■ 16. Section 213.329 is revised to read
as follows:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
The deviation
from uniformity of
the mid-chord
offset for a 124foot chord may
not be more
than—(inches)
.........................
.........................
.........................
.........................
Class of track
Class
Class
Class
Class
The deviation
from uniformity of
the mid-chord
offset for a 62foot chord may
not be more
than—(inches)
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
⁄
⁄
3⁄8
3⁄8
The deviation
from uniformity of
the mid-chord
offset for a 124foot chord may
not be more
than— (inches)
1
⁄
1⁄2
1⁄2
78
(ii) For passenger cars, the roll angle
between the floor of the equipment and
the horizontal does not exceed 8.6
degrees; or
(2) When operating through a constant
radius curve at a constant speed
corresponding to the proposed cant
deficiency, and a test plan is submitted
and approved by FRA in accordance
with § 213.345(e) and (f):
(i) The steady-state (average) load on
any wheel, throughout the body of the
curve, is not less than 60 percent of its
static value on perfectly level track; and
(ii) For passenger cars, the steadystate (average) lateral acceleration
measured on the floor of the carbody
does not exceed 0.15g.
(e) The track owner or railroad shall
transmit the results of the testing
specified in paragraph (d) of this section
to FRA’s Associate Administrator for
Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer
(FRA) requesting approval for the
vehicle type to operate at the desired
curving speeds allowed under the
formula in paragraph (b) of this section.
The request shall be made in writing
and contain, at a minimum, the
following information—
(1) A description of the vehicle type
involved, including schematic diagrams
of the suspension system(s) and the
estimated location of the center of
gravity above top of rail;
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
ER13MR13.012
Class of track
16105
16106
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
(2) The test procedure,9 including the
load condition under which the testing
was performed, and description of the
instrumentation used to qualify the
vehicle type, as well as the maximum
values for wheel unloading and roll
angles or accelerations that were
observed during testing; and
(3) For vehicle types not subject to
part 238 or part 229 of this chapter,
procedures or standards in effect that
relate to the maintenance of all safetycritical components of the suspension
system(s) for the particular vehicle type.
Safety-critical components of the
suspension system are those that impact
or have significant influence on the roll
of the carbody and the distribution of
weight on the wheels.
(f) In approving the request made
pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section,
FRA may impose conditions necessary
for safely operating at the higher curving
speeds. Upon FRA approval of the
request, the track owner or railroad shall
notify FRA in writing no less than 30
calendar days prior to the proposed
implementation of the approved higher
curving speeds allowed under the
formula in paragraph (b) of this section.
The notification shall contain, at a
minimum, identification of the track
segment(s) on which the higher curving
speeds are to be implemented.
(g) The documents required by this
section must be provided to FRA by:
(1) The track owner; or
(2) A railroad that provides service
with the same vehicle type over trackage
of one or more track owner(s), with the
written consent of each affected track
owner.
(h) (1) Vehicle types permitted by
FRA to operate at cant deficiencies, Eu,
greater than 3 inches but not more than
5 inches shall be considered qualified
under this section to operate at those
permitted cant deficiencies for any Class
6 track segment. The track owner or
railroad shall notify FRA in writing no
less than 30 calendar days prior to the
proposed implementation of such
curving speeds in accordance with
paragraph (f) of this section.
(2) Vehicle types permitted by FRA to
operate at cant deficiencies, Eu, greater
than 5 inches on Class 6 track, or greater
than 3 inches on Class 7 through 9 track,
shall be considered qualified under this
section to operate at those permitted
cant deficiencies only for the previously
operated or identified track segments(s).
Operation of these vehicle types at such
cant deficiencies and track class on any
other track segment is permitted only in
accordance with the qualification
requirements in this subpart.
(i) As used in this section and in
§§ 213.333 and 213.345—
(1) Vehicle means a locomotive, as
defined in § 229.5 of this chapter; a
freight car, as defined in § 215.5 of this
chapter; a passenger car, as defined in
§ 238.5 of this chapter; and any rail
rolling equipment used in a train with
either a freight car or a passenger car.
(2) Vehicle type means like vehicles
with variations in their physical
properties, such as suspension, mass,
interior arrangements, and dimensions
that do not result in significant changes
to their dynamic characteristics.
■ 17. Section 213.331 is revised to read
as follows:
§ 213.331
Track surface.
(a) For a single deviation in track
surface, each track owner shall maintain
the surface of its track within the limits
prescribed in the following table:
Class of track
Track surface (inches)
6
The deviation from uniform 1 profile on either rail at the mid-ordinate of a 31-foot chord may not be more
than ..............................................................................................................................................................
The deviation from uniform profile on either rail at the mid-ordinate of a 62-foot chord may not be more
than ..............................................................................................................................................................
Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the deviation from uniform profile on either rail at the
mid-ordinate of a 124-foot chord may not be more than .............................................................................
The deviation from zero crosslevel at any point on tangent track may not be more than 2 ...........................
Reverse elevation on curves may not be more than ......................................................................................
The difference in crosslevel between any two points less than 62 feet apart may not be more than 3 .........
On curved track, the difference in crosslevel between any two points less than 10 feet apart (short warp)
may not be more than ..................................................................................................................................
7
8
9
1
1
34
⁄
12
⁄
1
1
1
34
34
1 ⁄
1
1⁄2
1 1 ⁄2
12
1 ⁄
1
1⁄2
11⁄2
14
1 ⁄
1
1⁄2
11⁄4
1
1
1⁄2
1
11⁄4
11⁄8
1
34
⁄
⁄
1 Uniformity
2 If
for profile is established by placing the midpoint of the specified chord at the point of maximum measurement.
physical conditions do not permit a spiral long enough to accommodate the minimum length of runoff, part of the runoff may be on tangent
track.
3 However, to control harmonics on jointed track with staggered joints, the crosslevel differences shall not exceed 1 inch in all of six consecutive pairs of joints, as created by seven low joints. Track with joints staggered less than 10 feet apart shall not be considered as having staggered joints. Joints within the seven low joints outside of the regular joint spacing shall not be considered as joints for purposes of this footnote.
(b) For operations at a qualified cant
deficiency, Eu, of more than 5 inches, a
single deviation in track surface shall be
within the limits prescribed in the
following table:
Class of track
Track surface (inches)
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
6
The difference in crosslevel between any two points less than 10 feet apart (short warp) may not be more
than ..............................................................................................................................................................
The deviation from uniform profile on either rail at the mid-ordinate of a 124-foot chord may not be more
than ..............................................................................................................................................................
7
8
9
11⁄4
1
11
34
1 1 ⁄2
1 1 ⁄4
11⁄4
1
1 For
⁄
curves with a qualified cant deficiency, Eu, of more than 7 inches, the difference in crosslevel between any two points less than 10 feet
apart (short warp) may not be more than three-quarters of an inch.
9 The test procedure may be conducted whereby
all the wheels on one side (right or left) of the
vehicle are raised to the proposed cant deficiency,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
the vertical wheel loads under each wheel are
measured, and a level is used to record the angle
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
through which the floor of the vehicle has been
rotated.
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
16107
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
(c) For three or more non-overlapping
deviations in track surface occurring
within a distance equal to five times the
specified chord length, each of which
exceeds the limits in the following table,
each track owner shall maintain the
surface of the track within the limits
prescribed for each deviation:
Class of track
Track surface (inches)
6
The deviation from uniform profile on either rail at the mid-ordinate of a 31-foot chord may not be more
than ..............................................................................................................................................................
The deviation from uniform profile on either rail at the mid-ordinate of a 62-foot chord may not be more
than ..............................................................................................................................................................
The deviation from uniform profile on either rail at the mid-ordinate of a 124-foot chord may not be more
than ..............................................................................................................................................................
(a) This section applies to any curved
track where operations are conducted at
a qualified cant deficiency, Eu, greater
than 5 inches, and to all Class 9 track,
either curved or tangent.
(b) For the conditions defined in
paragraph (a) of this section, the
19. Section 213.333 is amended by
revising the section heading, paragraphs
(a), (b)(1) and (2), and (c), paragraph (g)
introductory text, paragraphs (h)
through (m), and the Vehicle/Track
Interaction Safety Limits table to read as
follows:
■
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
§ 213.333 Automated vehicle-based
inspection systems.
(a) A qualifying Track Geometry
Measurement System (TGMS) shall be
operated at the following frequency:
(1) For operations at a qualified cant
deficiency, Eu, of more than 5 inches on
track Classes 1 through 5, at least twice
per calendar year with not less than 120
days between inspections.
(2) For track Class 6, at least once per
calendar year with not less than 170
days between inspections. For
operations at a qualified cant deficiency,
Eu, of more than 5 inches on track Class
6, at least twice per calendar year with
not less than 120 days between
inspections.
(3) For track Class 7, at least twice
within any 120-day period with not less
than 25 days between inspections.
(4) For track Classes 8 and 9, at least
twice within any 60-day period with not
less than 12 days between inspections.
(b) * * *
(1) Track geometry measurements
shall be taken no more than 3 feet away
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
Where—
from the contact point of wheels
carrying a vertical load of no less than
10 kips per wheel, unless otherwise
approved by FRA;
(2) Track geometry measurements
shall be taken and recorded on a
distance-based sampling interval
preferably at 1 foot not exceeding 2 feet;
and
*
*
*
*
*
(c) A qualifying TGMS shall be
capable of measuring and processing the
necessary track geometry parameters to
determine compliance with—
(1) For operations at a qualified cant
deficiency, Eu, of more than 5 inches on
track Classes 1 through 5: § 213.53,
Track gage; § 213.55(b), Track
alinement; § 213.57, Curves; elevation
and speed limitations; § 213.63, Track
surface; and § 213.65, Combined track
alinement and surface deviations.
(2) For track Classes 6 through 9:
§ 213.323, Track gage; § 213.327, Track
alinement; § 213.329, Curves; elevation
and speed limitations; § 213.331, Track
surface; and for operations at a cant
deficiency of more than 5 inches
§ 213.332, Combined track alinement
and surface deviations.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) The track owner or railroad shall
maintain for a period of one year
following an inspection performed by a
qualifying TGMS, a copy of the plot and
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
9
34
⁄
34
⁄
12
⁄
38
34
⁄
34
⁄
34
⁄
12
⁄
1 1 ⁄4
1
78
⁄
58
⁄
⁄
Am = measured alinement deviation from
uniformity (outward is positive, inward
is negative).
AL = allowable alinement limit as per
§ 213.327(c) (always positive) for the
class of track.
Sm = measured profile deviation from
uniformity (down is positive, up is
negative).
SL = allowable profile limit as per
§ 213.331(a) and § 213.331(b) (always
positive) for the class of track.
the exception report for the track
segment involved, and additional
records which:
*
*
*
*
*
(h) For track Classes 8 and 9, a
qualifying Gage Restraint Measurement
System (GRMS) shall be operated at
least once per calendar year with at least
170 days between inspections. The
lateral capacity of the track structure
shall not permit a Gage Widening
Projection (GWP) greater than 0.5 inch.
(i) A GRMS shall meet or exceed
minimum design requirements
specifying that—
(1) Gage restraint shall be measured
between the heads of the rail:
(i) At an interval not exceeding 16
inches;
(ii) Under an applied vertical load of
no less than 10 kips per rail; and
(iii) Under an applied lateral load that
provides a lateral/vertical load ratio of
between 0.5 and 1.25,10 and a load
severity greater than 3 kips but less than
8 kips per rail. Load severity is defined
by the formula:
S = L¥cV
Where—
10 GRMS equipment using load combinations
developing L/V ratios that exceed 0.8 shall be
operated with caution to protect against the risk of
wheel climb by the test wheelset.
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
ER13MR13.014
§ 213.332 Combined track alinement and
surface deviations.
combination of alinement and surface
deviations for the same chord length on
the outside rail in a curve and on any
of the two rails of a tangent section, as
measured by a TGMS, shall comply
with the following formula:
8
ER13MR13.013
18. Section 213.332 is added to read
as follows:
■
7
16108
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
S = Load severity, defined as the lateral load
applied to the fastener system (kips).
L = Actual lateral load applied (kips).
c = Coefficient of friction between rail/tie,
which is assigned a nominal value of 0.4.
V = Actual vertical load applied (kips), or
static vertical wheel load if vertical load
is not measured.
(2) The measured gage and load
values shall be converted to a GWP as
follows:
Where—
UTG = Unloaded track gage measured by the
GRMS vehicle at a point no less than 10
feet from any lateral or vertical load
application.
LTG = Loaded track gage measured by the
GRMS vehicle at a point no more than
12 inches from the lateral load
application.
L = Actual lateral load applied (kips).
V = Actual vertical load applied (kips), or
static vertical wheel load if vertical load
is not measured.
GWP = Gage Widening Projection, which
means the measured gage widening,
which is the difference between loaded
and unloaded gage, at the applied loads,
projected to reference loads of 16 kips of
lateral force and 33 kips of vertical force.
once each calendar quarter with not less
than 25 days between inspections on at
least one passenger car of each type that
is assigned to the service; and
(2) For operations at track Class 7
speeds, carbody and truck accelerations
shall be monitored at least twice within
any 60-day period with not less than 12
days between inspections on at least one
passenger car of each type that is
assigned to the service; and
(3) For operations at track Class 8 or
9 speeds, carbody acceleration shall be
monitored at least four times within any
7-day period with not more than 3 days
between inspections on at least one nonpassenger and one passenger carrying
vehicle of each type that is assigned to
the service, as appropriate. Truck
acceleration shall be monitored at least
twice within any 60-day period with not
less than 12 days between inspections
on at least one passenger carrying
vehicle of each type that is assigned to
the service, as appropriate.
(k)(1) The instrumented vehicle or the
portable device, as required in
paragraph (j) of this section, shall
monitor lateral and vertical
accelerations of the carbody. The
accelerometers shall be attached to the
carbody on or under the floor of the
vehicle, as near the center of a truck as
practicable.
(2) In addition, a device for measuring
lateral accelerations shall be mounted
on a truck frame at a longitudinal
location as close as practicable to an
axle’s centerline (either outside axle for
trucks containing more than 2 axles), or,
if approved by FRA, at an alternate
location. After monitoring this data for
2 years, or 1 million miles, whichever
occurs first, the track owner or railroad
may petition FRA for exemption from
this requirement.
(3) If any of the carbody lateral,
carbody vertical, or truck frame lateral
acceleration safety limits in this
section’s table of vehicle/track
interaction safety limits is exceeded,
corrective action shall be taken as
necessary. Track personnel shall be
notified when the accelerometers
indicate a possible track-related
problem.
(l) For track Classes 8 and 9, the track
owner or railroad shall submit a report
to FRA, once each calendar year, which
provides an analysis of the monitoring
data collected in accordance with
paragraphs (j) and (k) of this section.
Based on a review of the report, FRA
may require that an instrumented
vehicle having dynamic response
characteristics that are representative of
other vehicles assigned to the service be
operated over the track at the revenue
speed profile. The instrumented vehicle
shall be equipped to measure wheel/rail
forces. If any of the wheel/rail force
limits in this section’s table of vehicle/
track interaction safety limits is
exceeded, appropriate speed restrictions
shall be applied until corrective action
is taken.
(m) The track owner or railroad shall
maintain a copy of the most recent
exception records for the inspections
required under paragraphs (j), (k), and
(l) of this section, as appropriate.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4910–06–P
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
ER13MR13.015
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
(j) As further specified for the
combination of track class, cant
deficiencies, and vehicles subject to
paragraphs (j)(1) through (3) of this
section, a vehicle having dynamic
response characteristics that are
representative of other vehicles assigned
to the service shall be operated over the
route at the revenue speed profile. The
vehicle shall either be instrumented or
equipped with a portable device that
monitors onboard instrumentation on
trains. Track personnel shall be notified
when onboard accelerometers indicate a
possible track-related problem. Testing
shall be conducted at the frequencies
specified in paragraphs (j)(1) through (3)
of this section, unless otherwise
determined by FRA after reviewing the
test data required by this subpart.
(1) For operations at a qualified cant
deficiency, Eu, of more than 5 inches on
track Classes 1 through 6, carbody
acceleration shall be monitored at least
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
16109
ER13MR13.016
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
ER13MR13.017
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
16110
BILLING CODE 4910–06–C
20. Section 213.345 is revised to read
as follows:
■
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
§ 213.345 Vehicle/track system
qualification.
(a) General. All vehicle types
intended to operate at track Class 6
speeds or above, or at any curving speed
producing more than 5 inches of cant
deficiency, shall be qualified for
operation for their intended track
classes in accordance with this subpart.
A qualification program shall be used to
demonstrate that the vehicle/track
system will not exceed the wheel/rail
force safety limits and the carbody and
truck acceleration criteria specified in
§ 213.333—
(1) At any speed up to and including
5 m.p.h. above the proposed maximum
operating speed; and
(2) On track meeting the requirements
for the class of track associated with the
proposed maximum operating speed.
For purposes of qualification testing,
speeds may exceed the maximum
allowable operating speed for the class
of track in accordance with the test plan
approved by FRA.
(b) Existing vehicle type qualification.
Vehicle types previously qualified or
permitted to operate at track Class 6
speeds or above or at any curving
speeds producing more than 5 inches of
cant deficiency prior to March 13, 2013,
shall be considered as being
successfully qualified under the
requirements of this section for
operation at the previously operated
speeds and cant deficiencies over the
previously operated track segment(s).
(c) New vehicle type qualification.
Vehicle types not previously qualified
under this subpart shall be qualified in
accordance with the requirements of
this paragraph (c).
(1) Simulations or measurement of
wheel/rail forces. For vehicle types
intended to operate at track Class 6
speeds, simulations or measurement of
wheel/rail forces during qualification
testing shall demonstrate that the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
vehicle type will not exceed the wheel/
rail force safety limits specified in
§ 213.333. Simulations, if conducted,
shall be in accordance with paragraph
(c)(2) of this section. Measurement of
wheel/rail forces, if conducted, shall be
performed over a representative segment
of the full route on which the vehicle
type is intended to operate.
(2) Simulations. For vehicle types
intended to operate at track Class 7
speeds or above, or at any curving speed
producing more than 6 inches of cant
deficiency, analysis of vehicle/track
performance (computer simulations)
shall be conducted using an industry
recognized methodology on:
(i) An analytically defined track
segment representative of minimally
compliant track conditions (MCAT—
Minimally Compliant Analytical Track)
for the respective track class(es) as
specified in appendix D to this part; and
(ii) A track segment representative of
the full route on which the vehicle type
is intended to operate. Both simulations
and physical examinations of the route’s
track geometry shall be used to
determine a track segment
representative of the route.
(3) Carbody acceleration. For vehicle
types intended to operate at track Class
6 speeds or above, or at any curving
speed producing more than 5 inches of
cant deficiency, qualification testing
conducted over a representative
segment of the route shall demonstrate
that the vehicle type will not exceed the
carbody lateral and vertical acceleration
safety limits specified in § 213.333.
(4) Truck lateral acceleration. For
vehicle types intended to operate at
track Class 6 speeds or above,
qualification testing conducted over a
representative segment of the route shall
demonstrate that the vehicle type will
not exceed the truck lateral acceleration
safety limit specified in § 213.333.
(5) Measurement of wheel/rail forces.
For vehicle types intended to operate at
track Class 7 speeds or above, or at any
curving speed producing more than 6
inches of cant deficiency, qualification
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16111
testing conducted over a representative
segment of the route shall demonstrate
that the vehicle type will not exceed the
wheel/rail force safety limits specified
in § 213.333.
(d) Previously qualified vehicle types.
Vehicle types previously qualified
under this subpart for a track class and
cant deficiency on one route may be
qualified for operation at the same class
and cant deficiency on another route
through analysis or testing, or both, to
demonstrate compliance with paragraph
(a) of this section in accordance with the
following:
(1) Simulations or measurement of
wheel/rail forces. For vehicle types
intended to operate at any curving
speed producing more than 6 inches of
cant deficiency, or at curving speeds
that both correspond to track Class 7
speeds or above and produce more than
5 inches of cant deficiency, simulations
or measurement of wheel/rail forces
during qualification testing shall
demonstrate that the vehicle type will
not exceed the wheel/rail force safety
limits specified in § 213.333.
Simulations, if conducted, shall be in
accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this
section. Measurement of wheel/rail
forces, if conducted, shall be performed
over a representative segment of the
new route.
(2) Carbody acceleration. For vehicle
types intended to operate at any curving
speed producing more than 5 inches of
cant deficiency, or at track Class 7
speeds and above, qualification testing
conducted over a representative
segment of the new route shall
demonstrate that the vehicle type will
not exceed the carbody lateral and
vertical acceleration safety limits
specified in § 213.333.
(3) Truck lateral acceleration. For
vehicle types intended to operate at
track Class 7 speeds or above,
measurement of truck lateral
acceleration during qualification testing
shall demonstrate that the vehicle type
will not exceed the truck lateral
acceleration safety limits specified in
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
ER13MR13.018
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
16112
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
§ 213.333. Measurement of truck lateral
acceleration, if conducted, shall be
performed over a representative segment
of the new route.
(e) Qualification testing plan. To
obtain the data required to support the
qualification program outlined in
paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section,
the track owner or railroad shall submit
a qualification testing plan to FRA’s
Associate Administrator for Railroad
Safety/Chief Safety Officer (FRA) at
least 60 days prior to testing, requesting
approval to conduct the testing at the
desired speeds and cant deficiencies.
This test plan shall provide for a test
program sufficient to evaluate the
operating limits of the track and vehicle
type and shall include:
(1) Identification of the representative
segment of the route for qualification
testing;
(2) Consideration of the operating
environment during qualification
testing, including operating practices
and conditions, the signal system,
highway-rail grade crossings, and trains
on adjacent tracks;
(3) The maximum angle found on the
gage face of the designed (newlyprofiled) wheel flange referenced with
respect to the axis of the wheelset that
will be used for the determination of the
Single Wheel L/V Ratio safety limit
specified in § 213.333;
(4) A target maximum testing speed in
accordance with paragraph (a) of this
section and the maximum testing cant
deficiency;
(5) An analysis and description of the
signal system and operating practices to
govern operations in track Classes 7
through 9, which shall include a
statement of sufficiency in these areas
for the class of operation; and
(6) The results of vehicle/track
performance simulations that are
required by this section.
(f) Qualification testing. Upon FRA
approval of the qualification testing
plan, qualification testing shall be
conducted in two sequential stages as
required in this subpart.
(1) Stage-one testing shall include
demonstration of acceptable vehicle
dynamic response of the subject vehicle
as speeds are incrementally increased—
(i) On a segment of tangent track, from
acceptable track Class 5 speeds to the
target maximum test speed (when the
target speed corresponds to track Class
6 and above operations); and
(ii) On a segment of curved track,
from the speeds corresponding to 3
inches of cant deficiency to the
maximum testing cant deficiency.
(2) When stage-one testing has
successfully demonstrated a maximum
safe operating speed and cant
deficiency, stage-two testing shall
commence with the subject equipment
over a representative segment of the
route as identified in paragraph (e)(1) of
this section.
(i) A test run shall be conducted over
the route segment at the speed the
railroad will request FRA to approve for
such service.
(ii) An additional test run shall be
conducted at 5 m.p.h. above this speed.
(3) When conducting stage-one and
stage-two testing, if any of the
monitored safety limits is exceeded on
any segment of track intended for
operation at track Class 6 speeds or
greater, or on any segment of track
intended for operation at more than 5
inches of cant deficiency, testing may
continue provided that the track
location(s) where any of the limits is
exceeded be identified and test speeds
be limited at the track location(s) until
corrective action is taken. Corrective
action may include making an
adjustment in the track, in the vehicle,
or both of these system components.
Measurements taken on track segments
intended for operations below track
Class 6 speeds and at 5 inches of cant
deficiency, or less, are not required to be
reported.
(4) Prior to the start of the
qualification testing program, a
qualifying TGMS specified in § 213.333
shall be operated over the intended
route within 30 calendar days prior to
the start of the qualification testing
program.
(g) Qualification testing results. The
track owner or railroad shall submit a
report to FRA detailing all the results of
the qualification program. When
simulations are required as part of
vehicle qualification, this report shall
include a comparison of simulation
predictions to the actual wheel/rail
force or acceleration data, or both,
recorded during full-scale testing. The
report shall be submitted at least 60
days prior to the intended operation of
the equipment in revenue service over
the route.
(h) Based on the test results and all
other required submissions, FRA will
approve a maximum train speed and
value of cant deficiency for revenue
service, normally within 45 days of
receipt of all the required information.
FRA may impose conditions necessary
for safely operating at the maximum
approved train speed and cant
deficiency.
(i) The documents required by this
section must be provided to FRA by:
(1) The track owner; or
(2) A railroad that provides service
with the same vehicle type over trackage
of one or more track owner(s), with the
written consent of each affected track
owner.
■ 21. Section 213.355 is revised to read
as follows:
§ 213.355 Frog guard rails and guard
faces; gage.
The guard check and guard face gages
in frogs shall be within the limits
prescribed in the following table—
Guard check gage
The distance between the
gage line of a frog to the
guard line 1 of its guard rail or
guarding face, measured
across the track at right angles
to the gage line,2 may not be
less than—
Class of track
Class 6, 7, 8 and 9 track .....................................................................................
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Guard face gage
4′61⁄2″
The distance between guard
lines,1 measured across the
track at right angles to the
gage line,2 may not be more
than—
4′5″
1A
line along that side of the flangeway which is nearer to the center of the track and at the same elevation as the gage line.
line five-eighths of an inch below the top of the center line of the head of the running rail, or corresponding location of the tread portion of
the track structure.
2A
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
16113
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
22. Appendix A to part 213 is revised
to read as follows:
■
speeds based on 3, 4, 5, and 6 inches of
unbalance (cant deficiency), respectively.
Appendix A to Part 213—Maximum
Allowable Curving Speeds
This appendix contains four tables
identifying maximum allowing curving
TABLE 1—THREE INCHES UNBALANCE
Elevation of outer rail (inches)
0
⁄
12
1
1 ⁄
12
Degree of
curvature
2
21⁄2
3
31⁄2
4
4 1 ⁄2
5
51⁄2
6
Maximum allowable operating speed (m.p.h.)
0°30′ .................
0°40′ .................
0°50′ .................
1°00′ .................
1°15′ .................
1°30′ .................
1°45′ .................
2°00′ .................
2°15′ .................
2°30′ .................
2°45′ .................
3°00′ .................
3°15′ .................
3°30′ .................
3°45′ .................
4°00′ .................
4°30′ .................
5°00′ .................
5°30′ .................
6°00′ .................
6°30′ .................
7°00′ .................
8°00′ .................
9°00′ .................
10°00′ ...............
11°00′ ...............
12°00′ ...............
93
80
72
65
59
53
49
46
44
41
39
38
36
35
34
33
31
29
28
27
26
25
23
22
21
20
19
100
87
77
71
63
58
53
50
47
45
43
41
39
38
37
35
33
32
30
29
28
27
25
24
22
21
20
107
93
83
76
68
62
57
53
50
48
46
44
42
40
39
38
36
34
32
31
30
29
27
25
24
23
22
113
98
88
80
72
65
61
57
53
51
48
46
44
43
41
40
38
36
34
33
31
30
28
27
25
24
23
120
104
93
85
76
69
64
60
56
53
51
49
47
45
44
42
40
38
36
35
33
32
30
28
27
25
24
125
109
97
89
79
72
67
63
59
56
53
51
49
47
46
44
42
40
38
36
35
34
31
30
28
27
26
131
113
101
93
83
76
70
65
62
59
56
53
51
49
48
46
44
41
39
38
36
35
33
31
29
28
27
136
118
106
96
86
79
73
68
64
61
58
56
53
52
50
48
45
43
41
39
38
36
34
32
30
29
28
141
122
110
100
89
82
76
71
67
63
60
58
55
53
52
50
47
45
43
41
39
38
35
33
32
30
29
146
127
113
104
93
85
78
73
69
65
62
60
57
55
53
52
49
46
44
42
41
39
37
35
33
31
30
151
131
117
107
96
87
81
76
71
68
64
62
59
57
55
53
50
48
46
44
42
40
38
36
34
32
31
156
135
121
110
99
90
83
78
73
70
66
64
61
59
57
55
52
49
47
45
43
42
39
37
35
33
32
160
139
124
113
101
93
86
80
76
72
68
65
63
61
59
57
53
51
48
46
44
43
40
38
36
34
33
TABLE 2—FOUR INCHES UNBALANCE
Elevation of outer rail (inches)
0
⁄
12
1
1 ⁄
12
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Degree of
curvature
0°30′
0°40′
0°50′
1°00′
1°15′
1°30′
1°45′
2°00′
2°15′
2°30′
2°45′
3°00′
3°15′
3°30′
3°45′
4°00′
4°30′
5°00′
5°30′
6°00′
6°30′
7°00′
8°00′
9°00′
21⁄2
3
31⁄2
4
4 1 ⁄2
5
51⁄2
6
Maximum allowable operating speed (m.p.h.)
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
2
107
93
83
76
68
62
57
53
50
48
46
44
42
40
39
38
36
34
32
31
30
29
27
25
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
113
98
88
80
72
65
61
57
53
51
48
46
44
43
41
40
38
36
34
33
31
30
28
27
Jkt 229001
120
104
93
85
76
69
64
60
56
53
51
49
47
45
44
42
40
38
36
35
33
32
30
28
PO 00000
125
109
97
89
79
72
67
63
59
56
53
51
49
47
46
44
42
40
38
36
35
34
31
30
Frm 00063
131
113
101
93
83
76
70
65
62
59
56
53
51
49
48
46
44
41
39
38
36
35
33
31
Fmt 4701
136
118
106
96
86
79
73
68
64
61
58
56
53
52
50
48
45
43
41
39
38
36
34
32
141
122
110
100
89
82
76
71
67
63
60
58
55
53
52
50
47
45
43
41
39
38
35
33
Sfmt 4700
146
127
113
104
93
85
78
73
69
65
62
60
57
55
53
52
49
46
44
42
41
39
37
35
151
131
117
107
96
87
81
76
71
68
64
62
59
57
55
53
50
48
46
44
42
40
38
36
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
156
135
121
110
99
90
83
78
73
70
66
64
61
59
57
55
52
49
47
45
43
42
39
37
13MRR2
160
139
124
113
101
93
86
80
76
72
68
65
63
61
59
57
53
51
48
46
44
43
40
38
165
143
128
116
104
95
88
82
78
74
70
67
65
62
60
58
55
52
50
48
46
44
41
39
169
146
131
120
107
98
90
85
80
76
72
69
66
64
62
60
56
53
51
49
47
45
42
40
16114
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 2—FOUR INCHES UNBALANCE—Continued
Elevation of outer rail (inches)
⁄
0
1
12
11⁄2
Degree of
curvature
2
21⁄2
3
31⁄2
4
4 1 ⁄2
5
51⁄2
6
Maximum allowable operating speed (m.p.h.)
10°00′ ...............
11°00′ ...............
12°00′ ...............
24
23
22
25
24
23
27
25
24
28
27
26
29
28
27
30
29
28
32
30
29
33
31
30
34
32
31
35
33
32
36
34
33
37
35
34
38
36
35
TABLE 3—FIVE INCHES UNBALANCE
Elevation of outer rail (inches)
0
⁄
12
1
1 ⁄
12
Degree of
curvature
2
21⁄2
3
31⁄2
4
4 1 ⁄2
5
51⁄2
6
Maximum allowable operating speed (m.p.h.)
0°30′ .................
0°40′ .................
0°50′ .................
1°00′ .................
1°15′ .................
1°30′ .................
1°45′ .................
2°00′ .................
2°15′ .................
2°30′ .................
2°45′ .................
3°00′ .................
3°15′ .................
3°30′ .................
3°45′ .................
4°00′ .................
4°30′ .................
5°00′ .................
5°30′ .................
6°00′ .................
6°30′ .................
7°00′ .................
8°00′ .................
9°00′ .................
10°00′ ...............
11°00′ ...............
12°00′ ...............
120
104
93
85
76
69
64
60
56
53
51
49
47
45
44
42
40
38
36
35
33
32
30
28
27
25
24
125
109
97
89
79
72
67
63
59
56
53
51
49
47
46
44
42
40
38
36
35
34
31
30
28
27
26
131
113
101
93
83
76
70
65
62
59
56
53
51
49
48
46
44
41
39
38
36
35
33
31
29
28
27
136
118
106
96
86
79
73
68
64
61
58
56
53
52
50
48
45
43
41
39
38
36
34
32
30
29
28
141
122
110
100
89
82
76
71
67
63
60
58
55
53
52
50
47
45
43
41
39
38
35
33
32
30
29
146
127
113
104
93
85
78
73
69
65
62
60
57
55
53
52
49
46
44
42
41
39
37
35
33
31
30
151
131
117
107
96
87
81
76
71
68
64
62
59
57
55
53
50
48
46
44
42
40
38
36
34
32
31
156
135
121
110
99
90
83
78
73
70
66
64
61
59
57
55
52
49
47
45
43
42
39
37
35
33
32
160
139
124
113
101
93
86
80
76
72
68
65
63
61
59
57
53
51
48
46
44
43
40
38
36
34
33
165
143
128
116
104
95
88
82
78
74
70
67
65
62
60
58
55
52
50
48
46
44
41
39
37
35
34
169
146
131
120
107
98
90
85
80
76
72
69
66
64
62
60
56
53
51
49
47
45
42
40
38
36
35
173
150
134
122
110
100
93
87
82
77
74
71
68
65
63
61
58
55
52
50
48
46
43
41
39
37
35
177
150
137
125
112
102
95
89
84
79
76
72
70
67
65
63
59
56
53
51
49
47
44
42
40
38
36
TABLE 4—SIX INCHES UNBALANCE
Elevation of outer rail (inches)
0
⁄
12
1
1 ⁄
12
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Degree of
curvature
0°30′
0°40′
0°50′
1°00′
1°15′
1°30′
1°45′
2°00′
2°15′
2°30′
2°45′
3°00′
3°15′
3°30′
3°45′
4°00′
21⁄2
3
31⁄2
4
4 1 ⁄2
5
51⁄2
6
Maximum allowable operating speed (m.p.h.)
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
.................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
2
131
113
101
93
83
76
70
65
62
59
56
53
51
49
48
46
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
136
118
106
96
86
79
73
68
64
61
58
56
53
52
50
48
Jkt 229001
141
122
110
100
89
82
76
71
67
63
60
58
55
53
52
50
PO 00000
146
127
113
104
93
85
78
73
69
65
62
60
57
55
53
52
Frm 00064
151
131
117
107
96
87
81
76
71
68
64
62
59
57
55
53
Fmt 4701
156
135
121
110
99
90
83
78
73
70
66
64
61
59
57
55
160
139
124
113
101
93
86
80
76
72
68
65
63
61
59
57
Sfmt 4700
165
143
128
116
104
95
88
82
78
74
70
67
65
62
60
58
169
146
131
120
107
98
90
85
80
76
72
69
66
64
62
60
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
173
150
134
122
110
100
93
87
82
77
74
71
68
65
63
61
13MRR2
177
154
137
125
112
102
95
89
84
79
76
72
70
67
65
63
181
157
140
128
115
105
97
91
85
81
77
74
71
69
66
64
185
160
143
131
117
107
99
93
87
83
79
76
73
70
68
65
16115
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 4—SIX INCHES UNBALANCE—Continued
Elevation of outer rail (inches)
0
⁄
1
12
11⁄2
Degree of
curvature
2
21⁄2
3
31⁄2
4
4 1 ⁄2
5
51⁄2
6
Maximum allowable operating speed (m.p.h.)
4°30′ .................
5°00′ .................
5°30′ .................
6°00′ .................
6°30′ .................
7°00′ .................
8°00′ .................
9°00′ .................
10°00′ ...............
11°00′ ...............
12°00′ ...............
44
41
39
38
36
35
33
31
29
28
27
45
43
41
39
38
36
34
32
30
29
28
47
45
43
41
39
38
35
33
32
30
29
23. Amend appendix B to part 213:
a. Under subpart C by removing the
entry for § 13.55 and adding entries for
§§ 213.55 and 213.65 in numerical
order;
■ b. By revising the subpart D heading
and under it revising the entries for
■
■
49
46
44
42
41
39
37
35
33
31
30
50
48
46
44
42
40
38
36
34
32
31
52
49
47
45
43
42
39
37
35
33
32
53
51
48
46
44
43
40
38
36
34
33
55
52
50
48
46
44
41
39
37
35
34
§§ 213.109 and 213.127, and adding the
entry for § 213.110 in numerical order;
■ c. By adding the entry for § 213.234 in
numerical order under subpart F;
■ d. By revising the subpart G heading
and under it revising the entries for
§§ 213.307, 213.327, 213.329, 213.333,
56
53
51
49
47
45
42
40
38
36
35
58
55
52
50
48
46
43
41
39
37
35
59
56
53
51
49
47
44
42
40
38
36
60
57
55
52
50
48
45
43
41
39
37
62
59
56
53
51
49
46
44
41
39
38
and 213.345, and adding the entry for
§ 213.332 in numerical order.
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
Appendix B to Part 213—Schedule of
Civil Penalties
Section
Violation
Willful
violation 1
SUBPART C—TRACK GEOMETRY:
*
213.55
*
*
*
..............................................................................................................................
*
Track alinement
*
*
213.65
*
*
*
*
Combined track alinement and surface deviations ............................................................................
*
*
5,000
7,500
*
5,000
7,500
SUBPART D—TRACK STRUCTURE:
*
*
*
*
*
213.109 Crossties
(a) Material used .......................................................................................................................................
(b) Distribution of ties ................................................................................................................................
(c) and (d) Sufficient number of non-defective ties ...................................................................................
(e) Joint ties ...............................................................................................................................................
(f) Track constructed without crossties .....................................................................................................
213.110 Gage restraint measurement systems .............................................................................................
*
*
213.127
*
*
*
*
*
Rail Fastening Systems ...................................................................................................................
*
*
SUBPART F—INSPECTION:
*
213.234
*
*
*
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
*
213.307
1,000
2,500
1,000
2,500
2,500
5,000
*
*
*
5,000
*
*
*
*
*
*
213.327 Track alinement ................................................................................................................................
213.329 Curves; elevation and speed limits ..................................................................................................
*
*
*
*
*
*
213.332 Combined track alinement and surface deviations ..........................................................................
213.333 Automated vehicle-based inspection systems .................................................................................
*
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
7,500
*
*
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
5,000
*
*
*
*
*
*
Classes of track: operating speed limits ..........................................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
2,000
5,000
2,000
5,000
5,000
7,500
2,500
*
*
*
*
*
Automated inspection of track constructed with concrete crossties ................................................
*
*
*
*
SUBPART G—TRAIN OPERATIONS AT TRACK CLASSES 6 AND HIGHER:
*
*
2,500
5,000
*
5,000
2,500
7,500
5,000
*
5,000
5,000
7,500
7,500
16116
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Section
Violation
*
*
*
*
*
Vehicle/track system qualification:
(a) through (d) ...........................................................................................................................................
(e) through (i) .............................................................................................................................................
*
*
213.345
*
*
*
*
*
Willful
violation 1
*
5,000
2,500
7,500
5,000
*
1A
penalty may be assessed against an individual only for a willful violation. The Administrator reserves the right to assess a penalty of up to
$105,000 for any violation where circumstances warrant. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A.
24. Appendix C to part 213 is added
and reserved.
■ 25. Appendix D to part 213 is added
to read as follows:
■
Appendix D to Part 213—Minimally
Compliant Analytical Track (MCAT)
Simulations Used for Qualifying
Vehicles To Operate at High Speeds
and at High Cant Deficiencies
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
1. This appendix contains requirements for
using computer simulations to comply with
the vehicle/track system qualification testing
requirements specified in subpart G of this
part. These simulations shall be performed
using a track model containing defined
geometry perturbations at the limits that are
permitted for a specific class of track and
level of cant deficiency. This track model is
known as MCAT, Minimally Compliant
Analytical Track. These simulations shall be
used to identify vehicle dynamic
performance issues prior to service or, as
appropriate, a change in service, and
demonstrate that a vehicle type is suitable for
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
operation on the track over which it is
intended to operate.
2. As specified in § 213.345(c)(2), MCAT
shall be used for the qualification of new
vehicle types intended to operate at track
Class 7 speeds or above, or at any curving
speed producing more than 6 inches of cant
deficiency. MCAT may also be used for the
qualification of new vehicle types intended
to operate at speeds corresponding to Class
6 track, as specified in § 213.345(c)(1). In
addition, as specified in § 213.345(d)(1),
MCAT may be used to qualify on new routes
vehicle types that have previously been
qualified on other routes and are intended to
operate at any curving speed producing more
than 6 inches of cant deficiency, or at curving
speeds that both correspond to track Class 7
speeds or above and produce more than 5
inches of cant deficiency.
(a) Validation. To validate the vehicle
model used for simulations under this part,
the track owner or railroad shall obtain
vehicle simulation predictions using
measured track geometry data, chosen from
the same track section over which testing
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
shall be performed as specified in
§ 213.345(c)(2)(ii). These predictions shall be
submitted to FRA in support of the request
for approval of the qualification testing plan.
Full validation of the vehicle model used for
simulations under this part shall be
determined when the results of the
simulations demonstrate that they replicate
all key responses observed during
qualification testing.
(b) MCAT layout. MCAT consists of nine
segments, each designed to test a vehicle’s
performance in response to a specific type of
track perturbation. The basic layout of MCAT
is shown in figure 1 of this appendix, by type
of track (curving or tangent), class of track,
and cant deficiency (CD). The values for
wavelength, l, amplitude of perturbation, a,
and segment length, d, are specified in this
appendix. The bars at the top of figure 1
show which segments are required
depending on the speed and degree of
curvature. For example, the hunting
perturbation section is not required for
simulation of curves greater than or equal to
1 degree.
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
(1) MCAT segments. MCAT’s nine
segments contain different types of track
deviations in which the shape of each
deviation is a versine having wavelength and
amplitude varied for each simulation speed
as further specified. The nine MCAT
segments are defined as follows:
(i) Hunting perturbation (a1): This segment
contains an alinement deviation having a
wavelength, l, of 10 feet and amplitude of
0.25 inch on both rails to test vehicle stability
on tangent track and on track that is curved
less than 1 degree.
(ii) Gage narrowing (a2): This segment
contains an alinement deviation on one rail
to reduce the gage from the nominal value to
the minimum permissible gage or maximum
alinement (whichever comes first).
(iii) Gage widening (a3): This segment
contains an alinement deviation on one rail
to increase the gage from the nominal value
to the maximum permissible gage or
maximum alinement (whichever comes first).
(iv) Repeated surface (a9): This segment
contains three consecutive maximum
permissible profile variations on each rail.
(v) Repeated alinement (a4): This segment
contains two consecutive maximum
permissible alinement variations on each rail.
(vi) Single surface (a10, a11): This segment
contains a maximum permissible profile
variation on one rail. If the maximum
permissible profile variation alone produces
a condition which exceeds the maximum
allowed warp condition, a second profile
variation is also placed on the opposite rail
to limit the warp to the maximum
permissible value.
(vii) Single alinement (a5, a6): This segment
contains a maximum permissible alinement
variation on one rail. If the maximum
permissible alinement variation alone
produces a condition which exceeds the
maximum allowed gage condition, a second
alinement variation is also placed on the
opposite rail to limit the gage to the
maximum permissible value.
(viii) Short warp (a12): This segment
contains a pair of profile deviations to
produce a maximum permissible 10-foot
warp perturbation. The first is on the outside
rail, and the second follows 10 feet farther on
the inside rail. Each deviation has a
wavelength, l, of 20 feet and variable
amplitude for each simulation speed as
described below. This segment is to be used
only on curved track simulations.
16117
(ix) Combined perturbation (a7, a8, a13):
This segment contains a maximum
permissible down and out combined
geometry condition on the outside rail in the
body of the curve. If the maximum
permissible variations produce a condition
which exceeds the maximum allowed gage
condition, a second variation is also placed
on the opposite rail as for the MCAT
segments described in paragraphs (b)(1)(vi)
and (vii) of this appendix. This segment is to
be used for all simulations on Class 9 track,
and only for curved track simulations at
speeds producing more than 5 inches of cant
deficiency on track Classes 6 through 8, and
at speeds producing more than 6 inches of
cant deficiency on track Classes 1 through 5.
(2) Segment lengths: Each MCAT segment
shall be long enough to allow the vehicle’s
response to the track deviation(s) to damp
out. Each segment shall also have a minimum
length as specified in table 1 of this
appendix, which references the distances in
figure 1 of this appendix. For curved track
segments, the perturbations shall be placed
far enough in the body of the curve to allow
for any spiral effects to damp out.
Distances (ft)
d1
d2
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
d8
d9
1000 .................................
1000
1000
1500
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
ER13MR13.019
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
TABLE 1 OF APPENDIX D TO PART 213 MINIMUM LENGTHS OF MCAT SEGMENTS
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
(3) Degree of curvature.
(i) For each simulation involving
assessment of curving performance, the
degree of curvature, D, which generates
a particular level of cant deficiency, Eu,
for a given speed, V, shall be calculated
using the following equation, which
assumes a curve with 6 inches of
superelevation:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
Where—
D = Degree of curvature (degrees).
V = Simulation speed (m.p.h.).
Eu = Cant deficiency (inches).
(ii) Table 2 of this appendix depicts
the degree of curvature for use in MCAT
simulations of both passenger and
freight equipment performance on Class
2 through 9 track, based on the equation
in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this appendix.
The degree of curvature for use in
MCAT simulations of equipment
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
performance on Class 1 track is not
depicted; it would be based on the same
equation using an appropriate
superelevation. The degree of curvature
for use in MCAT simulations of freight
equipment performance on Class 6
(freight) track is shown in italics for cant
deficiencies not exceeding 6 inches, to
emphasize that the values apply to
freight equipment only.
BILLING CODE 4910–06–P
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
ER13MR13.020
16118
BILLING CODE 4910–06–C
(c) Required simulations.
(1) To develop a comprehensive
assessment of vehicle performance,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
simulations shall be performed for a
variety of scenarios using MCAT. These
simulations shall be performed on
tangent or curved track, or both,
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16119
depending on the level of cant
deficiency and speed (track class) as
summarized in table 3 of this appendix.
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
ER13MR13.021
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
16120
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 3 OF APPENDIX D TO PART 213 SUMMARY OF REQUIRED VEHICLE PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT USING
SIMULATIONS
New vehicle types
Curved track: cant deficiency ≤ 6
inches.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Curved track: cant deficiency > 6
inches.
Tangent track ..............................
Previously qualified vehicle types
Curving performance simulation: not required for
track Classes 1 through 5; optional for track Class
6; required for track Classes 7 through 9.
Curving performance simulation required for all track
classes.
Tangent performance simulation: not required for
track Classes 1 through 5; optional for track Class
6; required for track Classes 7 through 9.
Curving performance simulation: not required for
track Classes 1 through 6; optional for track Classes 7 through 9 for cant deficiency > 5 inches.
Curving performance simulation optional for all track
classes.
Tangent performance simulation not required for any
track class.
(i) All simulations shall be performed
using the design wheel profile and a
nominal track gage of 56.5 inches, using
tables 4, 5, 6, or 7 of this appendix, as
appropriate. In addition, all simulations
involving the assessment of curving
performance shall be repeated using a
nominal track gage of 57.0 inches, using
tables 5, 6, or 7 of this appendix, as
appropriate.
(ii) If the wheel profile is different
than American Public Transportation
Administration (APTA) wheel profiles
320 or 340, then for tangent track
segments all simulations shall be
repeated using either APTA wheel
profile 320 or 340, depending on the
established conicity that is common for
the operation, as specified in APTA SS–
M–015–06, Standard for Wheel Flange
Angle of Passenger Equipment (2007).
This APTA standard is incorporated by
reference into this appendix with the
approval of the Director of the Federal
Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1
CFR part 51. To enforce any edition
other than that specified in this
appendix, FRA must publish notice of
change in the Federal Register and the
material must be made available to the
public. All approved material is
available for inspection at the Federal
Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk,
1200 New Jersey Avenue SE.,
Washington, DC 20590 (telephone 202–
493–6030), and is available from the
American Public Transportation
Association, 1666 K Street NW., Suite
1100, Washington, DC 20006 (telephone
202–496–4800; www.apta.com). It is
also available for inspection at the
National Archives and Records
Administration (NARA). For
information on the availability of this
material at NARA, call 202–741–6030 or
go to https://www.archives.gov/
federal_register/code_of_federal_
regulations/ibr_locations.html. An
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
alternative worn wheel profile may be
used in lieu of either APTA wheel
profile, if approved by FRA.
(iii) All simulations shall be
performed using a wheel/rail coefficient
of friction of 0.5.
(2) Vehicle performance on tangent
track Classes 6 through 9. For maximum
vehicle speeds corresponding to track
Class 6 and higher, the MCAT segments
described in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through
(vii) of this appendix shall be used to
assess vehicle performance on tangent
track. For track Class 9, simulations
must also include the combined
perturbation segment described in
paragraph (b)(1)(ix) of this appendix. A
parametric matrix of MCAT simulations
shall be performed using the following
range of conditions:
(i) Vehicle speed. Simulations shall
demonstrate that at up to 5 m.p.h. above
the proposed maximum operating
speed, the vehicle type shall not exceed
the wheel/rail force and acceleration
criteria defined in the Vehicle/Track
Interaction Safety Limits table in
§ 213.333. Simulations shall also
demonstrate acceptable vehicle dynamic
response by incrementally increasing
speed from 95 m.p.h. (115 m.p.h. if a
previously qualified vehicle type on an
untested route) to 5 m.p.h. above the
proposed maximum operating speed (in
5 m.p.h. increments).
(ii) Perturbation wavelength. For each
speed, a set of three separate MCAT
simulations shall be performed. In each
MCAT simulation for the perturbation
segments described in paragraphs
(b)(1)(ii) through (vii) and (b)(1)(ix) of
this appendix, every perturbation shall
have the same wavelength. The
following three wavelengths, l, shall be
used: 31, 62, and 124 feet. The hunting
perturbation segment described in
paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this appendix has
a fixed wavelength, l, of 10 feet.
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(iii) Amplitude parameters. Table 4 of
this appendix provides the amplitude
values for the MCAT segments
described in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through
(vii) and (b)(1)(ix) of this appendix for
each speed of the required parametric
MCAT simulations. The last set of
simulations shall be performed at 5
m.p.h. above the proposed maximum
operating speed using the amplitude
values in table 4 that correspond to the
proposed maximum operating speed.
For qualification of vehicle types at
speeds greater than track Class 6 speeds,
the following additional simulations
shall be performed:
(A) For vehicle types being qualified
for track Class 7 speeds, one additional
set of simulations shall be performed at
115 m.p.h. using the track Class 6
amplitude values in table 4 (i.e., a 5
m.p.h. overspeed on Class 6 track).
(B) For vehicle types being qualified
for track Class 8 speeds, two additional
sets of simulations shall be performed.
The first set at 115 m.p.h. using the
track Class 6 amplitude values in table
4 (i.e., a 5 m.p.h. overspeed on Class 6
track), and a second set at 130 m.p.h.
using the track Class 7 amplitude values
in table 4 (i.e., a 5 m.p.h. overspeed on
Class 7 track).
(C) For vehicle types being qualified
for track Class 9 speeds, three additional
sets of simulations shall be performed.
The first set at 115 m.p.h. using the
track Class 6 amplitude values in table
4 (i.e., a 5 m.p.h. overspeed on Class 6
track), a second set at 130 m.p.h. using
the track Class 7 amplitude values in
table 4 (i.e., a 5 m.p.h. overspeed on
Class 7 track), and a third set at 165
m.p.h. using the track Class 8 amplitude
values in table 4 (i.e., a 5 m.p.h.
overspeed on Class 8 track).
BILLING CODE 4910–06–P
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
BILLING CODE 4910–06–C
(3) Vehicle performance on curved
track Classes 6 through 9. For maximum
vehicle speeds corresponding to track
Class 6 and higher, the MCAT segments
described in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii)
through (viii) of this appendix shall be
used to assess vehicle performance on
curved track. For curves less than 1
degree, simulations must also include
the hunting perturbation segment
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
described in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this
appendix. For track Class 9 and for cant
deficiencies greater than 5 inches,
simulations must also include the
combined perturbation segment
described in paragraph (b)(1)(ix) of this
appendix. A parametric matrix of MCAT
simulations shall be performed using
the following range of conditions:
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16121
(i) Vehicle speed. Simulations shall
demonstrate that at up to 5 m.p.h. above
the proposed maximum operating
speed, the vehicle type shall not exceed
the wheel/rail force and acceleration
criteria defined in the Vehicle/Track
Interaction Safety Limits table in
§ 213.333. Simulations shall also
demonstrate acceptable vehicle dynamic
response by incrementally increasing
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
ER13MR13.022
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
16122
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
speed from 95 m.p.h. (115 m.p.h. if a
previously qualified vehicle type on an
untested route) to 5 m.p.h. above the
proposed maximum operating speed (in
5 m.p.h. increments).
(ii) Perturbation wavelength. For each
speed, a set of three separate MCAT
simulations shall be performed. In each
MCAT simulation for the perturbation
segments described in paragraphs
(b)(1)(ii) through (vii) and paragraph
(b)(1)(ix) of this appendix, every
perturbation shall have the same
wavelength. The following three
wavelengths, l, shall be used: 31, 62,
and 124 feet. The hunting perturbation
segment described in paragraph (b)(1)(i)
of this appendix has a fixed wavelength,
l, of 10 feet, and the short warp
perturbation segment described in
paragraph (b)(1)(viii) of this appendix
has a fixed wavelength, l, of 20 feet.
(iii) Track curvature. For each speed,
a range of curvatures shall be used to
produce cant deficiency conditions
ranging from greater than 3 inches up to
the maximum intended for qualification
(in 1 inch increments). The value of
curvature, D, shall be determined using
the equation defined in paragraph (b)(3)
of this appendix. Each curve shall
include representations of the MCAT
segments described in paragraphs
(b)(1)(i) through (ix) of this appendix, as
appropriate, and have a fixed
superelevation of 6 inches.
(iv) Amplitude parameters. Table 5 of
this appendix provides the amplitude
values for each speed of the required
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
parametric MCAT simulations for cant
deficiencies greater than 3 inches and
not more than 5 inches. Table 6 of this
appendix provides the amplitude values
for each speed of the required
parametric MCAT simulations for cant
deficiencies greater than 5 inches. The
last set of simulations at the maximum
cant deficiency shall be performed at 5
m.p.h. above the proposed maximum
operating speed using the amplitude
values in table 5 or 6 of this appendix,
as appropriate, that correspond to the
proposed maximum operating speed
and cant deficiency. For these
simulations, the value of curvature, D,
shall correspond to the proposed
maximum operating speed and cant
deficiency. For qualification of vehicle
types at speeds greater than track Class
6 speeds, the following additional
simulations shall be performed:
(A) For vehicle types being qualified
for track Class 7 speeds, one additional
set of simulations shall be performed at
115 m.p.h. using the track Class 6
amplitude values in table 5 or 6 of this
appendix, as appropriate (i.e., a 5 m.p.h.
overspeed on Class 6 track) and a value
of curvature, D, that corresponds to 110
m.p.h. and the proposed maximum cant
deficiency.
(B) For vehicle types being qualified
for track Class 8 speeds, two additional
set of simulations shall be performed.
The first set of simulations shall be
performed at 115 m.p.h. using the track
Class 6 amplitude values in table 5 or
6 of this appendix, as appropriate (i.e.,
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
a 5 m.p.h. overspeed on Class 6 track)
and a value of curvature, D, that
corresponds to 110 m.p.h. and the
proposed maximum cant deficiency.
The second set of simulations shall be
performed at 130 m.p.h. using the track
Class 7 amplitude values in table 5 or
6, as appropriate (i.e., a 5 m.p.h.
overspeed on Class 7 track) and a value
of curvature, D, that corresponds to 125
m.p.h. and the proposed maximum cant
deficiency.
(C) For vehicle types being qualified
for track Class 9 speeds, three additional
sets of simulations shall be performed.
The first set of simulations shall be
performed at 115 m.p.h. using the track
Class 6 amplitude values in table 5 or
6 of this appendix, as appropriate (i.e.,
a 5 m.p.h. overspeed on Class 6 track)
and a value of curvature, D, that
corresponds to 110 m.p.h. and the
proposed maximum cant deficiency.
The second set of simulations shall be
performed at 130 m.p.h. using the track
Class 7 amplitude values in table 5 or
6, as appropriate (i.e., a 5 m.p.h.
overspeed on Class 7 track) and a value
of curvature, D, that corresponds to 125
m.p.h. and the proposed maximum cant
deficiency. The third set of simulations
shall be performed at 165 m.p.h. using
the track Class 8 amplitude values in
table 5 or 6, as appropriate (i.e., a 5
m.p.h. overspeed on Class 8 track) and
a value of curvature, D, that corresponds
to 160 m.p.h. and the proposed
maximum cant deficiency.
BILLING CODE 4910–06–P
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
16123
ER13MR13.023
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
(4) Vehicle performance on curved
track Classes 1 through 5 at high cant
deficiency. For maximum vehicle
speeds corresponding to track Classes 1
through 5, the MCAT segments
described in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii)
through (ix) of this appendix shall be
used to assess vehicle performance on
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
curved track if the proposed maximum
cant deficiency is greater than 6 inches.
A parametric matrix of MCAT
simulations shall be performed using
the following range of conditions:
(i) Vehicle speed. Simulations shall
demonstrate that at up to 5 m.p.h. above
the proposed maximum operating
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
speed, the vehicle shall not exceed the
wheel/rail force and acceleration criteria
defined in the Vehicle/Track Interaction
Safety Limits table in § 213.333.
Simulations shall also demonstrate
acceptable vehicle dynamic response at
5 m.p.h. above the proposed maximum
operating speed.
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
ER13MR13.024
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
16124
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
16125
(b)(1)(viii) of this appendix has a fixed
wavelength, l, of 20 feet.
(iii) Track curvature. For a speed
corresponding to 5 m.p.h. above the
proposed maximum operating speed, a
range of curvatures shall be used to
produce cant deficiency conditions
ranging from 6 inches up to the
maximum intended for qualification (in
1 inch increments). The value of
curvature, D, shall be determined using
the equation in paragraph (b)(3) of this
appendix. Each curve shall contain the
MCAT segments described in
paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) through (ix) of this
appendix and have a fixed
superelevation of 6 inches.
(iv) Amplitude parameters. Table 7 of
this appendix provides the amplitude
values for the MCAT segments
described in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii)
through (ix) of this appendix for each
speed of the required parametric MCAT
simulations.
BILLING CODE 4910–06–C
21301–21302, 21304; 28 U.S.C. 2461, note;
and 49 CFR 1.89.
§ 238.227
PART 238—[AMENDED]
26. The authority citation for part 238
is revised to read as follows:
■
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 20103, 20107, 20133,
20141, 20302–20303, 20306, 20701–20702,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
Subpart C—Specific Requirements for
Tier I Passenger Equipment
27. Section 238.227 is revised to read
as follows:
■
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Suspension system.
On or after November 8, 1999—
(a) All passenger equipment shall
exhibit freedom from truck hunting at
all operating speeds. If truck hunting
does occur, a railroad shall immediately
take appropriate action to prevent
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
ER13MR13.025
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
(ii) Perturbation wavelength. For each
speed, a set of two separate MCAT
simulations shall be performed. In each
MCAT simulation for the perturbation
segments described in paragraphs
(b)(1)(ii) through (vii) and paragraph
(b)(1)(ix) of this appendix, every
perturbation shall have the same
wavelength. The following two
wavelengths, l, shall be used: 31 and 62
feet. The short warp perturbation
segment described in paragraph
16126
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
derailment. Truck hunting is defined in
§ 213.333 of this chapter.
(b) Nothing in this section shall affect
the requirements of the Track Safety
Standards in part 213 of this chapter as
they apply to passenger equipment as
provided in that part. In particular—
(1) Pre-revenue service qualification.
All passenger equipment intended for
service at speeds greater than 90 mph or
at any curving speed producing more
than 5 inches of cant deficiency shall
demonstrate safe operation during prerevenue service qualification in
accordance with § 213.345 of this
chapter and is subject to the
requirements of either § 213.57 or
§ 213.329 of this chapter, as appropriate.
(2) Revenue service operation. All
passenger equipment intended for
service at speeds greater than 90 mph or
at any curving speed producing more
than 5 inches of cant deficiency is
subject to the requirements of § 213.333
of this chapter and either § 213.57 or
§ 213.329 of this chapter, as appropriate.
Subpart E—Specific Requirements for
Tier II Passenger Equipment
28. Section 238.427 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(2), (b), and (c),
■
and by removing paragraph (d) to read
as follows:
§ 238.427
Suspension system.
(a) * * *
(2) All passenger equipment shall
meet the safety performance standards
for suspension systems contained in
part 213 of this chapter, or alternative
standards providing at least equivalent
safety if approved by FRA under the
provisions of § 238.21. In particular—
(i) Pre-revenue service qualification.
All passenger equipment shall
demonstrate safe operation during prerevenue service qualification in
accordance with § 213.345 of this
chapter and is subject to the
requirements of § 213.329 of this
chapter.
(ii) Revenue service operation. All
passenger equipment in service is
subject to the requirements of
§§ 213.329 and 213.333 of this chapter.
(b) Carbody acceleration. A passenger
car shall not operate under conditions
that result in a steady-state lateral
acceleration greater than 0.15g, as
measured parallel to the car floor inside
the passenger compartment. Additional
carbody acceleration limits are specified
in § 213.333 of this chapter.
(c) Truck (hunting) acceleration. Each
truck shall be equipped with a
permanently installed lateral
accelerometer mounted on the truck
frame. If truck hunting is detected, the
train monitoring system shall provide
an alarm to the locomotive engineer,
and the train shall be slowed to a speed
at least 5 mph less than the speed at
which the truck hunting stopped. Truck
hunting is defined in § 213.333 of this
chapter.
29. Section 238.428 is added to read
as follows:
■
§ 238.428
Overheat sensors.
Overheat sensors for each wheelset
journal bearing shall be provided. The
sensors may be placed either onboard
the equipment or at reasonable intervals
along the railroad’s right-of-way.
30. Appendix A to part 238 is
amended by adding the entry for new
§ 238.428 in numerical order to read as
follows:
■
Appendix A to Part 238—Schedule of
Civil Penalties 1 2
Section
Violation
Willful violation
2,500
*
5,000
SUBPART E—SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR TIER II PASSENGER EQUIPMENT:
*
238.428
*
*
*
*
*
Overheat sensors .............................................................................................................................
*
*
Appendix C to Part 238 [Removed and
Reserved]
31. Appendix C to part 238 is removed
and reserved.
■
*
*
*
*
*
Issued in Washington, DC, on February 25,
2013.
Joseph C. Szabo,
Administrator.
[FR Doc. 2013–04679 Filed 3–12–13; 8:45 am]
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
BILLING CODE 4910–06–P
1 A penalty may be assessed against an individual
only for a willful violation. Generally when two or
more violations of these regulations are discovered
with respect to a single unit of passenger equipment
that is placed or continued in service by a railroad,
the appropriate penalties set forth above are
aggregated up to a maximum of $16,000 per day.
However, failure to perform, with respect to a
particular unit of passenger equipment, any of the
inspections and tests required under subparts D and
F of this part will be treated as a violation separate
and distinct from, and in addition to, any
substantive violative conditions found on that unit
of passenger equipment. Moreover, the
Administrator reserves the right to assess a penalty
of up to $105,000 for any violation where
circumstances warrant. See 49 CFR part 209,
appendix A.
Failure to observe any condition for movement of
defective equipment set forth in § 238.17 will
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:41 Mar 12, 2013
Jkt 229001
deprive the railroad of the benefit of the movementfor-repair provision and make the railroad and any
responsible individuals liable for penalty under the
particular regulatory section(s) concerning the
substantive defect(s) present on the unit of
passenger equipment at the time of movement.
Failure to observe any condition for the
movement of passenger equipment containing
defective safety appliances, other than power
brakes, set forth in § 238.17(e) will deprive the
railroad of the movement-for-repair provision and
make the railroad and any responsible individuals
liable for penalty under the particular regulatory
section(s) contained in part 231 of this chapter or
§ 238.429 concerning the substantive defective
condition.
The penalties listed for failure to perform the
exterior and interior mechanical inspections and
tests required under § 238.303 and § 238.305 may be
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
assessed for each unit of passenger equipment
contained in a train that is not properly inspected.
Whereas, the penalties listed for failure to perform
the brake inspections and tests under § 238.313
through § 238.319 may be assessed for each train
that is not properly inspected.
2 The penalty schedule uses section numbers
from 49 CFR part 238. If more than one item is
listed as a type of violation of a given section, each
item is also designated by a ‘‘penalty code,’’ which
is used to facilitate assessment of civil penalties,
and which may or may not correspond to any
subsection designation(s). For convenience, penalty
citations will cite the CFR section and the penalty
code, if any. FRA reserves the right, should
litigation become necessary, to substitute in its
complaint the CFR citation in place of the
combined CFR and penalty code citation, should
they differ.
E:\FR\FM\13MRR2.SGM
13MRR2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 78, Number 49 (Wednesday, March 13, 2013)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 16051-16126]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2013-04679]
[[Page 16051]]
Vol. 78
Wednesday,
No. 49
March 13, 2013
Part II
Department of Transportation
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Federal Railroad Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
49 CFR Parts 213 and 238
Vehicle/Track Interaction Safety Standards; High-Speed and High Cant
Deficiency Operations; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 78 , No. 49 / Wednesday, March 13, 2013 /
Rules and Regulations
[[Page 16052]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Federal Railroad Administration
49 CFR Parts 213 and 238
[Docket No. FRA-2009-0036, Notice No. 2]
RIN 2130-AC09
Vehicle/Track Interaction Safety Standards; High-Speed and High
Cant Deficiency Operations
AGENCY: Federal Railroad Administration (FRA), Department of
Transportation (DOT).
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: FRA is amending the Track Safety Standards and Passenger
Equipment Safety Standards to promote the safe interaction of rail
vehicles with the track over which they operate under a variety of
conditions at speeds up to 220 m.p.h. The final rule revises standards
for track geometry and safety limits for vehicle response to track
conditions, enhances vehicle/track qualification procedures, and adds
flexibility for permitting high cant deficiency train operations
through curves at conventional speeds. The rule accounts for a range of
vehicle types that are currently in operation, as well as vehicle types
that may likely be used in future high-speed or high cant deficiency
rail operations, or both. The rule is based on the results of
simulation studies designed to identify track geometry irregularities
associated with unsafe wheel/rail forces and accelerations, thorough
reviews of vehicle qualification and revenue service test data, and
consideration of international practices.
DATES: This final rule is effective July 11, 2013. The incorporation by
reference of a certain publication listed in the rule is approved by
the Director of the Federal Register as of July 11, 2013. Petitions for
reconsideration must be received on or before May 13, 2013. Comments in
response to petitions for reconsideration must be received on or before
June 26, 2013.
ADDRESSES: Petitions for reconsideration and comments on petitions for
reconsideration: Any petitions for reconsideration or comments on
petitions for reconsideration related to Docket No. FRA-2009-0036,
Notice No. 2, may be submitted by any of the following methods:
Web site: The Federal eRulemaking Portal,
www.regulations.gov. Follow the Web site's online instructions for
submitting comments.
Fax: 202-493-2251.
Mail: Docket Management Facility, U.S. Department of
Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Room W12-140, Washington,
DC 20590.
Hand Delivery: Docket Management Facility, U.S. Department
of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Room W12-140 on the
Ground level of the West Building, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday
through Friday, except Federal holidays.
Instructions: All submissions must include the agency name and
docket number or Regulatory Identification Number (RIN) for this
rulemaking. Note that all petitions and comments received will be
posted without change to www.regulations.gov, including any personal
information. Please see the Privacy Act heading in the SUPPLEMENTARY
INFORMATION section of this document for Privacy Act information
related to any submitted petitions, comments, or materials.
Docket: For access to the docket to read background documents,
petitions for reconsideration, or comments received, go to
www.regulations.gov anytime or visit the Docket Management Facility,
U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Room
W12-140 on the Ground level of the West Building, between 9 a.m. and 5
p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: John J. Mardente, Engineer, Office of
Railroad Safety, Mail Stop 25, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200
New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590 (telephone 202-493-1335);
Ken Rusk, Staff Director, Track Division, Office of Railroad Safety,
Mail Stop 25, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue
SE., Washington, DC 20590 (telephone 202-493-6236); Ali Tajaddini,
Program Manager for Vehicle/Track Interaction, Office of Railroad
Policy and Development, Mail Stop 20, Federal Railroad Administration,
1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590 (telephone 202-493-
6438); or Daniel L. Alpert, Supervisory Trial Attorney, Office of Chief
Counsel, Mail Stop 10, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey
Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590 (telephone 202-493-6026).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Table of Contents for SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
I. Executive Summary
II. Statutory Background
A. Track Safety Standards
B. Passenger Equipment Safety Standards
III. Proceedings to Date
A. Proceedings to Carry Out the 1992/1994 Track Safety Standards
Rulemaking Mandates
B. Proceedings To Carry Out the 1994 Passenger Equipment Safety
Standards Rulemaking Mandate
C. Identification of Key Issues for Future Rulemaking
D. RSAC Overview
E. Establishment of the Passenger Safety Working Group
F. Establishment of the Task Force
G. Development of the NPRM
H. Development of the Final Rule
IV. Technical Background
A. Lessons Learned and Operational Experience
B. Research and Computer Modeling
V. Discussion of Specific Comments and Conclusions
A. EU and SNCF Comments on Track Geometry Standards
B. Wheel Unloading Ffrom Wind on Superelevated Curves
VI. Section-by-Section Analysis
VII. Regulatory Impact and Notices
A. Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 and DOT Regulatory Policies
and Procedures
B. Regulatory Flexibility Act and Executive Order 13272
C. Paperwork Reduction Act
D. Federalism Implications
E. Environmental Impact
F. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
G. Energy Impact
H. Trade Impact
I. Privacy Act
I. Executive Summary
Having considered the public comments in response to FRA's May 10,
2010, proposed rule on vehicle/track interaction safety, see 75 FR
25928, FRA issues this final rule amending the Track Safety Standards,
49 CFR part 213, and the Passenger Equipment Safety Standards, 49 CFR
part 238, applicable to high-speed and high cant deficiency train
operations. (As explained more fully in the preamble, below, train
operations at cant deficiency involve traveling through curves faster
than the balance speed; the higher the train speed is above the balance
speed, the higher the cant deficiency.) Since FRA's high-speed track
safety standards and passenger equipment safety standards were issued
in the late 1990s, FRA and interested industry members have identified
various issues for possible future rulemaking. Some of these issues
resulted from the gathering of operational experience in applying the
safety standards to Amtrak's high-speed, Acela Express (Acela)
trainsets, as well as to higher-speed commuter railroad operations.
Other issues arose from research conducted, allowing FRA to gather new
information with which to evaluate the safety of high-speed and high
cant deficiency rail operations.
[[Page 16053]]
FRA has addressed these issues with the assistance of the Railroad
Safety Advisory Committee (RSAC), which unanimously recommended the
requirements contained in this final rule.
Among the final rule's main accomplishments, the rule:
Revises performance standards and specifications for track
geometry for the higher-speed track classes, track Classes 6 through 9
(speeds greater than 80 miles per hour (m.p.h.) for freight and 90
m.p.h. for passenger operations). FRA has reviewed the performance
standards in light of advanced simulations that were developed to
support the rulemaking effort, as discussed in Section IV, below, and
is refining those standards to focus on identified safety concerns and
remove any unnecessary costs.
Adds flexibility through procedures for safely permitting
high cant deficiency operations on the lower-speed track classes, track
Classes 1 through 5, without the need for obtaining a waiver. In order
to take advantage of high cant deficiency operations and the resultant
savings in travel time, the equipment must be qualified and the track
must be maintained to more stringent standards to permit the higher
speeds through curves.
Institutes more cost-effective equipment qualification and
in-service monitoring requirements. Railroads can discontinue annual
use of instrumented wheelsets for in-service validation as a general
requirement and avoid some tests that have not provided useful data.
Further, the final rule makes it easier to qualify vehicles on
additional segments of track once they are qualified on any track,
extending territories in which qualified equipment may operate.
Clarifies that individuals qualified to inspect track need
only understand the portions of the regulation relevant to the
inspections they conduct and the work they perform, given, in
particular, the provisions added for high cant deficiency operations in
lower-speed track classes.
In analyzing the economic impacts of the final rule, FRA does not
find that any existing operation will be adversely affected by these
changes, nor does FRA find that the changes will induce any net costs.
FRA expects three types of benefits: Benefits related to equipment
procurement for passenger trains at speeds exceeding 90 m.p.h.,
benefits from operations at high cant deficiency for passenger trains
at speeds up to 90 m.p.h, and benefits from streamlined testing
requirements. Under the rules existing before this final rule, a
railroad could insist that a carbuilder provide trainsets that could
meet acceleration requirements on track at the maximum allowable
deviations. FRA is unaware of any such trainsets that are available
that would have complied with the former rule under all permitted
conditions and also meet other requirements for service in the United
States. This final rule makes it more likely that railroads will
specify equipment that is currently produced, and thus could reduce the
costs of procurements, although Amtrak disagrees in its comments (and
FRA believes that, even without procurement benefits, the costs of the
rule are still justified by the benefits). Operations at high cant
deficiency allow trains to operate more rapidly around curves. This can
dramatically reduce the time required for any given trip. Streamlined
testing requirements make it much easier to qualify a trainset on
additional track once it has been qualified on any track, and provide
more flexibility for monitoring trainset performance in service.
Nothing in the rule will increase the overall costs of procuring
equipment or of testing that equipment to validate compliance with the
rule. In fact, the rule will reduce those costs.
Although the provisions for high cant deficiency operations on all
track classes are permissive in nature and create no additional net
costs, railroads that avail themselves of these provisions will incur
some costs. The first will be the one-time cost of programming the
software of automated track inspection vehicles to include the new
standards required by the rule, and the second will be the cost of
maintaining the track in curves to tighter geometric standards. FRA
conservatively estimates that it will cost $292,000 as a one-time
expense to update track inspection software to reflect the changes in
this rule. However, FRA is not certain whether overall maintenance
costs will be higher or lower with high cant deficiency operations, as
trains otherwise would have more frequently slowed down from the line
speed before entering curves and then accelerated back to the line
speed after exiting the curves, adding wear and tear to both equipment
and track. In any case, the difference in maintenance costs is not
included as a factor in the analysis.
The rule creates net benefits and will facilitate the expansion of
passenger rail service.
II. Statutory Background
A. Track Safety Standards
The first Federal Track Safety Standards were published on October
20, 1971, following the enactment of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of
1970, Public Law 91-458, 84 Stat. 971 (October 16, 1970), in which
Congress granted to FRA comprehensive authority over ``all areas of
railroad safety.'' See 36 FR 20336. FRA envisioned the new Standards to
be an evolving set of safety requirements subject to continuous
revision allowing the regulations to keep pace with industry
innovations and agency research and development. The most comprehensive
revision of the Standards resulted from the Rail Safety Enforcement and
Review Act of 1992, Public Law 102-365, 106 Stat. 972 (Sept. 3, 1992),
later amended by the Federal Railroad Safety Authorization Act of 1994,
Public Law 103-440, 108 Stat. 4615 (November 2, 1994). The amended
statute is codified at 49 U.S.C. 20142 and required the Secretary of
Transportation (Secretary) to review and then revise the Track Safety
Standards, which are contained in 49 CFR part 213. The Secretary has
delegated such statutory responsibilities to the Administrator of FRA
(see 49 CFR 1.89), which as discussed below, carried out the review and
the rulemaking proceedings.
B. Passenger Equipment Safety Standards
In September 1994, the Secretary convened a meeting of
representatives from all sectors of the rail industry with the goal of
enhancing rail safety. As one of the initiatives arising from this Rail
Safety Summit, the Secretary announced that DOT would develop safety
standards for rail passenger equipment over a 5-year period. In
November 1994, Congress adopted the Secretary's schedule for
implementing rail passenger equipment safety regulations and included
it in the Federal Railroad Safety Authorization Act of 1994. Congress
also authorized the Secretary to consult with various organizations
involved in passenger train operations for purposes of prescribing and
amending these regulations, as well as issuing orders pursuant to them.
Section 215 of this Act is codified at 49 U.S.C. 20133.
[[Page 16054]]
III. Proceedings to Date
A. Proceedings To Carry Out the 1992/1994 Track Safety Standards
Rulemaking Mandates
To help fulfill the statutory mandates described in Section II.A,
FRA decided that the proceeding to revise part 213 should advance under
RSAC, which was established on March 11, 1996. (A fuller discussion of
RSAC is provided below.) In turn, RSAC formed the Track Working Group,
comprised of approximately 30 representatives from railroads, rail
labor organizations, trade associations, State government, track
equipment manufacturers, and FRA, to develop and draft a proposed rule
for revising part 213. The Track Working Group identified issues for
discussion from several sources, in addition to the statutory mandates
issued by Congress in 1992 and in 1994. Ultimately, the Track Working
Group recommended a proposed rule to the full RSAC body, which in turn
formally recommended to the Administrator of FRA that FRA issue the
proposed rule as it was drafted.
On July 3, 1997, FRA published an NPRM that included substantially
the same rule text and preamble as that developed by the Track Working
Group. The NPRM generated comment, and following consideration of the
comments received, FRA published a final rule in the Federal Register
on June 22, 1998, see 63 FR 33992, which, effective September 21, 1998,
revised the Track Safety Standards in their entirety.
To address the modern railroad operating environment, the final
rule included standards specifically applicable to high-speed train
operations in a new subpart G. Prior to the 1998 final rule, the Track
Safety Standards had addressed six classes of track, Classes 1 through
6, that permitted passenger and freight trains to travel at speeds up
to 110 m.p.h.; passenger trains had been allowed to operate at speeds
over 110 m.p.h. under conditional waiver granted by FRA. FRA revised
the requirements for Class 6 track, included them in new subpart G, and
also added in it three new classes of track, track Classes 7 through 9,
designating standards for track over which trains may travel at speeds
up to 200 m.p.h. The new subpart G was intended to function as a set of
``stand alone'' regulations governing any track identified as belonging
to one of these high-speed track classes.
B. Proceedings To Carry Out the 1994 Passenger Equipment Safety
Standards Rulemaking Mandate
FRA formed the Passenger Equipment Safety Standards Working Group
to provide FRA with advice in developing the regulations mandated by
Congress. On June 17, 1996, FRA published an advance notice of proposed
rulemaking (ANPRM) concerning the establishment of comprehensive safety
standards for railroad passenger equipment. See 61 FR 30672. The ANPRM
provided background information on the need for such standards, offered
preliminary ideas on approaching passenger safety issues, and presented
questions on various passenger safety topics. Following consideration
of comments received on the ANPRM and advice from FRA's Passenger
Equipment Safety Standards Working Group, FRA published an NPRM on
September 23, 1997, to establish comprehensive safety standards for
railroad passenger equipment. See 62 FR 49728. In addition to
requesting written comment on the NPRM, FRA also solicited oral comment
at a public hearing held on November 21, 1997. FRA considered the
comments received on the NPRM and prepared a final rule, which was
published on May 12, 1999. See 64 FR 25540.
After publication of the final rule, interested parties filed
petitions seeking FRA's reconsideration of certain requirements
contained in the rule. These petitions generally related to the
following subject areas: Structural design; fire safety; training;
inspection, testing, and maintenance; and movement of defective
equipment. On July 3, 2000, FRA issued a response to the petitions for
reconsideration relating to the inspection, testing, and maintenance of
passenger equipment, the movement of defective passenger equipment, and
other miscellaneous provisions related to mechanical issues contained
in the final rule. See 65 FR 41284. On April 23, 2002, FRA responded to
all remaining issues raised in the petitions for reconsideration, with
the exception of those relating to fire safety. See 67 FR 19970.
Finally, on June 25, 2002, FRA completed its response to the petitions
for reconsideration by publishing a response to those petitions
concerning the fire safety portion of the rule. See 67 FR 42892. (For
more detailed information on the petitions for reconsideration and
FRA's response to them, please see these three rulemaking documents.)
The product of this rulemaking was codified primarily at 49 CFR part
238 and secondarily at 49 CFR parts 216, 223, 229, 231, and 232.
C. Identification of Key Issues for Future Rulemaking
While FRA had completed these rulemakings, FRA and interested
industry members began identifying various issues for possible future
rulemaking. Some of these issues resulted from the gathering of
operational experience in applying the new safety standards to Amtrak's
Acela trainsets, as well as to higher-speed commuter railroad
operations. These included concerns raised by railroads and rail
equipment manufacturers as to the application of the new safety
standards and the consistency between the requirements contained in
part 213 and those in part 238. Other issues arose from research
conducted, allowing FRA to gather new information with which to
evaluate the safety of high-speed and high cant deficiency rail
operations. FRA decided to address these issues with the assistance of
RSAC.
FRA notes that train operation at cant deficiency involves
traveling through a curve faster than the balance speed. Balance speed
for any given curve is the speed at which the lateral component of
centrifugal force will be exactly compensated (or balanced) by the
corresponding component of the gravitational force. When operating
above the balance speed, there is a net lateral force to the outside of
the curve. Cant deficiency is measured in inches and is the amount of
superelevation that would need to be added to the existing track to
balance this centrifugal force with this gravitational force to realize
no net lateral force measured in the plane of the rails. For every
curve, there is a balance speed at which the cant deficiency is zero
based on the actual superelevation built into the track. The higher the
train speed is above the balance speed, the higher the cant deficiency.
D. RSAC Overview
As mentioned above, in March 1996, FRA established RSAC as a forum
for developing consensus recommendations to FRA's Administrator on
rulemakings and other safety program issues. The Committee includes
representation from all of the agency's major stakeholders, including
railroads, labor organizations, suppliers and manufacturers, and other
interested parties. A list of member groups follows:
American Association of Private Railroad Car Owners
(AAPRCO);
American Association of State Highway and Transportation
Officials (AASHTO);
[[Page 16055]]
American Chemistry Council;
American Petroleum Institute;
American Public Transportation Association (APTA);
American Short Line and Regional Railroad Association
(ASLRRA);
American Train Dispatchers Association;
Association of American Railroads (AAR);
Association of Railway Museums;
Association of State Rail Safety Managers (ASRSM);
Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers and Trainmen (BLET);
Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employes Division
(BMWED);
Brotherhood of Railroad Signalmen (BRS);
Chlorine Institute;
Federal Transit Administration (FTA); *
Fertilizer Institute;
High Speed Ground Transportation Association;
Institute of Makers of Explosives;
International Association of Machinists and Aerospace
Workers;
International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers;
Labor Council for Latin American Advancement; *
League of Railway Industry Women; *
National Association of Railroad Passengers (NARP);
National Association of Railway Business Women; *
National Conference of Firemen & Oilers;
National Railroad Construction and Maintenance
Association;
National Railroad Passenger Corporation (Amtrak);
National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB); *
Railway Supply Institute (RSI);
Safe Travel America (STA);
Secretaria de Comunicaciones y Transporte; *
Sheet Metal Workers International Association (SMWIA);
Tourist Railway Association, Inc.;
Transport Canada; *
Transport Workers Union of America (TWU);
Transportation Communications International Union/BRC
(TCIU/BRC);
Transportation Security Administration (TSA); * and
United Transportation Union (UTU).
* Indicates associate, non-voting membership.
When appropriate, FRA assigns a task to RSAC, and after
consideration and debate, RSAC may accept or reject the task. If the
task is accepted, RSAC establishes a working group that possesses the
appropriate expertise and representation of interests to develop
recommendations to FRA for action on the task. These recommendations
are developed by consensus. A working group may establish one or more
task forces to develop facts and options on a particular aspect of a
given task. The individual task force then provides that information to
the working group for consideration. When a working group comes to
unanimous consensus on recommendations for action, the package is
presented to the full RSAC for a vote. If the proposal is accepted by a
simple majority of RSAC, the proposal is formally recommended to FRA.
FRA then determines what action to take on the recommendation. Because
FRA staff members play an active role at the working group level in
discussing the issues and options and in drafting the language of the
consensus proposal, FRA is often favorably inclined toward the RSAC
recommendation. However, FRA is in no way bound to follow the
recommendation, and the agency exercises its independent judgment on
whether the recommended rule achieves the agency's regulatory goal, is
soundly supported, and is in accordance with policy and legal
requirements. Often, FRA varies in some respects from the RSAC
recommendation in developing the actual regulatory proposal or final
rule. Any such variations would be noted and explained in the
rulemaking document issued by FRA. However, to the maximum extent
practicable, FRA utilizes RSAC to provide consensus recommendations
with respect to both proposed and final agency action. If RSAC is
unable to reach consensus on a recommendation for action, the task is
withdrawn and FRA determines the best course of action.
E. Establishment of the Passenger Safety Working Group
On May 20, 2003, FRA presented, and RSAC accepted, the task of
reviewing existing passenger equipment safety needs and programs and
recommending consideration of specific actions that could be useful in
advancing the safety of rail passenger service. The RSAC established
the Passenger Safety Working Group (Working Group) to handle this task
and develop recommendations for the full RSAC to consider. Members of
the Working Group, in addition to FRA, include the following:
AAR, including members from BNSF Railway Company (BNSF),
CSX Transportation, Inc. (CSXT), and Union Pacific Railroad Company;
AAPRCO;
AASHTO;
Amtrak;
APTA, including members from Bombardier, Inc., Herzog
Transit Services, Inc., Interfleet Technology, Inc. (Interfleet,
formerly LDK Engineering, Inc.), Long Island Rail Road (LIRR), Maryland
Transit Administration (MTA), Metro-North Commuter Railroad Company,
Northeast Illinois Regional Commuter Railroad Corporation, Southern
California Regional Rail Authority, and Southeastern Pennsylvania
Transportation Authority (SEPTA);
ASLRRA;
BLET;
BRS;
FTA;
NARP;
RSI;
SMWIA;
STA;
TCIU/BRC;
TSA;
TWU; and
UTU.
Staff from DOT's John A. Volpe National Transportation Systems
Center (Volpe Center) attended all of the meetings and contributed to
the technical discussions. Staff from the NTSB also participated in the
Working Group's meetings. The Working Group has held 14 meetings on the
following dates and in the following locations:
September 9-10, 2003, in Washington, DC;
November 6, 2003, in Philadelphia, PA;
May 11, 2004, in Schaumburg, IL;
October 26-27, 2004, in Linthicum/Baltimore, MD;
March 9-10, 2005, in Ft. Lauderdale, FL;
September 7, 2005, in Chicago, IL;
March 21-22, 2006, in Ft. Lauderdale, FL;
September 12-13, 2006, in Orlando, FL;
April 17-18, 2007, in Orlando, FL;
December 11, 2007, in Ft. Lauderdale, FL;
June 18, 2008, in Baltimore, MD;
November 13, 2008, in Washington, DC;
June 8, 2009, in Washington, DC; and
September 16, 2010, in Chicago, IL.
F. Establishment of the Task Force
Due to the variety of issues involved, at its November 2003 meeting
the Working Group established four task forces--smaller groups to
develop recommendations on specific issues within each group's
particular area of expertise. Members of the task forces include
various representatives from the
[[Page 16056]]
respective organizations that are part of the larger Working Group. One
of these task forces was assigned to identify and develop issues and
recommendations specifically related to the inspection, testing, and
operation of passenger equipment as well as concerns related to the
attachment of safety appliances on passenger equipment. An NPRM on
these topics was published on December 8, 2005 (see 70 FR 73069), and a
final rule was published on October 19, 2006 (see 71 FR 61835). Another
of these task forces was assigned to develop recommendations related to
window glazing integrity, structural crashworthiness, and the
protection of occupants during accidents and incidents. The work of
this task force led to the publication of an NPRM focused on enhancing
the front end strength of cab cars and multiple-unit (MU) locomotives
on August 1, 2007 (see 72 FR 42016), and the publication of a final
rule on January 8, 2010 (see 75 FR 1180). Another task force, the
Emergency Preparedness Task Force, was established to identify issues
and develop recommendations related to emergency systems, procedures,
and equipment. An NPRM on these topics was published on August 24, 2006
(see 71 FR 50276), and a final rule was published on February 1, 2008
(see 73 FR 6370).
The fourth task force, the Track/Vehicle Interaction Task Force
(also identified as the Vehicle/Track Interaction Task Force, or Task
Force), was established to identify issues and develop recommendations
related to the safety of vehicle/track interactions. Initially, the
Task Force was charged with considering a number of issues, including
vehicle-centered issues involving wheel flange angle, tread conicity,
and truck equalization; the necessity for instrumented wheelset tests
for operations at speeds from 90 to 125 m.p.h.; consolidation of
vehicle trackworthiness criteria in parts 213 and 238; and revisions of
the track geometry standards. The Task Force was given the
responsibility of addressing other vehicle/track interaction safety
issues and to recommend any research necessary to facilitate their
resolution. Members of the Task Force, in addition to FRA, include the
following:
AAR;
AASHTO;
Amtrak;
APTA, including members from Bombardier, Interfleet, LIRR,
LTK Engineering Services, Port Authority Trans-Hudson, and STV Inc.;
BMWED; and
BRS.
Staff from the Volpe Center attended all of the meetings and
contributed to the technical discussions through their comments and
presentations. In addition, staff from ENSCO, Inc., attended all of the
meetings and contributed to the technical discussions, as a contractor
to FRA. Both the Volpe Center and ENSCO, Inc., have supported FRA
throughout this rulemaking.
The Task Force has held 32 meetings on the following dates and in
the following locations:
April 20-21, 2004, in Washington, DC;
May 24, 2004, in Springfield, VA (technical subgroup
only);
June 24-25, 2004, in Washington, DC;
July 6, 2004, in Washington, DC (technical subgroup only);
July 22, 2004, in Washington, DC (technical subgroup
only);
August 24-25, 2004, in Washington, DC;
October 12-14, 2004, in Washington, DC;
December 9, 2004, in Washington, DC;
February 10, 2005, in Washington, DC;
April 7, 2005, in Washington, DC;
August 24, 2005, in Washington, DC;
November 3-4, 2005, in Washington, DC;
January 12-13, 2006, in Washington, DC;
March 7-8, 2006, in Washington, DC;
April 25, 2006, in Washington, DC;
May 23, 2006, in Washington, DC;
July 25-26, 2006, in Cambridge, MA;
September 7-8, 2006, in Washington, DC;
November 14-15, 2006, in Washington, DC;
January 24-25, 2007, in Washington, DC;
March 29-30, 2007, in Cambridge, MA;
April 26, 2007, in Springfield, VA;
May 17-18, 2007, in Cambridge, MA;
June 25-26, 2007, in Arlington, VA;
August 8-9, 2007, in Cambridge, MA;
October 9-11, 2007 in Washington, DC;
November 19-20, 2007, in Washington, DC;
February 27-28, 2008, in Cambridge, MA;
August 5-6, 2010, in Rockville, MD;
August 23, 2010, in Washington, DC (via teleconference);
September 7, 2010, in Washington, DC (via teleconference);
and
June 29, 2011, in Washington, DC (via teleconference).
This list includes meetings of a technical subgroup comprised of
representatives of the larger Task Force. These subgroup meetings were
often convened the day before the larger Task Force meetings to focus
on more advanced, technical issues. The results of these meetings were
then presented at the larger Task Force meetings and, in turn, included
in the minutes of those Task Force meetings. Minutes of each of these
meetings have been made part of the public docket in this proceeding
and are available for inspection.
G. Development of the NPRM
The NPRM was developed to address a number of the concerns raised
and issues discussed during Task Force and Working Group meetings. The
Task Force recognized that the high-speed track safety standards are
based on the principle that, to ensure safety, the interaction of the
vehicles and the tracks over which they operate must be considered
within a systems approach that provides for specific limits for vehicle
response to track perturbation(s). From the outset, the Task Force
strove to develop revisions that would: Serve as practical standards
with sound physical and mathematical bases; account for a range of
vehicle types that are currently used and may likely be used on future
high-speed or high cant deficiency rail operations, or both; and not
present an undue burden on railroads. The Task Force first identified
key issues requiring attention based on experience applying the Track
Safety Standards and Passenger Equipment Safety Standards, and defined
the following work efforts:
Revise--
[cir] Qualification requirements for high-speed and high cant
deficiency operations;
[cir] Acceleration and wheel/rail force safety limits;
[cir] Inspection, monitoring, and maintenance requirements; and
[cir] Track geometry limits for high-speed operations.
Establish--
[cir] Necessary safety limits for wheel profile and truck
equalization;
[cir] Consistent requirements for high cant deficiency operations
covering all track classes; and
[cir] Additional track geometry requirements for cant deficiencies
greater than 5 inches.
Resolve and reconcile inconsistencies between the Track
Safety Standards and Passenger Equipment Safety Standards, and
[[Page 16057]]
between the lower- and higher-speed Track Safety Standards.
Through the close examination of these issues, the Task Force developed
proposals intended to result in improved public safety while reducing
the burden on the railroad industry where possible. The proposals were
arrived at through the results of computer simulations of vehicle/track
dynamics, consideration of international practices, and thorough
reviews of qualification and revenue service test data.
Nonetheless, in the NPRM published in the Federal Register on May
10, 2010, see 75 FR 25928, FRA made clear that the Task Force did not
seek to revise comprehensively the high-speed Track Safety Standards in
subpart G of part 213, and the NPRM did not propose to do so. For
example, there was no consensus within the Task Force to consider
revisions to the requirements for crossties, as members of the Task
Force believed it was outside of their assigned tasks. Nor was there
any real discussion about revisions to the requirements for ballast or
other sections in subpart G that currently do not distinguish
requirements by class of track. (See Sec. 213.307 in the Section-by-
Section Analysis, below, for further discussion on this point.) FRA
therefore made clear that by not proposing revisions to these sections
in the NPRM, FRA did not mean to imply that these other sections may
not be subject to revision in the future, such as through a separate
RSAC effort. Further, FRA invited comment on the need and rationale for
changes to other sections of subpart G not specifically proposed to be
revised through the NPRM, noting that based upon the comments received
and their significance to the changes specifically proposed, FRA may
consider whether revisions to additional requirements in subpart G are
necessary in this final rule.
H. Development of the Final Rule
FRA notified the public of its options to submit written comments
on the NPRM and to request a public, oral hearing on the NPRM as well.
No request for a public hearing was received. However, a number of
interested parties did submit written comments to the docket in this
proceeding, and FRA considered all of these comments in preparing the
final rule. Specifically, written comments were received from AAR,
Amtrak, Bombardier, the European Union (EU), Florida Department of
Transportation (FDOT), New Jersey Transit Corporation (NJ Transit),
North Carolina Department of Transportation (NCDOT), SEPTA,
Soci[eacute]t[eacute] Nationale des Chemins de fer Fran[ccedil]ais
(French National Railway Company, shortened as SNCF), and a private
citizen. As discussed below, FRA sought clarification from SNCF on
SNCF's initial written comments to the docket, and SNCF supplemented
its comments in response to FRA's request. FRA's request and SNCF's
response have been made part of the public docket in this proceeding.
FRA convened the Task Force to discuss the comments received on the
NPRM and to help achieve consensus on recommendations concerning their
incorporation into this final rule. After four meetings and subsequent
electronic communications, the Task Force reached consensus on
recommendations for the text of the final rule. The recommendations
were accepted by the Working Group and unanimously approved by the full
RSAC as the Committee's recommendations to the FRA Administrator.
Finding that the recommendations help fulfill the agency's regulatory
goals, are soundly supported, and in accordance with policy and legal
requirements, FRA has adopted these recommendations in this final rule.
FRA notes that throughout the preamble discussion of this final
rule, FRA refers to comments, views, suggestions, or recommendations
made by members of the Task Force, Working Group, or full RSAC, as they
are identified or contained in meeting minutes or other materials in
the public docket. FRA does so to show the origin of certain issues and
the nature of discussions concerning those issues at the Task Force,
Working Group, and full RSAC level. FRA believes this serves to
illuminate factors it has weighed in making its regulatory decisions,
as well as the rationale for those decisions.
IV. Technical Background
A. Lessons Learned and Operational Experience
Since the issuance of both the high-speed Track Safety Standards in
1998 and the Passenger Equipment Safety Standards in 1999, experience
has been gained in qualifying a number of vehicles for high-speed and
high cant deficiency operations and in monitoring subsequent
performance in revenue service operation. These vehicles include
Amtrak's Acela trainset; MTA's MARC-III multi-level passenger car; and
NJ Transit's ALP-46 locomotive, Comet V car, PL-42AC locomotive, and
multi-level passenger car. Considerable data was gathered by testing
these vehicles at speed over their intended service routes using
instrumented wheelsets to measure forces directly between the wheel and
rail and using accelerometers to record vehicle motions. During the
course of these qualification tests, some uncertainties,
inconsistencies, and potentially restrictive values were identified in
the interpretation and application of the vehicle/track interaction
(VTI) safety limits then specified in Sec. 213.333 and Sec. 213.345
for excessive vehicle motions based on measured accelerations and in
the requirements of Sec. 213.57 and Sec. 213.329 for high cant
deficiency operation. The information and experience in applying these
requirements helped lay the foundation for a number of the changes made
in this rulemaking, examples of which are provided below.
Differentiate Between Sustained Oscillatory and Transient Carbody
Acceleration Events
During route testing of the MARC-III multi-level car at speeds up
to 125 m.p.h. and at curving speeds producing up to 5 inches of cant
deficiency, several short-duration, peak-to-peak carbody lateral
accelerations were recorded that exceeded regulatory thresholds but did
not represent unsafe guidance forces simultaneously measured at the
wheel-to-rail interface. However, repeated (sustained) carbody lateral
oscillatory accelerations and significant motions were measured on
occasion at higher speeds in curves even though peak-to-peak amplitudes
did not exceed the thresholds. A truck component issue was identified
as a cause of the excessive accelerations and thereafter corrected.
To recognize and account for wider variations in vehicle design,
this final rule divides the VTI acceleration limits into separate
limits for passenger cars from those for other vehicles, such as
conventional locomotives. In addition, new limits for sustained,
carbody oscillatory accelerations have been added to differentiate
between single (transient) events and repeated (sustained)
oscillations. As a result, the carbody transient acceleration limits
for single events, previously set conservatively to control for both
single and repeated oscillations, are now more specific and, as
appropriate, relaxed. FRA believes that this added specificity in the
rule will reduce or eliminate altogether the need for railroads to
provide clarification or perform additional analysis, or both, to
distinguish between transient and sustained oscillations following a
qualification test run. Based on the small energy content associated
with high-frequency acceleration events of
[[Page 16058]]
the carbody, transient acceleration peaks lasting less than 50
milliseconds are excluded from the carbody acceleration limits. Other
clarifying changes include the addition of minimum requirements for
sampling and filtering of the acceleration data. These changes followed
considerable research into the performance of existing vehicles during
qualification testing and revenue operation. Overall, it was found that
the carbody oscillatory acceleration limits need not be as stringent to
protect against events leading to vehicle or passenger safety issues.
Establish Consistent Requirements for High Cant Deficiency Operations
for All Track Classes
Several issues related to operation at higher cant deficiencies
(higher speeds in curves) have also been addressed, based particularly
on route testing of the Acela trainsets on Amtrak's Northeast Corridor.
In sharper curves, for which cant deficiency was high but vehicle
speeds were reflective of a lower track class, it was found that
stricter track geometry limits were necessary, for the same track
class, in order to provide an equivalent margin of safety for
operations at higher cant deficiency. These stricter limits have been
adopted in this final rule. Second, although the Track Safety Standards
have prescribed limits on geometry variations existing in isolation, it
was recognized that a combination of track alinement (also spelled
``alignment'' and literally meant to indicate ``a line'') and surface
variations, none of which individually amounts to a deviation from the
Standards, may nonetheless result in undesirable response as defined by
the VTI limits. This finding was significant because trains operating
at high cant deficiency increase the lateral force exerted on track
during curving and, in many cases, may correspondingly reduce the
margin of safety associated with vehicle response to combined track
variations. Sections 213.65 and 213.332 have been added to the rule, as
a result. Qualification of Amtrak's conventional passenger equipment to
operate at cant deficiencies up to 5 inches also highlighted the need
to ensure compatibility between the requirements for low- (Sec.
213.57) and high-speed (Sec. 213.329) cant deficiency operations;
these requirements have been modified, accordingly.
Streamline Testing Requirements for Similar Vehicles
This final rule provides that vehicles with minor variations in
their physical properties (such as suspension, mass, interior
arrangements, or dimensions) that do not result in significant changes
to their dynamic performance (i.e., are dynamically similar) be
considered of the same vehicle type for vehicle qualification purposes.
Provided that this similarity can be established to FRA's satisfaction,
these vehicles are not required to repeat full qualification testing of
the vehicle type to which they belong, thereby saving the costs
associated with full testing. In other cases, however, the variations
between car parameters may warrant partial or full dynamic testing. For
example, the approval process for NJ Transit's Comet V car to operate
at speeds up to 100 m.p.h. exemplified the need for clarification of
whether vehicles similar (but not identical) to vehicles that have
undergone full qualification testing should be subjected to full
qualification testing themselves. NJ Transit had sought relief from the
instrumented wheelset testing required in Sec. 213.345 by stating that
the Comet V car was similar to the Comet IV car. The Comet V car was
represented to FRA to have truck and suspension components nearly
identical to the Comet IV car already in service and operating at 100-
m.p.h. speeds for many years. However, examination by FRA revealed
enough differences between the vehicles to at least warrant dynamic
testing using accelerometers on representative routes. Results of the
testing showed distinct behaviors between the cars and provided
additional data that was necessary for qualifying the Comet V.
Refine Criteria for Detecting Truck Hunting
During route testing of Acela trainsets, high-frequency lateral
acceleration oscillations of the coach truck frame were detected by the
test instrumentation in a mild curve at high speed. However, the
onboard sensors, installed per specification on every truck, did not
respond to these events. Based on these experiences, the truck lateral
acceleration safety limit, used for the detection of truck hunting, has
been tightened from 0.4g to 0.3g and provides that the 0.3g value must
be exceeded for more than 2 seconds for there to be an exceedance.
Analyses conducted by FRA have shown that this change will better help
to identify the occurrences of excessive truck hunting, while excluding
high-frequency, low-amplitude oscillations that do not require
immediate attention. In addition, to improve the process for analyzing
data while vehicles are negotiating spiral track segments, the limit
now requires that the RMSt (root mean squared with linear trend
removed) value be used rather than the RMSm (root mean squared with
mean removed) value.
Finally, placement of the truck frame lateral accelerometer to
detect truck hunting has been more rigorously specified to be as near
an axle as is practicable. Analyses conducted by FRA have shown that
when hunting motion (which is typically a combination of truck lateral
motion and yaw) has a large truck yaw component, hunting is best
detected by placing an accelerometer on the truck frame located above
an axle. FRA has found that an accelerometer placed in the middle of
the truck frame will not always provide early detection of truck
hunting when yaw motion of the truck is large.
Revise Periodic Monitoring Requirements for Class 8 and 9 Track
Based on collected data, and so that the required inspection
frequency better reflects experienced degradation rates, the periodic
vehicle/track interaction monitoring frequency contained in Sec.
213.333 for operations at track Class 8 and 9 speeds has been reduced
from once per day to four times per week for carbody accelerations, and
twice within 60 days for truck accelerations. In addition, a clause has
been added to allow the track owner or railroad operating the vehicle
type subject to the monitoring to petition FRA, after a specified
amount of time or mileage, to eliminate the truck accelerometer
monitoring requirement. Data gathered has shown that these monitoring
requirements could be adjusted without materially diminishing
operational safety. In this regard, FRA notes that safety is also
provided pursuant to Sec. 238.427 in that truck acceleration continues
to be constantly monitored on each Tier II vehicle under the Passenger
Equipment Safety Standards in order to determine if hunting
oscillations of the vehicle are occurring during revenue operation.
B. Research and Computer Modeling
As a result of advancements made over the last few decades,
computer models of rail vehicles interacting with track have become
practical and reliable tools for predicting the behavior and safety of
these vehicles under a variety of conditions. These models can serve as
reliable substitutes for performing actual, on-track testing, which
otherwise may be more difficult--and likely more costly--to perform
than to model.
Models for such behavior typically represent the vehicle body,
wheelsets, truck frames, and other major vehicle components as rigid
bodies connected
[[Page 16059]]
with elastic and damping elements and include detailed representation
of the non-linear wheel/rail contact mechanics (i.e., non-linear
frictional contact forces between the wheels and rails modeled as
functions of the relative velocities between the wheel and rail
contacts, i.e., creepages). The primary dynamic input to these models
is track irregularities, which can be created analytically (such as
versines, cusps, etc.) or based on actual measurements.
There are a number of industry codes available with generally
accepted approaches for solving the equations of motion describing the
dynamic behavior of rail vehicles. These models require accurate
knowledge of vehicle parameters, including the inertia properties of
each of the bodies as well as the characteristics of the main
suspension components and connections. To obtain reliable predictions,
the models must also consider the effects of suspension non-linearities
within the vehicles and in the wheel/rail contact mechanics, as well as
incorporate detailed characterization of the track as input, including
the range of parameters and non-linearities encountered in service.
In order to develop revisions to the track geometry limits in the
Track Safety Standards, several computer models of rail vehicles have
been used to assess the response of vehicle designs to a wide range of
track conditions corresponding to limiting conditions allowed for each
class of track. Simulation studies have been performed using computer
models of Amtrak's AEM-7 locomotive, Acela power car, Acela coach car,
and Amfleet coach equipment. In the time since the 1998 revisions to
the track geometry limits, which were largely based on models of
hypothetical, high-speed vehicles, models of the subsequently-
introduced Acela power car and coach car have been developed. In the
case of the Acela power car, the model has proven capable of
reproducing a wide range of vehicle responses observed during
acceptance testing, including examples of potential safety concerns.
For purposes of this rulemaking, an extensive matrix of simulation
studies involving all four vehicle types was used to determine the
amplitude of track geometry alinement anomalies, surface anomalies, and
combined surface and alinement anomalies that result in undesirable
response. These simulations were performed using two coefficients of
friction (0.1 and 0.5), two analytical anomaly shapes (bump and ramp),
and combinations of speed, curvature, and superelevation to cover a
range of cant deficiency. The results provided the basis for
establishing the revisions to the geometry limits adopted in this final
rule. For illustration purposes, two examples are provided of results
from simulation studies that were performed for determining safe
amplitudes of track geometry: One illustrates the effect of combined
track alinement and profile defects; the other illustrates isolated
track alinement defects.
Figure 1 depicts an example summarizing the modeling results of the
Acela power car at 130 m.p.h. and 9 inches of cant deficiency over
combined, 62-foot-wavelength defects. The darker-shaded squares
represent a combination of track alinement and surface perturbations
where at least one of the VTI safety criteria adopted in this final
rule is exceeded, and the solid, black-lined polygon represents the
track geometry limits that have been adopted in the final rule. Similar
results for other vehicles, speeds and cant deficiencies, and defect
wavelengths were created and reviewed. The track geometry limits for
the combined perturbations (solid line) were developed following
consideration of all of these results. Figure 1 displays how one
example case compares with these track geometry limits. As shown, the
combined perturbation limits address the most severe combination
conditions, though for computational simplicity and implementation
purposes, they do not attempt to control all possible combinations. The
figure shows that without the addition of the combined defect limits in
the upper right and lower left quadrants, which effectively limit track
geometry in the up-and-in and down-and-out cases, the single-defect
limits would otherwise permit conditions that could cause the VTI
safety criteria to be exceeded. For many of these high-speed and high
cant deficiency conditions, the net axle lateral force safety criterion
was found to be the limiting safety condition.
Figure 2 depicts an example summarizing the modeling results of the
Acela power car on Class 7 track at 130 m.p.h. and 9 inches of cant
deficiency over isolated track alinement defects having 124-foot
wavelengths. Each vertical bar represents the amplitude of the largest
alinement perturbation that will not cause an exceedance of one of the
VTI safety criteria. Similar results for other vehicles, speeds and
cant deficiencies, and defect wavelengths were created and reviewed. In
addition, similar results for this range of analysis parameters
(vehicles, speeds and cant deficiencies, and defect wavelengths) were
created and reviewed using isolated, surface geometry defects. These
example results show that, with two exceptions, the geometry limits in
the 1998 Track Safety Standards have sufficiently protected against
such exceedances under the modeled conditions. Specifically, the VTI
limits for net axle lateral force and peak-to-peak carbody lateral
acceleration were exceeded on track at the 124-foot, mid-chord offset
(MCO) limit for alinement. The modeling showed this limit to be set too
permissively for high cant deficiency operations. Consequently, FRA
proposed to tighten this alinement limit from 1.25 inches to 1.0 inch
for Class 7 track operations above 5 inches of cant deficiency to
prevent unsafe vehicle dynamic response. FRA has adopted this proposal
in this final rule.
BILLING CODE 4910-06-P
[[Page 16060]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13MR13.004
[[Page 16061]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13MR13.005
As specified in this final rule, simulations using computer models
are now required during the vehicle qualification process as an
important tool for the assessment of vehicle performance. These
simulations are intended not only to augment on-track, instrumented
performance assessments but also to provide a means for identifying
vehicle dynamic performance issues prior to service to validate the
suitability of a vehicle design for operation over its intended route.
In order to evaluate safety performance as part of the vehicle
qualification process, simulations are required using both a measured
track geometry segment representative of the full route, and an
analytically defined track segment containing geometry perturbations
representative of minimally compliant track conditions for the
respective track class--Minimally Compliant Analytical Track (or MCAT).
MCAT is intended to be used to qualify both new vehicles for operation
and vehicles previously qualified (on other routes) for operation over
new routes. MCAT consists of nine sections; each section is designed to
test a vehicle's performance in response to a specific type of
perturbation (hunting perturbation, gage narrowing, gage widening,
repeated and single surface perturbations, repeated and single
alinement perturbations, short warp, and combined down-and-out
perturbations). Typical simulation parameters (that vary) include:
Speed, cant deficiency, gage, and wheel profile. Figure 3 depicts time
traces of the percent of wheel unloading for the Acela coach in a
simulated run over MCAT segments for analyzing high cant deficiency
curving performance at 160 m.p.h. In this example the most severe
response occurs over the warp segment of track. At 9 inches of cant
deficiency and a speed of 160 m.p.h., vehicle response exceeds the
permitted limit for a wheel to unload to less than 15 percent of its
static vertical wheel load for 5 or more continuous feet, as provided
in table of VTI safety limits in Sec. 213.333. Please see the Section-
by-Section Analysis for a further discussion of MCAT.
[[Page 16062]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13MR13.006
V. Discussion of Specific Comments and Conclusions
As noted above, FRA received written comments in response to the
NPRM from a number of interested parties. Most of the comments are
discussed in the Section-by-Section Analysis or in the Regulatory
Impact and Notices portion of this final rule directly with the
provisions and statements to which they specifically relate. Other
comments apply more generally to the final rule as a whole, and FRA is
discussing them here. Please note that the order in which the comments
are discussed in this document, whether by issue or by commenter, is
not intended to reflect the significance of the comment raised or the
standing of the commenter.
A. EU and SNCF Comments on Track Geometry Standards
FRA received comments from both the EU and SNCF expressing concerns
that, in general, the proposed revisions to the Track Safety Standards
would permit significantly larger track geometry variations than
equivalent European limits. According to these commenters, such larger
track geometry variations could compromise the safety of high-speed
operations or have an impact on the achievable comfort values in high-
speed service, or both.
FRA's track geometry standards are safety standards and specify
minimum safety requirements (i.e., maximum allowable track geometry
variations that do not compromise safety). The standards do not address
ride comfort, except to the extent that they inherently provide a level
of ride comfort as well. However, FRA encourages and expects railroads
to adopt their own internal, stricter track maintenance policies to
address other concerns such as ride comfort. Thus, FRA expects that a
high-speed rail system should normally operate well within the maximum
allowable track geometry safety limits.
As discussed above, to establish the safety limits proposed in the
NPRM, FRA conducted a set of engineering and vehicle/track dynamic
interaction simulation studies, using a range of representative
vehicles (i.e., not developed for a particular vehicle type) to
identify specific track geometry limits that would provide for safety
in the envisioned speed ranges. These studies modeled the effects of
specific track geometry variations (consisting of a full range of
wavelengths likely to affect vehicle dynamics) on the safe response of
the candidate vehicles. In addition, comparisons were made between the
proposed limits derived from these modeling results and the track
geometry limits used by SNCF, to assess their validity. These
comparisons were made for track Classes 6 through 9.
FRA sought clarification from SNCF on its comments on the NPRM, as
noted above. FRA prepared a brief presentation outlining the general
approach it followed in proposing the NPRM's safety limits, using the
Class 9 limits as a specific example. This presentation was sent to
SNCF along with three questions related to track geometry and safety
criteria currently in use in the French high-speed rail network. These
questions were intended to clarify FRA's understanding of SNCF's
practices (recognizing that both the track geometry standards used by
SNCF, as well as the measurements and calculations used to evaluate
compliance with its standards, are implemented in a manner different
from FRA's standards) and gather any specific information SNCF has to
indicate the need for track geometry limits stricter than those
proposed in the NPRM.
Having considered the comments and supplemental response, FRA
continues to believe that the approach taken in this rulemaking sets
appropriate track geometry limits and safely accounts for vehicle
behavior in response to track geometry conditions. Based on the
information available to FRA, FRA does not find that more stringent
track geometry limits are necessary for the purposes of safety. In this
regard, SNCF's supplemental response noted inconsistencies with FRA's
initial understanding of SNCF limits which, when taken into account,
indicate that FRA's geometry limits actually provide tighter controls
on alignment variations. Moreover, SNCF stated that it was about to
start research to integrate vehicle dynamics more fully into its own
track geometry limits, and expressed interest in SNCF and FRA combining
their experience to share information and examine issues together. FRA
welcomes the opportunity for such cooperation and a dialogue with SCNF
is ongoing.
[[Page 16063]]
B. Wheel Unloading From Wind on Superelevated Curves
Several comments were raised on FRA's proposal in Sec. Sec.
213.57(b) and 213.329(b) of the NPRM that all vehicles requiring
qualification of the vehicle/track system under Sec. 213.345
demonstrate that when stopped on a curve having a maximum uniform
elevation of 7 inches, no wheel unloads to a value less than 50 percent
of its static weight on level track. This proposed modification to the
1998 Track Safety Standards was intended to address potential vehicle
rollover and passenger safety issues from side-wind loading should a
vehicle be stopped or traveling at very low speeds on highly
superelevated curves, helping to prevent complete unloading of the
wheels on the high (elevated) rail and incipient rollover.
In commenting on this proposal, Bombardier raised concern that only
vehicles seeking qualification under Sec. 213.345 would be subject to
the proposed requirement, even though the underlying safety issue
relates to all vehicle types operating at any speed and any cant
deficiency--not just vehicles seeking qualification under Sec.
213.345. Bombardier stated that a similar provision then contained in
Sec. Sec. 213.57 and 213.329 had been proposed to be removed for this
reason. Bombardier also raised concern as to the effect the proposal
would have on existing, qualified multi-level passenger equipment.
Amtrak commented that only high-speed equipment would in effect be
subject to the proposal, and yet the proposal had not been justified
for any equipment, be it high-speed, conventional, or freight. NCDOT
also commented that if rollover from side-wind loading when stopped on
a superelevated curve is a safety issue, then the proposal should apply
to either all vehicles, regardless of operating speed or cant
deficiency, or none. Like Bombardier, NCDOT noted concern that the
proposal could affect the procurement and qualification of bi-level
passenger equipment.
After extensive discussion within the Task Force in response to
these comments, FRA has decided not to adopt the proposal. The proposal
would have effectively superseded the requirements in Sec. Sec. 213.57
and 213.329 for vehicles seeking qualification under Sec. 213.345, in
that, for a vehicle stopped or traveling at very low speeds on a highly
superelevated curve, it would have lowered the 60-percent unloading
limit to 50 percent, since dynamic effects on wheel unloading would not
be a factor, and would have eliminated the 8.6-degree roll requirement
for this stationary condition. However, FRA is not aware of passenger
rail equipment currently in service in the United States that would not
have met the proposal, and the proposal was therefore principally
intended to ensure that new passenger rail equipment designs for high-
speed or high cant deficiency operation would continue to address this
wheel unloading concern. In this regard, FRA had suggested in the Task
Force to limit the proposal only to new passenger cars--focusing the
provisions on new passenger cars (or new passenger car types),
particularly those with higher centers of gravity, to ensure that they
do not excessively unload from wind when stationary on highly
superelevated curves. Nevertheless, the Task Force could not reach
agreement on criteria by which to evaluate such excessive unloading.
FRA understood from the Task Force that the same criteria may not be
appropriate for all railroads and would depend on specific operating
characteristics and the operating environment (e.g, the criteria should
account for the fact that the risk is higher in high-wind regions).
Ultimately, the Task Force did not believe it necessary to specify a
general FRA standard by which to determine whether the equipment poses
a rollover-risk due to wind loading when stationary on a superelevated
curve.
FRA does make clear in this final rule that for all equipment
operating at cant deficiencies above 3 inches, Sec. Sec. 213.57(d) and
213.329(d) continue to require that when positioned on track with a
uniform superelevation equal to the proposed cant deficiency, no wheel
of the vehicle may unload to a value less than 60 percent of its static
value on perfectly level track. This 60-percent limit retains an
allowance for the effects of wind loading on the risk of equipment
rollover at the proposed cant deficiency. Please see the discussion of
Sec. Sec. 213.57(d) and 213.329(d) in the Section-by-Section Analysis,
below. Nonetheless, FRA notes that the underlying safety issue of
equipment rollover from wind loading when stationary on a superelevated
curve is not otherwise addressed in the regulations. Consequently, in
the absence of a specific Federal standard, FRA expects that each
railroad will identify appropriate safety criteria by which to evaluate
the risk of equipment rollover from wind loading when stationary on a
superelevated curve, and then make the determination that the risk has
been safely addressed using those criteria.
VI. Section-by-Section Analysis
Proposed Amendments to 49 CFR Part 213, Track Safety Standards
Subpart A--General
Section 213.1 Scope of Part
This section was amended in the 1998 Track Safety Standards final
rule to distinguish the applicability of subpart G from that of
subparts A through F, as a result of subpart G's addition to this part
by that final rule. Subpart G applies to track over which trains
operate at speeds exceeding those permitted for Class 5 track, which
supports maximum speeds of 80 m.p.h. for freight trains and 90 m.p.h.
for passenger trains. Subpart G was intended to be comprehensive, so
that a railroad operating at speeds above Class 5 maximum speeds may
refer to subpart G for all of the substantive track safety requirements
for high-speed rail and need refer to the sections of the Track Safety
Standards applicable to lower-speed operations only for general
provisions, i.e., Sec. 213.1 (Scope), Sec. 213.3 (Application), and
Sec. 213.15 (Penalties). At the same time, railroads that do not
operate at speeds in excess of the maximum Class 5 speeds need not
directly refer to subpart G at all.
FRA is maintaining this general structure of part 213 for ease of
use, and the requirements of subpart G continue not to apply directly
to operations at Class 1 through 5 track speeds. However, in adding new
requirements governing high cant deficiency operations for track
Classes 1 through 5, certain sections of subparts C and D refer
railroads operating at those high cant deficiencies to specific
sections of subpart G. In such circumstances, only the specifically-
referenced section(s) of subpart G apply, and only as provided. As
discussed in this Section-by-Section Analysis, below, the addition of
requirements for high cant deficiency operations over lower-speed track
classes in this final rule permits railroads to operate at higher cant
deficiencies over these track classes without requiring a waiver. Prior
to this change in the regulation, railroads had to petition FRA for
approval by waiver to operate at the higher cant deficiencies over the
lower-speed track classes.
FRA believes that the approach in this rulemaking minimizes the
addition of detailed requirements for high cant deficiency operations
in subparts C and D. Moreover, with one exception noted below, FRA has
not found it necessary to amend this section on the scope of this part,
because only certain requirements of subpart G apply to lower-speed
track classes and only indirectly for high cant deficiency
[[Page 16064]]
operations by cross-referencing the requirements. FRA believes that
this approach is consistent with the organization of this part; for
example, the 1998 Track Safety Standards final rule revised Sec.
213.57 to reference subpart G for when a track owner or railroad
operating above Class 5 track speeds requests approval to operate at
greater than 4 inches of cant deficiency on curves in Class 1 through 5
track contiguous to the high-speed track. See 63 FR 33992, 34033.
In the NPRM, FRA invited both comment on the proposal and
suggestions for any alternative approach for maintaining the ease of
use of this part, including whether the subpart headings should be
modified to make their application clearer to the rail operations they
address, and, if so, in what way(s). FRA did receive a comment from the
AAR suggesting that the phrase ``Except as provided in section
213.65,'' be added at the beginning of the second sentence in paragraph
(a) of this section. The AAR noted that the second sentence in
paragraph (a) provided that the requirements in part 213 apply to
specific track conditions ``in isolation,'' while this rulemaking is
adding new Sec. 213.65 to address ``combined'' track alinement and
surface deviations. Therefore, the AAR recommended adding the
introductory text to make Sec. 213.1 consistent with new Sec. 213.65.
This final rule adopts the AAR's recommendation to make this
section consistent with the changes to this part. Yet, in this regard,
more than Sec. 213.65 is being added that addresses conditions
existing in combination. For example, Sec. 213.332 is also being added
in subpart G to address combined track alinement and surface deviations
for the higher-speed track classes, and the MCAT qualification
requirements in new Appendix D address ``combined perturbation.'' As a
result, the final rule modifies paragraph (a) by adding the
introductory words ``In general'' at the beginning of the second
sentence. While the requirements in this part do apply, in general, to
track conditions existing in isolation, the provisions discussed above
are not focused exclusively on track conditions in isolation, and this
modification preserves flexibility for encompassing these and other
similar provisions without specifically enumerating them. The Task
Force, including the AAR, concurred with this modification to the final
rule.
As a separate matter, FRA noted that it was not proposing to revise
and re-issue the Track Safety Standards in full, as was done in the
1998 final rule. Instead, FRA is amending only certain portions of the
Track Safety Standards. Therefore, FRA explained in the NPRM that this
final rule needs to ensure that both the new and revised sections
appropriately integrate with those sections of this part that are not
amended, and that appropriate time is provided to phase-in the new and
amended sections. FRA noted that, in general, the Task Force
recommended that both new and revised sections become applicable one
year after the date the final rule is published, to allow the track
owner or operating railroad, or both, sufficient time to prepare for
and adjust to meeting the new requirements. Examples of such
adjustments may include changes to operating, inspection, or
maintenance practices, such as for compliance with Sec. Sec. 213.57,
213.329, 213.332, 213.333 and 213.345, as amended.
FRA also explained that it was considering providing the track
owner or operating railroad the option of electing to comply sooner
with the new and amended requirements, upon written notification to
FRA. FRA noted that such a request for earlier application of the new
and amended requirements would indicate the track owner's or railroad's
readiness and ability to comply with all of the new and amended
requirements--not just certain of those requirements. Because of the
interrelationship of the amendments, FRA believes that virtually all of
them need to apply simultaneously to maintain their integrity. FRA
invited comment on formalizing this approach for this final rule;
however, no specific comment was received.
In preparing the final rule, FRA decided that the more appropriate
way to implement the rule's requirements is to make the rule effective
120 days after its publication, rather than generally make the
revisions applicable one year after publication. While FRA did note in
the NPRM that it intended the final rule to become effective 60 days
after its publication, FRA also explained that since there cannot be
two different sections of the same CFR unit in effect under the same
section heading, a temporary appendix was being considered to separate
revised sections from their former provisions to allow for continued
compliance with those former sections for a track owner or railroad not
electing to comply sooner with all of the revised sections of part 213.
By lengthening the effective date of the final rule so that all of the
changes go into effect simultaneously but at a later time, the rule is
clearer and provides additional time in which to make preparations for
complying with the new requirements. FRA has further considered the
preparations that may be necessary, including changes to operating,
inspection, and maintenance practices, and believes that they can be
completed (and implemented) within this period. In particular, FRA
believes that it should take no more than a month of labor hours to
prepare all of a railroad's automated, vehicle-based inspection systems
and software to measure and process the necessary parameters to
determine compliance with this rule, based on the relatively limited
changes to the existing safety limits and the number of new parameters
that must be calculated. FRA also notes that the 1998 Track Safety
Standards final rule took effect 90 days after its publication, see 63
FR 33991-33992, although certain provisions were made applicable at a
later date.
Section 213.7 Designation of Qualified Persons to Supervise Certain
Renewals and Inspect Track
This section recognizes that work on or about a track structure
supporting heavy freight trains or passenger operations, or both,
demands the highest awareness of employees of the need to perform their
work properly. At the same time, the wording of this section has
literally required that each individual designated to perform such work
know and understand the requirements of this part, detect deviations
from those requirements, and prescribe appropriate remedial action to
correct or safely compensate for those deviations, regardless whether
that knowledge, understanding, and ability with respect to all of this
part were necessary for that individual to perform his or her duties.
While qualified persons designated under this section have not been
directly required to know, understand, or apply requirements applicable
only to higher-speed track classes in subpart G (pursuant to Sec.
213.1(b)), the addition of vehicle qualification and testing
requirements for high cant deficiency operations in lower-speed track
classes, in particular, adds a level of complexity that may be outside
the purview of track foremen and inspectors in fulfilling their duties.
As a result, the Task Force recommended and FRA agrees that this
rule add text clarifying that the requirements for a person to be
qualified under this section concern those portions of this part
necessary for the performance of that person's duties. This section
continues to require that a person designated under it possess the
knowledge, understanding, and ability necessary to supervise the
restoration and renewal of track, or to perform
[[Page 16065]]
inspections of track, or both, for which he or she is responsible. Yet,
adding the text makes clear that the person is not required to know or
understand specific requirements of this part not necessary to the
fulfillment of that person's duties. In this regard, the AAR commented
that these changes are particularly needed in light of the adoption of
high cant deficiency requirements in this final rule. FRA does not
believe that safety will be in any way diminished by these changes, and
they were supported by the Task Force.
Section 213.14 Application of Requirements to Curved Track
This is a new section that is being added to help define the
application of requirements for curved track, following publication of
and comment on the NPRM. Rather than define what is meant by curved
track in each section where requirements for curved track appear, FRA
believes it more appropriate to provide the definition here for all of
part 213. This new section states that, unless otherwise provided in
this part, requirements specified for curved track apply only to track
having a curvature greater than 0.25 degree. This definition is
intended to apply in all sections where limits for curved track are
specified, unless otherwise provided.
As further explanation, in its comments on the NPRM Bombardier
observed that the track geometry alinement limits proposed in Sec.
213.55(b) were those recommended by the Task Force, except for what was
proposed as footnote 5--i.e., that curved track limits be applied only
when track curvature is greater than 0.25 degree. See 75 FR 25957.
Bombardier stated that this proposed footnote was not included in the
rule text recommended by the Task Force and that FRA did not provide a
technical justification for its inclusion in the proposed rule.
Bombardier believed that this proposed footnote would only be
applicable at very high speeds and would therefore be irrelevant.
Consequently, Bombardier recommended the proposed footnote's deletion
in Sec. 213.55(b), as well as in the following sections regarding
application of curved track limits: Sec. Sec. 213.63(b), 213.327(b)
and (c), and 213.331(a) and (b).
In discussing the proposed footnote with the Task Force, the Task
Force recognized that the primary intent was to provide a definitive
demarcation of curved track from tangent track so that track inspectors
and automated track geometry measurement systems can properly apply the
more stringent track geometry limits required for high cant deficiency
operation in track Classes 1 through 5. Continuing with the example of
Sec. 213.55, should track curvature be no greater than 0.25 degree,
the limits in Sec. 213.55(a) for tangent track apply. For practical
consideration in the way curvature is determined, and based on dynamic
simulations of VTI performance by and experience with Acela trainsets
on Amtrak's Northeast Corridor, a 0.25-degree (15-minute) curvature was
chosen as this demarcation. This same reasoning applies to the
inclusion of this provision for the proper application of track
geometry limits not only in Sec. 213.55, but also in Sec. Sec.
213.63, 213.327 and 213.331, as specifically cited by Bombardier.
Therefore, the Task Force recommended applying this provision to each
of these sections.
Additionally, in preparing the final rule FRA noted that since
curved track limits apply elsewhere in this part, whether or not high
cant deficiency operations are conducted over the track, this provision
for determining when to apply curved track limits could apply to those
sections as well. FRA examined all of part 213 and found it appropriate
to apply this provision generally throughout the entirety of the part,
unless otherwise specified. The Task Force concurred with this
addition, but nevertheless recommended that FRA restate this section in
subpart G to make clear that it applies together with the other
provisions governing the high-speed track classes. FRA has therefore
added an identical provision in subpart G; please see the discussion of
Sec. 213.313. FRA believes that these new sections will help to ensure
that curved track limits are applied in a uniform and proper manner.
Subpart C--Track Geometry
Section 213.55--Track Alinement
This section specifies the maximum alinement deviations allowed for
tangent and curved track in Classes 1 through 5. Alinement is the
localized variation in curvature of each rail. On tangent track, the
intended curvature is zero, and thus the alinement is measured as the
variation or deviation from zero. In a curve, the alinement is measured
as the variation or deviation from the ``uniform'' alinement over a
specified distance. As proposed, the section heading has been modified
so that it reads ``Track alinement,'' instead of ``Alinement,'' for
clarity.
The former track alinement limits in this section have been
redesignated as paragraph (a) and remain unchanged. Paragraph (b) has
been added as a new provision containing tighter, single-deviation
geometry limits for operations above 5 inches of cant deficiency on
curved track, and includes both 31-foot and 62-foot MCO limits. These
limits are based on the results of simulation studies to determine the
safe amplitudes of track geometry alinement variations. See Technical
Background, Section IV.B, above. FRA believes that adding the track
geometry limits in paragraph (b) is necessary to provide an equivalent
margin of safety for operations at higher cant deficiency. FRA also
notes that, as proposed, the requirements for track Classes 1 and 2 in
paragraph (b) reference footnote 2 of paragraph (b), which provides
that restraining rails or other systems may be required for derailment
prevention.
As provided in Sec. 213.14, limits for curved track in paragraph
(b) apply only to track having a curvature greater than 0.25 degree.
Consequently, it is unnecessary to add proposed footnote 5, which would
have contained the same instruction. Please see Sec. 213.14 for a full
discussion of the application of curved track limits.
Section 213.57 Curves; Elevation and Speed Limitations
This final rule makes substantial changes to this section, which
specifies the requirements for safe curving speeds in track Classes 1
through 5. Notably, changes have been made to the qualification
requirements and approval procedures for vehicles intended to operate
at more than 3 inches of cant deficiency. For consistency with the
higher speed standards in subpart G, cant deficiency is no longer
limited to a maximum of 4 inches in track Classes 1 through 5. Prior to
this change, this section specified qualification requirements for
vehicles intended to operate only up to 4 inches of cant deficiency on
track Classes 1 through 5 unless the track was contiguous to a higher-
speed track. Consequently, vehicles intended to operate at more than 4
inches of cant deficiency on routes not contiguous to a higher-speed
track were only permitted to operate under a waiver in accordance with
part 211 of this chapter. This section now includes procedures for such
vehicles to operate safely at higher cant deficiencies without the
necessity of obtaining a waiver.
Both portions of paragraph (a) are revised; the first portion is
revised as proposed without any comment. The maximum elevation of the
outside rail of a curve may not be more than 8 inches on track Classes
1 and 2, and 7 inches on track Classes 3 through 5. Formerly, the
provision had been stated in terms of the maximum crosslevel of
[[Page 16066]]
the outside rail, with the same limits. As crosslevel is a function of
elevation differences between two rails, and is specifically addressed
by other provisions of this rule, specifically Sec. 213.63, this
clarification is intended to focus the provision on the maximum
allowable elevation of a single rail.
Numerous comments were received on FRA's proposal concerning the
second portion of paragraph (a), however, to restrict configuring track
so that the outside rail of a curve is designed to be lower than the
inside rail while allowing for a deviation up to the limits provided in
Sec. 213.63. In issuing the NPRM, FRA noted that the Task Force had
recommended removing this portion of paragraph (a), which formerly
stated that ``[e]xcept as provided in Sec. 213.63, the outside rail of
a curve may not be lower than the inside rail.'' Concern had been
raised in the Task Force that this statement potentially conflicted
with the limits in Sec. 213.63 for ``the deviation from * * * reverse
crosslevel elevation on curves.'' Nonetheless, FRA had believed that
these provisions complemented each other--rather than conflict--
addressing both the designed layout of a curve and deviations from that
layout through actual use. In the NPRM, FRA stated that the requirement
in paragraph (a) was intended to be a design restriction against
configuring track so that the outside rail of a curve is lower than the
inside rail, while the limits at issue in Sec. 213.63 were to govern
local deviations from uniform elevation--i.e., from the designed
elevation--that occur as a result of changes in conditions. However, as
discussed below, FRA recognizes that its proposal should have been more
complete, and FRA is modifying the final rule based on the comments
received.
In commenting on the NPRM, SEPTA noted that there are at least two
situations when it is desirable to incorporate minimal reverse
elevation by design: (1) In grade crossings in which the roadway
profile is opposed to the desired track elevation; and (2) in special
trackwork where a turnout may be located in a slight curve which is
opposite the turnout curve. SEPTA stated that in these situations
incorporating reverse elevation may be desired to minimize the
potential highway hazard in a grade crossing and properly accommodate
connections to sidings and other facilities. Accordingly, SEPTA
believed that criteria should be developed to permit a minimal amount
of reverse superelevation by design.
NJ Transit also commented that the proposal would impact a
significant number of switches in its system where reverse elevation
has been designed into curves. Specifically, NJ Transit cited switches
in interlockings at several junctions such as its Roseville Avenue
Interlocking, potentially impacting 65 daily trains destined to and
from the Montclair Line; Amtrak's Hunter Interlocking, potentially
impacting 53 daily NJ Transit trains destined to and from the Raritan
Valley Line; its Far Hills Interlocking, potentially impacting 49 daily
NJ Transit Gladstone Line trains; and other possible locations at
junctions on the Northeast Corridor that would be potentially impacted.
NJ Transit believed that future interlocking reconfigurations could
also be affected if the physical characteristics preclude even the
temporary location of a turnout in a curve that might involve reverse
elevation, and therefore requested that the proposal not be adopted.
Likewise, Amtrak objected to the proposal, believing that it would
represent a fundamental restructuring of basic track design and
geometry tenets and that implementation of the proposed language would
have enormous consequences for rail service (both passenger and
freight) on the Northeast Corridor. Amtrak noted that there are more
than 77 locations on the Northeast Corridor between Washington, Boston,
and Harrisburg where reverse elevation exists in track by design.
According to Amtrak, in the majority of these locations, the design has
been in service for more than 100 years without causing any safety
issues. Amtrak raised concern that compliance with the rule as proposed
would engender myriad problems, such as forcing it to take large
sections of the Northeast Corridor out of service that contain curves
with reverse elevation by design. Amtrak cited the example of the River
Interlocking north of Baltimore that would need to be taken out of
service, inhibiting the Norfolk Southern Railway Company's access to
the Port of Baltimore. Amtrak stated that reconstructing some or all of
the existing reverse-elevated curves would be a massive, time-consuming
and prohibitively expensive undertaking that would take years to
implement and cost in excess of $200 million.
The AAR also objected to the proposal, believing that it resulted
from a misunderstanding as to when it is appropriate for the outside
rail to be lower than the inside rail (for track Classes 5 and below).
The AAR noted that there are times when, by design, the outside rail
must be lower than the inside rail. For example, the AAR cited that at
thousands of mainline locations the outside rail is lower than the
inside rail where turnouts come off the outsides of superelevated
curves. According to the AAR, there is no realistic alternative to such
designs, and they have been used for over a century. The AAR also cited
the use of reverse superelevation on industrial or other tracks where
there is a hard pull around sharp curves and reverse elevation is used
to prevent ``stringlining'' derailments. The AAR maintained that FRA
incorrectly asserted in the NPRM that Sec. 213.63 is intended to
address only those changes that occur ``through actual use,'' stating
that Sec. 213.63 clearly is intended to address situations, as
discussed above, that occur at the design stage as well. Nor did the
AAR believe there to be a conflict between Sec. Sec. 213.57(a) and
213.63. The AAR stated that Sec. 213.57(a) addresses the general rule
that the outside of the rail may not be lower than the inside of the
rail, while Sec. 213.63 addresses situations where the general rule
does not apply. Noting that the proposed change was not part of the
Task Force's consensus on the proposed rule, the AAR recommended that
FRA either delete the second sentence in paragraph (a) or retain the
original wording in the regulation.
After considering the comments on the proposal and discussing them
with the Task Force, FRA is modifying the rule to state that the
outside rail of a curve may not be lower than the inside rail by
design, except when engineered to address specific track or operating
conditions, and that the limits in Sec. 213.63 apply in all cases. FRA
continues to believe that the former rule text could give the mistaken
impression that it is appropriate to design reverse elevation into
curves as the nominal condition for all curves. Nonetheless, FRA
appreciates the comments raised, noting that reverse elevation is
designed into certain curves both out of necessity and for safety
reasons. FRA did not intend its proposal to nullify such engineering
design. As modified, the rule text addresses both the concerns raised
by FRA and those raised by the commenters, and the Task Force concurred
with the revision.
As explained in the discussion of specific comments and conclusions
section of the preamble, above, what was proposed as paragraph (b) is
not included in this final rule. Please see Wheel Unloading from Wind
on Superelevated Curves, Section V.B., for an explanation of FRA's
treatment of that proposal, as well as of paragraph (d), below.
Instead, what was proposed as paragraph (c) is designated as paragraph
(b) in this final rule.
As proposed, the Vmax formula in paragraph (b)
determines the maximum
[[Page 16067]]
allowable posted timetable operating speed for curved track based on
the qualified cant deficiency (inches of unbalance), Eu, for
the vehicle type. This final rule also amends paragraph (b) to
reference a new footnote 2 to permit the vehicle type to operate at the
cant deficiency for which it is approved, Eu, plus 1 inch,
if the actual elevation of the outside rail, Ea, and the
degree of track curvature, D, change as a result of track degradation.
As modified, this paragraph is intended to provide a tolerance to
account for the effects of local crosslevel or curvature conditions on
Vmax that may result in the actual cant deficiency exceeding
the cant deficiency approved for the equipment, i.e., the actual
operating speed may exceed the maximum allowable posted timetable
operating speed. Without this tolerance, these track conditions could
generate a limiting speed exception, and some railroads have adopted
the approach of reducing the cant deficiency of the vehicle in order to
avoid these exceptions. FRA believes that this 1-inch tolerance is
supported by operational experience and complemented by related
standards acting to mitigate safety concerns. For instance, the
Vmax formula is not intended to replace FRA's track geometry
limits, which more clearly focus on individual track irregularities
with shorter wavelengths. These track geometry limits apply
independently and act independently to limit the maximum allowable
speed for a track segment based on the condition of the track.
FRA noted in the NPRM that it was the consensus of the Task Force
to clarify footnote 1 to state, in part, that actual elevation,
Ea, for each 155-foot track segment in the body of a curve
is determined by averaging the elevation for 11 points through the
segment at 15.5-foot spacing--instead of for 10 points, as was stated
in the original footnote. FRA explained that the Track Safety Standards
Compliance Manual (Compliance Manual) provides that the ``actual
elevation and curvature to be used in the [Vmax] formula are
determined by averaging the elevation and curvature for 10 points,
including the point of concern for a total of 11, through the segment
at 15.5-[foot] station spacing.'' See the guidance on Sec. 213.57
provided in Chapter 5 of the Manual, which is available on FRA's Web
site (www.fra.dot.gov). FRA therefore believes that this clarification
to footnote 1 makes the footnote more consistent with the manner in
which the rule is intended to be applied.
In its comments on the NPRM, the AAR believed that FRA departed
from the RSAC consensus in proposing to change the way elevation is
calculated. Further, the AAR did not find persuasive FRA's reliance on
the Compliance Manual as a justification for changing the requirement,
stating that the Compliance Manual is inconsistent with the rule text.
In discussing these comments with the Task Force, the Task Force agreed
that the proposed footnote be adopted in the final rule. While FRA
stated in the NPRM that it was the consensus of the Task Force to
clarify footnote 1, FRA recognizes that there was no such explicit
consensus, as the AAR noted. Nevertheless, FRA believes that this
clarification to footnote 1 does make the footnote more consistent with
the manner in which the rule is intended to be applied, and it is not
intended to add any requirement. In calculating elevation, 10
measurements are taken from the point of concern--5 on each side--so
that 11 points are actually averaged, given that the point of concern
is included in the calculated average. The AAR did not oppose adoption
of this clarification after the Task Force discussion.
Former footnote 2 has been redesignated as footnote 3 without
substantive change.
Paragraph (c), proposed as paragraph (d) in the NPRM, provides that
all vehicle types are considered qualified for up to 3 inches of cant
deficiency, as allowed by the former rule.
Paragraph (d), proposed as paragraph (e) in the NPRM, is being
modified to specify the requirements for vehicle qualification over
track with more than 3 inches of cant deficiency. Prior to this
modification, ``static lean'' qualification requirements were specified
for vehicles intended to operate up to an allowable 4 inches of cant
deficiency on track Classes 1 through 5. These requirements limited the
carbody roll to 5.7 degrees with respect to the horizontal when the
vehicle was standing on track with 4 inches of superelevation, and
limited the vertical wheel load remaining on the raised wheels to no
less than 60 percent of their static level values and carbody roll to
no more than 8.6 degrees with respect to the horizontal when the
vehicle was standing (stationary) on track with 6 inches of
superelevation. In the final rule, cant deficiency is no longer limited
to a maximum of 4 inches in track Classes 1 through 5. The revised
requirements, consistent with the higher-speed standards in Sec.
213.329, limit the vertical wheel load remaining on the raised wheels
to no less than 60 percent of their static level values and limit
carbody roll for passenger cars to no more than 8.6 degrees with
respect to the horizontal when the vehicle is standing (stationary) on
track with a uniform superelevation equal to the proposed cant
deficiency. Consequently, the rule no longer imposes a 6-inch
superelevation static lean requirement generally; rather, the amount of
superelevation is dependent on the proposed cant deficiency. For
example, if the proposed cant deficiency is 5 inches, the
superelevation used for demonstrating compliance with this paragraph is
also 5 inches.
The requirements in paragraph (d) may be met by either static or
dynamic testing. In either case, the vehicle type must be tested in a
ready-for-service condition. In consultation with the Task Force, FRA
is clarifying that the vehicle type be tested in a ready-for-service
condition, i.e., in the same vehicle/track performance condition in
which it would be in passenger service. At the same time, FRA is
clarifying paragraph (e), below, so that the load condition under which
testing is performed is included in the description of the test
procedure. For example, the vehicle type may or may not be loaded to
simulate passengers on board, and this information would be necessary
for a complete evaluation of the vehicle's performance.
As noted, the static lean test limits the vertical wheel load
remaining on the raised wheels to no less than 60 percent of their
static level values and limits the roll of a passenger carbody to 8.6
degrees with respect to the horizontal, when the vehicle is standing on
track with superelevation equal to the proposed cant deficiency. The
dynamic test limits the steady-state vertical wheel load remaining on
the low rail wheels to no less than 60 percent of their static level
values and limits the lateral acceleration in a passenger car to 0.15g
steady-state, when the vehicle operates through a curve at the proposed
cant deficiency. (Please note that steady-state, carbody lateral
acceleration, i.e., the tangential force pulling passengers to one side
of the carbody when traveling through a curve at higher than the
balance speed, should not be confused with sustained, carbody lateral
oscillatory accelerations, i.e., continuous side-to-side oscillations
of the carbody in response to track conditions, whether on curved or
tangent track.) This 0.15g steady-state lateral acceleration limit in
the dynamic test is intended to provide consistency with the 8.6-degree
roll limit in the static lean test, in that it corresponds to the
lateral acceleration a passenger would experience in a standing vehicle
whose carbody is at a roll angle of 8.6 degrees with respect to the
horizontal. The former 5.7-degree roll limit, which
[[Page 16068]]
limited steady-state, carbody lateral acceleration to 0.1g, has been
removed.
Measurements and supplemental research have indicated that a
steady-state, carbody lateral acceleration limit of 0.15g is considered
to be the maximum, steady-state lateral acceleration above which jolts
from vehicle dynamic response to track deviations can present a hazard
to passenger safety. While other FRA vehicle/track interaction safety
criteria principally address external safety hazards that may cause a
derailment, such as damage to track structure and other conditions at
the wheel/rail interface, the steady-state, carbody lateral
acceleration limit specifically addresses the safety of the interior
occupant environment. For comparison purposes, it is notable that the
International Union of Railways (UIC) Code 518, Testing and Approval of
Railway Vehicles from the Point of View of Their Dynamic Behaviour--
Safety--Track Fatigue--Ride Quality, Ed. 4 (2009), has adopted a
steady-state, carbody lateral acceleration limit of 0.15g. FRA does
recognize that making a comparison with such a specific limit in
another body of standards needs to take into account what related
limits are provided in the compared standards and what the nature of
the operating environment is to which the compared standards apply. FRA
therefore invited comment whether such a comparison is appropriate
here--whether, for example, there are enhanced or additional vehicle/
track safety limits that apply to European operations, either through
industry practice or governing standards, or both.
In their comments on the NPRM, SNCF responded that, concerning
curves and cant deficiency design, the limit of 0.15g for steady-state,
carbody lateral acceleration is justified. SNCF stated that this value
is usually considered a comfort limit for curve design and is the limit
value accepted for passenger cars. SNCF further noted that for freight
cars the accepted limit is 0.13g, and that, in European rules, the
0.15g value corresponds to an exceptional value of cant deficiency,
while the recommended value is about 0.14g.
FRA notes that increasing the steady-state, carbody lateral
acceleration limit from 0.1g to 0.15g allows for operations at higher
cant deficiency on the basis of acceleration before tilt compensation
is necessary. This increase in cant deficiency without requiring tilt
compensation is larger for a vehicle design whose carbody is less
disposed to roll on its suspension when subjected to an unbalance
force, since carbody roll on curved track has a direct effect on
steady-state, carbody lateral acceleration. For example, a vehicle
having a completely rigid suspension system (S = 0) would have no
carbody roll and could operate without a tilt system at a cant
deficiency as high as 9 inches, at which point the steady-state,
carbody lateral acceleration would be 0.15g, which would correlate to
an 8.6-degree roll angle between the floor and the horizontal when the
vehicle is standing on track with 9 inches of superelevation. The
suspension coefficient ``S'' is the ratio of the roll angle of the
carbody on its suspension (measured relative to the inclination of the
track) to the cant angle of the track (measured relative to the
horizontal) for a stationary vehicle standing on a track with
superelevation. A suspension coefficient of 0 is theoretical but
neither practical nor desirable, because of the need for flexibility in
the suspension system to handle track conditions and provide for
occupant comfort and safety. Assuming that a car has some flexibility
in its suspension system, say S = 0.3, the car could operate without a
tilt system at a cant deficiency as high as approximately 7 inches, at
which point the steady-state, carbody lateral acceleration would be
0.15g, which would correlate to an 8.6-degree roll angle between the
floor and the horizontal when the vehicle is standing on track with 7
inches of superelevation. To operate at higher cant deficiencies and
not exceed the limits, the vehicle would need to be equipped with a
tilt system so that the floor actively tilts to compensate for the
forces that would otherwise cause the limits to be exceeded.
Under the former FRA requirements, using the above examples, a
vehicle having a completely rigid suspension system (S = 0) could
operate without a tilt system at a cant deficiency no higher than 6
inches, at which point the steady-state, carbody lateral acceleration
would be 0.1g, which would correlate to a 5.7-degree roll angle between
the floor and the horizontal when the vehicle is standing on track with
6 inches of superelevation. Assuming that a vehicle has some
flexibility in its suspension system, again say S = 0.3, the vehicle
could operate without a tilt system at a cant deficiency no higher than
approximately 4.7 inches, at which point the steady-state, carbody
lateral acceleration would be 0.1g, which would correlate to a 5.7-
degree roll angle between the floor and the horizontal when the vehicle
is standing on track with 4.7 inches of superelevation.
FRA notes that the less stringent steady-state, carbody lateral
acceleration limit and carbody roll angle limit adopted in this final
rule will minimize both the need to equip vehicles with tilt systems at
higher cant deficiencies and the costs associated with such features,
as well. Moreover, by facilitating higher cant deficiency operations,
savings may also result from shortened trip times. These savings may be
particularly beneficial to passenger operations in emerging high-speed
rail corridors, enabling faster operations through curves.
Of course, any such savings should not come at the expense of
safety, and FRA has adopted additional track geometry requirements for
operations above 5 inches of cant deficiency, whether or not the
vehicles are equipped with tilt systems. These additional track
geometry requirements were developed to control for undesirable vehicle
response to track conditions that could pose derailment concerns.
Nonetheless, the VTI limits on transient accelerations may need to be
stricter when combined with higher steady-state lateral acceleration,
to address passenger ride safety concerns. Additional research
regarding passenger response to vibration is needed to establish this
relationship and model this effect. While the tighter geometry limits
at high cant deficiency that have been added in this final rule were
not specifically developed to address such concerns, they may help to
control transient, carbody acceleration events that could pose ride
safety concerns for passengers subjected to higher steady-state lateral
accelerations. These additional track geometry requirements apply only
to operations above 5 inches of cant deficiency, where steady-state,
carbody lateral acceleration may approach 0.15g for typical vehicle
designs. In this regard, during Task Force discussions, Amtrak stated
that Amfleet equipment has been operating at up to 5 inches of cant
deficiency (with approximately 0.13g steady-state, carbody lateral
acceleration levels) without resulting in passenger ride safety issues.
FRA is also not aware of any general safety issue involving passengers
losing their balance and falling due specifically to excessive steady-
state, carbody lateral acceleration levels in current operations.
Nonetheless, a transient carbody acceleration event that poses no
derailment safety concern could very well cause a standing passenger to
lose his or her balance and fall. Although FRA is not aware of much
published data on the effect that transient, carbody acceleration
events have on passenger
[[Page 16069]]
ride safety, it is recognized that the presence of steady-state,
carbody lateral acceleration will generally reduce the margin of safety
for standing passengers to withstand transient, lateral acceleration
events and not lose their balance. If such passenger ride safety issues
were more clearly identified, additional track geometry or other limits
could potentially be proposed to address them. However, based on the
information available to the Task Force, the Task Force did not
recommend additional limits to address potential passenger ride safety
concerns that may result from transient, carbody acceleration events
either alone or when combined with steady-state, carbody lateral
acceleration. The Task Force also took into account that, as one of
several modes of transportation offered to the general public, rail
travel need provide a level of passenger comfort to both attract and
retain riders. As a result, the riding characteristics of passenger
rail vehicles should by railroad practice be subject to acceptable
criteria for passenger ride comfort, and such criteria for passenger
ride comfort should be more stringent than those for passenger ride
safety. Nonetheless, to fully inform FRA's decisions in preparing the
final rule, FRA specifically invited public comment on this discussion
in the NPRM and the proposal to set the steady-state, carbody lateral
acceleration limit at 0.15g. FRA requested specific comment on whether
the proposed rule appropriately provided for passenger ride safety, and
if not, requested that the commenters state what additional
requirement(s) should be imposed, if any.
As noted above, in commenting on the NPRM, SNCF agreed that the
limit of 0.15g for steady-state, carbody lateral acceleration is
justified in that this value is usually considered a comfort limit for
curve design and is the limit value accepted for passenger cars. SNCF
specifically commented that, in European rules, the 0.15g value
corresponds to an exceptional value of cant deficiency, while the
recommended value is about 0.14g. FRA sees no conflict with these
comments; measurements and supplemental research have indicated that a
steady-state, carbody lateral acceleration limit of 0.15g is considered
to be the maximum, steady-state lateral acceleration above which jolts
from vehicle dynamic response to track deviations can present a hazard
to passenger safety. For the foregoing reasons, FRA has therefore
adopted the proposal in the final rule.
The changes to this section also separate and clarify the submittal
requirements to FRA to obtain approval for the qualifying cant
deficiency of a vehicle type (paragraph (e)) and to notify FRA prior to
the implementation of the approved higher curving speeds (paragraph
(f)). As discussed above, FRA is clarifying paragraph (e) so that the
load condition under which the testing is performed is included in the
description of the test procedure. Additional clarification in
paragraph (e) has been included for submitting suspension system
maintenance information. The requirement for submitting suspension
system maintenance information applies to vehicle types not subject to
parts 238 or 229 of this chapter, such as a freight car operated in a
freight train, and then only to safety-critical components. Paragraph
(f) also clarifies that in approving the request made pursuant to
paragraph (e), FRA may impose conditions necessary for safely operating
at the higher curving speeds.
Former footnote 3 is being redesignated as footnote 4 and modified
in conformance with the changes in this final rule. Former footnote 3
reflected that this section previously allowed a maximum of 4 inches of
cant deficiency; hence, the static lean test requirement to raise and
lower the car on one side by 4 inches. Former footnote 3 also specified
a cant excess requirement to raise and lower the car on one side by 6
inches. As proposed, FRA is removing the 4-inch limit on cant
deficiency, and the cant-excess requirement has been addressed, as
explained above. Thus, this footnote, now footnote 4, refers to ``the
proposed cant deficiency'' instead of 4 inches of cant deficiency. FRA
also notes that, as proposed, it has removed the statement in the
former footnote that the ``test procedure may be conducted in a test
facility.'' Testing may of course be conducted in a test facility, but
the statement could cause confusion that testing may be conducted only
in a test facility. No such limitation is intended. Separately, FRA has
slightly modified the footnote from that proposed in the NPRM based on
a concern raised during the Task Force's consideration of the draft
final rule. The test procedure's testing sequence could be wrongly
construed to indicate that the roll angle is measured after the wheels
are lowered; FRA agrees and has corrected this ambiguity.
Former paragraph (e) is being moved to new paragraph (g), which was
proposed as paragraph (h) in the NPRM. As revised, this paragraph (g)
is identical to two other provisions in this final rule: Sec.
213.329(g)--the subpart G counterpart to this section--and Sec.
213.345(i). Please see the discussion of Sec. 213.345(i), below. The
Task Force agreed that the purpose of these provisions is the same and
therefore recommended that the same text be included. FRA agrees and
has modified the rule accordingly.
Paragraph (h) was proposed as paragraph (j) in the NPRM to clarify
that vehicle types that have been permitted by FRA to operate at cant
deficiencies, Eu, greater than 3 inches prior to the date of
publication of the final rule in the Federal Register would be
considered qualified under this section to operate at those permitted
cant deficiencies over the previously operated track segments(s).
Consequently, before the vehicle type could operate over another track
segment at such cant deficiencies, FRA proposed that the vehicle be
qualified as provided in this section. FRA made a similar proposal in
Sec. 213.329(i) (now Sec. 213.329(h)).
In commenting on the NPRM, Amtrak stated the tests proposed in this
section and in Sec. 213.329 for the higher-speed track classes would
be wasteful to repeat because, unlike the tests proposed for Sec.
213.345, the tests proposed here would not have been conducted under
``local'' conditions but rather in a static testing facility having no
connection to the location of the proposed service. Amtrak therefore
wondered what types of conditions FRA believed would be uncovered
during this testing process before permitting the vehicle types to
operate at the same cant deficiencies on other track segments. Amtrak
believed that it would be simply repeating the exact same test on the
exact same car at the exact same test facility, and therefore found it
difficult to find any justification for the proposed limitation.
FRA discussed the proposal and the comments received with the Task
Force. The Task Force recommended that vehicle types that have been
permitted by FRA to operate at cant deficiencies, Eu,
greater than 3 inches but not exceeding 5 inches be considered
qualified under this section to operate at those permitted cant
deficiencies over all track segments--not only over previously operated
segments. FRA agrees that extending the nature of the qualification in
this way is appropriate given that the requirements of this section are
static or steady-state and do not directly reflect the ``local''
interaction of the vehicle and the track. Paragraph (h)(1) adopts this
recommendation, and FRA makes clear that it applies not only to
previous permission by FRA to operate at these cant deficiencies, but
also prospectively to vehicle types when they are approved
[[Page 16070]]
by FRA to operate at these cant deficiencies. Nonetheless, a
requirement has been included in paragraph (h)(1) that written notice
be provided to FRA no less than 30 calendar days prior to the proposed
implementation of such curving speeds on another track segment in
accordance with paragraph (f) of this section. This notice is intended
to identify the new track segment(s) so that FRA is aware of the
proposed operation, can ensure that appropriate permission has been
provided for it, and otherwise administer the requirements of this
rule.
FRA notes that pursuant to paragraph (i) of this section and Sec.
213.345, Vehicle/track system qualification, dynamic testing is
required when moving a vehicle type to a new track segment for
operation at cant deficiencies exceeding 5 inches. Accordingly,
paragraph (h)(2) makes clear that vehicle types that have been
permitted by FRA to operate at cant deficiencies, Eu,
greater than 5 inches shall be considered qualified under this section
to operate at those permitted cant deficiencies only for the previously
operated or identified track segments(s). Please also see the
discussion regarding Sec. 213.329(h).
As proposed, paragraph (i) is being added to reference pertinent
sections of subpart G--namely, Sec. Sec. 213.333 and 213.345--that
contain requirements related to operations above 5 inches of cant
deficiency. These sections include requirements for periodic track
geometry measurements, monitoring of carbody acceleration, and vehicle/
track system qualification. Specifically, in Sec. 213.333(c)(1), FRA
has added periodic inspection requirements using a Track Geometry
Measurement System (TGMS) to determine compliance with Sec. 213.53,
Track gage; Sec. 213.55(b), Track alinement; Sec. 213.57, Curves;
elevation and speed limitations; Sec. 213.63, Track surface; and Sec.
213.65, Combined track alinement and surface deviations. In sharper
curves, for which cant deficiency was high but vehicle speeds were
reflective of a lower track class, it was found that stricter track
geometry limits were necessary, for the same track class, in order to
provide an equivalent margin of safety for operations at higher cant
deficiency. As proposed in the NPRM, FRA has also added periodic
monitoring requirements for cardbody accelerations, to determine
compliance with the VTI safety limits in Sec. 213.333. Moreover, the
vehicle/track system qualification requirements in Sec. 213.345 apply
to vehicle types intended to operate at any curving speed producing
more than 5 inches of cant deficiency, and include, as appropriate, a
combination of computer simulations, carbody acceleration testing,
truck acceleration testing, and wheel/rail force measurements. FRA
believes that these requirements are necessary to apply to operations
at high cant deficiency on lower-speed track classes. Section
213.369(f) is also referenced, to make clear that inspection records be
kept in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 213.333, as
appropriate.
Paragraph (j), which was proposed as paragraph (k) in the NPRM, is
being added as a new paragraph to define ``vehicle'' and ``vehicle
type,'' as used in this section. As the term ``vehicle'' is used
elsewhere in this part and has a different meaning than the term
``vehicle type,'' both terms are defined here for the purposes of this
section so that this section's requirements may be properly understood
and applied.
Section 213.59 Elevation of Curved Track; Runoff
This final rule makes a conforming change to this section's
reference to Sec. 213.57(b), to reflect the changes adopted in that
section. The need for this conforming change had been overlooked in the
proposed rule. However, the AAR notified FRA and other Task Force
members of the omission and suggested change during RSAC consideration
of the final rule, and no objection was raised. FRA agrees that the
language should conform so as to avoid confusion, and has modified
paragraph (a) of this section accordingly. No other change is intended.
Section 213.63 Track Surface
Track surface is the evenness or uniformity of track in short
distances measured along the running surface of the rails. Under load,
the track structure gradually deteriorates due to dynamic and
mechanical wear effects of passing trains. Improper drainage, unstable
roadbed, inadequate tamping, and deferred maintenance can create
surface irregularities, which can lead to serious consequences if
ignored.
As proposed in the NPRM, this section is divided into two
paragraphs. What was formerly the entirety of this section (the
introductory text, table, and footnotes) is re-designated as paragraph
(a). Paragraph (a) generally mirrors the former section but substitutes
the date ``June 22, 1998'' for the words ``prior to the promulgation of
this rule'' in the asterisked portion of the table concerning the
variation in crosslevel on spirals due to physical restrictions on
spiral length and operating practices and experience as determined by
prior engineering decisions. The asterisk was included in the 1998
final rule and refers to that final rule, which was promulgated on June
22, 1998, to address the practice on some railroads to design a greater
runoff of elevation in spirals due to physical restrictions on the
length of spirals. Spiral runoff in construction after the promulgation
of that final rule must be designed and maintained within the
generally-applicable limits identified in the table for the difference
in crosslevel. Consequently, FRA has clarified this section so that the
asterisked text effectively continues to refer to the 1998 final rule--
not this very final rule.
The primary substantive change to this section is the addition of
new paragraph (b), which contains tighter, single-deviation geometry
limits for operations above 5 inches of cant deficiency on curved
track. These limits include both 31-foot and 62-foot MCO limits and a
new limit for the difference in crosslevel between any two points less
than 10 feet apart. FRA believes that adding these track geometry
limits is necessary to provide an equivalent margin of safety for
operations at higher cant deficiency. These limits are based on the
results of simulation studies to determine the safe amplitudes of track
geometry surface variations. See Technical Background, Section IV.B,
above.
FRA did not receive any comment on this section, other than the
comment raised by Bombardier and discussed in Sec. 213.14 as to the
inclusion of proposed footnote 4 specifying that curved track surface
limits apply only when track curvature is greater than 0.25 degree. As
noted in the discussion of Sec. 213.14, the text of the proposed
footnote has been adopted as Sec. 213.14 primarily to distinguish
curved track from tangent track so that track inspectors and automated
track geometry measurement systems can properly apply the more
stringent track geometry limits required for high cant deficiency
operation in track Classes 1 through 5. Should track curvature be less
than 0.25 degree, the limits in paragraph (a) apply. Consequently, all
of the proposals in this section have effectively been adopted in this
final rule without substantive change.
Section 213.65 Combined Track Alinement and Surface Deviations
As proposed in the NPRM, FRA is adding this new section containing
limits addressing combined track alinement and surface deviations for
operations above 5 inches of cant deficiency on curved track. (In
preparing the final rule, FRA added
[[Page 16071]]
``track'' to the section heading for consistency with the section
headings for Sec. 213.55, Track alinement, and Sec. 213.63, Track
surface.) An equation-based safety limit is provided for track
alinement and surface deviations occurring in combination within a
single chord length of each other. The limits in this section are
intended to be used only with a TGMS, and applied on the outside rail
in curves.
Although the Track Safety Standards have prescribed limits on
geometry variations existing in isolation, FRA has recognized that a
combination of track alinement and surface variations, none of which
individually amounts to a deviation from the requirements in this part,
may nevertheless result in undesirable vehicle response. Moreover,
trains operating at high cant deficiencies increase the lateral wheel
force exerted on track during curving, thereby decreasing the margin of
safety associated with the VTI safety limits in Sec. 213.333. To
address these concerns, simulation studies were performed to determine
the safe amplitudes of combined track geometry variations. See
Technical Background, Section IV.B, above. Results of this research
showed that the addition of this equation-based safety limit is
necessary to provide a margin of safety for vehicle operations at
higher cant deficiencies.
One comment was raised on this section following publication of the
NPRM. Bombardier commented that the references in the proposed equation
identifying variables AL and SL should be
clarified if the intent is to use the alinement and surface limits in
Sec. Sec. 213.55(a) and 213.63(a), respectively, when operating at
cant deficiencies greater than 5 inches in curves not exceeding 0.25
degree. Bombardier noted that, alternatively, if its recommendation to
remove the footnote concerning the application of curved track limits
in Sec. Sec. 213.55(b) and 213.63(b) were accepted, this concern would
be resolved.
In response to this comment and as a result of Task Force
discussions following publication of the NPRM, FRA has added Sec.
213.14 to make clear that limits specified for curved track apply only
to track having a curvature greater than 0.25 degree. As discussed in
Sec. 213.14, by defining curved track as track having a curvature
greater than 0.25 degree, the rule makes clear when the requirements
for curved track apply. This section is therefore adopted as proposed
without substantive change.
Section 213.110 Gage Restraint Measurement Systems
This section specifies procedures for using a Gage Restraint
Measurement System (GRMS) to assess the ability of track to maintain
proper gage. As proposed, FRA has amended this section to make it
consistent with the changes to the GRMS requirements in Sec. 213.333,
the counterpart to this section in subpart G. Specifically, FRA has
replaced the former Gage Widening Ratio (GWR) with the Gage Widening
Projection (GWP), which is intended to compensate for the weight of the
testing vehicle. FRA believes that use of the GWP provides at least the
same level of safety, and its inclusion is supported by research
results documented in the report titled ``Development of Gage Widening
Projection Parameter for the Deployable Gage Restraint Measurement
System'' (DOT/FRA/ORD-06/13, October 2006), which is available on FRA's
Web site. Moreover, by making the criteria consistent with the changes
to the GRMS requirements in Sec. 213.333, a track owner or railroad
does not need to modify a GRMS survey to calculate the GWR for track
Classes 1 through 5, and then separately calculate the GWP for track
Classes 6 through 9. The same GWP formula applies, regardless of the
class of track.
In substituting GWP for GWR, FRA has also made a number of
conforming changes to this section, principally to ensure that the
terminology and references are consistent. These changes are generally
more technical than substantive, and they are neither intended to
diminish nor add to the requirements of this section. In this regard,
as proposed in the NPRM, FRA has corrected the table in paragraph (l)
to renumber the remedial action specified for a second level exception.
The remedial action should have been designated as (1), (2), and (3) in
the ``Remedial action required'' column, consistent with the manner in
which remedial action is specified for a first level exception--not
designated as footnote 2, (1), and (2). In addition, in preparing the
final rule, FRA has reformatted the table to distinguish more clearly
between first level and second level exceptions.
FRA has also added footnote 5 to this section, as proposed in the
NPRM, stating that ``GRMS equipment using load combinations developing
L/V ratios that exceed 0.8 shall be operated with caution to protect
against the risk of wheel climb by the test wheelset.'' This footnote
is identical in substance to what is now designated as footnote 10
(formerly footnote 7), which applies to Sec. 213.333, Automated
vehicle-based inspection systems, thereby promoting conformity between
this section and its subpart G counterpart.
Paragraph (e) has been modified from the proposal in the NPRM. In
its comments on the NPRM, Bombardier stated that in proposed paragraph
(e), it appeared that the formula for the extrapolation factor ``A''
may have been incorrect since the lateral load ``L'' and the vertical
load ``V'' were expressed in kips--not pounds. In this regard,
Bombardier also suggested changing the proposed text describing the
24,000-pound lateral load and 33,000-pound vertical load to express the
loads in kips, for consistency. The Task Force concurred with
Bombardier's comments and recommended revising the text and the
equation accordingly. FRA agrees and is adopting the recommended
changes in the final rule text. FRA is also making a conforming change
to this section by modifying the text defining GWP in paragraph (p).
Likewise, in Sec. 213.333(i)(2), FRA is modifying the rule so that the
units are correspondingly stated in kips.
Subpart G--Train Operations at Track Classes 6 and Higher
Section 213.305 Designation of Qualified Individuals; General
Qualifications
This section recognizes that work on or about a track structure
supporting high-speed train operations demands the highest awareness of
employees of the need to perform their work properly. At the same time,
the wording of this section has literally required that each individual
designated to perform such work know and understand the requirements of
this subpart, detect deviations from those requirements, and prescribe
appropriate remedial action to correct or safely compensate for those
deviations, regardless whether that knowledge, understanding, and
ability with regard to all of subpart G were necessary for that
individual to perform his or her duties. For example, knowledge and
understanding of specific vehicle qualification and testing
requirements may be unnecessary for the performance of a track
inspector's duties.
As a result, the Task Force recommended and FRA agrees that this
rule clarify that the requirements for a person to be qualified under
subpart G concern those portions of this subpart necessary for the
performance of that person's duties. This section continues to require
that a person designated under it has the knowledge, understanding, and
ability necessary to
[[Page 16072]]
supervise the restoration and renewal of subpart G track, or to perform
inspections of subpart G track, or both, for which he or she is
responsible. At the same time, adding the text makes clear that such a
designated person is not required to know or understand specific
requirements of this subpart not necessary to the fulfillment of that
person's duties. FRA does not believe that safety is in any way
diminished by these changes, and they were supported by the Task Force.
FRA believes that these changes reflect what was intended when this
section was established in the 1998 final rule.
Section 213.307 Classes of Track: Operating Speed Limits
The 1998 final rule added subpart G to provide for the operation of
trains at progressively higher speeds up to 200 m.p.h. over four
separate classes of track--Classes 6 through 9. Standards for the
highest-speed track, Class 9 track, for speeds above 160 m.p.h. up to
200 m.p.h., were established looking ahead to the possibility that
certain operations would achieve those speeds. In addition, a maximum
limit of 160 m.p.h. was established for Class 8 track because trainsets
had operated in this country safely up to that speed for periods of
several months under waivers for testing and evaluation. See 63 FR
34015.
In developing the NPRM, the Task Force recommended that standards
for Class 9 track be removed from this subpart and that the maximum
allowable speed for Class 8 track be lowered from 160 m.p.h. to 150
m.p.h. Although it was viewed in the 1998 final rule that standards for
Class 9 track were useful benchmarks for future planning with respect
to vehicle/track interaction, track structure, and inspection
requirements, the Task Force noted that operations at speeds in excess
of 150 m.p.h. were authorized by FRA only in conjunction with a rule of
particular applicability (RPA) addressing the overall safety of the
operation as a system, per former footnote 2 of this section. It was
thought that the vehicle/track interaction, track structure, and
inspection requirements in an RPA would likely be specific to both the
operation and the system components used, and track geometry
measurement systems, safety criteria, and safety limits might be quite
different than currently defined. The Task Force therefore recommended
that the safety of operations above 150 m.p.h. be addressed using a
system safety approach and regulated through an RPA specific to the
intended operation, and that the safety parameters in this subpart for
general application to operations above 150 m.p.h. be removed.
Nonetheless, in the NPRM, FRA explained that it had identified the
continued need for benchmark standards addressing the highest speeds
likely to be achieved by the most forward-looking, high-speed rail
projects. And, as a result, FRA and the Volpe Center had conducted
additional research and vehicle/track interaction simulations at higher
speeds and concluded that Class 9 vehicle/track safety standards can be
safely extended to include the highest speeds proposed to date--speeds
of up to 220 m.p.h. FRA therefore included these standards in the NPRM.
FRA did note its intent to continue its discussions with the Task Force
as any comments were addressed following the publication of the NPRM.
FRA also noted that the Task Force did not consider a comprehensive
revision of all of Subpart G, including those requirements that are not
distinguished by class of track. In addition, FRA stated that the Class
9 standards would remain only as benchmark standards with the
understanding that the final suitability of track safety standards for
operations above 150 m.p.h. would be determined by FRA only after
examination of the entire operating system, including the subject
equipment, track structure, and other system attributes. FRA explained
that direct FRA approval is required for any such high-speed rail
operation, whether through an RPA or another regulatory proceeding.
As a separate matter, FRA noted that the rule would require the
testing and evaluation of equipment for qualification purposes at a
speed of 5 m.p.h. above the maximum intended operating speed, in
accordance with Sec. 213.345, and that, for example, this would
require equipment intended to operate at Class 8 track's maximum speed
of 160 m.p.h. to be tested at 165 m.p.h. Therefore, FRA made clear that
operating at speeds up to 165 m.p.h. for vehicle qualification purposes
under this subpart would necessarily be permitted to continue on Class
8 track, subject to the requirements for the planning and safe conduct
of such test operations. These test operations are distinct from
service operations on Class 8 track that would be limited to a maximum
speed of 160 m.p.h.
Finally, FRA proposed to slightly modify the section heading so
that it reads ``Classes of track: operating speed limits,'' using the
plural form of ``class.'' This change is intended to make the section
heading consistent with the heading for Sec. 213.9, the counterpart to
this section for lower-speed track classes.
In its comments on the NPRM, Bombardier raised concern that FRA had
not adopted the recommendation of the Task Force to remove standards
for Class 9 track and reduce the maximum operating speed for Class 8
track to 150 m.p.h. In particular, Bombardier raised concern that FRA
conducted research without the involvement of the Task Force, and that
one of the principles used by the Task Force for evaluating any changes
to the track geometry standards at high speed or high cant deficiency
was to use representative vehicles that had actually been designed and
qualified for such operations. Bombardier believed that the use of the
Acela power car to determine track geometry standards for Class 9
track, by conducting simulations at 220 m.p.h. and 9 inches of cant
deficiency, was inappropriate since the equipment was designed and
qualified for operation at 150 m.p.h. Bombardier added that appropriate
track geometry safety limits for speeds up to 220 m.p.h. can only be
developed with a vehicle model that has been validated up to that
speed, and that track standards developed based on an invalidated
vehicle model could deter the implementation of some high-speed rail
systems and provide a false sense of security.
Bombardier also noted that it was unsure what the term ``benchmark
standard'' entails in a regulation and requested that FRA clarify this
issue. Bombardier also asked for clarification as to FRA's statement
that direct FRA approval is required for any such high-speed operation,
whether through an RPA or another regulatory proceeding. Bombardier
asked what other regulatory proceeding can be used, and noted that
former footnote 2 indicated only an RPA proceeding. Bombardier
reiterated the Task Force recommendation to eliminate track Class 9
requirements in all sections and to limit track Class 8 speeds to 150
m.p.h. Bombardier stated that safety standards for speeds above 150
m.p.h. should be contained in an RPA and be based on the maximum
operating speed and specific equipment and track characteristics for
the proposed high-speed rail system.
FDOT also commented on this section, and referenced the high-speed
rail project then-planned for top speeds of 168 m.p.h. between Tampa
and Orlando, and 186 m.p.h. between Orlando and Miami, Florida. FDOT
understood that because the maximum operating speed would be above 150
m.p.h., the system would be regulated through an RPA that would be
specific to the particular operation and
[[Page 16073]]
technology selected for this application. In this light, based on FRA's
discussion in the NPRM and the need for FRA to ascertain the
suitability of Class 9 standards for each proposed high-speed rail
operation, it wasn't clear to FDOT whether the benchmark standards
would prove beneficial or a deterrent to implementing high-speed rail
in the United States. Noting FRA's intent to continue discussion with
the Task Force, FDOT encouraged FRA and the Task Force to resolve any
differences on this issue and to assure that the final rule will be
compatible with the proven high-speed rail technologies and systems
that will be contemplated for the high-speed rail systems planned in
Florida and elsewhere in the United States. FDOT added that a final
rule governing the operation of a high-speed rail system must be based
on a systems approach that includes the characteristics of both the
infrastructure and rolling stock. Consequently, to ensure compatibility
of the various aspects of the system, the governing regulation should
include requirements for such components as ballast and crossties,
according to FDOT, and either be addressed in the Track Safety
Standards or included in the governing RPA. FDOT expected that these
requirements would be based on experience with proven high-speed rail
systems around the world and with rolling stock compatible with ``Tier
V'' operations, as defined in FRA's High-Speed Passenger Rail Safety
Strategy.
Referencing FRA's mention in the NPRM of ``flying ballast'' as a
potential issue for high-speed rail operations, FDOT also commented
that slab track (ballastless track) is a modern form of track
construction that has been used successfully throughout the world on
various high-speed rail lines and would be considered as an option for
the system then-planned in Florida. FDOT stated that this construction
method not only addresses the flying ballast safety concern raised by
FRA, it also brings several construction advantages and long-term
performance benefits. Consequently, FDOT believed that any regulation
governing high-speed rail operation should address the use of slab
track. However, FDOT noted that it was not clear how this would be
addressed by the NPRM, in that it appeared that the track geometry
measurement systems, safety criteria, and inspection requirements
contained in the NPRM were based on significant experience and
simulations using ballasted track (and FRA-compliant Tier I and Tier II
passenger equipment, in accordance with 49 CFR part 238). FDOT stated
that it is well known that allowable track geometry defects determined
by simulation are highly dependent on both vehicle suspension and track
stiffness characteristics and that, as such, the suitability of the
safety geometry limits contained in the NPRM for high-speed equipment
operating over slab track is very questionable, adding that the
inspection and maintenance requirements for slab track are very
different from those that are required for ballasted track. FDOT
encouraged FRA to address this issue in the final rule or to clarify
that the final rule only governs ballasted track. And, should the
latter be the case, there would be a further need to regulate all
vehicle/track interaction issues where slab track is used through an
RPA.
The issues of the maximum speed limit for Class 8 track and
standards for Class 9 track were the subject of much discussion within
the Task Force. Ultimately, the Task Force concurred with FRA's
proposal in the NPRM to maintain Class 8 track's maximum speed at 160
m.p.h., retain Class 9 track standards, and increase Class 9 track's
maximum speed to 220 m.p.h. At the same time, the Task Force also
concurred with revising footnote 2 of this section. As revised,
footnote 2 provides that operating speeds in excess of 125 m.p.h. are
authorized by this part only in conjunction with FRA regulatory
approval addressing other safety issues presented by the railroad
system. In addition, footnote 2 also provides that for operations on a
dedicated right-of-way, FRA's regulatory approval may allow for the use
of inspection and maintenance criteria and procedures in the
alternative to those contained in this subpart, based upon a showing
that at least an equivalent level of safety is provided.
The underlying purpose of footnote 2 is to indicate that compliance
alone with the Track Safety Standards does not authorize operations at
high speeds; other safety issues must be addressed in their own right
for each high-speed rail system as elements of a comprehensive, system-
safety-based regulatory approval and compliance program. While the
reference in former footnote 2 to an RPA for regulating high-speed
operations was appropriate when the Track Safety Standards were amended
in 1998, based on subsequent developments, footnote 2 should more
appropriately state that high-speed operations are subject to FRA
regulatory approval. It is no longer necessary to specify that FRA
regulatory approval be provided through an RPA. Likewise, this footnote
should refer to high-speed rail operations as operations conducted at
speeds above 125 m.p.h.--not 150 m.p.h. Footnote 2 of this section was
added together with the rest of subpart G to the Track Safety Standards
in 1998--the year following FRA's issuance of a proposed RPA to
establish safety standards for the Florida Overland eXpress (FOX) high-
speed rail system. See 62 FR 65478, December 12, 1997. (The FOX
rulemaking was terminated after the State of Florida withdrew financial
support for the project, see 65 FR 50952, August 22, 2000.) Moreover,
subpart G preceded the issuance of the Passenger Equipment Safety
Standards in 1999, which require FRA regulatory approval for the
operation of Tier II passenger equipment, i.e., passenger equipment
operating at speeds above 125 m.p.h. and not exceeding 150 m.p.h. See,
generally, 49 CFR 238.111(b) and 238.501, et seq. Amtrak's Acela
operates at these Tier II speeds, and it has done so for over a decade
through FRA approval. In this regard, FRA makes clear that the
revisions to this footnote neither impose any new requirement on Acela,
nor alter any aspect of FRA's regulatory approval of Acela.
Further, this very rulemaking on vehicle/track interaction was
initiated before a more recent effort by FRA to consider and develop
standards for the safe operation of another tier of high-speed rail
service. That work is being carried out through the Engineering Task
Force of the same RSAC Passenger Safety Working Group that has overseen
the Vehicle/Track Interaction Task Force. FRA requested that the
Engineering Task Force develop safety recommendations for the operation
of passenger rail equipment at speeds up to 220 m.p.h., focusing on a
new tier of passenger equipment safety standards in part 238: Tier III,
which is predicated on passenger equipment operating in an exclusive
right-of-way at speeds over 125 m.p.h., and in a shared right-of-way
only at speeds not exceeding 125 m.p.h. This new tier of safety
standards is intended to facilitate the nationwide deployment of a
high-speed rail network, both maximizing the benefits inherent in
dedicated high-speed rail operation while minimizing the costs involved
by allowing for the sharing of infrastructure. These standards will
expand FRA's overall regulatory framework for high-speed passenger rail
safety, complementing FRA's existing standards for Tier II high-speed
rail operations on shared rights-of-way. FRA has also been examining,
with the assistance of RSAC, requirements for passenger railroad system
safety planning that would further address safety issues in a
comprehensive way,
[[Page 16074]]
and has issued a proposed rule to require commuter and intercity
passenger railroads to develop and implement system safety programs
(see 77 FR 55371; Sept. 7, 2012).
As noted, the Task Force concurred with the NPRM proposal to
maintain Class 8 track's maximum speed at 160 m.p.h., retain Class 9
track standards, and increase Class 9 track's maximum speed to 220
m.p.h. Each of FRA's track classes is essentially based on the same
foundation, with a set of progressively stricter safety limits as
operating speeds increase. While standards for Class 9 track are the
strictest, they follow the same fundamental approach as for the lowest-
speed class of track, which is essential to support the operation of
different types of rail service on the same track. Class 8 track speeds
up to 160 m.p.h. have been validated not only through computer
modeling, but also through actual testing and experience. FRA believes
that retaining the 160-m.p.h. maximum speed is safe for supporting rail
operations at that speed, given the requirements associated with Class
8 track speeds. Although FRA's passenger equipment safety standards in
part 238 currently do not provide standards for operations above 150
m.p.h., FRA has been engaged in developing new Tier III high-speed
safety standards for operations up to 220 m.p.h., as discussed above.
FRA is also reexamining the current Tier II maximum speed of 150
m.p.h., which was established in 1999, with a view to safely extending
that speed to permit higher-speed Tier II operations.
In retaining Class 9 track standards and extending the maximum
speed to 220 m.p.h., footnote 2 now provides that for operations above
125 m.p.h. on a dedicated right-of-way, FRA's regulatory approval may
allow for the use of inspection and maintenance criteria and procedures
in the alternative to those contained in this subpart, based upon a
showing that at least an equivalent level of safety is provided. This
addition helps to place in clearer perspective what FRA intended by
describing Class 9 track standards as ``benchmark'' standards in the
NPRM, acknowledging the unique system attributes inherent in a
dedicated right-of-way. Indeed, for this reason, the provision applies
to Class 8 track in a dedicated right-of-way as well, allowing for FRA
approval of alternative criteria and procedures that are appropriate
and safe in such a defined operating environment. Moreover, together
with the development of Tier III standards in Part 238, this provision
is intended to harmonize the regulation of high-speed rail operations
on dedicated rights-of-way--facilitating innovation and efficiency,
while protecting safety.
In addition, FRA intends to examine, with the assistance of RSAC
members, those requirements of subpart G that it has not addressed in
this rulemaking on vehicle/track interaction safety. FRA recognizes
that while this rulemaking makes substantial revisions to the high-
speed track standards in subpart G, it was not intended to result in a
comprehensive revision of these standards. In this regard, FRA has
noted that requirements in subpart G that are not distinguished by
class of track, such as ballast, merit examination, which was amplified
by FDOT in its comments concerning ballastless track. FRA is therefore
interested in undertaking a future effort with the assistance of RSAC
to consider revisions to subpart G not addressed in this rulemaking.
As a final matter, at the recommendation of the AAR, footnote 1 is
being modified. Footnote 1 provides conditions under which freight may
be transported at passenger train speeds. The second clause of footnote
1 references passenger locomotive axle loadings utilized in passenger
service along with the freight. This clause is modified by adding the
words ``if any'' after the reference to passenger service, to make
clear that there need not be any passenger service on the same line
with the freight service.
Section 213.313 Application of Requirements to Curved Track
This is a new section that is being added to help define the
application of requirements for curved track, following publication of
and comment on the NPRM. Please see the discussion of Sec. 213.14,
which is identical to this section. At the recommendation of Task Force
members, FRA is restating this section in subpart G to make clear that
it applies together with the other provisions in this subpart. Subpart
G is intended to function as its own set of regulations governing any
track identified as belonging to one of its (higher) track classes, and
this section's addition is consistent with the comprehensiveness of
this subpart.
Section 213.323 Track Gage
This section contains the minimum and maximum limits for gage,
including limits for the change in gage within any 31-foot distance. As
proposed in the NPRM, for Class 6 track FRA is modifying the limit for
the change in gage within any 31-foot distance from \1/2\ inch to \3/4\
inch. During Task Force discussions in developing the NPRM, Amtrak had
raised concern that for track constructed with wooden ties and cut
spikes, the \1/2\-inch variation in gage limit was difficult to
maintain. Tolerance values for the rail base, tie plate shoulders, and
spikes can result in a \1/2\-inch gage variation in track constructed
with wooden ties, particularly due to daily temperature fluctuations of
rail and associated heat-induced stresses. In response to Amtrak's
concern, FRA conducted modeling of track with variations in gage up to
\3/4\ inch in 31-foot distances and found no safety concerns for the
equipment modeled. Modeling was also conducted using 20 miles of actual
measured track geometry with these variations in gage for speeds up to
115 m.p.h. without showing safety concerns for the equipment modeled.
As a result, FRA believes that modifying this limit for the change of
gage for Class 6 track, which has a maximum permitted speed of 110
m.p.h., will not diminish safety and reduces the burden on the track
owner or railroad to maintain safe gage.
FRA notes that during Task Force consideration of the draft final
rule, concern was raised by the AAR and Amtrak as to the application of
the \1/2\-inch limit for the change in gage within any 31-foot distance
in Class 7 through 9 track. They suggested that clarification be
provided to exclude up to a \1/4\-inch, designed widening of the gage
at switch point locations to enable the stock rail and the switch point
to fit smoothly together. FRA believes that such an exclusion could
have safety implications in these high-speed track classes, especially
should the switch point geometry be poorly maintained, and that the
need for such an exclusion would potentially arise only in very limited
circumstances in these track classes, as perhaps when an emergency
repair is made in a switch using wooden ties in place of concrete ties.
Nonetheless, FRA agrees that an appropriate safety determination could
be made upon inspection of the rail head profile at the local points of
concern, and in applying the requirements will give consideration to
design modifications that are made for the purpose of ensuring the
proper functioning of switches where adjacent gage change occurs within
31 feet of the switch point. FRA will include such guidance in its
Track Safety Standards Compliance Manual, which is available on FRA's
Web site, as part of its overall revision of the Manual to reflect the
changes made in this final rule.
No other issue was raised on this section, other than the general
comment from Bombardier on the propriety of retaining Class 9 track
standards. FRA has addressed Bombardier's comment in the general
discussion of Class 9 track
[[Page 16075]]
standards in Sec. 213.307. Consequently, FRA is adopting the rule text
as proposed.
Section 213.327 Track Alinement
This section is the subpart G counterpart to Sec. 213.55 and is
intended for higher-speed track classes--Classes 6 through 9. As
proposed, the section heading is being modified so that it reads
``Track alinement,'' instead of ``Alinement,'' for clarity.
Paragraph (a) remains substantively unchanged, as proposed in the
NPRM.
FRA is revising the single-deviation, track alinement limits in
paragraph (b) so as to distinguish between limits for tangent and
curved track. Specifically, the 62-foot MCO limit for Class 6 curved
track has been narrowed to \5/8\ inch, while the tangent track limit
remains at the value of \3/4\ inch. This change is intended to provide
consistency between the track alinement limits for track Classes 5 and
6, as the Class 5 limit for curved track in Sec. 213.55 is \5/8\ inch.
The 62-foot MCO limits for Class 7 and Class 8 tangent track have been
increased to \3/4\ inch, while the curved track limits remain at the
value of \1/2\ inch. Further, the 124-foot MCO limit for Class 8
tangent track has been increased to 1 inch, while the curved track
limit remains at the value of \3/4\ inch. These changes are also based
on the results of the simulation studies for determining safe
amplitudes of track geometry alinement variations. See Technical
Background, Section IV.B, above.
FRA is reformatting the table in paragraph (b) from that proposed
in the NPRM. The AAR commented that the table in proposed paragraph (b)
was missing a number of deviation limits for curved track that had been
recommended by the Task Force. FRA believes that these limits were not
clearly identified in the NPRM, and therefore appeared to have been
omitted, due to the way the table was formatted for publication in the
Federal Register. Consequently, the table is being revised to ensure
that these values are properly displayed.
The former text of paragraph (c) has been moved to a new paragraph
(d). In revised paragraph (c) FRA has added tighter, single-deviation
geometry limits for operations above 5 inches of cant deficiency. These
additions include 31-foot, 62-foot, and 124-foot MCO limits. The track
geometry limits in revised paragraph (c) are based on the results of
simulation studies to determine the safe amplitudes of track geometry
alinement variations, discussed in Section IV.B above, which describes
in particular the 124-foot MCO limit for Class 7 track. FRA believes
that adding these track geometry limits is necessary to provide an
equivalent margin of safety for operations at higher cant deficiency.
FRA notes that Bombardier raised the same comment on this section
as for other sections concerning the inclusion of proposed footnote 1
in paragraphs (b) and (c), specifying that curved track alinement
limits apply only when track curvature is greater than 0.25 degree. In
response to this comment and as a result of Task Force discussions
following publication of the NPRM, FRA has added Sec. 213.313 to make
clear that limits specified for curved track apply only to track having
a curvature greater than 0.25 degree, in lieu of adopting proposed
footnote 1. By defining curved track as track having a curvature
greater than 0.25 degree, the rule makes clear when the requirements
for curved track apply.
As noted, the text of former paragraph (c) has been moved to new
paragraph (d) and remains substantively unchanged.
FRA is adding new paragraph (e) to this section, as proposed.
Paragraph (e) is an adaptation of footnotes 1 and 2 from Sec. 213.55,
and describes the ends of the chord and the line rail for purposes of
complying with this section. Paragraph (e) applies to all of the
requirements in this section and is consistent with current practice.
No other comment was received on this section, other than the
general comment from Bombardier on the propriety of retaining Class 9
track standards. FRA has addressed Bombardier's comment in the general
discussion of Class 9 track standards in Sec. 213.307. Consequently,
FRA adopts this section as proposed, with paragraph (b) reformatted and
curved track defined in new Sec. 213.313.
Section 213.329 Curves; Elevation and Speed Limitations
Determining the maximum speed that a vehicle may safely operate
around a curve is based on the degree of track curvature, actual
elevation, and amount of unbalanced elevation, where the actual
elevation and curvature are derived by a moving average technique. This
approach, as codified in this section, is as valid in the high-speed
regime as it is in the lower-speed track classes, and Sec. 213.57 is
the counterpart to this section for track Classes 1 through 5. As in
Sec. 213.57, FRA has substantially revised this section, including
both modifying and clarifying the qualification requirements and
approval process for vehicles intended to operate at more than 3 inches
of cant deficiency.
Paragraph (a) formerly provided that the maximum crosslevel on the
outside rail of a curve may not be more than 7 inches. As proposed,
this provision is being restated to provide that the maximum elevation
of the outside rail of a curve may not be more than 7 inches.
Crosslevel is a function of elevation differences between two rails,
and is the focus of other provisions of this final rule, specifically
Sec. 213.331, Track surface. The clarification here is intended to
limit the elevation of a single rail.
FRA is also revising the second requirement of paragraph (a),
consistent with the revision to Sec. 213.57(a). In the NPRM, FRA noted
that the Task Force recommended moving to Sec. 213.331 the second
requirement of paragraph (a), which formerly provided that ``[t]he
outside rail of a curve may not be more than \1/2\ inch lower than the
inside rail.'' Instead, FRA proposed that this requirement be re-
written more clearly to restrict configuring track so that the outside
rail of a curve is designed to be lower than the inside rail, while
allowing for a deviation of up to \1/2\ inch as provided in Sec.
213.331, which also included a proposed limit for reverse crosslevel
deviation. FRA explained in the NPRM that this requirement in paragraph
(a) was intended to restrict configuring track so that the outside rail
of a curve is lower than the inside rail, while the limits at issue in
Sec. 213.331 govern local deviations from uniform elevation--from the
designed elevation--that occur as a result of changes in conditions.
Rather than conflict, FRA stated these provisions complement each
other, addressing both the designed layout of a curve and the
deviations from that layout that result from actual use and wear.
The AAR commented on FRA's proposal to revise the second
requirement of paragraph (a), stating that such a sweeping prohibition
against the outside rail being lower than the inside rail is
inappropriate. The AAR explained that turnouts off of gradual curves
can have small reverse superelevation by design, even for track where
speeds over 90 m.p.h. are permitted. The AAR also noted that the Task
Force had recommended eliminating this requirement from paragraph (a),
and that, if FRA were unwilling to adopt that recommendation, then the
original language should be retained.
FRA has modified this provision to state that the outside rail of a
curve may not be lower than the inside rail by design, except when
engineered to address specific track or operating conditions, and that
the limits in
[[Page 16076]]
Sec. 213.331 apply in all cases. FRA continues to believe that the
former rule text could give the mistaken impression that it is
appropriate to design reverse elevation into curves as the nominal
condition for all curves. Nonetheless, FRA appreciates from the
comments raised that reverse elevation is designed into certain curves
both out of necessity and for safety reasons. FRA did not intend its
proposal to nullify such engineering design--engineering design of
which the track owner and railroad are aware in carrying out railroad
operations and responsibilities safely. As modified, the rule text
addresses both the concerns raised by FRA and those raised in the
comments, and the Task Force concurred with this revision.
As explained in the discussion of specific comments and conclusions
section of the preamble, above, what was proposed as paragraph (b) is
not included in this final rule. Please see Wheel Unloading from Wind
on Superelevated Curves, Section V.B., for a full explanation of FRA's
treatment of that proposal. Rather, what was proposed as paragraph (c)
is designated as paragraph (b).
As proposed, in paragraph (b) the Vmax formula
determines the maximum allowable posted timetable operating speed for
curved track based on the qualified cant deficiency (inches of
unbalance), Eu, for the vehicle type. This paragraph also
references a new footnote 7 to permit the vehicle type to operate at
the qualified cant deficiency for which it is approved, Eu,
plus \1/2\ inch, if actual elevation of the outside rail,
Ea, and degree of track curvature, D, change as a result of
track degradation. This paragraph is intended to provide a tolerance to
account for the effects of local crosslevel or curvature conditions on
Vmax that may result in the operating cant deficiency
exceeding that approved for the equipment, i.e, the actual operating
speed may exceed the maximum allowable posted timetable operating
speed. Without this tolerance, these track conditions could generate a
limiting speed exception, and some railroads have adopted the approach
of reducing the operating cant deficiency of the vehicle in order to
avoid these exceptions. FRA believes that this \1/2\ inch tolerance is
supported by operational experience and complemented by related
standards acting to mitigate safety concerns. For instance, the
Vmax formula is not intended to replace FRA's track geometry
limits, which more clearly focus on individual track irregularities
with shorter wavelengths. These track geometry limits apply
independently and act independently to limit the maximum allowable
speed for a track segment based on the condition of the track.
In addition, as proposed, former footnote 4 is being redesignated
as footnote 6, and a statement within the former footnote is being
removed regarding the application of the Vmax equation to
the spirals on both ends of the curve if Eu exceeds 4
inches. The Vmax equation is intended to be applied in the
body of the curve where the cant deficiency is the greatest, and the
actual elevation and degree of curvature are determined according to
the moving average techniques defined in footnote 6, as well as in
footnote 8, discussed below. Within spirals, where the degree of
curvature and elevation are changing continuously, local deviations
from uniform elevation and degree of curvature are governed by the
limits in Sec. 213.327 and Sec. 213.331.
Former footnote 5 is being redesignated as footnote 8 without
substantive change.
Paragraph (c), which was proposed as paragraph (d) in the NPRM,
provides that all vehicle types are considered to be qualified for up
to 3 inches of cant deficiency, as allowed since the 1998 Track Safety
Standards final rule.
Paragraph (d), which was proposed as paragraph (e) in the NPRM, is
being modified to specify the requirements for vehicle qualification
over track with more than 3 inches of cant deficiency in track Classes
6 through 9. This paragraph formerly specified two sets of static lean
test requirements for vehicle qualification for more than 3 inches of
cant deficiency. The first set of requirements limited both the
vertical wheel load remaining on the raised wheels to no less than 60
percent of their static level values and the roll of a passenger
carbody to 5.7 degrees with respect to the horizontal, for a vehicle
standing on superelevation equal to the proposed cant deficiency. The
second set of requirements addressed potential roll-over and passenger
safety issues should a vehicle be stopped or traveling at very low
speed on a curve with 7 inches of superelevation, by limiting both the
vertical wheel load remaining on the raised wheels to no less than 60
percent of their static level values and the roll of a passenger
carbody to 8.6 degrees with respect to the horizontal. In the final
rule, the revised requirements, consistent with the revised standards
in Sec. 213.57 (for lower-speed track classes), limit both the
vertical wheel load remaining on the raised wheels to no less than 60
percent of their static level values and carbody roll for passenger
cars to no more than 8.6 degrees with respect to the horizontal when
the vehicle is standing (stationary) on track with a uniform
superelevation equal to the proposed cant deficiency. Consequently, the
rule no longer imposes a 7-inch superelevation static lean requirement
generally; rather, the amount of superelevation is dependent on the
proposed cant deficiency. For example, if the proposed cant deficiency
is 6 inches, the superelevation used for demonstrating compliance with
this paragraph is also 6 inches.
The requirements in paragraph (d) may be met by either static or
dynamic testing, and are consistent with the requirements in Sec.
213.57. As in Sec. 213.57, the vehicle type must be tested in a ready-
for service condition. In consultation with the Task Force, FRA is
clarifying that the vehicle type be tested in a ready-for-service
condition, i.e., in the same vehicle/track performance condition in
which it would be in passenger service. At the same time, FRA is
clarifying paragraph (e), below, so that the load condition under which
testing is performed is included in the description of the test
procedure. For example, the vehicle type may or may not be loaded to
simulate passengers on board, and this information would be necessary
for a complete evaluation of the vehicle's performance.
As noted, the static lean test limits the vertical wheel load
remaining on the raised wheels to no less than 60 percent of their
static level values and limits the roll of a passenger carbody to 8.6
degrees with respect to the horizontal, when the vehicle is standing on
track with superelevation equal to the proposed cant deficiency. The
dynamic test limits the steady-state vertical wheel load remaining on
the low rail wheels to no less than 60 percent of their static level
values and limits the lateral acceleration in a passenger car to 0.15g
steady-state, when the vehicle operates through a curve at the proposed
cant deficiency. This 0.15g steady-state lateral acceleration limit in
the dynamic test is consistent with the 8.6-degree roll limit in the
static lean test, in that it corresponds to the lateral acceleration a
passenger would experience in a standing (stationary) vehicle whose
carbody is at a roll angle of 8.6 degrees with respect to the
horizontal. The former 5.7-degree roll limit, which limited steady-
state, carbody lateral acceleration to 0.1g, has been removed.
FRA notes that the less stringent steady-state, carbody lateral
acceleration limit and carbody roll angle limit adopted in this final
rule will minimize both the need to equip vehicles with tilt
[[Page 16077]]
systems at higher cant deficiencies and the costs associated with such
features, as well. Moreover, by facilitating higher cant deficiency
operations, savings may also result from shortened trip times. These
savings may be particularly beneficial to passenger operations in
emerging high-speed rail corridors, enabling faster operations through
curves.
Of course, any such savings should not come at the expense of
safety, and FRA is adopting additional track geometry requirements for
operations above 5 inches of cant deficiency, whether or not the
vehicles are equipped with tilt systems. These additional track
geometry requirements were developed to control for undesirable vehicle
response to track conditions that could pose derailment concerns.
Nonetheless, the VTI limits on transient accelerations may need to be
stricter when combined with higher steady-state lateral acceleration,
to address passenger ride safety concerns. Additional research on
passenger response to vibration is necessary to establish this
relationship and model this effect. While the tighter geometry limits
at high cant deficiency that have been added in this final rule were
not specifically developed to address such concerns, they may help to
control transient, carbody acceleration events that could pose ride
safety concerns for passengers subjected to higher steady-state lateral
accelerations. These additional track geometry requirements apply only
to operations above 5 inches of cant deficiency, where steady-state,
carbody lateral acceleration may approach 0.15g for typical vehicle
designs. FRA does note that higher cant deficiencies are necessary to
support high-speed operations on curved track, and, as a result, the
additional track geometry requirements contained in this final rule for
such high cant deficiency operations are likely to be implicated.
Moreover, FRA is not aware of any general safety issue involving
passengers losing their balance and falling due to excessive steady-
state, carbody lateral accelerations in current operations.
Yet, as explained in the discussion of Sec. 213.57(d), FRA is
concerned in particular about the effect transient, carbody lateral
acceleration events that pose no derailment safety concerns may
nonetheless have on passenger ride safety when combined with increased
steady-state, carbody lateral acceleration forces. Consequently, to
fully inform FRA's decisions in preparing this final rule, FRA
specifically invited public comment on the proposal to set the steady-
state, carbody lateral acceleration limit at 0.15g. FRA requested
specific comment on whether the proposed rule would appropriately
provide for passenger ride safety, and if not, requested that the
commenters state what additional requirement(s) should be imposed, if
any.
As noted above, in commenting on the NPRM, SNCF agreed that the
limit of 0.15g for steady-state, carbody lateral acceleration is
justified in that this value is usually considered a comfort limit for
curve design and is the limit value accepted for passenger cars. SNCF
specifically commented that, in European rules, the 0.15g value
corresponds to an exceptional value of cant deficiency, while the
recommended value is about 0.14g. FRA sees no conflict with these
comments; measurements and supplemental research have indicated that a
steady-state, carbody lateral acceleration limit of 0.15g is considered
to be the maximum, steady-state lateral acceleration above which jolts
from vehicle dynamic response to track deviations can present a hazard
to passenger safety. FRA has therefore adopted the proposal in the
final rule.
The changes to this section also separate and clarify the submittal
requirements to FRA to obtain approval for the qualifying cant
deficiency of a vehicle type (paragraph (e)), and to notify FRA prior
to the implementation of the approved higher curving speeds (paragraph
(f)). As discussed above, FRA is clarifying paragraph (e) so that the
load condition under which the testing was performed is included in the
description of the test procedure. Additional clarification in
paragraph (e) has been included for submitting suspension system
maintenance information. This requirement for submitting suspension
system maintenance information applies to vehicle types not subject to
parts 238 or 229 of this chapter, such as a freight car operated in a
freight train, and then only to safety-critical components. Paragraph
(f) also clarifies that in approving the request made pursuant to
paragraph (e), FRA may impose conditions necessary for safely operating
at the higher curving speeds.
FRA notes that former footnote 6 is being redesignated as footnote
9 and modified in conformance with the changes in this final rule. The
former footnote offered an example test procedure providing
measurements for up to 6 inches of cant deficiency and 7 inches of cant
excess. This footnote has been modified to reference testing at ``the
proposed cant deficiency,'' rather than a specific condition,
consistent with the requirements of this section. The cant-excess
requirement has also been addressed, as explained above. In addition,
FRA notes that it has removed the statement in the former footnote that
the ``test procedure may be conducted in a test facility.'' Testing may
of course be conducted in a test facility, but the statement could
cause confusion that testing may be conducted only in a test facility.
No such limitation is intended.
Former paragraph (f) is being moved to new paragraph (g), which was
proposed as paragraph (h) in the NPRM. As noted, paragraph (g) is
identical to two other provisions in this final rule: Sec. 213.57(g)--
the counterpart to this section for lower-speed track classes--and
Sec. 213.345(i). The Task Force agreed that the purpose of these
paragraphs is the same and recommended that the same text be included.
FRA agreed and has modified the rule accordingly. Please see the
discussion of Sec. 213.345(i), below.
As discussed in Sec. 213.57(h), paragraph (h) was proposed to be
added as paragraph (i) to clarify that vehicle types that have been
permitted by FRA to operate at cant deficiencies, Eu,
greater than 3 inches prior to the publication of this final rule in
the Federal Register would be considered qualified under this section
to operate at those permitted cant deficiencies over the previously-
operated track segments(s). Consequently, before the vehicle type could
operate over another track segment at such cant deficiencies, FRA
proposed that the vehicle type be qualified as provided in this
section.
In commenting on the NPRM, Amtrak stated that this proposal
implicated issues associated with vehicle qualification, and Amtrak
referenced its comments concerning proposed Sec. 213.345(b) and (d).
Moreover, Amtrak stated that the tests proposed in this section, as in
Sec. 213.57 for lower-speed track classes, would be even more wasteful
because, unlike the tests proposed for Sec. 213.345, the tests
proposed here would not have been conducted under ``local'' conditions
but rather in a static testing facility having no connection to the
location of the proposed service. Amtrak therefore wondered what types
of conditions FRA believed would be uncovered during this testing
process before permitting the vehicle types to operate at the same cant
deficiencies on other track segments. Amtrak believed that it would be
simply repeating the exact same test on the exact same car at the exact
same test facility, and therefore found it difficult to find any
justification for the proposed limitation.
As noted, FRA discussed the proposal and the comments received with
the
[[Page 16078]]
Task Force. The Task Force recommended that vehicle types that have
been permitted by FRA to operate at cant deficiencies, Eu,
greater than 3 inches but not exceeding 5 inches be considered
qualified under this section to operate at those permitted cant
deficiencies over all track segments--not only over previously operated
segments. As adopted in paragraph (h)(1), FRA agrees that extending the
nature of the qualification in this way is appropriate for operations
on Class 6 track given that the requirements of this paragraph are
static or steady-state and do not directly reflect the ``local''
interaction of the vehicle and the track. Further, FRA makes clear that
the provision applies not only to previous permission by FRA to operate
at these cant deficiencies, but also prospectively to vehicle types
when they are approved by FRA to operate at these cant deficiencies.
Nonetheless, a requirement has been included in paragraph (h)(1) that
written notice be provided to FRA no less than 30 calendar days prior
to the proposed implementation of such curving speeds on another track
segment in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section. This notice
is intended to identify the new track segment(s) so that FRA is aware
of the proposed operation, can ensure that appropriate permission has
been provided for it, and otherwise administer the requirements of this
rule.
However, FRA does note that pursuant to Sec. 213.345, Vehicle/
track system qualification, dynamic testing is required when moving a
vehicle type to a new track segment for operation at cant deficiencies
greater than 5 inches on Class 6 track, or greater than 3 inches on
Class 7 through 9 track, to reflect the ``local'' interaction of the
vehicle and the track over which it operates as a system. Accordingly,
paragraph (h)(2) makes clear that vehicle types that have been
permitted by FRA to operate at cant deficiencies, Eu,
greater than 5 inches on Class 6 track, or greater than 3 inches on
Class 7 through 9 track, shall be considered qualified under this
section to operate at those permitted cant deficiencies only for the
previously operated or identified track segments(s). Operation of these
vehicle types at such cant deficiencies and track class on any other
track segment is permitted only in accordance with the qualification
requirements in this subpart.
Paragraph (i), proposed as paragraph (j), is a new paragraph for
defining the terms ``vehicle'' and ``vehicle type,'' as used in this
section and in Sec. Sec. 213.333 and 213.345. As the term ``vehicle''
is used elsewhere in this subpart and has a different meaning than the
term ``vehicle type,'' both terms are defined here for the purposes of
these sections so that these sections' requirements may be properly
understood and applied. These terms have the same meaning as in Sec.
213.57(j).
Section 213.331 Track Surface
This section is the subpart G counterpart to Sec. 213.63 and is
intended for higher-speed track classes.
As proposed in the NPRM, FRA is making three changes to the single-
deviation, track surface limits in paragraph (a). Specifically, the
124-foot MCO limit for Class 9 track has been reduced to 1 inch, based
on a review of simulation results of Acela equipment performance.
Further, the limit for the difference in crosslevel between any two
points less than 62 feet apart has been reduced to 1[frac14] inches for
Class 8 track, and 1 inch for Class 9 track. These two changes are
intended to provide more consistent safety limits and are based on
simulation studies conducted for short warp conditions.
In addition, three new limits are being added to the single-
deviation, track surface limits in paragraph (a). Two of these limits
(deviation from zero crosslevel on tangent track, and reverse elevation
for curved track), although not explicitly stated in the table in
former paragraph (a), have effectively been applicable to track Classes
6 through 9 because these higher-speed track classes must at least meet
the minimum geometry requirements for the lower-speed track classes.
Specifically, the 1-inch limit for deviation from zero crosslevel on
tangent Class 5 track, as specified in Sec. 213.63, is being added as
a limit for track Classes 6 through 9. Second, the [frac12]-inch
reverse elevation limit for curved track, as formerly specified in
Sec. 213.329(a), is being moved to this paragraph (a). The third
limit, a new limit for the difference in crosslevel between any two
points less than 10 feet apart (short warp), is being added to
paragraph (a) as well. FRA noted in the NPRM that the Task Force
proposed that the existing 1-inch runoff limit for Class 5 track, as
specified in Sec. 213.63, be added for higher track classes. However,
FRA believes that appropriate surface requirements have already been
established in Sec. 213.331 that address this runoff condition, and
thus FRA believes it would be duplicative to include this 1-inch runoff
limit separately in the text of this paragraph.
In its comments on this section, the AAR raised concern with the
proposed addition in paragraph (a) of a new restriction on the
deviation from zero crosslevel on tangent track. The AAR noted that the
proposed requirement parallels an existing entry in the corresponding
table in Sec. 213.63 for the lower-speed track classes but that there
is a proviso contained in Sec. 213.59(b) that makes allowances for
elevation runoff in curves. Specifically, the proviso in Sec.
213.59(b) states: ``If physical conditions do not permit a spiral long
enough to accommodate the minimum length of runoff, part of the runoff
may be on tangent track.'' The AAR believed that the proposed
restriction on the deviation from zero crosslevel on tangent track
needed a similar proviso, and recommended including the same text in
this paragraph. Amtrak likewise raised this concern and made the same
suggestion. The Task Force concurred with these commenters, recognizing
that the additional text applies to the comparable provision for the
lower-speed classes of track. FRA agrees and has included the text as
footnote 2 to this section. Footnote numbering has been modified
appropriately to reflect the addition of this new footnote 2.
As proposed, FRA is also adding tighter geometry limits for
operations above 5 inches of cant deficiency in revised paragraph (b).
These include 124-foot MCO limits and a new limit for the difference in
crosslevel between any two points less than 10 feet apart (short warp).
The text of former paragraph (b) is being moved to new paragraph (c).
FRA believes that adding these track geometry limits is necessary to
provide an equivalent margin of safety for operations at higher cant
deficiency. These limits are based on the results of simulation studies
to determine the safe amplitudes of track geometry surface variations.
See Technical Background, Section IV.B, above.
As noted in Sec. 213.313, FRA received comment on the inclusion of
proposed footnote 3, specifying that curved track surface limits apply
only when track curvature is greater than 0.25 degree. In response to
this comment and as a result of Task Force discussions following
publication of the NPRM, FRA is adding Sec. 213.313 to make clear that
limits specified for curved track apply only to track having a
curvature greater than 0.25 degree. By defining curved track as track
having a curvature greater than 0.25 degree, the rule clarifies when
the requirements for curved track apply and makes the adoption of
proposed footnote 3 unnecessary.
The remaining comment on this section was raised by Bombardier
concerning the propriety of retaining Class 9 track standards. FRA has
addressed Bombardier's comment in the general discussion of Class 9
track standards in Sec. 213.307.
[[Page 16079]]
Section 213.332 Combined Track Alinement and Surface Deviations
As proposed in the NPRM, FRA is adding a new section containing
limits addressing combined track alinement and surface deviations.
These limits apply to high-speed operations on curved track above 5
inches of cant deficiency, as well as to any operation at Class 9
speeds. (In preparing the final rule, FRA added ``track'' to the
section heading to be consistent with the section headings for Sec.
213.327, Track alinement, and Sec. 213.331, Track surface.) An
equation-based safety limit is provided for track alinement and surface
deviations occurring in combination within a single chord length of
each other. The limits in this section are intended to be used only
with a TGMS. These limits are applicable on the outside rail in curves,
as well as to any of the two rails of a tangent section in Class 9
track. Please see the discussion of Sec. 213.65, which is the
companion provision to this section for lower-speed classes of track.
Please also note that in accordance with Sec. 213.313, the limits
specified for curved track apply only to track having a curvature
greater than 0.25 degree.
The only comment on this section was raised by Bombardier
concerning the inclusion of standards for Class 9 track. Specifically,
Bombardier stated that the inclusion of combined alinement and surface
deviations on all Class 9 track, both on curves and on tangent track,
was not reviewed by the Task Force. FRA believes that the standards are
appropriate for Class 9 track; please see the general discussion of
Class 9 track standards in Sec. 213.307. Consequently, this section is
being adopted as proposed without substantive change.
Section 213.333 Automated Vehicle-Based Inspection Systems
FRA is making a number of significant changes to this section,
which contains requirements for automated vehicle-based measurement
systems--i.e., track geometry measurement systems, gage restraint
measurement systems, and the systems necessary to monitor vehicle/track
interaction (acceleration and wheel/rail forces). For clarity, FRA is
revising the original section heading ``Automated vehicle inspection
systems'' to reflect more clearly that the inspection systems are
vehicle-based--not necessarily vehicles themselves--and are for
inspecting track conditions and monitoring vehicle/track interactions.
In paragraph (a)(1), FRA is adding TGMS inspection requirements for
low-speed, high cant deficiency operations, which apply as required by
Sec. 213.57(i). FRA believes that these requirements are appropriate
and necessary for operations at high cant deficiency on lower-speed
track classes.
In paragraph (a)(2), FRA is also adding TGMS inspection
requirements for Class 6 track, with two different inspection
frequencies depending on the amount of cant deficiency. For operations
at a qualified cant deficiency, Eu, not exceeding 5 inches,
at least one inspection must be conducted each calendar year with not
less than 170 days between inspections. If the qualified cant
deficiency is more than 5 inches, then at least two inspections must be
conducted each calendar year, with not less than 120 days between
inspections.
In its comments on the NPRM, however, the AAR stated that the focus
of the proposal was on operations with cant deficiency greater than 5
inches, and that there was no support in the record for TGMS inspection
requirements on Class 6 track having less cant deficiency.
Consequently, the AAR maintained that FRA should not adopt TGMS
inspection requirements for Class 6 track where the cant deficiency is
not greater than 5 inches.
FRA believes that TGMS inspection of Class 6 track is required for
safety regardless of the operating cant deficiency. Nonetheless, the
rule does take into account that for track with lower amounts of cant
deficiency, the inspection need not be as frequent--only once per
calendar year. Further, discussion within the Task Force in response to
this comment revealed that, with the exception of a limited amount of
Class 6 track in the state of New York owned by CSXT over which Amtrak
operated, all other Class 6 track was inspected by Amtrak with a
qualifying TGMS meeting the requirements of this final rule. FRA makes
clear that an operating railroad may fulfill the requirements of this
paragraph, even where it is not the track owner. In this regard, given
that Amtrak currently operates over all Class 6 track, it may conduct
TGMS inspections as the operating railroad on behalf of any owner of
Class 6 track, and FRA does not foresee any change that would impact
such an arrangement between a track owner and Amtrak or another high-
speed passenger railroad operation. Moreover, as discussed below, FRA
is modifying the requirements in the final rule to address issues
raised by the AAR concerning a host freight railroad performing TGMS
inspections of its track in its own right as the track owner.
Paragraph (a)(3) concerns TGMS inspections for Class 7 track. The
former Class 7 track inspection frequency of twice within 120 calendar
days with not less than 30 days between inspections is being reduced to
not less than 25 days between inspections in this 120-day period. This
change is intended to provide additional operational flexibility to
fulfill the requirements and allow for more frequent inspections to be
performed regularly, for example, on a monthly basis, with additional
days in which to complete inspections that may be interrupted or not
started as planned.
For Class 8 and 9 track in paragraph (a)(4), the former TGMS
inspection frequency of twice within 60 calendar days with not less
than 15 days between inspections is also being reduced to not less than
12 days between inspections in this 120-day period. This change is also
intended to provide additional operational flexibility to fulfill the
requirements and allow for more frequent inspections to be performed
regularly, for example, on a bi-weekly basis, with additional days in
which to complete inspections that may be interrupted or not started as
planned.
In paragraph (b)(1), FRA proposed to retain the requirement that
track geometry measurements be taken no more than 3 feet away from the
contact point of wheels carrying a vertical load of no less than 10,000
pounds per wheel. In response, the AAR commented that this provision
would exclude the use of current test platforms (including hi-rail
geometry equipment) that do not meet this axle load, as well as the
development and exploration of test platforms that do not meet this
axle load. The AAR believed that, lacking justification for this
requirement, it should be deleted. FRA also notes that Amtrak commented
on proposed paragraphs (b) and (h) as together creating an internal
inconsistency that would make compliance difficult. According to
Amtrak, it uses a GRMS as its TGMS to take geometry measurements of
record for its Class 8 track. Amtrak stated that proposed paragraph
(b)(1) would require that the measurement be made within 3 feet of the
10,000-pound loaded axle and that this distance requirement is not
attainable on vehicles using a contact geometry system such as a GRMS.
Further, Amtrak stated that while it would be possible for an entity to
comply with the requirements of both proposed paragraphs (b) and (h),
Amtrak could not without incurring the time and expense of running two
type of TGMS tests, where it now runs only one. Amtrak therefore
suggested that a railroad be deemed in compliance with
[[Page 16080]]
paragraph (b)(1) when the railroad performs otherwise qualifying TGMS
tests with a GRMS. Amtrak did add that while CSXT was the only freight
railroad with track affected by paragraph (b), if high-speed operations
do proliferate, freight railroads may find themselves unable to comply
with the regulations, as proposed, because they would no longer be able
to rely on their hi-rail-mounted TGMS equipment.
FRA notes that the actual text of paragraph (b)(1) as proposed in
the NPRM was unchanged from the 1998 Track Safety Standards final rule.
What was different was the proposal to expand the application of TGMS
inspection requirements to more than track Classes 7 through 9,
discussed above. As explained by the AAR in Task Force meetings, this
change would make the TGMS requirements applicable to equipment used by
CSXT for the inspection of Class 6 track. To address this concern, the
text is being revised to allow for FRA approval to measure track
geometry other than as specified in this paragraph. Further, the text
is being revised to express the 10,000-pound wheel load in kips, for
consistency with related provisions, as suggested by Bombardier in its
comments on the NPRM. Consequently, as revised, paragraph (b)(1) states
that track geometry measurements shall be taken no more than 3 feet
away from the contact point of wheels carrying a vertical load of no
less than 10 kips per wheel, unless otherwise approved by FRA. FRA
believes that this modification also addresses Amtrak's concern by
providing added flexibility for the use of different equipment that
measures track geometry. FRA did not intend for a railroad to duplicate
measurements to comply with both paragraphs (b) and (h). A railroad may
use GRMS equipment to perform otherwise qualifying TGMS tests. In the
circumstance raised by Amtrak in its comments on the NPRM, Amtrak does
not need to repeat the testing performed using GRMS equipment with one
of its TGMS vehicles as well.
In paragraph (b)(2), FRA proposed to amend the TGMS sampling
interval so that the interval would not exceed 1 foot. FRA believed
this proposal to be in line with current practice for providing
sufficient data to identify track geometry perturbations. In commenting
on the NPRM, however, the AAR stated that there is equipment in use
that takes measurements at a 2-foot sampling rate, and that there is no
showing that this equipment should be prohibited from taking
measurements in this way. The AAR stated that in developing the NPRM
the Task Force made no recommendation to prohibit the use of a 2-foot
sampling rate, and that FRA should not adopt this change. In addition,
Amtrak stated that the 1-foot interval in proposed paragraphs (b)(2)
and (c), as discussed below, would conflict with the requirement in
paragraph (h)(1)(i) for GRMS equipment to take measurements within a
16-inch interval. Consequently, Amtrak stated that it could not meet
the requirements of proposed paragraph (b) with its current GRMS
equipment and operating practices.
FRA discussed this comment with the Task Force, and the Task Force
concurred with modifying the provision to state that track geometry
measurements shall be taken and recorded on a distance-based sampling
interval at a nominal distance of 1 foot, not exceeding 2 feet. FRA
agrees with the Task Force's recommendation, and in the final rule has
expressed the 1-foot sampling interval as the preferable distance, all
else being equal. Nonetheless, FRA recognizes that an allowance can be
made for sampling at up to a 2-foot interval depending on the
circumstances involved, and therefore railroads may continue to use
equipment that samples within such a 2-foot interval. FRA has modified
a related provision in paragraph (c), as discussed below. Further, the
AAR requested that in this final rule, FRA make clear that the use of
existing equipment that takes measurement samples on a time-based
interval is permitted as long as the equipment produces a measurement
within the specified distance-based sampling interval. Accordingly, FRA
makes clear that equipment that takes measurement samples on a time-
based interval at a rate that corresponds to the distance-based
interval specified in this section indeed complies with this provision.
In paragraph (c), as proposed, FRA is specifying the application of
the added TGMS inspection requirements for high cant deficiency
operations on lower-speed track classes. These requirements in subpart
G apply to vehicle types intended to operate at any curving speed
producing more than 5 inches of cant deficiency, as provided in Sec.
213.57(i). Requirements for track Classes 6 through 9 have been amended
to reference Sec. 213.332, the new section for combined track
alinement and surface deviations. In addition, consistent with the
modification of paragraph (b)(2), as discussed above, FRA is removing
the proposed reference in paragraph (c) to measuring and processing
track geometry parameters at an interval of no more than every 1 foot.
While former paragraph (c) referenced a 2-foot interval, FRA is
removing the distance reference altogether in paragraph (c), as it is
adequately addressed in paragraph (b).
Paragraphs (d) through (f) remain unchanged.
During Task Force consideration of the draft final rule, it was
noted that former paragraph (g) required the track owner to maintain
for a period of one year following an inspection performed by a
qualifying TGMS, a copy of the plot and the exception ``printout'' for
the track segment involved. Given the proliferation of electronic
information since the 1998 Track Safety Standards were issued, FRA's
support for appropriate usage of electronic information to comply with
FRA's requirements, and FRA's recognition that reports of exceptions do
not necessarily need to be printed out, FRA has clarified the paragraph
by replacing ``exception printout'' with ``exception report.'' FRA has
also modified the paragraph to apply the requirements expressly to
railroads, as well as to track owners, consistent with the others
changes in this rule to provide clearly for railroads to carry out the
regulatory requirements, and not only track owners. The Task Force
concurred with these revisions, which clarify FRA's intent.
As noted in the discussion of Sec. 213.110, above, FRA is making
changes to the GRMS testing requirements in paragraphs (h) and (i), to
reflect recommendations made in the FRA report titled ``Development of
Gage Widening Projection Parameter for the Deployable Gage Restraint
Measurement System.'' These changes include replacing the GWR equation
(and all references to GWR) with a GWP equation, which is intended to
compensate for the weight of the testing vehicle. This correction is
also intended to result in more uniform strength measurements across
the variety of testing vehicles that are in operation. FRA has also
modified the Class 8 and 9 track inspection frequency of once per year
with not less than 180 days between inspections to require at least one
inspection per calendar year with not less than 170 days between
inspections. This change is intended to provide additional operational
flexibility in scheduling inspections.
In Bombardier's comments on the NPRM, in addition to its general
concerns on the inclusion of track Class 9 standards, Bombardier raised
specific concern that there was no justification for requiring GRMS to
be operated over Class 9 track. Bombardier stated that if the track
standards for Class 9 track were contained in an RPA, it would be
[[Page 16081]]
expected that the requirements specific to the operation, such as for
ballast and the maximum number of allowable defective crossties, would
result in a superior track structure than currently required. A GRMS
requirement on this structure would result in a significant cost with
no safety benefit, according to Bombardier.
FRA notes that the requirement to conduct GRMS testing on Class 9
track was established in the 1998 Track Safety Standards final rule and
is not a new requirement. Nonetheless, FRA recognizes that the
underlying issue raised by Bombardier relates to track inspection and
maintenance standards for a high-speed operation on a dedicated right-
of-way. This concern has been addressed in the revision to Sec.
213.307, as discussed above. FRA's regulatory approval may allow for
the use of inspection and maintenance criteria and procedures in the
alternative to those contained in this subpart, including the GRMS
inspection requirements in this paragraph, based upon a showing that at
least an equivalent level of safety is provided.
FRA is making one change to paragraph (i) from that proposed in the
NPRM by stating the GWP load in kips and not pounds, as suggested by
Bombardier in its comments on the NPRM. The Task Force concurred that
the units should be stated in kips for consistency among measurement
units.
As proposed, FRA is revising the wording and requirements in
paragraphs (j) and (k), which concern the monitoring of carbody and
truck accelerations. Changes include adding the option to use a
portable device when performing the acceleration monitoring, and
clarifying the requirements for locating the carbody and truck
accelerometers. In paragraph (j)(1), monitoring requirements have been
added for operations above 5 inches of cant deficiency on track Classes
1 through 6. These requirements for monitoring high cant deficiency
operations apply to vehicle types qualified to operate at any curving
speed producing more than 5 inches of cant deficiency, as provided in
Sec. 213.57(i) and Sec. 213.345(a), as appropriate. Indeed, these
monitoring and qualification requirements for carbody accelerations are
intended to be complementary, in the same way as the monitoring
requirements for track Classes 7 through 9 are likewise intended to
continue to apply to vehicles that have been qualified to operate under
Sec. 213.345.
Paragraph (j)(2) applies to operations at track Class 7 speeds, and
requires that carbody and truck accelerations be monitored at least
twice within any 60-day period with not less than 12 days between
inspections on at least one passenger car of each type that is assigned
to the service. This paragraph essentially restates requirements
applicable to operations on Class 7 track in former paragraph (k),
reducing the minimum period between inspections in the 60-day period to
not less than 12 days--from not less than 15 days in the former
paragraph.
As discussed in Section IV.A, above, FRA is revising the
requirement in former paragraph (j) to monitor carbody and truck
accelerations each day on at least one vehicle in one train operating
at track Class 8 and 9 speeds. Based on data collected to date and to
reduce unnecessary burden on the track owner or railroad operating the
vehicle type, this monitoring frequency has been reduced from a minimum
of once per day to four times within any 7-day period for carbody
accelerations, and twice within 60 days for truck accelerations. These
requirements are now found in paragraph (j)(3).
In its comments on proposed paragraph (j), the AAR stated that it
opposed the monitoring of carbody acceleration for any track class. The
AAR stated that these accelerations are often caused by train handling
and other normal events unrelated to the condition of the track.
Requiring railroads to monitor carbody acceleration and address
accelerometer measurements would divert resources from more productive
safety endeavors, according to the AAR. Further, the AAR believed that,
leaving aside the issue of whether there should be any monitoring of
carbody accelerations, proposed paragraph (j) contained contradictory
statements regarding the vehicle to be used for monitoring: the first
sentence proposed the use of a vehicle having dynamic response
characteristics that are representative of other vehicles assigned to
the service, while paragraph (j)(1) proposed to require the use of at
least one passenger car of each type that is assigned to the service.
The AAR added that freight railroads do not possess passenger cars.
As a result of the AAR's comments and discussions within the Task
Force, the text of paragraph (j) is being revised to make clear that
the requirements apply as specified for the combination of track class,
cant deficiencies, and vehicles subject to paragraphs (j)(1) through
(3). Consequently, the acceleration monitoring requirements in
paragraphs (j)(1) and (2) for speeds up to 125 m.p.h. do not apply to
equipment operated in a freight train. In fact, the requirements of
this section apply to equipment operating in a freight train only at
speeds above 125 m.p.h., per paragraph (j)(3), and only as appropriate;
specifically, if no passenger carrying vehicles are assigned to the
service, there are no passenger carrying vehicles to monitor. FRA also
makes clear that, in the case of Amtrak's Acela service at track Class
8 speeds, the carbody acceleration monitoring requirements of paragraph
(j)(3) require only one power car (locomotive), i.e., non-passenger
carrying vehicle, and one trailer car (passenger coach) to be
monitored. FRA recognizes that only one type of passenger carrying
vehicle is currently assigned to this Acela service--the caf[eacute]
cars, first class cars, and business class cars are all passenger
carrying vehicles of the same dynamic response type.
In commenting on the NPRM, Amtrak stated that the proposal to
revise paragraph (k)(1) to require accelerometers on the floor of a
vehicle, as near to the center of a truck as practicable, would be a
substantive change from the requirement to place them near the end of
the vehicle at the floor level. Amtrak noted that accelerometers have
been mounted under the floors of its vehicles in the machine bay on the
centerline next to the trucks. Amtrak believed that placing the units
on the floor would not be an option and would result in the creation of
a tripping hazard in the center of the passenger aisle. Nor did Amtrak
believe that there was a readily-available space to locate the
accelerometers near the centerline within coach cars. Moreover, Amtrak
was concerned with locating accelerometers where they could be subject
to being kicked and influenced by dropped luggage, which could falsely
indicate unsafe readings when there are none. Amtrak therefore
requested that FRA retain the original language in paragraph (k)
relating to placement of accelerometers.
FRA is revising this final rule in response to Amtrak's comment so
that paragraph (k)(1) requires the accelerometers to be attached to the
carbody on or under the floor of the vehicle, as near the center of a
truck as practicable. FRA did not intend for the proposed text to
create the concerns raised by Amtrak. FRA's intent in revising the text
has been focused on placing the accelerometers near the center of a
truck--not simply near the end of a vehicle. FRA did not intend in any
way to remove the needed flexibility for a railroad to locate the
accelerators on or under the floor. FRA has revised the rule text
accordingly, and the Task Force concurred with this revision.
[[Page 16082]]
Paragraph (k)(2) is based on former paragraph (k) and provides that
a device for measuring lateral accelerations shall be mounted on a
truck frame at a longitudinal location as close as practicable to an
axle's centerline (either outside axle for trucks containing more than
2 axles), or, if approved by FRA, at an alternate location. As
proposed, a provision has been added to allow the track owner or
operating railroad to petition FRA for an exemption from the periodic
monitoring requirements in paragraph (j) for truck acceleration, after
2 years, or 1 million miles, whichever occurs first. FRA does note
that, pursuant to Sec. 238.427, truck acceleration is continuously
monitored on each Tier II passenger vehicle in order to determine if
hunting oscillations of the vehicle are occurring during revenue
operation.
Paragraph (k)(3) is based on provisions in former paragraphs (j)
and (k). Paragraph (j) formerly provided that each track owner have in
effect written procedures for the notification of track personnel when
on-board accelerometers on trains in Classes 8 and 9 indicate a
possible track-related problem, and paragraph (k) formerly provided
that for the periodic testing of equipment in track Classes 7 through
9, speeds would be reduced if the vehicle/track interaction safety
limits were exceeded. In the NPRM, FRA sought to combine the two
provisions, proposing that if any of the carbody lateral, carbody
vertical, or truck frame lateral acceleration safety limits in this
section's table of vehicle/track interaction safety limits is exceeded,
appropriate speed restrictions be applied until corrective action is
taken.
In its comments on the NPRM, Amtrak stated that the proposal in
paragraph (k)(3) would have required Amtrak to issue a mandatory slow
order when an accelerometer recorded an anomaly. Amtrak believed that
the proposal was completely impractical and did not take into account
the reality of accelerometer testing or railroad operations. Amtrak
related the example of an Acela coach with a bad lateral damper that
had recorded 57 separate ``hits,'' asserting that under the proposal
Amtrak would have been required to have placed slow orders on a large
portion of the NEC, impacting all intercity and commuter rail
operations. Amtrak stated that the original provision required Amtrak
only to have a plan in place to handle accelerometer data issues, that
the requirement had served Amtrak well, and that there was no evidence
that mandatory slow orders would do anything but result in slower
trains.
FRA is revising paragraph (k)(3) in consultation with the Task
Force. Paragraph (k)(3) provides that if any of the carbody lateral,
carbody vertical, or truck frame lateral acceleration safety limits in
this section's table of vehicle/track interaction safety limits is
exceeded, corrective action shall be taken as necessary. Paragraph
(k)(3) also provides that track personnel shall be notified when the
accelerometers indicate a possible track-related problem. FRA did not
intend that a railroad issue a slow order merely because an
accelerometer registers a ``hit.'' FRA intended that corrective action
be taken only as necessary for safety, and has modified the paragraph
to make that clearer. Likewise, the requirement to provide notification
to track personnel does not, in itself, require that a slow order must
be issued. Overall, FRA believes that this paragraph reflects the
intent of the former paragraphs and provides the necessary direction
and flexibility to the track owner or railroad, or both, to respond
appropriately when the accelerometers record that the safety limits in
the VTI table have been exceeded.
FRA is modifying the requirement in paragraph (l) for conducting
instrumented wheelset (IWS) testing on Class 8 and 9 track. IWS testing
is no longer a general requirement applicable for all Class 8 and 9
track. Instead, the specific need to perform IWS testing shall be
determined by FRA on a case-by-case basis, after reviewing a report
submitted annually by the track owner or railroad detailing the
accelerometer monitoring data collected in accordance with paragraphs
(j) and (k) of this section. A thorough review of the Acela trainset
IWS data, as well as consideration of the economics associated with the
testing, revealed that there were significant cost and little apparent
safety benefit to justify IWS testing as a general requirement on an
annual basis. FRA believes that the testing and monitoring requirements
in this section, as a whole, together with FRA's oversight and ability
to impose IWS testing requirements as needed, are sufficient to
maintain safety at a lower cost.
FRA is making conforming changes to paragraph (m), which, because
of the revisions to this section, now requires that the track owner or
railroad maintain a copy of the most recent exception records for the
inspections required under paragraphs (j) and (k) of this section, and,
as appropriate, paragraph (l) should IWS testing be required. FRA noted
in publishing the NPRM that the Task Force did not specifically propose
to retain paragraph (m), seemingly because of the proposed addition in
paragraph (l) of an annual requirement to provide an analysis of the
monitoring data gathered for operations on track Classes 8 and 9.
However, while the reporting requirement in paragraph (l) is new, it is
intended to support the change to the IWS testing requirements so that
IWS testing is no longer generally required for Class 8 and 9
operations, as discussed above. Moreover, the reporting requirement is
only an annual one and, by virtue of applying only to Class 8 and 9
operations, does not address lower-speed operations.
At the recommendation of the Task Force, paragraph (m) is also
being modified to make clear that exception data shall be maintained as
a record, but not necessarily a printed record. Each railroad or track
owner is in the best position to determine the most efficient and
effective method for keeping this information, and FRA makes clear that
the information may be maintained electronically. In this regard, Sec.
213.369(f) requires that each vehicle/track interaction safety record
required under Sec. 213.333(g) and (m) be made available for
inspection and copying by FRA, and Sec. 213.369(e) sets forth
conditions for maintaining records in an electronic system.
As proposed, substantial changes are being made to the content of
the VTI safety limits table. In general, most of the limits have been
clarified or updated. Specifically, the single wheel vertical load
ratio limit has been tightened from 0.10 to 0.15 to ensure an adequate
safety margin for wheel unloading.
The net axle lateral L/V ratio limit is being modified from 0.5, to
0.4 + 5.0/Va, so as to take into account the effect of axle
load and more appropriately reflect the cumulative, detrimental effect
of track panel shift from heavier vehicles. This net axle lateral load
limit is intended to control excessive lateral track shift and is
sensitive to a number of track parameters. The well-established,
European Prud'homme limit is a function of the axle load and this
sensitivity is desired to differentiate between coach car and heavier
locomotive loads. The Volpe Center's TREDA (Track Residual Deflection
Analysis) simulation work, testing at the Transportation Technology
Center, Inc. (TTCI), and comparison to the Prud'homme limit all have
indicated the dependence on axle load and the importance of initial,
small lateral deflections. Representatives of the Task Force
independently reviewed the Volpe Center analysis and concurred
[[Page 16083]]
with this change. The limiting condition allows for a small initial
deformation and assumes a stable configuration with the accumulation of
additional traffic.
Due to variations in vehicle design requirements and passenger ride
safety, the carbody acceleration limits have been divided into separate
limits for ``Passenger Cars'' and those for ``Other Vehicles'' (such as
conventional locomotives). In addition, the carbody transient
acceleration limits have been modified from 0.5g lateral and 0.6g
vertical to the following: in the lateral direction, 0.65g for
passenger cars and 0.75g for other vehicles; and, in the vertical
direction, 1.0g for both passenger cars and other vehicles. These
changes were developed after considerable research into the performance
of existing vehicles during qualification testing and revenue
operations. Overall, it was found that the carbody transient
acceleration limits need not be as stringent to protect against events
leading to vehicle or passenger safety issues.
Based on the small energy content associated with high-frequency
acceleration events of the carbody, FRA is adding text to exclude any
transient acceleration peaks lasting less than 50 milliseconds. Other
changes include the addition of new limits for sustained carbody
lateral and vertical oscillatory accelerations, as well as the addition
of minimum requirements for sampling and filtering of the acceleration
data. The sustained carbody oscillatory acceleration limits have been
developed in response to a review of data that was obtained during
qualification testing for the MARC-III multi-level passenger car, as
discussed in Section IV.A. of the preamble. The sustained carbody
oscillatory acceleration limits are 0.10g RMSt (root mean
squared with linear trend removed) for passenger cars and 0.12g
RMSt for other vehicles in the lateral direction, and 0.25g
RMSt for both passenger cars and other vehicles in the
vertical direction. These new limits require that the RMSt
value be used in order to attenuate the effects of the linear variation
in oscillatory accelerations resulting from negotiation of track
segments with changes in curvature or grade by design, such as spirals.
Root mean squared values shall be determined over a sliding 4-second
window with linear trend removed and be sustained for more than 4
seconds. Acceleration measurements shall be processed through a low
pass filter with a minimum cut-off frequency of 10 Hz, and the sample
rate for oscillatory acceleration data need be at least 100 samples per
second.
FRA is modifying the proposed requirement that peak-to-peak carbody
vertical (transient) accelerations, measured as the algebraic
difference between the two extreme values of measured acceleration in
any 1-second time period, excluding any peak lasting less than 50
milliseconds, not exceed 1.0g for both ``Passenger Cars'' and ``Other
Vehicles.'' While the final rule retains the limit for ``Passenger
Cars'' of 1.0g, the limit for ``Other Vehicles'' is changed to 1.25g.
In commenting on the NPRM, Bombardier stated that this limit had
been an open issue with the Task Force prior to publication of the NPRM
and that it should be discussed by the Task Force prior to promulgating
this final rule. Further, in commenting on the proposed VTI safety
limits, SNCF noted that it did not consider vertical car body
acceleration as a safety limit. This issue was discussed with the Task
Force, and FRA reevaluated relevant test data, including wheel/rail
loads at the time of peak-to-peak acceleration. FRA does not believe
that safety will be compromised by changing this limit to 1.25g.
The last set of changes to the VTI table concerns the truck lateral
acceleration limit used for the detection of truck hunting. This limit
is being tightened from 0.4g to 0.3g and specifies that the value must
exceed that limit for more than 2 seconds. Analyses conducted by FRA
have shown that this change will help to better identify the
occurrences of excessive truck hunting, while excluding high-frequency,
low-amplitude oscillations that do not require immediate attention. In
addition, this revised limit requires that the RMSt value be
used rather than the RMSm (root mean squared with mean
removed) value. FRA believes that this revision will improve the
process for analyzing data while the vehicle is negotiating spiral
track segments. Separately, FRA notes that it has retained the entry in
the ``Parameter'' column as ``Truck Lateral''--rather than change it to
``Truck Lateral Acceleration'' as proposed in the NPRM. The original
entry is stated appropriately and needs no modification.
Section 213.345 Vehicle/Track System Qualification
As part of the 1998 Track Safety Standards final rule, all
(passenger and freight) rolling stock was required to be qualified for
operation for its intended track class. Qualification testing was
intended to demonstrate that the equipment not exceed the VTI limits
specified in Sec. 213.333 at any speed less than 10 m.p.h. above the
proposed maximum operating speed. An exception was provided for
equipment that had already operated in specified track classes. Rolling
stock operating in Class 6 track within one year prior to the
promulgation of the 1998 final rule was considered qualified. Further,
vehicles operating at Class 7 track speeds under conditional waivers
prior to the promulgation of the 1998 final rule were qualified for
Class 7 track, including equipment that was then-operating on the
Northeast Corridor at Class 7 track speeds.
FRA is making a number of significant changes to this section,
whose heading is modified from ``Vehicle qualification testing'' to
``Vehicle/track system qualification,'' to reflect more appropriately
the interaction of the vehicle and the track over which it operates as
a system. These changes include modifying and clarifying this section's
substantive requirements, reorganizing the structure and layout of the
rule text, and revising the qualification procedures. Among the
specific changes, high cant deficiency operations on lower-speed track
classes are subject to the requirements of this section in accordance
with Sec. 213.57(i).
FRA proposed that paragraph (a) require all vehicle types intended
to operate at Class 6 speeds or above, or at any curving speed
producing more than 5 inches of cant deficiency, to be qualified for
operation for their intended track classes in accordance with this
subpart. FRA also proposed that, for qualification purposes, the former
over-speed testing requirement be reduced from 10 m.p.h. to 5 m.p.h.
above the maximum proposed operating speed. FRA noted in the NPRM that
it agreed with the Task Force's view that the former 10 m.p.h. over-
speed testing requirement, which was established as part of the 1998
final rule, had become overly conservative based on improved speed
control and display technology deployed in current operations.
In commenting on the proposal, the AAR stated that FRA insert
language providing that where the maximum operating speed is 150
m.p.h., qualification testing may take place at speeds up to 155 m.p.h.
without requiring an RPA for operating at speeds in excess of 150
m.p.h., per former footnote 2 to Sec. 213.307(a). Specifically, the
AAR suggested that FRA add a sentence to paragraph (a)(2), stating that
speeds up to 155 m.p.h. are permitted for the purpose of qualification
testing without an RPA, where the maximum allowable operating speed is
150 m.p.h.
As explained in the discussion of Sec. 213.307, above, FRA is
modifying the rule to make clear that an RPA is not
[[Page 16084]]
specifically needed to authorize high-speed rail operations. Paragraph
(a) concerns qualification testing to operate rail service at such high
speeds. No process or procedure as formal as an RPA is necessary to
allow such qualification testing above the maximum speeds proposed for
the operation. Rather, FRA's very approval of the qualification test
plan will provide the necessary oversight to allow for the safe conduct
of testing at such speeds, and testing conducted in accordance with
this FRA approval shall be deemed in compliance with this part 213.
Accordingly, paragraph (a)(2) clarifies that for purposes of
qualification testing, speeds may exceed the maximum allowable
operating speeds for the class of track in accordance with the test
plan approved by FRA.
In its comments on the NPRM, Bombardier stated that paragraph (a)
did not contain a Task Force proposal that qualification testing take
place not only at any speed up to and including 5 m.p.h. above the
proposed maximum operating speed, but also at a speed that produces a
cant deficiency greater than 3 inches above the proposed maximum cant
deficiency, whichever is less. Bombardier stated that not including
this proposal seems appropriate on the higher track classes, since a 5
m.p.h. increase in speed through any curve will not result in cant
deficiency greater than 3 inches over the proposed cant deficiency.
However, Bombardier believed that this may not be the case when
conducting such tests on lower-speed track classes at cant deficiencies
exceeding 5 inches. Therefore, Bombardier suggested retaining the
proposed language developed by the Task Force, and stated that this
comment affected proposed paragraph (f)(2)(ii) in this section as well.
The final rule does not include an alternative requirement that
qualification testing take place at a speed that produces a cant
deficiency greater than 3 inches above the proposed maximum cant
deficiency, if this speed is less than 5 m.p.h. above the proposed
maximum operating speed. FRA believes that the 5 m.p.h. over-speed
testing requirement is appropriate, especially for the lower-speed
track classes, because the requirements of this section apply only to
those operations on Class 1 through 5 track at curving speeds producing
more than 5 inches of cant deficiency. For example, a speed that
produces a cant deficiency greater than 3 inches above this already
high level of cant deficiency on Class 2 or 3 track would be
unrealistic for testing. Moreover, since that speed would surely exceed
5 m.p.h. above the proposed maximum operating speed, the lesser speed
of 5 m.p.h. over the proposed maximum operating speed would apply. FRA
has therefore not adopted the suggestion of the commenter.
Paragraph (b) addresses the qualification of existing vehicle types
and provides that such vehicle types previously qualified or permitted
to operate at track Class 6 speeds or above or at any curving speeds
producing more than 5 inches of cant deficiency are considered as being
successfully qualified under the requirements of this section for
operation at the previously operated speeds and cant deficiencies over
the previously operated track segment(s). FRA makes clear that this
qualification applies for operation over the previously-operated track
segment(s) only. To qualify such vehicle types to operate over new
routes (even at the same track speeds), the qualification requirements
contained in other paragraphs of this section must be met.
Paragraph (c) contains the requirements for qualifying new vehicle
types. The additional (and tighter) carbody acceleration limits in
former paragraph (b) for new vehicle qualification have been removed.
In their place, this section now references Sec. 213.333 for the
applicable VTI limits for accelerations and wheel/rail forces. This
change resulted from considerable research into the performance of
existing vehicles during qualification testing and revenue operations.
Overall, it was found that the acceleration limits in former paragraph
(b) need not be as stringent to protect against events leading to
vehicle or passenger safety issues. As further specified in this
paragraph, vehicle types intended to operate at track Class 6 speeds or
above, or at any curving speed producing more than 5 inches of cant
deficiency, may be subject to a combination of computer simulations,
carbody acceleration testing, truck acceleration testing, and wheel/
rail force measurements.
In commenting on proposed paragraph (c), Bombardier stated that for
new vehicles intended to operate at track Class 6 speeds, the rule
should allow an option for vehicles to be qualified either through
simulations or wheel/rail force measurements, to be consistent with
what has been allowed for vehicle qualification testing. In addition,
NCDOT raised concern that the proposal would have eliminated the use of
instrumented wheelsets for the measurement of wheel/rail forces during
vehicle qualification testing on track Class 6, noting that computer
simulations over a representative segment of the actual route using
MCAT were proposed in lieu of IWS tests for speeds up to 110 m.p.h. and
up to 6 inches of cant deficiency. NCDOT stated that, while this may be
a safe and less expensive method, NCDOT believed it not entirely clear
whether the vehicle/track model validation requirements in the NPRM
could be achieved and approved by FRA in a reasonable timeframe and at
a lower cost than conducting IWS tests. NCDOT stated that, since the
concept of using simulations as a qualification tool is relatively new,
it suggested an option be allowed to use simulations or instrumented
wheelsets for qualification on track Class 6. NCDOT cited that this
concept was proposed in the NPRM for qualifying equipment for use on
another corridor at the same speed and cant deficiency, and believed it
logical to allow this option for new vehicle qualification in this
lower speed range. NCDOT suggested that FRA employ this option as an
interim measure until the implications of the simulation requirements
have been fully verified and justified using a detailed cost-benefit
analysis. In addition, NCDOT noted that this option would allow the use
of existing instrumentation if it is compatible with the new vehicle
type seeking qualification.
FRA agrees with the commenters that instrumented wheelsets are
currently used for qualifying vehicle types intended to operate at
track Class 6 speeds and that their use for such qualification purposes
should be permitted to continue. As recommended by the Task Force,
paragraph (c) is being revised by adding a new paragraph (c)(1) to
allow for vehicle types intended to operate at track Class 6 speeds to
be qualified either through simulations or the use of instrumented
wheelsets to demonstrate compliance with the wheel/rail force limits
specified in Sec. 213.333.
Consequently, what was proposed as paragraph (c)(1) for computer
simulations is being designated as paragraph (c)(2) and modified to
state that it applies to new vehicle types intended to operate at track
Class 7 speeds or above--not Class 6 speeds or above--as well at any
curving speed producing more than 6 inches of cant deficiency, as
proposed in the NPRM. FRA notes that, although in accordance with Sec.
213.57(i), vehicle types intended to operate at cant deficiencies
greater than 5 inches on the lower-speed track classes are subject to
the requirements of this section, the requirements of paragraph (c)(2)
apply to the lower-speed track classes only for operations at cant
deficiencies greater than 6
[[Page 16085]]
inches. This paragraph requires computer simulations to be conducted on
both an analytically defined track segment representative of minimally
compliant track conditions (MCAT) for the respective track classes as
specified in appendix D to this part and on a track segment
representative of the full route on which the vehicle type is intended
to operate. (See the discussion of MCAT in appendix D, below.)
No comment was specifically raised on the remaining provisions of
proposed paragraph (c), and they have been adopted as proposed, newly
designated as paragraphs (c)(3) through (c)(5).
Paragraph (c)(3) requires carbody acceleration testing for all
operations at track Class 6 speeds or above, or for any operation above
5 inches of cant deficiency. FRA notes that, in accordance with Sec.
213.57(i), vehicle types intended to operate at cant deficiencies
greater than 5 inches on the lower-speed track classes are subject to
the requirements of this section.
Paragraph (c)(4) requires truck acceleration testing for all
operations at track Class 6 speeds or above.
Paragraph (c)(5) provides that measurement of wheel/rail forces,
through the use of instrumented wheelsets (or equivalent devices), are
required for all operations at track Class 7 speeds or above, or for
any operation above 6 inches of cant deficiency. Again, FRA notes that,
although in accordance with Sec. 213.57(i), vehicle types intended to
operate at cant deficiencies greater than 5 inches on the lower-speed
track classes are subject to the requirements of this section, the
requirements of paragraph (c)(5) apply to the lower-speed track classes
only for operations at cant deficiencies greater than 6 inches.
In paragraph (d), FRA proposed to separate and explicitly define
the qualification requirements for previously qualified vehicle types
intended to operate on new track segments. Former paragraph (d)
provided for test runs to be made over the entire route intended for
revenue service, and for previously qualified equipment, the paragraph
applied if a new route were proposed at a later date.
In commenting on the NPRM, Bombardier suggested that for vehicles
previously qualified under this subpart for a track class and cant
deficiency using both wheel/rail force measurements and simulations,
the vehicles should be qualified at the same class and cant deficiency
on another route without requiring additional simulations or track
testing. Bombardier stated that as the vehicle model would have been
fully validated with the extensive process required by the rule,
including the worst-case MCAT conditions, there would be high cost with
no safety benefit to conducting simulations and testing on other
routes.
In addition, Amtrak commented extensively on proposed changes to
this section concerning the ``portability'' of a vehicle type's
qualification. Amtrak commented that it could see no increased safety
benefit from the regulatory scheme proposed by FRA. According to
Amtrak, the proposed changes would not be an efficient use of railroad
resources in that there would be a potentially never-ending series of
qualifications and re-qualifications required. Amtrak cited as an
example the safe use of Amfleet equipment for decades on the Northeast
Corridor. Amtrak believed that if it sought to use that same Amfleet
equipment in the Midwest at the same speeds on track maintained to the
same track class standards as the Northeast Corridor, then under the
proposed regulation Amtrak would have been required to qualify the
equipment to the new standards. Moreover, Amtrak raised concern that
FRA would have required qualification every time it sought to operate a
type of equipment over a new portion of the same route. Amtrak stated
that track maintained to a particular FRA class standard in one part of
the country is, by definition, identical to any other piece of track
maintained to that same standard. Amtrak commented that once equipment
is qualified to operate at a particular speed on a class of track, that
qualification should suffice to ``certify'' that that equipment can
operate at the speed in question over that class of track anywhere in
the country. At the same time, Amtrak noted that it did not question
the need for local testing of operational and safety issues; all new
and expanded service must be thoroughly vetted to make sure that all
safety issues are discovered and addressed.
Amtrak added that FRA's proposal was counter to the Task Force
recommendation that once a vehicle is qualified for a particular speed
and cant deficiency, it would not have to be retested and qualified
each time it moved to operate at that same cant deficiency on a new
track segment. Amtrak offered another example to illustrate its
concern: Amtrak performs testing on a particular piece of equipment to
demonstrate that it can operate safely at a particular cant deficiency.
This new service is to be run over the territory of a freight railroad
host. The equipment is placed in service by Amtrak and operates safely.
One year later, a State decides to increase service and builds a new
station 5 miles away from the existing terminus of Amtrak service, on
the same host railroad's line. Amtrak believed that, under FRA's
proposal, Amtrak would have to re-qualify this equipment to operate
safely over this ``new'' stretch of railroad, even though the equipment
is operated by the same railroad, and the rail line itself is
maintained by the same railroad to the same standards as the existing
line. Amtrak stated that FRA cannot justify the need for this new
qualification as responsive to ``local'' conditions. There are no
``local'' variations to track class standards, according to Amtrak; the
track is either maintained to the FRA standards, or it is not. Amtrak
also pointed out that portability of equipment qualification could
simplify the design and procurement process for future high-speed and
commuter equipment. Knowing a particular design already meets FRA
safety standards for known track conditions makes it easier to procure
equipment, Amtrak stated.
Based on the comments received, the Task Force re-addressed the
portability requirements in paragraph (d) for previously qualified
vehicle types. The Task Force considered that, although the vehicle
type would be unchanged, the vehicle/track system should be
appropriately examined for deficiencies prior to its service operation
on a new route where performance-based standards are relied upon at
track Class 7 speeds or above and at cant deficiencies exceeding 5
inches. Past experience was cited with the high-speed and high cant
deficiency qualification of the Acela trainset where testing at a well-
maintained track Class 8 test facility did not uncover performance
issues that were later identified during the local vehicle/track system
testing on the Northeast Corridor, where it was intended to operate. In
this regard, the Task Force considered the adequacy to which the new
vehicle/track system need be examined during qualification testing to
demonstrate system safety.
At the same time, the Task Force took into account that all of the
requirements of revised paragraph (c) in this final rule--i.e., wheel/
rail force, carbody acceleration and truck lateral acceleration
testing, as well as simulations using MCAT and a representative track
segment--apply to new vehicle qualification for track Class 7 speeds or
above, or at any curving speed producing more than 6 inches of cant
deficiency. The MCAT simulations are independent of the route, and once
conducted, will have examined the vehicle/track system performance
under the majority of worst-case conditions
[[Page 16086]]
that might be found on any route. However, MCAT cannot account for all
wavelengths and combinations of track deviations that may locally exist
on a given route.
For consistency within this final rule, the Task Force agreed that
the static lean requirements of Sec. 213.57(d) and Sec. 213.329(d),
once met, are independent of the route and noted that no further
analysis or testing with respect to these requirements is necessary for
previously qualified vehicle types. In addition, vehicle types that
have been permitted to operate at cant deficiencies greater than 3
inches but not exceeding 5 inches are considered to be qualified under
the new rule for all operations at track Class 6 speeds and below. In
the final rule, no testing or simulations are required for previously
qualified vehicle types intending to operate on new routes at track
Class 1 through Class 6 speeds and at cant deficiencies not exceeding 5
inches.
As provided in paragraph (d)(1), for all operations at track Class
7 speeds or above and cant deficiencies exceeding 5 inches, or for any
operation above 6 inches of cant deficiency, simulations or measurement
of wheel/rail forces is required to demonstrate safe, local vehicle/
track system performance on a new route. For performance-based
standards that address the vehicle/track system, simulations are
especially useful for demonstrating that when qualified vehicles are
intended to operate on a new route, the new vehicle/track system is
adequately examined for deficiencies prior to revenue service
operation. The Task Force did recognize that, once run for the MCAT
deviations, a fully-validated vehicle model required for qualifying new
vehicle types under this final rule need not be repeated. Only a
simulation for a representative track segment from the new route is
required, as the results of the MCAT simulations will be kept on file
and be available for reference.
As noted, for previously qualified vehicle types intended to
operate on new routes at track Class 1 through Class 6 speeds and at
cant deficiencies not exceeding 5 inches, the requirements of this
paragraph (d) do not apply. Should the proposed cant deficiency exceed
5 inches but not exceed 6 inches for operations at track Class 1
through 6 speeds, carbody acceleration testing under paragraph (d)(2)
is required to demonstrate safe, local vehicle/track system performance
on a new route; however, no other qualification testing is required by
this paragraph (d).
As provided in paragraphs (d)(2) and (3), for previously qualified
vehicle types intended to operate on new routes at track Class 7 speeds
or above, carbody and truck acceleration testing is required to
demonstrate safe, local vehicle/track system performance. The carbody
acceleration testing requirements in paragraph (d)(2) also apply to
previously qualified vehicle types intended to operate on new routes at
cant deficiencies exceeding 5 inches.
Paragraph (e) clarifies the requirements in former paragraph (c)
for the content of the qualification testing plan and adds a
requirement for the plan to be submitted to FRA at least 60 days prior
to conducting the testing.
In response to a comment from Bombardier, FRA is consolidating
proposed paragraph (e)(1), for including in the testing plan the
results of required vehicle/track performance simulations, with
proposed paragraph (e)(7), for including in the testing plan an
analysis of simulation results, when simulations are required as part
of vehicle qualification. Together, both paragraphs were potentially
duplicative and are now addressed in paragraph (e)(6), which provides
that the testing plan shall include the results of vehicle/track
performance simulations that are required by this section. As a
consequence, the remaining paragraphs, proposed as paragraphs (e)(2)
through (6), are designated as paragraphs (e)(1) through (5) in this
final rule.
FRA notes that paragraph (e)(3) is being modified from the proposal
in paragraph (e)(4) to provide that the test plan identify the maximum
angle found on the gage face of the designed (newly profiled) wheel
flange referenced with respect to the axis of the wheelset that will be
used for the determination of the Single Wheel L/V Ratio safety limit
specified in Sec. 213.333. This modification is consistent with the
proposal in the NPRM and clarifies that the designed wheel flange is of
a wheel newly profiled to that which is intended for service.
In addition, paragraph (e)(4) is being modified from the proposal
in paragraph (e)(5), to provide that the test plan identify the target
maximum testing speed in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section
and the maximum testing cant deficiency. During Task Force
consideration of the draft final rule, Interfleet noted that the
reference to paragraph (a) concerns the maximum testing speed but that,
as proposed, the reference appeared after the mention of the target
maximum cant deficiency. Specifically, paragraph (a)(2) provides that
for purposes of qualification testing, speeds may exceed the maximum
allowable operating speed for the class of track in accordance with the
test plan approved by FRA. Therefore, this reordering from the NPRM
more clearly associates together the provisions that concern testing
speed. At the same time, FRA has clarified what was meant by the
``target'' maximum cant deficiency in proposed paragraph (e)(5). The
final rule makes clear that this cant deficiency is the ``maximum
testing cant deficiency,'' i.e., the maximum cant deficiency intended
(targeted) during qualification testing. In addition, FRA recognizes
that not every curve tested in a track segment need or will require the
same level of cant deficiency, and therefore, FRA does not expect all
test operations to be conducted at the maximum cant deficiency
specified in a track segment for each curve within that segment. FRA
intends that issues specific to individual qualification tests, such as
the targeted cant deficiency for each curve, be addressed in the
qualification testing plan, program, and approval process.
Paragraph (f) contains the requirements for conducting
qualification testing upon FRA approval of the test plan, expanding on
the original requirements in this section. For instance, this paragraph
expressly requires that TGMS equipment be operated over the intended
test route within 30 days prior to the start of the testing, to help
ensure the integrity of the test results. This paragraph also makes
clear that exceptions to the safety limits that occur on track or at
speeds that are not part of the test do not need to be reported.
Specifically, any exception to the safety limits that occurs at speeds
below track Class 6 speeds when the cant deficiency is at or below 5
inches does not need to be reported.
During Task Force consideration of the draft final rule, Interfleet
recommended that FRA set a timeframe for FRA approval of testing plans
so that the track owner or railroad can schedule testing and plan
related activities that are resource- or time-critical, or both. FRA
notes that for this reason, and as proposed, paragraph (e) specifies
that a qualification testing plan be submitted to FRA at least 60 days
prior to conducting the testing. This 60-day period is for the benefit
of FRA primarily to allow sufficient time to review and approve the
plan, and to seek clarification from the submitter as necessary. In
some cases, the review and approval may be able to be accomplished in
less than 60 days; in other cases, the process may take longer,
especially if the plan is incomplete or if questions are raised. FRA is
mindful of the concern that FRA not unduly delay testing, and at the
same time recognizes that safety is better and more efficiently
[[Page 16087]]
served by identifying potential safety issues early in the
qualification process. FRA therefore encourages those planning to
conduct qualification testing to approach FRA prior to the submission
of their test plans should they have any questions or concerns about
the testing and approval process.
Paragraph (g) contains the requirements for reporting to FRA the
results of the qualification testing program. Bombardier commented that
the Task Force did not discuss the proposal that when simulations are
required as part of vehicle qualification this report include a
comparison of simulation predictions to the actual wheel/rail force or
acceleration data, or both, recorded during full-scale testing.
Bombardier stated that it understands the intent of the requirement but
expressed concern that if not applied in a practical manner, it could
significantly delay equipment approvals. Bombardier suggested that this
issue be further reviewed and discussed by the Task Force prior to
promulgation of the final rule. Bombardier believed that one way of
addressing this issue would be to include a section in the Track Safety
Standards Compliance Manual that would provide guidance on the means
and expectations for correlating simulations with vehicle qualification
test results. A good example would be the correlation that was
conducted by the Volpe Center on the vehicle models used to develop the
regulation, according to Bombardier.
FRA appreciates Bombardier's comment on this proposal. Indeed, FRA
has sponsored research at TTCI to establish a set of procedures for
validating models used in simulating vehicle/track dynamic interaction.
FRA intends to publish this research before the final rule takes effect
and appropriately incorporate it into FRA's formal guidance on
compliance with the Track Safety Standards. FRA also encourages parties
to approach FRA early in the vehicle/track system qualification process
should they have any questions or concerns about correlating simulation
predictions with actual wheel/rail force or acceleration test data.
Pursuant to paragraph (h), FRA approves a maximum train speed and
value of cant deficiency for revenue service, based on the test results
and all other required submissions. FRA intends to provide an approval
decision normally within 45 days of receipt of all the required
information, and has expressed its intent here at the suggestion of the
Task Force. A decision may be made earlier or later, depending on the
circumstance of each request. Paragraph (h) also makes clear that FRA
may impose conditions necessary for safely operating at the maximum
train speed and value of cant deficiency approved for revenue service.
Paragraph (i) is being added to this section. In commenting on the
NPRM, Amtrak stated that a significant paragraph approved by the Task
Force has been omitted. The paragraph proposed that documents required
by this section must be submitted to FRA by either the tracker owner or
an operating entity that provides service with the vehicle type over
trackage of one or more track owners with the written consent of all
affected track owners. According to Amtrak, the second clause is an
important tenet in the operating world when an entity like Amtrak wants
to operate a high-speed train over trackage owned by one or more
freight railroads. Without this paragraph, Amtrak believed that each of
the host railroads would be required to submit the paperwork and
perform the tests required.
The AAR likewise noted the Task Force's concurrence that this
section would contain a requirement that all documents be submitted to
FRA by either the track owner or by the operating entity with the
written consents of all affected track owners. The AAR stated that FRA
removed this provision without any explanation. According to the AAR,
FRA should not approve any application for permission to operate
vehicles at Class 6 speeds or at cant deficiencies without the
concurrence of the track owner(s), which the AAR believed was the
underlying intent behind the proposal that the necessary documents
should be submitted either by a track owner or with the approval of the
track owner(s).
FRA did not intend such a result. Paragraph (i) is therefore being
added to this section to make clear that the documents required by this
section must be provided to FRA by either (1) the track owner, or (2) a
railroad that provides service with the same vehicle type over trackage
of one or more track owner(s), with the written consent of each
affected track owner. The Task Force concurred with this addition,
making clearer and more concise what was earlier discussed prior to the
publication of the NPRM. In this regard, FRA makes clear that a
``railroad'' includes what was previously identified as an ``operator
of a passenger or commuter service'' in former Sec. 213.57(e) and
Sec. 213.329(f). For example, Amtrak is a railroad that provides
passenger service over trackage often owned by other entities, usually
freight railroads. Amtrak is also a track owner over whose trackage
numerous passenger railroads operate, such as SEPTA and NJ Transit,
which commented on the NPRM.
Section 213.355 Frog Guard Rails and Guard Faces; Gage
This section currently sets limits for guard check gage and guard
face gage for track Classes 6 through 9. As proposed, FRA is making
minor changes to the way in which the requirements of this section are
formatted. However, no substantive change is intended.
Appendix A to Part 213--Maximum Allowable Curving Speeds
This appendix formerly contained only two charts showing maximum
allowable operating speeds in curves, by degree of curvature and inches
of unbalance (cant deficiency): table 1, which applies to curves with 3
inches of unbalance; and table 2, which applies to curves with 4 inches
of unbalance. Because this final rule facilitates the use of higher
cant deficiencies, this appendix has been expanded to include two
additional tables: tables 3 and 4, which apply, respectively, to curves
with 5 and 6 inches of unbalance. While this rule does provide for
operations at higher levels of unbalance, for convenience, FRA has set
out only those tables that it believes are more likely to be commonly
used.
FRA notes that in response to comments by Bombardier on the NPRM,
FRA is revising the formatting of the tables from that proposed in the
NPRM. Bombardier suggested lowering the ``Degree of curvature'' text by
one row and inscribing a box around ``Elevation of outer rail
(inches)'' for placement over columns 0 through 6, as well as
inscribing a box around the ``Maximum allowable operating speed
(m.p.h.)'' text for placement over columns 0 though 6. For clarify,
each of the tables has been formatted accordingly.
Appendix B to Part 213--Schedule of Civil Penalties
Appendix B to part 213 contains a schedule of civil penalties for
use in connection with this part. Because such penalty schedules are
statements of agency policy, notice and comment are not required prior
to their issuance. See 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(3)(A). Nevertheless, FRA invited
commenters to submit suggestions to FRA describing the types of actions
or omissions for each proposed regulatory section, either added or
revised, that would subject a person to the assessment of a civil
penalty. Commenters were also invited to recommend what penalties may
be appropriate, based upon the relative
[[Page 16088]]
seriousness of each type of violation. No comment was received.
FRA is amending the penalty schedule to reflect the changes made to
part 213. Specifically, FRA is adding entries for new sections
Sec. Sec. 213.65 and 213.332, Combined track alinement and surface
deviations. FRA is also adding an entry for Sec. 213.110, Gage
restraint measurement systems, which is being revised. Although Sec.
213.110 is not a new section, no entry for this section had previously
been included. For each of these entries, FRA has specified guideline
penalty amounts that are consistent with those for similar entries in
this appendix. FRA is also revising the entries for Sec. Sec. 213.55,
213.307, 213.327, 213.329, 213.333, and 213.345 so that the entries
conform to their respective sections that are being revised in this
final rule; however, no change to the guideline penalty amounts is
being made.
In addition, in preparing the final rule, FRA identified other
items in this appendix in need of revision. First, FRA is revising the
headings for subparts D and G so that they conform to the subpart
headings in the rule itself. Second, FRA is modifying this appendix so
that it conforms to the changes made by the Concrete Crossties final
rule, which was published without revisions to the appendix. See 76 FR
18073, April 1, 2011; 76 FR 55819, Sept. 9, 2011. Specifically, FRA is
adding an entry for Sec. 213.234, Automated inspection of track
constructed with concrete crossties. In addition, FRA is revising the
entry for Sec. 213.109, Crossties, to conform to the changes made to
that section and is also revising the entry for Sec. 213.127, Rail
fastening systems, so that it conforms to the section heading, as
revised by that rule.
Appendix D to Part 213--Minimally Compliant Analytical Track (MCAT)
Simulations Used for Qualifying Vehicles To Operate at High Speeds and
at High Cant Deficiencies
Appendix D is a new appendix containing the requirements for the
use of computer simulations to demonstrate compliance with the vehicle/
track system qualification testing requirements specified in subpart G
of this part. Computational models have become practical and reliable
tools for understanding the dynamic interaction of vehicles and track,
as a result of advancements made over the last few decades. Such models
are capable of assessing the response of vehicle designs to a wide
range of track conditions corresponding to the limiting conditions
allowed for each class of track. Consequently, portions of the
qualification requirements in subpart G can be met by simulating
vehicle testing using a suitably-validated vehicle model instead of
testing an actual vehicle over a representative track segment.
As explained in paragraph 1, the simulations described in this
appendix are required to be performed using a track model containing
defined geometry perturbations for different track segments at the
limits that are permitted for a specific class of track and level of
cant deficiency. This track model is referred to as MCAT. These
simulations shall be used to identify vehicle dynamic performance
issues prior to service or, as appropriate, a change in service, and
demonstrate that a vehicle type is suitable for operation on the track
over which it is intended to operate. FRA notes that the lengths of the
MCAT segments identified in this appendix are the same as the segment
lengths that were used in the modeling of several representative high-
speed vehicles. See the discussion of research and computer modeling in
the Technical Background section of this final rule, Section IV.B, for
additional background.
In order to validate a computer model using MCAT, the predicted
results must be compared to actual data from on-track, instrumented
vehicle performance testing using accelerometers, or other
instrumentation, or both. Validation must also demonstrate that the
model is sufficiently robust to capture fundamental responses observed
during field testing. Disagreements between predictions and test data
may be indicative of inaccurate vehicle parameters, such as for
stiffness and damping, or track input. Once validated, the computer
model can be used for assessing a range of operating conditions or even
to examine modifications to current designs.
In addition, FRA notes that computer modeling using MCAT has the
potential to be applied by railroads and by car manufacturers for
safety planning purposes beyond the scope of what is required by this
rule. The Engineering Task Force of RSAC's Passenger Safety Working
Group is considering the use of MCAT in evaluating the operation of
high-speed vehicles over lower-speed classes of track, regardless of
the cant deficiency. Current FRA standards for Class 1 through 5 track
may be unsuitable for suspensions designed for operations at the
highest speeds. Consequently, by developing a set of MCAT parameters
that reflect the safety standards for Class 1 through 5 track, and
conducting simulations using existing high-speed vehicle dynamics
models on this lower-speed track, track conditions could be identified
that would cause the VTI safety criteria to be exceeded and potentially
lead to a derailment. Such MCAT modeling for lower-speed track could
also be a useful development tool for foreign car rail manufacturers
considering the introduction of vehicles that would be equipped with
suspension systems having wheel profiles designed for U.S. standard
gage track.
FRA received a number of comments relating to this appendix and is
addressing them in the order in which they arise.
Paragraph 2 is being modified from that proposed in the NPRM.
Paragraph 2 concerns the application of MCAT for vehicle/track system
qualification in Sec. 213.345 and is consequently being modified in
accordance with the changes made to Sec. 213.345. Please see the
discussion of Sec. 213.345.
FRA is removing proposed paragraph 3 from this appendix. Paragraph
3 proposed that, for a comprehensive safety evaluation, the track owner
or railroad identify any non-redundant suspension system element or
component that may present a single point of failure. The paragraph
further proposed that additional MCAT simulations be included that
reflect the fully-degraded mode of the vehicle type's performance due
to such a failure. Bombardier objected to proposed paragraph 3, stating
that the proposal was not taken into consideration by the Task Force in
any of the simulations conducted to develop the proposed track geometry
limits. According to Bombardier, should such a requirement be
contemplated, it would be necessary to reassess completely the
allowable track geometry limits proposed, and neither simulations nor
testing had been performed on any existing vehicles that reflect these
conditions. Bombardier added that the purpose of MCAT is to evaluate
vehicle response to fully-degraded track conditions that represent
single-point failures, or near-failures, of the track and in some cases
combined track anomalies. If the intent of this paragraph is for the
vehicle to meet the vehicle/track interaction safety limits, with the
track containing failures(s) and the vehicle suspension containing a
single-point failure, Bombardier stated that this would amount to a
combined failure which, while theoretically possible, has not been
identified as a real issue. Bombardier further stated that most
suspension system components, by nature, cannot have redundant elements
and that this is true on all ground-based transportation systems.
Bombardier believed that other
[[Page 16089]]
provisions, both then-existing and proposed, relating to suspension
system maintenance adequately address the concerns raised by the
proposal with respect to the vehicle. Bombardier maintained that to
require further tightening of track geometry standards to address
combined track and vehicle suspension failures is unnecessary and
impractical. Bombardier also stated that many vehicles have been
qualified in accordance with Sec. 213.345 since its promulgation in
1998, and FRA had not indicated why this provision was added as related
to past experience or unsafe conditions. Bombardier therefore requested
that the provision be removed and that FRA clarify that it was not
FRA's intent to include such a requirement.
FRA is not including proposed paragraph 3 as a requirement of this
final rule's appendix. FRA intends that for purposes of vehicle/track
system safety planning, a comprehensive safety evaluation include the
identification of non-redundant suspension system elements or
components that may present a single point of failure. Conducting MCAT
simulations reflecting the vehicle type's performance in such a fully-
degraded mode can then be used to inform safety decisions more fully.
However, FRA did not intend to impose a requirement that the MCAT
safety performance criteria be met under such circumstances.
Nonetheless, should the simulations identify potential safety concerns,
the information could be considered for equipment inspection, testing,
and maintenance purposes, for example, to help develop appropriate
inspection, testing, and maintenance criteria and procedures for the
equipment.
Paragraph (a) addresses the validation of the vehicle model used
for simulations. Bombardier sought clarification of FRA's proposal, in
particular raising concern with the possible misapplication of the
proposal for fully validating the vehicle model. Bombardier stated that
discrepancies or a lack of correlation between vehicle simulations and
actual qualification test data can often be due to errors in the track
model or track geometry measurements, wheel and rail profiles, or
friction levels, or other causes. Bombardier therefore recommended that
validation requirements be reviewed and discussed prior to promulgation
of the final rule, and cited related comments on proposed Sec.
213.345(g).
As discussed in Sec. 213.345(g), FRA has sponsored research at
TTCI to establish a set of procedures for validating models used in
simulating vehicle/track dynamic interaction. FRA intends to publish
this research, when complete, and make it part of FRA's formal guidance
on compliance with the Track Safety Standards. Again, in the interim,
FRA encourages parties to approach FRA early in the qualification
process should they have any questions or concerns about correlating
simulation predictions with measured track geometry data.
FRA is making one change to paragraph (a) from that proposed in the
NPRM. Paragraph (a) now references Sec. 213.345(c)(2)(ii), consistent
with the changes to Sec. 213.345(c), discussed above.
Paragraph (b) specifies the layout of the MCAT segments. Bombardier
submitted a number of comments on proposed paragraph (b), first taking
issue with the last sentence in proposed (b)(1)(i) that the hunting
perturbation segment would be used only on tangent track simulations.
Bombardier noted that the proposal was inconsistent with paragraphs
(c)(3) and (4) of this appendix, which would require that the hunting
segment be used on curves less than 1 degree, and that, as a result, a
revision to paragraph (b)(1)(i) or a footnote to figure 1 would be
needed to address this inconsistency.
In response to this comment, paragraph (b)(1)(i) is being revised
to make clear that the hunting perturbation segment applies both to
tangent track and to track that is curved less than 1 degree. Figure 1
is also being modified accordingly to show that the hunting
perturbation section must be included for curves less than 1 degree.
The modifications to figure 1 and the text in paragraph (b)(1)(i)
reference under what curvature conditions the hunting segment is to be
used. Since the curvature value is calculated using a combination of
speed and cant deficiency, there is no need to specify which track
classes need to include this section in curving simulations.
Further, the amplitude value a1 for the hunting
perturbation segment is being lowered from 0.5 inch, as proposed in the
NPRM, to 0.25 inch in this final rule. The intent of the hunting
perturbation segment is to test vehicle stability on tangent track. A
perturbation of 0.5 inch could result in wheel flange contact with the
rail and thereby cause one of the VTI safety limits to be exceeded.
Consequently, use of a 0.5-inch perturbation could lead to exceedances
that would not appropriately reflect the vehicle/track performance
concern at issue, or be useful for proper evaluation of the intended
feature of the vehicle design. By reducing the amplitude to 0.25 inch,
wheel contact should stay on the tread, and the ability of the vehicle
to remain stable and resist hunting can more appropriately be examined.
This change is intended to advance the purpose of including the hunting
perturbation segment and not compromise safety.
In addition, Bombardier commented that the text in proposed
paragraph (b)(1)(ix) concerning the combined perturbation segment was
inconsistent with Sec. 213.332, Combined track alinement and surface
deviations, which has been adopted in this final rule. The text of
proposed paragraph (b)(1)(ix) limited its application to curved track
segments, while Sec. 213.332 addresses combined track alinement and
surface deviation limits for Class 9 track, either curved or tangent.
Bombardier noted that a revision to paragraph (b)(1)(ix) or a footnote
to figure 1 was needed to address this inconsistency. In response to
this comment, paragraph (b)(1)(ix) has been modified to make clear that
the segment is to be used for all simulations on Class 9 track. In
addition, figure 1 has been modified so that it reflects application of
the combined perturbations segment to tangent cases on Class 9 track.
These changes make this appendix consistent with Sec. 213.332.
As noted, the MCAT layout in figure 1 has been modified to clarify
which segments are required depending on the speed and the degree of
curvature involved. In particular, the hunting perturbation segment is
not required for simulations of curves greater than or equal to 1
degree; the short warp segment is not required for tangent track
simulations; and the combined perturbation segment is required on
tangent track only for Class 9 track, and is not required for
simulations of no more than 5 inches of cant deficiency other than for
Class 9 track, where it is required for all cant deficiency values.
As proposed in the NPRM, table 1 identifies the minimum lengths of
the MCAT segments. In response to a request for clarification from
Interfleet during the development of the final rule, FRA makes clear
that longer segment lengths can be used at higher speeds to allow for
transient response to dissipate and to ensure that the filtering window
does not cover more than one MCAT segment.
Table 2 is being added to this appendix D to identify the degree of
curvature for use in MCAT simulations of both passenger and freight
equipment performance on Class 2 through 9 track by speed and cant
deficiency, based on the equation in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this
appendix. For track Classes 2 through 5, degrees of curvature are
identified only where the cant deficiencies are more than 6 inches,
[[Page 16090]]
since those are the only cant deficiencies that require simulations for
such track classes. In this regard, degrees of curvature for use in
MCAT simulations of equipment performance on Class 1 track are not
specified given the extraordinarily high values that would be reached
for such cant deficiencies; nonetheless, FRA intends that degrees of
curvature for Class 1 track be based on the same equation in paragraph
(b)(3)(i) using an appropriate superelevation. FRA also notes that the
degrees of curvature for use in MCAT simulations of freight equipment
performance on Class 6 (freight) track for speeds of 85 and 90 m.p.h.
is shown in italics for cant deficiencies not exceeding 6 inches, to
emphasize that these values apply to freight equipment only. MCAT
simulations are required for both passenger and freight equipment
performance where track Class 6 speeds coincide, i.e., speeds exceeding
90 m.p.h.
Paragraph (c) identifies and describes the simulations that are
required using MCAT. To aid the reader, table 3 was originally proposed
as table 2 in the NPRM to summarize by vehicle type, cant deficiency,
and class of track when assessments of vehicle performance using MCAT
are required. Following the NPRM's publication, Bombardier commented
that the proposed table needed to be revised to include Class 9 track,
and during Task Force discussions it was suggested that this table be
made clearer in other ways. Accordingly, FRA has revised the table not
only to correct the inadvertent omission noted by Bombardier, but also
to make more explicit when simulations are required and when they are
not, including identifying when simulations are an option for
demonstrating compliance with the rule.
Paragraph (c)(1)(ii) addresses the use of worn wheel profiles in
simulations. Bombardier commented that the Task Force agreed that
simulations using worn wheels be conducted only for tangent track
segments. Bombardier did not believe that this agreement was reflected
in the NPRM text that implied that all simulations must be conducted
with worn wheel profiles on tangent track and in curves. Bombardier
stated that such a requirement was not taken into consideration by the
Task Force in any of the simulations conducted to develop the proposed
track geometry limits. In discussing this issue with the Task Force
following publication of the NPRM, FRA noted that it had believed that
the proposed requirement was part of the Task Force's consensus on the
NPRM and that worn wheel profiles can both present a problem for
stability on tangent track and affect response during curving.
Nonetheless, FRA acknowledges that the effect of wheel wear on
stability on tangent track is of paramount concern and that, for all
other vehicle and rail parameters that might equally or more
significantly affect response during curving, only nominal values for
such parameters are required to be used in MCAT simulations. Thus, FRA
has agreed to limit the requirement to conduct simulations using worn
wheel profiles to tangent track segments. However, FRA expects that
railroads and car manufacturers will utilize MCAT for broader safety
planning purposes and for performance optimization studies while
conducting these simulations. As an additional point, Bombardier
commented that the words ``running profile'' should be replaced with
``wheel profile'' in this paragraph. The Task Force concurred with this
change, and FRA has modified the paragraph accordingly to make the text
clearer and more precise.
Paragraph (c)(2) addresses vehicle performance on tangent track
Classes 6 through 9. As a general comment on the proposal, Bombardier
believed that some effort should be applied to simplifying proposed
paragraph (c)(2) by including more information in table 4 (proposed
table 3) with less descriptive text in paragraphs (c)(2)(ii) and (iii).
Bombardier suggested a proposed revision to the table, and the Task
Force recommended that new table 4 be reformatted according to the
example shown in Bombardier's comments. Table 4 provides the amplitude
values for the MCAT segments described in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through
(vii) and, for track Class 9, (b)(1)(ix), for each speed of the
required parametric MCAT simulations. In preparing the table for the
final rule, an additional header table has been added, as recommended
by Bombardier, containing the maximum operating and simulation speeds
for each track class, along with a list of all of the amplitude
parameters identifying each MCAT segment to which they correspond,
where each segment description can be found, and to which class(es) of
track they are applicable. The inclusion of the additional information
in new Table 4 does help add clarity; however, even with this
additional information, the descriptive text in paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)
and (iii) is still required. For example, without the text in paragraph
(c)(2)(ii), it would not be clear that running simulations using all
three 31-foot-based wavelengths is a requirement, and paragraph
(c)(2)(iii) states the requirement to run the final simulations at 5
m.p.h. over the maximum proposed operating speed. Moreover, even though
the new information in the table lists a maximum speed for simulations
for each track class, only the rule text in paragraphs (c)(2)(iii)(A)
through (C) specifies that this 5 m.p.h. overspeed is required when
transitioning between classes, e.g., 115 m.p.h. for Class 6 track when
qualifying a vehicle for Class 7 track.
Bombardier raised a number of additional comments with table 4
(proposed table 3). Specifically, Bombardier commented that the
combined deviation parameters a7, a8 and
a13 should be specified in the table for track Class 9, and
that the repeated surface parameter a9 for the 124-foot
wavelength on track Class 9 be specified as 0.625 inch. Bombardier is
correct that there were no values specifically identified for combined
deviation parameters a7, a8 and a13
for track Class 9, and that the repeated surface parameter
a9 for the 124-foot wavelength on track Class 9 was
inadvertently proposed as 0.875 inch.
As was the consensus of the Task Force, new table 4 is being
restated to include the combined deviation parameters a7,
a8 and a13 for track Class 9; 31-foot wavelength:
a7=0.333 inch, a8=0.000 inch, and
a13=0.333 inch; 62-foot wavelength: a7=0.333
inch, a8=0.000 inch, and a13=0.500 inch; and 124-
foot wavelength: a7=0.500 inch, a8=0.000 inch,
and a13=0.667 inch. Moreover, the repeated surface parameter
a9 for the 124-foot wavelength on track Class 9 has been
restated as 0.625 inch. These changes make the table consistent with
Sec. 213.332, which provides that combined deviation limits apply to
all Class 9 track, including tangent sections. These changes also make
the table consistent with the repeated surface limit of 0.625 inch for
the 124-foot wavelength on Class 9 track in Sec. 213.331(c).
In addition, FRA notes that on closer examination of the proposed
MCAT tables FRA found and corrected some inadvertent errors in the
proposed track Class 6 amplitude parameters for a3 (gage
widening) and a6 (single alinement). The corrected values
now reflect both the maximum permissible gage and the maximum
permissible alinement variations. Specifically, for Class 6 track in
table 4 of the final rule, for the 31-foot perturbation wavelength, the
a3 parameter is 0.75 inch; and for the 62-foot perturbation
wavelength, the a3 paramenter is 0.75 inch, and the
a6 parameter is 0.
FRA is also formatting tables 4 though 7 in this final rule so that
the a1
[[Page 16091]]
(hunting) and a12 (short warp) amplitude parameters are in
their own designated rows, rather than grouped with the 31-, 62-, and
124-foot wavelengths. These hunting and short warp perturbation
segments have fixed wavelengths, 10 feet and 20 feet, respectively,
which are now explicitly stated in the tables to identify clearly the
wavelength to be used for simulating these perturbations.
Paragraph (c)(3) addresses vehicle performance on curved track
Classes 6 through 9. As for paragraph (c)(2), Bombardier stated that
some effort should be applied to simplifying the paragraph by including
more information in tables 5 and 6 (proposed tables 4 and 5) with less
descriptive text in paragraphs (c)(3)(ii) and (iv). Table 5 applies to
Class 6 through 9 curved track with cant deficiency greater than 3
inches but not greater than 5 inches; table 6 applies to Class 6
through 9 curved track with cant deficiency greater than 5 inches. The
Task Force concurred that new tables 5 and 6 be reformatted to match
the examples shown in Bombardier's comments with an additional header
table containing the maximum operating and simulation speeds for each
track class, along with a list of all of the amplitude parameters
identifying each MCAT segment to which they correspond, where each
segment description can be found, and to which class(es) of track they
are applicable. Tables 5 and 6 also include the parameter
a1. This hunting perturbation parameter applies to track
that is curved less than 1 degree, and has been included accordingly.
Please note that the amplitude of this perturbation parameter has been
reduced, as discussed above.
The inclusion of the additional information in tables 5 and 6 does
help add clarity; however, even with this additional information, the
descriptive text in paragraphs (c)(3)(ii) and (iv) is still required.
For example, without the text in paragraph (c)(3)(ii), it would not be
clear that running simulations using all three 31-foot-based
wavelengths is a requirement, and the text in paragraph (c)(3)(iv)
specifies the need to run the final simulations at 5 m.p.h. over the
maximum proposed operating speed and cant deficiency. Moreover, even
though the new information in the tables lists a maximum speed for
simulations for each track class, only the rule text in paragraphs
(c)(3)(iv)(A) through (C) specifies that this 5 m.p.h. overspeed is
required when transitioning between classes, e.g., 115 m.p.h. for Class
6 track when qualifying a vehicle for Class 7 track. In addition, the
text in paragraphs (c)(3)(iv)(A) through (C) describes how the 5 m.p.h.
overspeed cases at the end of a track class will be conducted at the
maximum proposed cant deficiency, using the curvature value, D,
calculated using the maximum track class speed and maximum proposed
cant deficiency.
Bombardier raised additional comments on tables 5 and 6 (proposed
tables 4 and 5). Bombardier noted that the repeated surface parameter
a9 for the 124-foot wavelength on track Class 9 should be
0.625 inch. In the NPRM, in proposed tables 4 and 5, the repeated
surface parameter a9 for the 124-foot wavelength on track
Class 9 was identified as 0.875 inch. By consensus of the Task Force,
in new tables 5 and 6 the repeated surface parameter a9 for
the 124-foot wavelength on track Class 9 has been corrected to state
0.625 inch. These changes conform the tables with the repeated surface
limit of 0.625 inch for the 124-foot wavelength on track Class 9 track
provided in Sec. 213.331(c).
Bombardier also commented that the warp parameter a12
for track Class 9 should be corrected in tables 5 and 6 (proposed
tables 4 and 5). As proposed, the warp parameter a12 on
track Class 9 was identified as 0.500 inch. The Task Force concurred
that the tables be corrected so that the warp parameter a12
for track Class 9 be 0.750 inch. These changes also conform the tables
with the warp limit of 0.75 inch for Class 9 track provided in Sec.
213.331(a) and (b).
Bombardier additionally commented that the combined deviation
surface parameter a13 for track Class 9 should be 0.667 inch
in table 5 (proposed table 4). In the NPRM, the combined deviation
surface parameter a13 for track Class 9 was proposed as
0.833 inch. The Task Force concurred that new table 5 reflect that the
combined deviation surface parameter a13 for track Class 9
be 0.667 inch. This change conforms the surface value in the table with
the combined deviation equation stated in Sec. 213.332, when evaluated
using the corresponding combined deviation alinement parameter
a7 found in the table.
FRA also notes that, on closer examination of the MCAT tables, FRA
found and corrected some inadvertent errors in the proposed track Class
6 amplitude parameters for a3 (gage widening) and
a6 (single alinement). The corrected values now reflect both
the maximum permissible gage and the maximum permissible alinement
variations. Specifically, for Class 6 track in tables 5 and 6 of the
final rule, for the 31-foot perturbation wavelength, the a3
parameter is 0.75 inch; and for the 62-foot perturbation wavelength,
the a3 paramenter is 0.75 inch, and the a6
parameter is 0.
Paragraph (c)(4) addresses vehicle performance on curved track
Classes 1 through 5 at high cant deficiency. As for paragraphs (c)(2)
and (3) Bombardier raised the same general comment that this section be
simplified by including more information in table 7 (proposed table 6)
with less descriptive text in paragraphs (c)(4)(ii) and (iv). (FRA
notes that Bombardier's comment references paragraph (c)(3) under a
discussion of paragraph (c)(4) and has treated the comment as relating
to paragraph (c)(4).) As for the other tables, the Task Force concurred
that table 7 (proposed table 6) be reformatted. Table 7 also includes
the parameter a1, which has been added for curves less than
1 degree, as noted above.
The inclusion of the additional information in table 7 helps add
clarity; however, even with this additional information, the
descriptive text in paragraphs (c)(4)(ii) and (iv) is still required.
For example, without the text in paragraph (c)(4)(ii), it would not be
clear that running simulations using both the 31-foot and 62-foot
wavelengths is required for assessing vehicle performance on curved
track Classes 1 through 5 at high cant deficiency.
Proposed Amendments to 49 CFR Part 238, Passenger Equipment Safety
Standards
Subpart C--Specific Requirements for Tier I Passenger Equipment
Section 238.227 Suspension System
FRA is modifying this section so that it conforms with the changes
being made to part 213 of this chapter and also to provide cross-
references to relevant sections of part 213. Overall, these revisions
help to reconcile the requirements of the 1998 Track Safety Standards
final rule and the 1999 Passenger Equipment Safety Standards final rule
for Tier I passenger equipment, i.e., passenger equipment operated at
speeds not exceeding 125 mph.
For consistency throughout this part and part 213 of this chapter,
the term ``hunting oscillations'' in paragraph (a) is being replaced
with the term ``truck hunting,'' which has the same meaning as that for
``truck hunting'' in 49 CFR 213.333. Truck hunting is defined in the
table of vehicle/track interaction safety limits in Sec. 213.333 as
``a sustained cyclic oscillation of the truck evidenced by lateral
accelerations exceeding 0.3g root mean squared for more than 2
seconds.'' The Task Force believed that the term ``hunting
oscillations,'' which was formerly defined in paragraph (b) of this
section as ``lateral oscillations of
[[Page 16092]]
trucks that could lead to a dangerous instability,'' has a less
definite meaning and could be applied unevenly as a result. The Task
Force therefore preferred using the definition of ``truck hunting'' in
part 213 with its more specific criteria, and FRA agrees that more
specific criteria provide more certainty. Unlike Sec. 213.333,
however, paragraph (a) of this section applies to all Tier I passenger
equipment, regardless of track class or level of cant deficiency.
The pre-revenue service qualification requirements in paragraph (b)
are being revised consistent with the revisions to part 213 of this
chapter. Paragraph (b) is also being broadened to address revenue
service operation requirements. Paragraph (b), as revised, generally
summarizes the qualification and revenue service operation requirements
of part 213 for Tier I passenger equipment. This paragraph is not
intended to impose any requirement itself not otherwise contained in
part 213.
Subpart E--Specific Requirements for Tier II Passenger Equipment
Section 238.427 Suspension System
Similar to the revisions to Sec. 238.227, FRA is modifying this
section to conform to the changes made in part 213 of this chapter.
Overall, these revisions help to reconcile the requirements of the 1998
Track Safety Standards final rule and the 1999 Passenger Equipment
Safety Standards final rule.
While paragraph (a)(1) remains unchanged, paragraph (a)(2) is being
revised in an effort to summarize the qualification and revenue service
operation requirements of part 213 for Tier II passenger equipment. The
reference to the suspension system safety standards in appendix C has
been removed, as discussed below. The carbody acceleration requirements
in paragraph (b) have been revised consistent with the changes to part
213. The steady-state lateral carbody acceleration limits of 0.1g for
pre-revenue service qualification and 0.12g for service operation have
been revised to a single limit of 0.15g, to conform to the changes in
Sec. 213.329. Please see the discussion of Sec. 213.329. The
remaining carbody acceleration requirements have been consolidated by
referencing the requirements of Sec. 213.333.
Paragraph (c) continues to require that each truck be equipped with
a permanently installed lateral accelerometer mounted on the truck
frame. However, for consistency throughout this part and part 213 of
this chapter, this paragraph is being revised to make clear that the
purpose of the accelerometer is to detect ``truck hunting,'' as defined
in 49 CFR 213.333. This change helps not only to reconcile the
requirements governing truck hunting but to streamline the requirements
of this paragraph by removing the term ``hunting oscillations'' and its
defining text. If truck hunting is detected, the train monitoring
system shall provide an alarm to the engineer, and the train shall be
slowed to a speed at least 5 m.p.h. less than the speed at which the
truck hunting stopped. This paragraph formerly stated that the
notification alarm be provided to the ``train operator,'' and FRA has
revised the text to make clear that this notification be provided to
the ``locomotive engineer,'' i.e., the crewmember operating the train.
The Task Force believed that the overheat sensor requirements in
paragraph (d) were not directly related to suspension system safety and
should be specified elsewhere. FRA agreed that the requirements of this
paragraph could be stated separately for clarity, and therefore
proposed to move them to a new section, Sec. 238.428.
Section 238.428 Overheat Sensors
As proposed, FRA is adding a new section containing the
requirements that were previously found in Sec. 238.427(d). However,
there has been no change to the substantive rule text. FRA agreed with
the Task Force that the requirements for overheat sensors are more
appropriately contained in their own section rather than with the
requirements for suspension systems in Sec. 238.427. FRA has amended
the rule accordingly.
Appendix A to Part 238--Schedule of Civil Penalties
This appendix contains a schedule of civil penalties to be used in
connection with this part. Because such penalty schedules are
statements of agency policy, notice and comment are not required prior
to their issuance. See 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(3)(A). Nevertheless, FRA invited
comment on the penalty schedule; no comment was received, however.
Accordingly, FRA is amending the penalty schedule to reflect the
addition of a new section to part 238, Sec. 238.428, Overheat sensors.
The requirements of this section were previously included in Sec.
238.427, Suspension system, and have been set apart for clarity.
Appendix C to Part 238--Suspension System Safety Performance Standards
As proposed, FRA is removing and reserving appendix C, which
contained the minimum suspension system safety performance standards
for Tier II passenger equipment. FRA believes that removing appendix C
is appropriate in light of the changes to Sec. 238.427(a)(2). Section
238.427(a)(2) formerly required that Tier II passenger equipment meet
the safety performance standards for suspension systems contained in
appendix C, or alternative standards providing at least equivalent
safety if approved by FRA under Sec. 238.21. As discussed above, FRA
is revising Sec. 238.427(a)(2) to require compliance with the safety
standards contained in Sec. 213.333, in lieu of those in appendix C.
Given the cross-reference to the requirements in Sec. 213.333, which
are more extensive than the ones contained in appendix C, appendix C is
no longer necessary and has therefore been removed and reserved.
VII. Regulatory Impact and Notices
A. Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 and DOT Regulatory Policies and
Procedures
This final rule is a significant regulatory action within the
meaning of Executive Orders 12866 and 13563, and DOT regulatory
policies and procedures (see 44 FR 11034; Feb. 26, 1979). FRA has
prepared and placed in the docket a regulatory impact analysis (RIA)
addressing the economic impact of this final rule.
In analyzing the impacts of this rule and the NPRM that preceded
it, FRA considered the extent of affected operations based on
preliminary plans and policies, many of which are still in development,
or subject to change. For example, when the NPRM was published there
were plans for high speed operations in Florida, but now those plans
have been suspended. In this analysis FRA does not attempt to quantify
benefits in the same manner as the NPRM. FRA acknowledges significant
uncertainty with the development of certain high speed systems. FRA
also acknowledges significant uncertainty with respect to the estimates
of time savings and equipment procurement savings. As a result of this
uncertainty, and the difficulty in finding reliable evidence for point
estimates from which to base a sensitivity analysis, FRA describes its
expectations for the benefits and uses its expert technical experience
to conclude that the costs will be justified by the benefits.
[[Page 16093]]
The changes to geometric standards and performance standards for
high-speed operations will not adversely affect any existing
operations, which are now limited to Amtrak on the Northeast Corridor,
but rather will promote their safe operation. In order to meet the
vehicle acceleration limits of the Track Safety Standards' subpart G
before the changes made in this final rule, Amtrak had, in effect,
adhered to the tighter geometric standards in this rule, even though
those standards were not expressly identified. If Amtrak were to have
attempted to operate Acela at the maximum allowable speeds and cant
deficiencies for which it was qualified, but were to have allowed track
deviations to reach the previous maximum limits, the Acela trainset,
because of its dynamic characteristics, would have been subject to
accelerations in excess of the limits permitted. FRA's modeling has
shown that Acela, as it is currently qualified to operate, will meet
the safety standards in this final rule.
There will be a relatively small one-time cost ($292,000) to
program the new limits into existing geometry measuring systems
discussed in the cost section below. Further, those railroads that
voluntarily operate at high cant deficiencies will have to maintain
their tracks to tighter limits. This cost will be offset by the reduced
cost of maintaining curves where entering trains would have to brake to
reduce their speeds to meet the prior cant deficiency standard, as
discussed below.
FRA believes that significant benefits will arise from this
rulemaking. Time savings will result from permitting trains that
operate at maximum speeds up to 90 m.p.h. to travel around curves with
higher cant deficiencies and thereby more rapidly and efficiently.
Previously, the rule did not permit such high cant deficiency
operations for these trains, which meant that they had to operate more
slowly through curves, adding to trip time. Railroads will also
experience cost savings when they purchase new trains for operations at
speeds over 90 m.p.h. This will result from increased competition as a
greater variety of equipment will be able to meet the revised vehicle/
track interaction qualification requirements for speeds over 90 m.p.h.
Cost savings will also result from more streamlined testing
requirements for new and existing passenger trainsets, regardless of
operating speed. Revised testing requirements will also make it much
easier to qualify a trainset on additional track once it has been
qualified on any track, and provide more flexibility for monitoring
trainset performance in service.
Benefits: Equipment Procurement
Future high-speed operations will be made simpler, because the
railroad, if it requires equipment manufacturers to provide equipment
that will meet performance requirements on minimally compliant track,
will find several suppliers of off-the-shelf equipment, likely lowering
bid prices, and gaining multiple bidders. Further, some high cant
deficiency passenger train operations at speeds in excess of 90 m.p.h.
may be able to use equipment without tilting mechanisms under the final
rule, saving procurement costs.
Absent this rulemaking, FRA believes railroads would seek to have
new equipment used in high-speed train operations built to performance
standards at the maximum deviations permitted under the previous
geometric standards, or with tilting mechanisms, or both.
FRA believes that future high-speed operations will in comparison
save on bids because of the increased number of trainsets and
carbuilders that will meet the final rule's standards with little or no
modification compared to the number that would have met the prior
rule's standards with little or no modification. Because high cant
deficiency operations at passenger train speeds in excess of 90 m.p.h.
would have been permitted under the prior rule, FRA generally does not
believe that there is a benefit from travel time saved at these speeds,
only a benefit for equipment procurement.
FRA notes that, in commenting on the economic analysis for the
NPRM, which attempted to quantify the benefits of the rule changes,
Amtrak stated:
The assumption that the standards simplify the design process of
the equipment and would save $2,000,000 per train set is false. The
Acela example indicates the exact opposite to be true. The FRA
rules, as existing and proposed, eliminate the possibility of
purchasing off-the-shelf equipment. The engineering work required to
design new compliant equipment alone would far outstrip any possible
savings from the rules if there were any to be had.
FRA believes that the former rule would not have permitted many, and
perhaps might not have permitted any, carbuilders to offer off-the-
shelf equipment with little or no modification that would have met the
acceleration requirements on track with geometry having the maximum
allowable deviations. Under the final rule it is likely that several
carbuilders could provide off-the-shelf equipment that will meet
acceleration requirements on minimally compliant track. This will lower
costs through increased competition, and use of existing designs.
Further, railroads may now be able to order equipment without tilting
mechanisms and operate that equipment at high cant deficiencies, thus
saving the costs of tilting mechanisms and making the number of
available trainsets even greater. Based on the above, FRA does not
agree with Amtrak's comment for the purposes of this final rule. It is
not unreasonable to estimate that the equipment procurement benefits
alone will justify the costs of the rule. However, even if FRA
eliminates from consideration equipment procurement benefits, as a
result of Amtrak's comment, FRA believes the high cant deficiency and
streamlined testing requirements would justify the costs of the rule.
Benefits: High Cant Deficiency
The provisions for high cant deficiency operations on all track
classes are permissive in nature and create no additional net costs. A
railroad could either adhere to these provisions in expectation that
any additional expenditure would trigger savings and result in an
overall net benefit, or simply avoid triggering the provisions. High
cant deficiency offers significant opportunities to reduce trip time,
as it will reduce the amount of time travelled at the slowest speeds.
For example, to travel a mile, a train could take three minutes at 20
m.p.h. or two minutes at 30 m.p.h. Traveling at 30 m.p.h. would reduce
trip time by a minute. By contrast a train traveling 120 m.p.h. would
take 5 minutes to travel ten miles, while a train traveling 150 m.p.h.
would take four minutes to travel the same distance, reducing trip time
by one minute relative to the train traveling 120 m.p.h. The net time
savings from traveling one mile at 30 m.p.h. instead of 20 m.p.h. is
the same as the time savings from traveling ten miles at 150 m.p.h.
instead of 120 m.p.h. High cant deficiency can allow that kind of time
savings at lower speeds, and therefore offers a relatively low-cost way
of improving trip time. The United States is investing more in
passenger rail transportation, and this is a very good way to make the
high-speed rail system more efficient.
FRA believes that use of higher cant deficiencies will become much
more common over the coming years, although, nearer term, relatively
few opportunities for new operations at cant deficiencies in excess of
5 inches will present themselves. In any event, there could be a
benefit to some operations from the potential enhanced speeds.
[[Page 16094]]
For illustrative purposes, Amtrak has placed values of $2 million
or more annually for a reduction of 1 minute in total travel time on
the south end of the Northeast Corridor, and in excess of $1 million
for such a reduction on the north end of the Northeast Corridor, for
its high-speed operations. FRA expects significant travel time savings
on the Northeast Corridor, and eventually other routes, from the high
cant deficiency provisions. These benefits are partially offset by the
additional costs of maintaining track for high cant deficiency
operation, but this offset is roughly two orders of magnitude less than
the benefits. Moreover, the additional maintenance costs are at least
partially offset by reduced track maintenance from passenger trains
that would otherwise have subjected rail to braking forces at entries
to curves, and by efficiency savings because the passenger trains can
clear the track segments more rapidly so that other trains can use the
tracks.
FRA also notes that there is no procurement benefit considered for
passenger train operations at speeds no greater than 90 m.p.h,
principally because these operations were not permitted to operate at
high cant deficiency under the prior rule. Similarly, the time savings
from high cant deficiency for passenger operations at speeds in excess
of 90 m.p.h. already existed and is not included in the high cant
deficiency benefit. The equipment benefit and the high cant deficiency
benefit therefore apply to different classes of operations and are
exclusive of each other.
Benefits: Streamlined Testing Requirements
Improvements in the use of monitoring equipment and streamlined
qualification procedures have the potential to reduce costs, without
any offsetting increases. New procedures will not require as much
labor, or as expensive capital, as was required before the final rule,
all else being equal. The reduced need for instrumented wheelsets,
instrumented cars, and related tests could save roughly $2 million per
year on current high-speed operations (based in part on Task Force
discussions), and have the potential for similar savings on planned
high-speed operations. Furthermore, the current policy of the DOT is to
promote balance in the Nation's transportation system in the long-term
by growing the market-share of passenger rail service in intercity
travel. FRA believes that this policy will result in the implementation
of more high-speed rail projects that align with the estimates used in
this analysis.
In addition, FRA believes that using MCAT to extend the range of
qualified equipment will result in savings greater than $1 million per
year. MCAT can work to enhance safety, because a train that is shown to
be safe on minimally compliant track will likely be safe under
foreseeable operating conditions. In the absence of MCAT, the train
could be qualified on very good track, which might later deteriorate
over time. Although accelerometers should provide indications of such
deterioration, using MCAT to ensure that the train will be safe on
track meeting the geometric limits adds to the life-cycle safety of a
trainset, most notably because the geometry standards help limit unsafe
accelerations that could cause a derailment.
FRA believes that modifications to the vehicle/track system
qualification requirements themselves, as opposed to the process, will
have no net impact as the changes codify current practice.
Benefits: Other
Certain refinements to the testing requirements will yield greater
confidence in the test results and thus enhanced safety levels. Such
benefits are not readily quantifiable and FRA has not attempted to
quantify them.
Costs: Track Maintenance
When a railroad voluntarily operates passenger trains at high cant
deficiencies, the track in curves must have smaller deviations, which
in turn means that deviations that would not have to be adjusted in the
absence of high cant deficiency operations would have to be adjusted to
conform to the standards. On the other hand, if a railroad does not
allow high cant deficiency operations, it requires passenger trains to
slow down just before they enter curves. The braking imparts a
longitudinal force in the rail, making it more likely that the rail
will displace from its original alinement. When the rail displaces from
its original alinement, it may now have deviations that even exceed the
less restrictive standards that would have been applicable in the
absence of high cant deficiency operations, and the rail must be
adjusted. The process of adjusting rail is roughly the same whether the
adjustment occurs because the rail moved longitudinally under braking
or the rail needed to be adjusted to meet tighter geometric standards,
and thus the cost is roughly equal for either adjustment. FRA believes
the probability of needing to adjust the rail is roughly equivalent in
either case.
FRA believes that it costs roughly $400 to adjust a rail to restore
alinement per occurrence. On good track, the kind most likely to be
found in high cant deficiency passenger operations, this occurs about
twice a year per mile of curve, at a cost of about $800 per mile per
year. FRA believes the difference, if any, between the frequency of
such occurrences, and consequently, the maintenance costs for the track
with and without high cant deficiency operations, is less than 10%, or
$80 per mile per year. FRA is not certain whether maintenance costs
will be higher or lower with high cant deficiency operations. FRA
expects a difference of plus or minus $80 per mile per year in
maintenance costs. Given the uncertainty as to whether the change would
be a benefit or a cost, and because FRA anticipates any maintenance
costs to be significantly less than the benefits of high cant
deficiency operations, FRA does not find any potential maintenance
costs would change its core conclusion about this rule.
Costs: Programming
Railroads use automated track geometry measuring systems to
determine whether track geometry complies with track safety standards.
The final rule adds new standards and dimensions that must be
programmed into automated track geometry measuring software before the
railroads can operate under the final rule. FRA is contracting to
modify the software on FRA's inspection cars to record instances where
deviations exceed the maximum allowed under the final rule. Although
the contractor has estimated that providing and system testing the
software modifications will require roughly $73,000, the amount FRA is
going to pay will fall on the government, not on regulated entities,
and is not accounted for any further.
Four other entities provide automated track inspection services to
railroads, and may need to update their inspection vehicles' software
to accommodate the new requirements of the final rule. FRA believes
that the $73,000 figure provided by FRA's contractor may be higher than
the cost to an entity providing services over a more limited set of
tracks, or for other reasons, but that the higher number is a ceiling
on likely costs, and is conservative. Thus FRA estimates that it will
cost 4 times $73,000, or $292,000 for a one-time expense of updating
track inspection software. The programming modifications must occur
before the railroads operate under the final rule, so the costs are not
discounted.
[[Page 16095]]
Offsetting any additional programming costs, but not accounted for
in the benefits, the new geometry limits should avoid instances where
an excessive acceleration is recorded but the track is within geometry
limits, as happens with some frequency under the prior rule. The cost
for a railroad to inspect the track in the area of an exceedance of an
acceleration limit is more than $100 per instance, and FRA believes the
new limits will reduce such instances by at least two per day, more
than offsetting any programming costs. As the extent of high cant
deficiency operations or high speed operations increases, the number of
such exceedances would have increased in the absence of the final rule.
Total Costs
Total costs are $292,000, whether using a 3 percent or 7 percent
discount rate, as they are one-time costs. Annualized total costs over
twenty years are $27,563 per year, using a 7 percent discount rate, or
$19,627 using a 3 percent discount rate.
Net Benefits
FRA expects the equipment procurement, time savings, and
streamlined testing benefits to vastly exceed the programming costs of
the rule. It is not unreasonable to estimate that the equipment
procurement benefits alone will justify the costs of the rule. However,
even if FRA eliminates from consideration equipment procurement
benefits, as a result of Amtrak's comment, FRA believes the high cant
deficiency and streamlined testing requirements would justify the costs
of the rule. FRA concludes the rule will have net benefits.
B. Regulatory Flexibility Act and Executive Order 13272
To ensure that the potential impact of this rule on small entities
was properly considered, FRA developed this rule in accordance with
Executive Order 13272 (``Proper Consideration of Small Entities in
Agency Rulemaking'') and DOT's policies and procedures to promote
compliance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.).
The Regulatory Flexibility Act requires an agency to review regulations
to assess their impact on small entities. An agency must conduct a
regulatory flexibility analysis unless it determines and certifies that
a rule is not expected to have a significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities.
The U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA) stipulates in its
``Size Standards'' that the largest a railroad business firm that is
``for-profit'' may be, and still be classified as a ``small entity,''
is 1,500 employees for ``Line-Haul Operating Railroads,'' and 500
employees for ``Switching and Terminal Establishments.'' ``Small
entity'' is defined in the Regulatory Flexibility Act as a small
business that is not independently owned and operated, and is not
dominant in its field of operation. Federal agencies may adopt their
own size standards for small entities in consultation with SBA and in
conjunction with public comment. Pursuant to that authority, FRA has
published a final statement of agency policy that formally establishes
``small entities'' or ``small businesses'' as being railroads,
contractors, and hazardous materials shippers that meet the revenue
requirements of a Class III railroad as set forth in 49 CFR 1201.1-1,
which is $20 million or less in inflation-adjusted annual revenues; and
commuter railroads or small governmental jurisdictions that serve
populations of 50,000 or less. See 68 FR 24891, May 9, 2003, codified
at Appendix C to 49 CFR, part 209. The $20 million-limit is based on
the Surface Transportation Board's revenue threshold for a Class III
railroad. Railroad revenue is adjusted for inflation by applying a
revenue deflator formula in accordance with 49 CFR 1201.1-1. FRA has
applied this definition for this rulemaking.
There are currently two intercity passenger railroads, Amtrak and
the Alaska Railroad Corporation. Neither is considered to be a small
entity. Amtrak is a Class I railroad and the Alaska Railroad is a Class
II railroad. The Alaska Railroad is owned by the State of Alaska, which
has a population well in excess of 50,000.
There are currently 28 commuter railroad operations in the U.S.
Most commuter railroads are part of larger transportation organizations
that receive Federal funds and serve major metropolitan areas with
populations greater than 50,000. However, two commuter rail operations
do not fall in this category and are considered small entities. One
provides service to and from a sporting venue in Iowa City, Iowa; the
second provides service between North Creek and Saratoga Springs, New
York. Both operations are conducted at low speeds--with only one
reaching a maximum speed as high as 30 m.p.h. Consequently, neither
entity will be impacted by the requirements of this rule affecting
high-speed operations. Moreover, it is extremely unlikely that either
entity would engage in high cant deficiency operations because such
operations require relatively expensive rolling equipment capable of
tilting to provide a safe and comfortable ride to passengers.
At present, no small entities will be affected by either the high-
speed provisions or the high cant deficiency provisions. Small
railroads hosting passenger operations can recoup any costs of
maintaining infrastructure, through trackage agreements which enable
host railroads to recover marginal costs of permitting passenger
operations over their tracks, to accommodate high cant deficiency
operations, or they can refuse to host such operations, as appropriate.
To the extent that new passenger railroads are small entities, and want
to take advantage of high cant deficiency and have the means to do so,
they will benefit. Nonetheless, FRA does not foresee any situation
under which a small entity might be affected by the high-speed
provisions in this final rule.
In the NPRM, FRA requested comments on both the analysis and the
certification that there will be no significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities. No comment was received.
Based on these determinations, I certify that this action will not
have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small
entities.
C. Paperwork Reduction Act
The information collection requirements in this final rule have
been submitted for approval to the Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.
The sections that contain both new and current information collection
requirements, and the estimated time to fulfill each requirement, are
summarized in the following table. Please note that the table does not
include those information collection requirements added by the Concrete
Crossties rulemaking, see 76 FR 18073 (April 1, 2011), 76 FR 55819
(Sept. 9, 2011), as they are covered under a separate approval, OMB No.
2130-0592, which is current until October 31, 2014.
[[Page 16096]]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Respondent Total annual Average time per Total annual
CFR Section universe responses response burden hours
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
213.4--Excepted Track:
--Designation of track as 200 railroads..... 20 orders......... 15 minutes........ 5
excepted.
--Notification to FRA about 200 railroads..... 15 notifications.. 10 minutes........ 3
removal of excepted track.
213.5--Responsibility for Compliance 728 railroads..... 10 notifications.. 8 hours........... 80
213.7--Designation of Qualified
Persons to Supervise Certain
Renewals and Inspect Track:
--Designations.................. 728 railroads..... 1,500 names....... 10 minutes........ 250
--Employees trained in CWR 31 railroads...... 80,000 employees.. 24 hours.......... 1,920,000
procedures.
--Written authorizations and 31 railroads...... 80,000 10 minutes + 60 93,333
recorded Exams. authorizations + minutes.
80,000 exams.
--Designations (partially 31 railroads...... 250 names......... 30 minutes........ 125
qualified) under paragraph (c)
of this section.
213.17--Waivers..................... 728 railroads..... 6 petitions....... 112 hours......... 672
213.57--Curves; Elevation and Speed
Limitations:
--Requests to FRA for vehicle 728 railroads..... 2 requests/ 80 hours.......... 160
type approval. documents.
--Written notification to FRA 728 railroads..... 2 notifications... 8 hours........... 16
prior to implementation of
higher curving speeds.
--Written consent of track 728 railroads..... 2 consents........ 8 hours........... 16
owner(s) by railroad providing
service over the track.
213.110--Gage Restraint Measurement
Systems (GRMS):
--Implementing GRMS; notices and 728 railroads..... 2 notifications + 24 hours.......... 72
reports. 1 technical
report.
--GRMS vehicle output reports... 728 railroads..... 50 reports........ 60 minutes........ 50
--GRMS vehicle exception reports 728 railroads..... 50 reports........ 60 minutes........ 50
--GRMS/PTLF procedures for data 728 railroads..... 4 procedure 2 hours........... 8
integrity. documents.
--GRMS training programs/ 728 railroads..... 2 programs + 5 24 hours.......... 168
sessions. sessions.
--GRMS inspection records....... 728 railroads..... 50 records........ 2 hours........... 100
213.118--Continuous Welded Rail
(CWR); Plan Review and Approval:
--Plans......................... 728 railroads..... 728 reviewed plans 4 hours........... 2,912
--Notification to FRA and 728 railroads..... 728 notifications 15 minutes + 2 2,849
employees of plan effective + 80,000 minutes.
date. notifications.
--Written submissions in support 728 railroads..... 20 submissions.... 2 hours........... 40
of plan.
--FRA-required revisions to CWR 728 railroads..... 20 reviewed plans. 1 hour............ 20
plan.
213.119--Continuous Welded Rail
(CWR); Plan Contents:
--Fracture report for each 239 railroads/1 12,000 reports.... 10 minutes........ 2,000
broken CWR joint bar. association.
--Petition for technical 1 association..... 1 petition........ 15 minutes........ 0.25
conference on fracture reports.
--Training programs on CWR 239 railroads/ 1 240 amended 1 hour............ 240
procedures. association. programs.
[[Page 16097]]
--Annual CWR training of 31 railroads...... 80,000 employees.. 30 minutes........ 40,000
employees.
--Recordkeeping (track with CWR) 239 railroads..... 2,000 records..... 10 minutes........ 333
--Recordkeeping for CWR rail 239 railroads..... 360,000 records... 2 minutes......... 12,000
joints.
--Periodic records for CWR rail 239 railroads..... 480,000 records... 1 minute.......... 8,000
joints.
--Copy of track owner's CWR 728 railroads..... 239 manuals....... 10 minutes........ 40
procedures.
213.233--Track Inspections:
--Notations..................... 728 railroads..... 12,500 notations.. 1 minute.......... 208
213.241--Inspection Records......... 728 railroads..... 1,542,089 records. varies............ 1,672,941
213.303--Responsibility for 2 railroads....... 1 petition........ 8 hours........... 8
Compliance.
213.305--Designation of Qualified
Individuals; General
Qualifications:
--Designations.................. 2 railroads....... 150 designations.. 60 minutes........ 150
--Designations (partially 2 railroads....... 20 designations... 60 minutes........ 20
qualified) under paragraph (d)
of this section.
213.317--Waivers.................... 2 railroads....... 1 petition........ 80 hours.......... 80
213.329--Curves; Elevation and Speed
Limitations:
--FRA approval of qualified 728 railroads..... 2 documents....... 80 hours.......... 160
vehicle types based on results
of testing.
--Written notification to FRA 728 railroads..... 2 notifications... 8 hours........... 16
prior to implementation of
higher curving speeds.
--Written consent of track 728 railroads..... 2 written consents 8 hours........... 16
owner(s) by railroad providing
service over the track.
213.333 Automated Vehicle-Based
Inspection Systems:
--Request for alternative 10 railroads...... 1 request......... 8 hours........... 8
measurement distance (new
requirement).
--Track Geometry Measurement 10 railroads...... 3 reports......... 40 hours.......... 120
System (TGMS) output/exception
reports.
--Track/vehicle performance 10 railroads...... 20 records........ 40 hours.......... 800
measurement system; copies of
most recent exception records.
--Notification to track 10 railroads...... 10 notifications.. 40 hours.......... 400
personnel when onboard
accelerometers indicate track
related problem (new
requirement).
--Requests for an alternate 10 railroads...... 10 requests....... 40 hours.......... 400
location for device measuring
lateral accelerations (new
requirement).
--Report to FRA providing 10 railroads...... 4 reports......... 8 hours........... 32
analysis of collected
monitoring data (new
requirement).
213.341--Initial Inspection of New
Rail and Welds:
[[Page 16098]]
--Mill inspection; copy of 2 railroads....... 2 reports......... 16 hours.......... 32
manufacturer's report.
--Welding plan inspection report 2 railroads....... 2 reports......... 16 hours.......... 32
--Inspection of field welds..... 2 railroads....... 125 records....... 20 minutes........ 42
213.343--Continuous welded rail
(CWR):
--Recordkeeping................. 2 railroads....... 150 records....... 10 minutes........ 25
213.345--Vehicle/Track System
Qualification:
--Qualification program for all 10 railroads...... 10 programs....... 120 hours......... 1,200
vehicle types operating at
track Class 6 speeds or above
or at curving speeds above 5
inches of cant deficiency (new
requirement).
--Qualification program for 10 railroads...... 10 programs....... 80 hours.......... 800
previously qualified vehicle
types (new requirement).
--Written consent of track 10 railroads..... 1 written consent. 8 hours........... 8
owner(s) by railroad providing
service over the track (new
requirement).
213.347--Automotive or Railroad
Crossings at Grade:
--Protection plans.............. 1 railroad........ 2 plans........... 8 hours........... 16
213.369--Inspection Records:
--Record of inspection of track. 2 railroads....... 500 records....... 1 minute.......... 8
--Internal defect inspections 2 railroads....... 50 records........ 5 minutes......... 4
and remedial action taken.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All estimates include the time for reviewing instructions,
searching existing data sources, gathering or maintaining the needed
data, and reviewing the information. Pursuant to 44 U.S.C.
3506(c)(2)(B), FRA solicits comments concerning the following: whether
these information collection requirements are necessary for the proper
performance of the functions of FRA, including whether the information
has practical utility; the accuracy of FRA's estimates of the burden of
the information collection requirements; the quality, utility, and
clarity of the information to be collected; and whether the burden of
collection of information on those who are to respond, including
through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of
information technology, may be minimized. For information or a copy of
the paperwork package submitted to OMB, contact Mr. Robert Brogan,
Information Clearance Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, at 202-
493-6292, or Ms. Kimberly Toone, Federal Railroad Administration, at
202-493-6132.
Organizations and individuals desiring to submit comments on the
collection of information requirements should direct them to Mr. Robert
Brogan or Ms. Kimberly Toone, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New
Jersey Avenue SE., 3rd Floor, Washington, DC 20590. Comments may also
be submitted via email to Mr. Brogan or Ms. Toone at the following,
respective addresses: Robert.Brogan@dot.gov; or Kimberly.Toone@dot.gov.
OMB is required to make a decision concerning the collection of
information requirements contained in this final rule between 30 and 60
days after publication of this document in the Federal Register.
Therefore, a comment to OMB is best assured of having its full effect
if OMB receives it within 30 days of publication.
FRA is not authorized to impose a penalty on persons for violating
information collection requirements that do not display a current OMB
control number, if required. FRA intends to obtain current OMB control
numbers for any new information collection requirements resulting from
this rulemaking action prior to the effective date of the final rule.
The OMB control number, when assigned, will be announced by separate
notice in the Federal Register.
D. Federalism Implications
Executive Order 13132, ``Federalism'' (see 64 FR 43255, Aug. 10,
1999), requires FRA to develop an accountable process to ensure
``meaningful and timely input by State and local officials in the
development of regulatory policies that have federalism implications.''
``Policies that have federalism implications'' are defined in the
Executive Order to include regulations that have ``substantial direct
effects on the States, on the relationship between the national
government and
[[Page 16099]]
the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among
the various levels of government.'' Under Executive Order 13132, the
agency may not issue a regulation with federalism implications that
imposes substantial direct compliance costs and that is not required by
statute, unless the Federal government provides the funds necessary to
pay the direct compliance costs incurred by State and local
governments, the agency consults with State and local governments, or
the agency consults with State and local government officials early in
the process of developing the regulation. Where a regulation has
federalism implications and preempts State law, the agency seeks to
consult with State and local officials in the process of developing the
regulation.
This final rule has been analyzed in accordance with the principles
and criteria contained in Executive Order 13132. This final rule will
not have a substantial effect on the States or their political
subdivisions, and it will not affect the relationships between the
Federal government and the States or their political subdivisions, or
the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels
of government. In addition, FRA has determined that this regulatory
action will not impose substantial direct compliance costs on the
States or their political subdivisions. Therefore, the consultation and
funding requirements of Executive Order 13132 do not apply.
However, this final rule could have preemptive effect by operation
of law under certain provisions of the Federal railroad safety
statutes, specifically the former Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970,
repealed and recodified at 49 U.S.C. 20106. Section 20106 provides that
States may not adopt or continue in effect any law, regulation, or
order related to railroad safety or security that covers the subject
matter of a regulation prescribed or order issued by the Secretary of
Transportation (with respect to railroad safety matters) or the
Secretary of Homeland Security (with respect to railroad security
matters), except when the State law, regulation, or order qualifies
under the ``essentially local safety or security hazard'' exception to
section 20106.
In sum, FRA has analyzed this final rule in accordance with the
principles and criteria contained in Executive Order 13132. As
explained above, FRA has determined that this final rule has no
federalism implications, other than the possible preemption of State
laws under Federal railroad safety statutes, specifically 49 U.S.C.
20106. Accordingly, FRA has determined that preparation of a federalism
summary impact statement for this final rule is not required.
E. Environmental Impact
FRA has evaluated this final rule in accordance with its
``Procedures for Considering Environmental Impacts'' (FRA's Procedures)
(see 64 FR 28545, May 26, 1999) as required by the National
Environmental Policy Act (see 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.), other
environmental statutes, Executive Orders, and related regulatory
requirements. FRA has determined that this action is not a major FRA
action (requiring the preparation of an environmental impact statement
or environmental assessment) because it is categorically excluded from
detailed environmental review pursuant to section 4(c)(20) of FRA's
Procedures. See 64 FR 28547, May 26, 1999. In accordance with section
4(c) and (e) of FRA's Procedures, the agency has further concluded that
no extraordinary circumstances exist with respect to this final rule
that might trigger the need for a more detailed environmental review.
As a result, FRA finds that this final rule is not a major Federal
action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment.
F. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
Pursuant to Section 201 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
(Pub. L. 104-4, 2 U.S.C. 1531), each Federal agency ``shall, unless
otherwise prohibited by law, assess the effects of Federal regulatory
actions on State, local, and tribal governments, and the private sector
(other than to the extent that such regulations incorporate
requirements specifically set forth in law).'' Section 202 of the Act
(2 U.S.C. 1532) further requires that ``before promulgating any general
notice of proposed rulemaking that is likely to result in the
promulgation of any rule that includes any Federal mandate that may
result in expenditure by State, local, and tribal governments, in the
aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100,000,000 or more (adjusted
annually for inflation) in any 1 year, and before promulgating any
final rule for which a general notice of proposed rulemaking was
published, the agency shall prepare a written statement'' detailing the
effect on State, local, and tribal governments and the private sector.
This final rule will not result in the expenditure, in the aggregate,
of $100,000,000 or more (as adjusted annually for inflation) in any one
year, and thus preparation of such a statement is not required.
G. Energy Impact
Executive Order 13211 requires Federal agencies to prepare a
Statement of Energy Effects for any ``significant energy action.'' See
66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001. Under the Executive Order, a ``significant
energy action'' is defined as any action by an agency (normally
published in the Federal Register) that promulgates or is expected to
lead to the promulgation of a final rule or regulation, including
notices of inquiry, advance notices of proposed rulemaking, and notices
of proposed rulemaking: (1)(i) That is a significant regulatory action
under Executive Order 12866 or any successor order, and (ii) is likely
to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or
use of energy; or (2) that is designated by the Administrator of the
Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs as a significant energy
action.
FRA has evaluated this final rule in accordance with Executive
Order 13211. FRA has determined that this final rule is not likely to
have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use
of energy. Consequently, FRA has determined that this regulatory action
is not a ``significant energy action'' within the meaning of the
Executive Order.
H. Trade Impact
The Trade Agreements Act of 1979 (Pub. L. 96-39, 19 U.S.C. 2501 et
seq.) prohibits Federal agencies from engaging in any standards or
related activities that create unnecessary obstacles to the foreign
commerce of the United States. Legitimate domestic objectives, such as
safety, are not considered to be unnecessary obstacles. The statute
also requires consideration of international standards and, where
appropriate, that they be the basis for U.S. standards.
FRA has assessed the potential effect of this rulemaking on foreign
commerce and believes that its requirements are consistent with the
Trade Agreements Act. The requirements are safety standards, which, as
noted, are not considered unnecessary obstacles to trade. Moreover, FRA
has sought, to the extent practicable, to state the requirements in
terms of the performance desired, rather than in more narrow terms
restricted to a particular vehicle design, so as not to limit
different, compliant designs by any manufacturer--foreign or domestic.
FRA has also taken into consideration international standards for the
safe interaction of vehicles and the track over which they operate,
such as
[[Page 16100]]
standards for steady-state, lateral acceleration of passenger
carbodies.
I. Privacy Act
Anyone is able to search the electronic form of any comment or
petition received into any of FRA's dockets by the name of the
individual submitting the comment or petition (or signing the comment
or petition, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor
union, etc.). Please see the privacy notice at https://www.regulations.gov/#!privacyNotice. You may review DOT's complete
Privacy Act Statement in the Federal Register published on April 11,
2000 (65 FR 19477-19478).
List of Subjects
49 CFR Part 213
Incorporation by reference, Penalties, Railroad safety, Reporting
and recordkeeping requirements.
49 CFR Part 238
Incorporation by reference, Passenger equipment, Penalties,
Railroad safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
The Rule
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, FRA amends parts 213 and
238 of chapter II, subtitle B, of title 49, Code of Federal
Regulations, as follows:
PART 213--[AMENDED]
0
1. The authority citation for part 213 is revised to read as follows:
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 20102-20114 and 20142; Sec. 403, Div. A,
Public Law 110-432, 122 Stat. 4885; 28 U.S.C. 2461, note; and 49 CFR
1.89.
Subpart A--General
0
2. Section 213.1 is amended by revising the second sentence of
paragraph (a) to read as follows:
Sec. 213.1 Scope of part.
(a) * * * In general, the requirements prescribed in this part
apply to specific track conditions existing in isolation. * * *
* * * * *
0
3. Section 213.7 is amended by revising paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and
(b)(2)(i) to read as follows:
Sec. 213.7 Designation of qualified persons to supervise certain
renewals and inspect track.
(a) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) Knows and understands the requirements of this part that apply
to the restoration and renewal of the track for which he or she is
responsible;
* * * * *
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) Knows and understands the requirements of this part that apply
to the inspection of the track for which he or she is responsible;
* * * * *
0
4. Section 213.14 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 213.14 Application of requirements to curved track.
Unless otherwise provided in this part, requirements specified for
curved track apply only to track having a curvature greater than 0.25
degree.
Subpart C--Track Geometry
0
5. Section 213.55 is revised to read as follows:
Sec. 213.55 Track alinement.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, alinement
may not deviate from uniformity more than the amount prescribed in the
following table:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tangent track Curved track
-----------------------------------------------------------
The deviation of The deviation of The deviation of
the mid-offset the mid-ordinate the mid-ordinate
Class of track from a 62-foot from a 31-foot from a 62-foot
line \1\ may not chord \2\ may not chord \2\ may not
be more than-- be more than-- be more than--
(inches) (inches) (inches)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class 1 track....................................... 5 \3\ N/A 5
Class 2 track....................................... 3 \3\ N/A 3
Class 3 track....................................... 1\3/4\ 1\1/4\ 1\3/4\
Class 4 track....................................... 1\1/2\ 1 1\1/2\
Class 5 track....................................... \3/4\ \1/2\ \5/8\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The ends of the line shall be at points on the gage side of the line rail, five-eighths of an inch below the
top of the railhead. Either rail may be used as the line rail; however, the same rail shall be used for the
full length of that tangential segment of the track.
\2\ The ends of the chord shall be at points on the gage side of the outer rail, five-eighths of an inch below
the top of the railhead.
\3\ N/A--Not Applicable
(b) For operations at a qualified cant deficiency, Eu,
of more than 5 inches, the alinement of the outside rail of the curve
may not deviate from uniformity more than the amount prescribed in the
following table:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Curved track
---------------------------------------
The deviation of The deviation of
the mid-ordinate the mid-ordinate
Class of track from a 31-foot from a 62-foot
chord \1\ may not chord \1\ may not
be more than-- be more than--
(inches) (inches)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class 1 track \2\............... \3\ N/A 1\1/4\
Class 2 track \2\............... \3\ N/A 1\1/4\
Class 3 track................... \3/4\ 1\1/4\
Class 4 track................... \3/4\ \7/8\
Class 5 track................... \1/2\ \5/8\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The ends of the chord shall be at points on the gage side of the
outer rail, five-eighths of an inch below the top of the railhead.
\2\ Restraining rails or other systems may be required for derailment
prevention.
\3\ N/A--Not Applicable
[[Page 16101]]
0
6. Section 213.57 is revised to read as follows:
Sec. 213.57 Curves; elevation and speed limitations.
(a) The maximum elevation of the outside rail of a curve may not be
more than 8 inches on track Classes 1 and 2, and 7 inches on track
Classes 3 through 5. The outside rail of a curve may not be lower than
the inside rail by design, except when engineered to address specific
track or operating conditions; the limits in Sec. 213.63 apply in all
cases.
(b) The maximum allowable posted timetable operating speed for each
curve is determined by the following formula--
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13MR13.007
Where--
Vmax = Maximum allowable posted timetable operating speed
(m.p.h.).
Ea = Actual elevation of the outside rail (inches).\1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Actual elevation, Ea, for each 155-foot track
segment in the body of the curve is determined by averaging the
elevation for 11 points through the segment at 15.5-foot spacing. If
the curve length is less than 155 feet, the points are averaged
through the full length of the body of the curve.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eu = Qualified cant deficiency \2\ (inches) of the
vehicle type.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ If the actual elevation, Ea, and degree of
curvature, D, change as a result of track degradation, then the
actual cant deficiency for the maximum allowable posted timetable
operating speed, Vmax, may be greater than the qualified
cant deficiency, Eu. This actual cant deficiency for each
curve may not exceed the qualified cant deficiency, Eu,
plus 1 inch.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
D = Degree of curvature (degrees).\3\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\3\ Degree of curvature, D, is determined by averaging the
degree of curvature over the same track segment as the elevation.
(c) All vehicles are considered qualified for operating on track
with a cant deficiency, Eu, not exceeding 3 inches. Table 1
of appendix A to this part is a table of speeds computed in accordance
with the formula in paragraph (b) of this section, when Eu
equals 3 inches, for various elevations and degrees of curvature.
(d) Each vehicle type must be approved by FRA to operate on track
with a qualified cant deficiency, Eu, greater than 3 inches.
Each vehicle type must demonstrate, in a ready-for-service load
condition, compliance with the requirements of either paragraph (d)(1)
or (2) of this section.
(1) When positioned on a track with a uniform superelevation equal
to the proposed cant deficiency:
(i) No wheel of the vehicle type unloads to a value less than 60
percent of its static value on perfectly level track; and
(ii) For passenger cars, the roll angle between the floor of the
equipment and the horizontal does not exceed 8.6 degrees; or
(2) When operating through a constant radius curve at a constant
speed corresponding to the proposed cant deficiency, and a test plan is
submitted to and approved by FRA in accordance with Sec. 213.345(e)
and (f):
(i) The steady-state (average) load on any wheel, throughout the
body of the curve, is not less than 60 percent of its static value on
perfectly level track; and
(ii) For passenger cars, the steady-state (average) lateral
acceleration measured on the floor of the carbody does not exceed
0.15g.
(e) The track owner or railroad shall transmit the results of the
testing specified in paragraph (d) of this section to FRA's Associate
Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer (FRA) requesting
approval for the vehicle type to operate at the desired curving speeds
allowed under the formula in paragraph (b) of this section. The request
shall be made in writing and contain, at a minimum, the following
information--
(1) A description of the vehicle type involved, including schematic
diagrams of the suspension system(s) and the estimated location of the
center of gravity above top of rail;
(2) The test procedure,\4\ including the load condition under which
the testing was performed, and description of the instrumentation used
to qualify the vehicle type, as well as the maximum values for wheel
unloading and roll angles or accelerations that were observed during
testing; and
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\4\ The test procedure may be conducted whereby all the wheels
on one side (right or left) of the vehicle are raised to the
proposed cant deficiency, the vertical wheel loads under each wheel
are measured, and a level is used to record the angle through which
the floor of the vehicle has been rotated.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) For vehicle types not subject to parts 229 or 238 of this
chapter, procedures or standards in effect that relate to the
maintenance of all safety-critical components of the suspension
system(s) for the particular vehicle type. Safety-critical components
of the suspension system are those that impact or have significant
influence on the roll of the carbody and the distribution of weight on
the wheels.
(f) In approving the request made pursuant to paragraph (e) of this
section, FRA may impose conditions necessary for safely operating at
the higher curving speeds. Upon FRA approval of the request, the track
owner or railroad shall notify FRA in writing no less than 30 calendar
days prior to the proposed implementation of the approved higher
curving speeds allowed under the formula in paragraph (b) of this
section. The notification shall contain, at a minimum, identification
of the track segment(s) on which the higher curving speeds are to be
implemented.
(g) The documents required by this section must be provided to FRA
by:
(1) The track owner; or
(2) A railroad that provides service with the same vehicle type
over trackage of one or more track owner(s), with the written consent
of each affected track owner.
(h)(1) Vehicle types permitted by FRA to operate at cant
deficiencies, Eu, greater than 3 inches but not more than 5
inches shall be considered qualified under this section to operate at
those permitted cant deficiencies for any track segment. The track
owner or railroad shall notify FRA in writing no less than 30 calendar
days prior to the proposed implementation of such curving speeds in
accordance with paragraph (f) of this section.
(2) Vehicle types permitted by FRA to operate at cant deficiencies,
Eu, greater than 5 inches shall be considered qualified
under this section to operate at those permitted cant deficiencies only
for the previously operated or identified track segments(s).
(i) For vehicle types intended to operate at any curving speed
producing more than 5 inches of cant deficiency, the following
provisions of subpart G of this part shall apply: Sec. Sec. 213.333(a)
through (g), (j)(1), (k) and (m), 213.345, and 213.369(f).
(j) As used in this section--
(1) Vehicle means a locomotive, as defined in Sec. 229.5 of this
chapter; a freight car, as defined in Sec. 215.5 of this chapter; a
passenger car, as defined in Sec. 238.5 of this chapter; and any rail
rolling equipment used in a train with either a freight car or a
passenger car.
(2) Vehicle type means like vehicles with variations in their
physical properties, such as suspension, mass, interior arrangements,
and dimensions that do not result in significant changes to their
dynamic characteristics.
0
7. Section 213.59 is amended by revising the second sentence of
paragraph (a) to read as follows:
Sec. 213.59 Elevation of curved track; runoff.
(a) * * * If elevation runoff occurs in a curve, the actual minimum
elevation shall be used in computing the maximum allowable posted
timetable operating speed for that curve under Sec. 213.57(b).
* * * * *
0
8. Section 213.63 is revised to read as follows:
[[Page 16102]]
Sec. 213.63 Track surface.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each track
owner shall maintain the surface of its track within the limits
prescribed in the following table:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class of track
Track surface (inches) --------------------------------------------
1 2 3 4 5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The runoff in any 31 feet of rail at the end of a raise may not be 3\1/2\ 3 2 1\1/2\ 1
more than.........................................................
The deviation from uniform profile on either rail at the mid- 3 2\3/4\ 2\1/4\ 2 1\1/4\
ordinate of a 62-foot chord may not be more than..................
The deviation from zero crosslevel at any point on tangent or 3 2 1\3/4\ 1\1/4\ 1
reverse crosslevel elevation on curves may not be more than.......
The difference in crosslevel between any two points less than 62 3 2\1/4\ 2 1\3/4\ 1\1/2\
feet apart may not be more than\*1, 2\............................
*Where determined by engineering decision prior to June 22, 1998, 2 1\3/4\ 1\1/4\ 1 \3/4\
due to physical restrictions on spiral length and operating
practices and experience, the variation in crosslevel on spirals
per 31 feet may not be more than..................................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Except as limited by Sec. 213.57(a), where the elevation at any point in a curve equals or exceeds 6
inches, the difference in crosslevel within 62 feet between that point and a point with greater elevation may
not be more than 1\1/2\ inches.
\2\ However, to control harmonics on Class 2 through 5 jointed track with staggered joints, the crosslevel
differences shall not exceed 1\1/4\ inches in all of six consecutive pairs of joints, as created by seven low
joints. Track with joints staggered less than 10 feet apart shall not be considered as having staggered
joints. Joints within the seven low joints outside of the regular joint spacing shall not be considered as
joints for purposes of this footnote.
(b) For operations at a qualified cant deficiency, Eu,
of more than 5 inches, each track owner shall maintain the surface of
the curve within the limits prescribed in the following table:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class of track
Track surface (inches) --------------------------------------------
1 2 3 4 5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The deviation from uniform profile on either rail at the mid- N/A\1\ N/A\1\ 1 1 1
ordinate of a 31-foot chord may not be more than..................
The deviation from uniform profile on either rail at the mid- 2\1/4\ 2\1/4\ 1\3/4\ 1\1/4\ 1
ordinate of a 62-foot chord may not be more than..................
The difference in crosslevel between any two points less than 10 2 2 1\3/4\ 1\3/4\ 1\1/2\
feet apart (short warp) shall not be more than....................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ N/A--Not Applicable.
0
9. Section 213.65 is added to subpart C to read as follows:
Sec. 213.65 Combined track alinement and surface deviations.
On any curved track where operations are conducted at a qualified
cant deficiency, Eu, greater than 5 inches, the combination
of alinement and surface deviations for the same chord length on the
outside rail in the curve, as measured by a TGMS, shall comply with the
following formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13MR13.008
Where--
Am = measured alinement deviation from uniformity
(outward is positive, inward is negative).
AL = allowable alinement limit as per Sec. 213.55(b)
(always positive) for the class of track.
Sm = measured profile deviation from uniformity (down is
positive, up is negative).
SL = allowable profile limit as per Sec. 213.63(b)
(always positive) for the class of track.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13MR13.009
Subpart D--Track Structure
0
10. Section 213.110 is amended by revising paragraphs (c) through (f),
(l), (p)(2) and (3) to read as follows:
Sec. 213.110 Gage restraint measurement systems.
* * * * *
(c)(1) The track owner shall also provide to FRA sufficient
technical data to establish compliance with the following minimum
design requirements of a GRMS vehicle:
(2) Gage restraint shall be measured between the heads of rail--
(i) At an interval not exceeding 16 inches;
(ii) Under an applied vertical load of no less than 10 kips per
rail; and
(iii) Under an applied lateral load that provides for a lateral/
vertical load ratio of between 0.5 and 1.25 \5\, and a load severity
greater than 3 kips but less than 8 kips per rail.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\5\ GRMS equipment using load combinations developing L/V ratios
that exceed 0.8 shall be operated with caution to protect against
the risk of wheel climb by the test wheelset.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(d) Load severity is defined by the formula:
S = L-cV
Where--
[[Page 16103]]
S = Load severity, defined as the lateral load applied to the
fastener system (kips).
L = Actual lateral load applied (kips).
c = Coefficient of friction between rail/tie, which is assigned a
nominal value of 0.4.
V = Actual vertical load applied (kips), or static vertical wheel
load if vertical load is not measured.
(e) The measured gage values shall be converted to a Projected
Loaded Gage 24 (PLG24) as follows--
PLG24 = UTG + A x (LTG-UTG)
Where--
UTG = Unloaded track gage measured by the GRMS vehicle at a point no
less than 10 feet from any lateral or vertical load application.
LTG = Loaded track gage measured by the GRMS vehicle at a point no
more than 12 inches from the lateral load application point.
A = The extrapolation factor used to convert the measured loaded
gage to expected loaded gage under a 24-kip lateral load and a 33-
kip vertical load.
For all track--
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13MR13.010
Note: The A factor shall not exceed a value of 3.184 under any
valid loading configuration.
L = Actual lateral load applied (kips).
V = Actual vertical load applied (kips), or static vertical wheel
load if vertical load is not measured.
(f) The measured gage and load values shall be converted to a Gage
Widening Projection (GWP) as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13MR13.011
* * * * *
(l) The GRMS record of lateral restraint shall identify two
exception levels. At a minimum, the track owner shall initiate the
required remedial action at each exception level as defined in the
following table--
------------------------------------------------------------------------
If measurement Remedial action
GRMS parameters\1\ value exceeds required
------------------------------------------------------------------------
First Level Exception
------------------------------------------------------------------------
UTG........................... 58 inches........ (1) Immediately
protect the
exception location
with a 10 m.p.h.
speed restriction,
then verify
location;
(2) Restore lateral
restraint and
maintain in
compliance with PTLF
criteria as
described in
paragraph (m) of
this section; and
(3) Maintain
compliance with Sec.
213.53(b) as
measured with the
PTLF.
LTG........................... 58 inches........
PLG24......................... 59 inches........
GWP........................... 1 inch...........
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Second Level Exception
------------------------------------------------------------------------
LTG........................... 57 [frac34] (1) Limit operating
inches on Class speed to no more
4 and 5 track than the maximum
\2\. allowable under Sec.
213.9 for Class 3
track, then verify
location;
(2) Maintain in
compliance with PTLF
criteria as
described in
paragraph (m) of
this section; and
(3) Maintain
compliance with Sec.
213.53(b) as
measured with the
PTLF.
PLG24......................... 58 inches........
GWP........................... 0.75 inch........
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Definitions for the GRMS parameters referenced in this table are
found in paragraph (p) of this section.
\2\ This note recognizes that good track will typically increase in
total gage by as much as one-quarter of an inch due to outward rail
rotation under GRMS loading conditions. For Class 2 and 3 track, the
GRMS LTG values are also increased by one-quarter of inch to a maximum
of 58 inches. However, for any class of track, GRMS LTG values in
excess of 58 inches are considered First Level exceptions and the
appropriate remedial action(s) must be taken by the track owner. This
1/4-inch increase in allowable gage applies only to GRMS LTG. For gage
measured by traditional methods, or with the use of the PTLF, the
table in Sec. 213.53(b) applies.
* * * * *
(p) * * *
(2) Gage Widening Projection (GWP) means the measured gage
widening, which is the difference between loaded and unloaded gage, at
the applied loads, projected to reference loads of 16 kips of lateral
force and 33 kips of vertical force.
(3) L/V ratio means the numerical ratio of lateral load applied at
a point on the rail to the vertical load applied at that same point.
GRMS design requirements specify an L/V ratio of between 0.5 and 1.25.
* * * * *
Subpart G--Train Operations at Track Classes 6 and Higher
0
11. Section 213.305 is amended by revising paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and
(b)(2)(i) to read as follows:
Sec. 213.305 Designation of qualified individuals; general
qualifications.
* * * * *
(a) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) Knows and understands the requirements of this subpart that
apply to the restoration and renewal of the track for which he or she
is responsible;
* * * * *
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
[[Page 16104]]
(i) Knows and understands the requirements of this subpart that
apply to the inspection of the track for which he or she is
responsible.
* * * * *
0
12. Section 213.307 is amended by revising the section heading and
paragraph (a) to read as follows:
Sec. 213.307 Classes of track: operating speed limits.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section and as
otherwise provided in this subpart G, the following maximum allowable
speeds apply:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Over track that meets all of the The maximum allowable
requirements prescribed in this subpart operating speed for trains
for-- is \1\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class 6 track............................. 110 m.p.h.
Class 7 track............................. 125 m.p.h.
Class 8 track............................. 160 m.p.h.\2\
Class 9 track............................. 220 m.p.h.\2\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Freight may be transported at passenger train speeds if the
following conditions are met:
(1) The vehicles utilized to carry such freight are of equal dynamic
performance and have been qualified in accordance with Sec. 213.329
and Sec. 213.345.
(2) The load distribution and securement in the freight vehicle will not
adversely affect the dynamic performance of the vehicle. The axle
loading pattern is uniform and does not exceed the passenger
locomotive axle loadings utilized in passenger service, if any,
operating at the same maximum speed.
(3) No carrier may accept or transport a hazardous material, as defined
at 49 CFR 171.8, except as provided in Column 9A of the Hazardous
Materials Table (49 CFR 172.101) for movement in the same train as a
passenger-carrying vehicle or in Column 9B of the Table for movement
in a train with no passenger-carrying vehicles.
\2\ Operating speeds in excess of 125 m.p.h. are authorized by this part
only in conjunction with FRA regulatory approval addressing other
safety issues presented by the railroad system. For operations on a
dedicated right-of-way, FRA's regulatory approval may allow for the
use of inspection and maintenance criteria and procedures in the
alternative to those contained in this subpart, based upon a showing
that at least an equivalent level of safety is provided.
* * * * *
0
13. Section 213.313 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 213.313 Application of requirements to curved track.
Unless otherwise provided in this part, requirements specified for
curved track apply only to track having a curvature greater than 0.25
degree.
0
14. Section 213.323 is amended by revising paragraph (b) to read as
follows:
Sec. 213.323 Track gage.
* * * * *
(b) Gage shall be within the limits prescribed in the following
table:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The change of
gage within 31
Class of track The gage must But not more feet must not
be at least-- than-- be greater
than--
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class 6 track................................................... 4'8'' 4'9\1/4\'' \3/4\''
Class 7 track................................................... 4'8'' 4'9\1/4\'' \1/2\''
Class 8 track................................................... 4'8'' 4'9\1/4\'' \1/2\''
Class 9 track................................................... 4'8\1/4\'' 4'9\1/4\'' \1/2\''
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0
15. Section 213.327 is revised to read as follows:
Sec. 213.327 Track alinement.
(a) Uniformity at any point along the track is established by
averaging the measured mid-chord offset values for nine consecutive
points that are centered around that point and spaced according to the
following table:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chord length Spacing
------------------------------------------------------------------------
31'..................................................... 7'9''
62'..................................................... 15'6''
124'.................................................... 31'0''
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, a single
alinement deviation from uniformity may not be more than the amount
prescribed in the following table:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The deviation The deviation The deviation
from uniformity from uniformity from uniformity
of the mid-chord of the mid-chord of the mid-chord
Class of track Tangent/ Curved track offset for a 31- offset for a 62- offset for a 124-
foot chord may foot chord may foot chord may
not be more not be more not be more
than--(inches) than--(inches) than--(inches)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class 6 track...................... Tangent.............. \1/2\ \3/4\ 1\1/2\
Curved............... \1/2\ \5/8\ 1\1/2\
Class 7 track...................... Tangent.............. \1/2\ \3/4\ 1\1/4\
Curved............... \1/2\ \1/2\ 1\1/4\
Class 8 track...................... Tangent.............. \1/2\ \3/4\ 1
Curved............... \1/2\ \1/2\ \3/4\
Class 9 track...................... Tangent.............. \1/2\ \1/2\ \3/4\
Curved............... \1/2\ \1/2\ \3/4\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(c) For operations at a qualified cant deficiency, Eu,
of more than 5 inches, a single alinement deviation from uniformity of
the outside rail of the curve may not be more than the amount
prescribed in the following table:
[[Page 16105]]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The deviation The deviation The deviation
from uniformity from uniformity from uniformity
of the mid-chord of the mid-chord of the mid-chord
Class of track Track type offset for a 31- offset for a 62- offset for a 124-
foot chord may foot chord may foot chord may
not be more not be more not be more
than--(inches) than--(inches) than--(inches)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class 6 track...................... Curved............... \1/2\ \5/8\ 1\1/4\
Class 7 track...................... Curved............... \1/2\ \1/2\ 1
Class 8 track...................... Curved............... \1/2\ \1/2\ \3/4\
Class 9 track...................... Curved............... \1/2\ \1/2\ \3/4\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(d) For three or more non-overlapping deviations from uniformity in
track alinement occurring within a distance equal to five times the
specified chord length, each of which exceeds the limits in the
following table, each track owner shall maintain the alinement of the
track within the limits prescribed for each deviation:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The deviation The deviation The deviation
from uniformity from uniformity from uniformity
of the mid-chord of the mid-chord of the mid-chord
Class of track offset for a 31- offset for a 62- offset for a 124-
foot chord may foot chord may foot chord may
not be more not be more not be more
than--(inches) than--(inches) than-- (inches)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class 6 track............................................. \3/8\ \1/2\ 1
Class 7 track............................................. \3/8\ \3/8\ \7/8\
Class 8 track............................................. \3/8\ \3/8\ \1/2\
Class 9 track............................................. \3/8\ \3/8\ \1/2\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(e) For purposes of complying with this section, the ends of the
chord shall be at points on the gage side of the rail, five-eighths of
an inch below the top of the railhead. On tangent track, either rail
may be used as the line rail; however, the same rail shall be used for
the full length of that tangential segment of the track. On curved
track, the line rail is the outside rail of the curve.
0
16. Section 213.329 is revised to read as follows:
Sec. 213.329 Curves; elevation and speed limitations.
(a) The maximum elevation of the outside rail of a curve may not be
more than 7 inches. The outside rail of a curve may not be lower than
the inside rail by design, except when engineered to address specific
track or operating conditions; the limits in Sec. 213.331 apply in all
cases.
(b) The maximum allowable posted timetable operating speed for each
curve is determined by the following formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13MR13.012
Where--
Vmax = Maximum allowable posted timetable operating speed
(m.p.h.).
Ea = Actual elevation of the outside rail (inches).\6\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\6\ Actual elevation, Ea, for each 155-foot track
segment in the body of the curve is determined by averaging the
elevation for 11 points through the segment at 15.5-foot spacing. If
the curve length is less than 155 feet, the points are averaged
through the full length of the body of the curve.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eu = Qualified cant deficiency \7\ (inches) of the
vehicle type.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\7\ If the actual elevation, Ea, and degree of
curvature, D, change as a result of track degradation, then the
actual cant deficiency for the maximum allowable posted timetable
operating speed, Vmax, may be greater than the qualified
cant deficiency, Eu. This actual cant deficiency for each
curve may not exceed the qualified cant deficiency, Eu,
plus one-half inch.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
D = Degree of curvature (degrees).\8\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\8\ Degree of curvature, D, is determined by averaging the
degree of curvature over the same track segment as the elevation.
(c) All vehicles are considered qualified for operating on track
with a cant deficiency, Eu, not exceeding 3 inches. Table 1
of appendix A to this part is a table of speeds computed in accordance
with the formula in paragraph (b) of this section, when Eu
equals 3 inches, for various elevations and degrees of curvature.
(d) Each vehicle type must be approved by FRA to operate on track
with a qualified cant deficiency, Eu, greater than 3 inches.
Each vehicle type must demonstrate, in a ready-for-service load
condition, compliance with the requirements of either paragraph (d)(1)
or (2) of this section.
(1) When positioned on a track with a uniform superelevation equal
to the proposed cant deficiency:
(i) No wheel of the vehicle type unloads to a value less than 60
percent of its static value on perfectly level track; and
(ii) For passenger cars, the roll angle between the floor of the
equipment and the horizontal does not exceed 8.6 degrees; or
(2) When operating through a constant radius curve at a constant
speed corresponding to the proposed cant deficiency, and a test plan is
submitted and approved by FRA in accordance with Sec. 213.345(e) and
(f):
(i) The steady-state (average) load on any wheel, throughout the
body of the curve, is not less than 60 percent of its static value on
perfectly level track; and
(ii) For passenger cars, the steady-state (average) lateral
acceleration measured on the floor of the carbody does not exceed
0.15g.
(e) The track owner or railroad shall transmit the results of the
testing specified in paragraph (d) of this section to FRA's Associate
Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer (FRA) requesting
approval for the vehicle type to operate at the desired curving speeds
allowed under the formula in paragraph (b) of this section. The request
shall be made in writing and contain, at a minimum, the following
information--
(1) A description of the vehicle type involved, including schematic
diagrams of the suspension system(s) and the estimated location of the
center of gravity above top of rail;
[[Page 16106]]
(2) The test procedure,\9\ including the load condition under which
the testing was performed, and description of the instrumentation used
to qualify the vehicle type, as well as the maximum values for wheel
unloading and roll angles or accelerations that were observed during
testing; and
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\9\ The test procedure may be conducted whereby all the wheels
on one side (right or left) of the vehicle are raised to the
proposed cant deficiency, the vertical wheel loads under each wheel
are measured, and a level is used to record the angle through which
the floor of the vehicle has been rotated.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) For vehicle types not subject to part 238 or part 229 of this
chapter, procedures or standards in effect that relate to the
maintenance of all safety-critical components of the suspension
system(s) for the particular vehicle type. Safety-critical components
of the suspension system are those that impact or have significant
influence on the roll of the carbody and the distribution of weight on
the wheels.
(f) In approving the request made pursuant to paragraph (e) of this
section, FRA may impose conditions necessary for safely operating at
the higher curving speeds. Upon FRA approval of the request, the track
owner or railroad shall notify FRA in writing no less than 30 calendar
days prior to the proposed implementation of the approved higher
curving speeds allowed under the formula in paragraph (b) of this
section. The notification shall contain, at a minimum, identification
of the track segment(s) on which the higher curving speeds are to be
implemented.
(g) The documents required by this section must be provided to FRA
by:
(1) The track owner; or
(2) A railroad that provides service with the same vehicle type
over trackage of one or more track owner(s), with the written consent
of each affected track owner.
(h) (1) Vehicle types permitted by FRA to operate at cant
deficiencies, Eu, greater than 3 inches but not more than 5
inches shall be considered qualified under this section to operate at
those permitted cant deficiencies for any Class 6 track segment. The
track owner or railroad shall notify FRA in writing no less than 30
calendar days prior to the proposed implementation of such curving
speeds in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section.
(2) Vehicle types permitted by FRA to operate at cant deficiencies,
Eu, greater than 5 inches on Class 6 track, or greater than
3 inches on Class 7 through 9 track, shall be considered qualified
under this section to operate at those permitted cant deficiencies only
for the previously operated or identified track segments(s). Operation
of these vehicle types at such cant deficiencies and track class on any
other track segment is permitted only in accordance with the
qualification requirements in this subpart.
(i) As used in this section and in Sec. Sec. 213.333 and 213.345--
(1) Vehicle means a locomotive, as defined in Sec. 229.5 of this
chapter; a freight car, as defined in Sec. 215.5 of this chapter; a
passenger car, as defined in Sec. 238.5 of this chapter; and any rail
rolling equipment used in a train with either a freight car or a
passenger car.
(2) Vehicle type means like vehicles with variations in their
physical properties, such as suspension, mass, interior arrangements,
and dimensions that do not result in significant changes to their
dynamic characteristics.
0
17. Section 213.331 is revised to read as follows:
Sec. 213.331 Track surface.
(a) For a single deviation in track surface, each track owner shall
maintain the surface of its track within the limits prescribed in the
following table:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class of track
Track surface (inches) -----------------------------------
6 7 8 9
------------------------------------------------------------------------
The deviation from uniform \1\ 1 1 \3/4\ \1/2\
profile on either rail at the mid-
ordinate of a 31-foot chord may not
be more than.......................
The deviation from uniform profile 1 1 1 \3/4\
on either rail at the mid-ordinate
of a 62-foot chord may not be more
than...............................
Except as provided in paragraph (b) 1\3/4\ 1\1/2\ 1\1/4\ 1
of this section, the deviation from
uniform profile on either rail at
the mid-ordinate of a 124-foot
chord may not be more than.........
The deviation from zero crosslevel 1 1 1 1
at any point on tangent track may
not be more than \2\...............
Reverse elevation on curves may not \1/2\ \1/2\ \1/2\ \1/2\
be more than.......................
The difference in crosslevel between 1\1/2\ 1\1/2\ 1\1/4\ 1
any two points less than 62 feet
apart may not be more than \3\.....
On curved track, the difference in 1\1/4\ 1\1/8\ 1 \3/4\
crosslevel between any two points
less than 10 feet apart (short
warp) may not be more than.........
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Uniformity for profile is established by placing the midpoint of the
specified chord at the point of maximum measurement.
\2\ If physical conditions do not permit a spiral long enough to
accommodate the minimum length of runoff, part of the runoff may be on
tangent track.
\3\ However, to control harmonics on jointed track with staggered
joints, the crosslevel differences shall not exceed 1 inch in all of
six consecutive pairs of joints, as created by seven low joints. Track
with joints staggered less than 10 feet apart shall not be considered
as having staggered joints. Joints within the seven low joints outside
of the regular joint spacing shall not be considered as joints for
purposes of this footnote.
(b) For operations at a qualified cant deficiency, Eu,
of more than 5 inches, a single deviation in track surface shall be
within the limits prescribed in the following table:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class of track
Track surface (inches) -----------------------------------
6 7 8 9
------------------------------------------------------------------------
The difference in crosslevel between 1\1/4\ 1 1\1\ \3/4\
any two points less than 10 feet
apart (short warp) may not be more
than...............................
The deviation from uniform profile 1\1/2\ 1\1/4\ 1\1/4\ 1
on either rail at the mid-ordinate
of a 124-foot chord may not be more
than...............................
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ For curves with a qualified cant deficiency, Eu, of more than 7
inches, the difference in crosslevel between any two points less than
10 feet apart (short warp) may not be more than three-quarters of an
inch.
[[Page 16107]]
(c) For three or more non-overlapping deviations in track surface
occurring within a distance equal to five times the specified chord
length, each of which exceeds the limits in the following table, each
track owner shall maintain the surface of the track within the limits
prescribed for each deviation:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class of track
Track surface (inches) -----------------------------------
6 7 8 9
------------------------------------------------------------------------
The deviation from uniform profile \3/4\ \3/4\ \1/2\ \3/8\
on either rail at the mid-ordinate
of a 31-foot chord may not be more
than...............................
The deviation from uniform profile \3/4\ \3/4\ \3/4\ \1/2\
on either rail at the mid-ordinate
of a 62-foot chord may not be more
than...............................
The deviation from uniform profile 1\1/4\ 1 \7/8\ \5/8\
on either rail at the mid-ordinate
of a 124-foot chord may not be more
than...............................
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0
18. Section 213.332 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 213.332 Combined track alinement and surface deviations.
(a) This section applies to any curved track where operations are
conducted at a qualified cant deficiency, Eu, greater than 5
inches, and to all Class 9 track, either curved or tangent.
(b) For the conditions defined in paragraph (a) of this section,
the combination of alinement and surface deviations for the same chord
length on the outside rail in a curve and on any of the two rails of a
tangent section, as measured by a TGMS, shall comply with the following
formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13MR13.013
Where--
Am = measured alinement deviation from uniformity
(outward is positive, inward is negative).
AL = allowable alinement limit as per Sec. 213.327(c)
(always positive) for the class of track.
Sm = measured profile deviation from uniformity (down is
positive, up is negative).
SL = allowable profile limit as per Sec. 213.331(a) and
Sec. 213.331(b) (always positive) for the class of track.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13MR13.014
0
19. Section 213.333 is amended by revising the section heading,
paragraphs (a), (b)(1) and (2), and (c), paragraph (g) introductory
text, paragraphs (h) through (m), and the Vehicle/Track Interaction
Safety Limits table to read as follows:
Sec. 213.333 Automated vehicle-based inspection systems.
(a) A qualifying Track Geometry Measurement System (TGMS) shall be
operated at the following frequency:
(1) For operations at a qualified cant deficiency, Eu,
of more than 5 inches on track Classes 1 through 5, at least twice per
calendar year with not less than 120 days between inspections.
(2) For track Class 6, at least once per calendar year with not
less than 170 days between inspections. For operations at a qualified
cant deficiency, Eu, of more than 5 inches on track Class 6,
at least twice per calendar year with not less than 120 days between
inspections.
(3) For track Class 7, at least twice within any 120-day period
with not less than 25 days between inspections.
(4) For track Classes 8 and 9, at least twice within any 60-day
period with not less than 12 days between inspections.
(b) * * *
(1) Track geometry measurements shall be taken no more than 3 feet
away from the contact point of wheels carrying a vertical load of no
less than 10 kips per wheel, unless otherwise approved by FRA;
(2) Track geometry measurements shall be taken and recorded on a
distance-based sampling interval preferably at 1 foot not exceeding 2
feet; and
* * * * *
(c) A qualifying TGMS shall be capable of measuring and processing
the necessary track geometry parameters to determine compliance with--
(1) For operations at a qualified cant deficiency, Eu,
of more than 5 inches on track Classes 1 through 5: Sec. 213.53, Track
gage; Sec. 213.55(b), Track alinement; Sec. 213.57, Curves; elevation
and speed limitations; Sec. 213.63, Track surface; and Sec. 213.65,
Combined track alinement and surface deviations.
(2) For track Classes 6 through 9: Sec. 213.323, Track gage; Sec.
213.327, Track alinement; Sec. 213.329, Curves; elevation and speed
limitations; Sec. 213.331, Track surface; and for operations at a cant
deficiency of more than 5 inches Sec. 213.332, Combined track
alinement and surface deviations.
* * * * *
(g) The track owner or railroad shall maintain for a period of one
year following an inspection performed by a qualifying TGMS, a copy of
the plot and the exception report for the track segment involved, and
additional records which:
* * * * *
(h) For track Classes 8 and 9, a qualifying Gage Restraint
Measurement System (GRMS) shall be operated at least once per calendar
year with at least 170 days between inspections. The lateral capacity
of the track structure shall not permit a Gage Widening Projection
(GWP) greater than 0.5 inch.
(i) A GRMS shall meet or exceed minimum design requirements
specifying that--
(1) Gage restraint shall be measured between the heads of the rail:
(i) At an interval not exceeding 16 inches;
(ii) Under an applied vertical load of no less than 10 kips per
rail; and
(iii) Under an applied lateral load that provides a lateral/
vertical load ratio of between 0.5 and 1.25,\10\ and a load severity
greater than 3 kips but less than 8 kips per rail. Load severity is
defined by the formula:
\10\ GRMS equipment using load combinations developing L/V
ratios that exceed 0.8 shall be operated with caution to protect
against the risk of wheel climb by the test wheelset.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
S = L-cV
Where--
[[Page 16108]]
S = Load severity, defined as the lateral load applied to the
fastener system (kips).
L = Actual lateral load applied (kips).
c = Coefficient of friction between rail/tie, which is assigned a
nominal value of 0.4.
V = Actual vertical load applied (kips), or static vertical wheel
load if vertical load is not measured.
(2) The measured gage and load values shall be converted to a GWP
as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13MR13.015
Where--
UTG = Unloaded track gage measured by the GRMS vehicle at a point no
less than 10 feet from any lateral or vertical load application.
LTG = Loaded track gage measured by the GRMS vehicle at a point no
more than 12 inches from the lateral load application.
L = Actual lateral load applied (kips).
V = Actual vertical load applied (kips), or static vertical wheel
load if vertical load is not measured.
GWP = Gage Widening Projection, which means the measured gage
widening, which is the difference between loaded and unloaded gage,
at the applied loads, projected to reference loads of 16 kips of
lateral force and 33 kips of vertical force.
(j) As further specified for the combination of track class, cant
deficiencies, and vehicles subject to paragraphs (j)(1) through (3) of
this section, a vehicle having dynamic response characteristics that
are representative of other vehicles assigned to the service shall be
operated over the route at the revenue speed profile. The vehicle shall
either be instrumented or equipped with a portable device that monitors
onboard instrumentation on trains. Track personnel shall be notified
when onboard accelerometers indicate a possible track-related problem.
Testing shall be conducted at the frequencies specified in paragraphs
(j)(1) through (3) of this section, unless otherwise determined by FRA
after reviewing the test data required by this subpart.
(1) For operations at a qualified cant deficiency, Eu,
of more than 5 inches on track Classes 1 through 6, carbody
acceleration shall be monitored at least once each calendar quarter
with not less than 25 days between inspections on at least one
passenger car of each type that is assigned to the service; and
(2) For operations at track Class 7 speeds, carbody and truck
accelerations shall be monitored at least twice within any 60-day
period with not less than 12 days between inspections on at least one
passenger car of each type that is assigned to the service; and
(3) For operations at track Class 8 or 9 speeds, carbody
acceleration shall be monitored at least four times within any 7-day
period with not more than 3 days between inspections on at least one
non-passenger and one passenger carrying vehicle of each type that is
assigned to the service, as appropriate. Truck acceleration shall be
monitored at least twice within any 60-day period with not less than 12
days between inspections on at least one passenger carrying vehicle of
each type that is assigned to the service, as appropriate.
(k)(1) The instrumented vehicle or the portable device, as required
in paragraph (j) of this section, shall monitor lateral and vertical
accelerations of the carbody. The accelerometers shall be attached to
the carbody on or under the floor of the vehicle, as near the center of
a truck as practicable.
(2) In addition, a device for measuring lateral accelerations shall
be mounted on a truck frame at a longitudinal location as close as
practicable to an axle's centerline (either outside axle for trucks
containing more than 2 axles), or, if approved by FRA, at an alternate
location. After monitoring this data for 2 years, or 1 million miles,
whichever occurs first, the track owner or railroad may petition FRA
for exemption from this requirement.
(3) If any of the carbody lateral, carbody vertical, or truck frame
lateral acceleration safety limits in this section's table of vehicle/
track interaction safety limits is exceeded, corrective action shall be
taken as necessary. Track personnel shall be notified when the
accelerometers indicate a possible track-related problem.
(l) For track Classes 8 and 9, the track owner or railroad shall
submit a report to FRA, once each calendar year, which provides an
analysis of the monitoring data collected in accordance with paragraphs
(j) and (k) of this section. Based on a review of the report, FRA may
require that an instrumented vehicle having dynamic response
characteristics that are representative of other vehicles assigned to
the service be operated over the track at the revenue speed profile.
The instrumented vehicle shall be equipped to measure wheel/rail
forces. If any of the wheel/rail force limits in this section's table
of vehicle/track interaction safety limits is exceeded, appropriate
speed restrictions shall be applied until corrective action is taken.
(m) The track owner or railroad shall maintain a copy of the most
recent exception records for the inspections required under paragraphs
(j), (k), and (l) of this section, as appropriate.
4910-06-P
[[Page 16109]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13MR13.016
[[Page 16110]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13MR13.017
[[Page 16111]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13MR13.018
BILLING CODE 4910-06-C
0
20. Section 213.345 is revised to read as follows:
Sec. 213.345 Vehicle/track system qualification.
(a) General. All vehicle types intended to operate at track Class 6
speeds or above, or at any curving speed producing more than 5 inches
of cant deficiency, shall be qualified for operation for their intended
track classes in accordance with this subpart. A qualification program
shall be used to demonstrate that the vehicle/track system will not
exceed the wheel/rail force safety limits and the carbody and truck
acceleration criteria specified in Sec. 213.333--
(1) At any speed up to and including 5 m.p.h. above the proposed
maximum operating speed; and
(2) On track meeting the requirements for the class of track
associated with the proposed maximum operating speed. For purposes of
qualification testing, speeds may exceed the maximum allowable
operating speed for the class of track in accordance with the test plan
approved by FRA.
(b) Existing vehicle type qualification. Vehicle types previously
qualified or permitted to operate at track Class 6 speeds or above or
at any curving speeds producing more than 5 inches of cant deficiency
prior to March 13, 2013, shall be considered as being successfully
qualified under the requirements of this section for operation at the
previously operated speeds and cant deficiencies over the previously
operated track segment(s).
(c) New vehicle type qualification. Vehicle types not previously
qualified under this subpart shall be qualified in accordance with the
requirements of this paragraph (c).
(1) Simulations or measurement of wheel/rail forces. For vehicle
types intended to operate at track Class 6 speeds, simulations or
measurement of wheel/rail forces during qualification testing shall
demonstrate that the vehicle type will not exceed the wheel/rail force
safety limits specified in Sec. 213.333. Simulations, if conducted,
shall be in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
Measurement of wheel/rail forces, if conducted, shall be performed over
a representative segment of the full route on which the vehicle type is
intended to operate.
(2) Simulations. For vehicle types intended to operate at track
Class 7 speeds or above, or at any curving speed producing more than 6
inches of cant deficiency, analysis of vehicle/track performance
(computer simulations) shall be conducted using an industry recognized
methodology on:
(i) An analytically defined track segment representative of
minimally compliant track conditions (MCAT--Minimally Compliant
Analytical Track) for the respective track class(es) as specified in
appendix D to this part; and
(ii) A track segment representative of the full route on which the
vehicle type is intended to operate. Both simulations and physical
examinations of the route's track geometry shall be used to determine a
track segment representative of the route.
(3) Carbody acceleration. For vehicle types intended to operate at
track Class 6 speeds or above, or at any curving speed producing more
than 5 inches of cant deficiency, qualification testing conducted over
a representative segment of the route shall demonstrate that the
vehicle type will not exceed the carbody lateral and vertical
acceleration safety limits specified in Sec. 213.333.
(4) Truck lateral acceleration. For vehicle types intended to
operate at track Class 6 speeds or above, qualification testing
conducted over a representative segment of the route shall demonstrate
that the vehicle type will not exceed the truck lateral acceleration
safety limit specified in Sec. 213.333.
(5) Measurement of wheel/rail forces. For vehicle types intended to
operate at track Class 7 speeds or above, or at any curving speed
producing more than 6 inches of cant deficiency, qualification testing
conducted over a representative segment of the route shall demonstrate
that the vehicle type will not exceed the wheel/rail force safety
limits specified in Sec. 213.333.
(d) Previously qualified vehicle types. Vehicle types previously
qualified under this subpart for a track class and cant deficiency on
one route may be qualified for operation at the same class and cant
deficiency on another route through analysis or testing, or both, to
demonstrate compliance with paragraph (a) of this section in accordance
with the following:
(1) Simulations or measurement of wheel/rail forces. For vehicle
types intended to operate at any curving speed producing more than 6
inches of cant deficiency, or at curving speeds that both correspond to
track Class 7 speeds or above and produce more than 5 inches of cant
deficiency, simulations or measurement of wheel/rail forces during
qualification testing shall demonstrate that the vehicle type will not
exceed the wheel/rail force safety limits specified in Sec. 213.333.
Simulations, if conducted, shall be in accordance with paragraph (c)(2)
of this section. Measurement of wheel/rail forces, if conducted, shall
be performed over a representative segment of the new route.
(2) Carbody acceleration. For vehicle types intended to operate at
any curving speed producing more than 5 inches of cant deficiency, or
at track Class 7 speeds and above, qualification testing conducted over
a representative segment of the new route shall demonstrate that the
vehicle type will not exceed the carbody lateral and vertical
acceleration safety limits specified in Sec. 213.333.
(3) Truck lateral acceleration. For vehicle types intended to
operate at track Class 7 speeds or above, measurement of truck lateral
acceleration during qualification testing shall demonstrate that the
vehicle type will not exceed the truck lateral acceleration safety
limits specified in
[[Page 16112]]
Sec. 213.333. Measurement of truck lateral acceleration, if conducted,
shall be performed over a representative segment of the new route.
(e) Qualification testing plan. To obtain the data required to
support the qualification program outlined in paragraphs (c) and (d) of
this section, the track owner or railroad shall submit a qualification
testing plan to FRA's Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief
Safety Officer (FRA) at least 60 days prior to testing, requesting
approval to conduct the testing at the desired speeds and cant
deficiencies. This test plan shall provide for a test program
sufficient to evaluate the operating limits of the track and vehicle
type and shall include:
(1) Identification of the representative segment of the route for
qualification testing;
(2) Consideration of the operating environment during qualification
testing, including operating practices and conditions, the signal
system, highway-rail grade crossings, and trains on adjacent tracks;
(3) The maximum angle found on the gage face of the designed
(newly-profiled) wheel flange referenced with respect to the axis of
the wheelset that will be used for the determination of the Single
Wheel L/V Ratio safety limit specified in Sec. 213.333;
(4) A target maximum testing speed in accordance with paragraph (a)
of this section and the maximum testing cant deficiency;
(5) An analysis and description of the signal system and operating
practices to govern operations in track Classes 7 through 9, which
shall include a statement of sufficiency in these areas for the class
of operation; and
(6) The results of vehicle/track performance simulations that are
required by this section.
(f) Qualification testing. Upon FRA approval of the qualification
testing plan, qualification testing shall be conducted in two
sequential stages as required in this subpart.
(1) Stage-one testing shall include demonstration of acceptable
vehicle dynamic response of the subject vehicle as speeds are
incrementally increased--
(i) On a segment of tangent track, from acceptable track Class 5
speeds to the target maximum test speed (when the target speed
corresponds to track Class 6 and above operations); and
(ii) On a segment of curved track, from the speeds corresponding to
3 inches of cant deficiency to the maximum testing cant deficiency.
(2) When stage-one testing has successfully demonstrated a maximum
safe operating speed and cant deficiency, stage-two testing shall
commence with the subject equipment over a representative segment of
the route as identified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
(i) A test run shall be conducted over the route segment at the
speed the railroad will request FRA to approve for such service.
(ii) An additional test run shall be conducted at 5 m.p.h. above
this speed.
(3) When conducting stage-one and stage-two testing, if any of the
monitored safety limits is exceeded on any segment of track intended
for operation at track Class 6 speeds or greater, or on any segment of
track intended for operation at more than 5 inches of cant deficiency,
testing may continue provided that the track location(s) where any of
the limits is exceeded be identified and test speeds be limited at the
track location(s) until corrective action is taken. Corrective action
may include making an adjustment in the track, in the vehicle, or both
of these system components. Measurements taken on track segments
intended for operations below track Class 6 speeds and at 5 inches of
cant deficiency, or less, are not required to be reported.
(4) Prior to the start of the qualification testing program, a
qualifying TGMS specified in Sec. 213.333 shall be operated over the
intended route within 30 calendar days prior to the start of the
qualification testing program.
(g) Qualification testing results. The track owner or railroad
shall submit a report to FRA detailing all the results of the
qualification program. When simulations are required as part of vehicle
qualification, this report shall include a comparison of simulation
predictions to the actual wheel/rail force or acceleration data, or
both, recorded during full-scale testing. The report shall be submitted
at least 60 days prior to the intended operation of the equipment in
revenue service over the route.
(h) Based on the test results and all other required submissions,
FRA will approve a maximum train speed and value of cant deficiency for
revenue service, normally within 45 days of receipt of all the required
information. FRA may impose conditions necessary for safely operating
at the maximum approved train speed and cant deficiency.
(i) The documents required by this section must be provided to FRA
by:
(1) The track owner; or
(2) A railroad that provides service with the same vehicle type
over trackage of one or more track owner(s), with the written consent
of each affected track owner.
0
21. Section 213.355 is revised to read as follows:
Sec. 213.355 Frog guard rails and guard faces; gage.
The guard check and guard face gages in frogs shall be within the
limits prescribed in the following table--
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guard check gage Guard face gage
-------------------------------------------------------------
The distance between the gage
line of a frog to the guard
line \1\ of its guard rail or The distance between guard
Class of track guarding face, measured lines,\1\ measured across the
across the track at right track at right angles to the
angles to the gage line,\2\ gage line,\2\ may not be more
may not be less than-- than--
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class 6, 7, 8 and 9 track......................... 4'6\1/2\'' 4'5''
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ A line along that side of the flangeway which is nearer to the center of the track and at the same elevation
as the gage line.
\2\ A line five-eighths of an inch below the top of the center line of the head of the running rail, or
corresponding location of the tread portion of the track structure.
[[Page 16113]]
0
22. Appendix A to part 213 is revised to read as follows:
Appendix A to Part 213--Maximum Allowable Curving Speeds
This appendix contains four tables identifying maximum allowing
curving speeds based on 3, 4, 5, and 6 inches of unbalance (cant
deficiency), respectively.
Table 1--Three Inches Unbalance
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Elevation of outer rail (inches)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 \1/2\ 1 1\1/2\ 2 2\1/2\ 3 3\1/2\ 4 4\1/2\ 5 5\1/2\ 6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Degree of curvature Maximum allowable operating speed (m.p.h.)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0[deg]30'.......................... 93 100 107 113 120 125 131 136 141 146 151 156 160
0[deg]40'.......................... 80 87 93 98 104 109 113 118 122 127 131 135 139
0[deg]50'.......................... 72 77 83 88 93 97 101 106 110 113 117 121 124
1[deg]00'.......................... 65 71 76 80 85 89 93 96 100 104 107 110 113
1[deg]15'.......................... 59 63 68 72 76 79 83 86 89 93 96 99 101
1[deg]30'.......................... 53 58 62 65 69 72 76 79 82 85 87 90 93
1[deg]45'.......................... 49 53 57 61 64 67 70 73 76 78 81 83 86
2[deg]00'.......................... 46 50 53 57 60 63 65 68 71 73 76 78 80
2[deg]15'.......................... 44 47 50 53 56 59 62 64 67 69 71 73 76
2[deg]30'.......................... 41 45 48 51 53 56 59 61 63 65 68 70 72
2[deg]45'.......................... 39 43 46 48 51 53 56 58 60 62 64 66 68
3[deg]00'.......................... 38 41 44 46 49 51 53 56 58 60 62 64 65
3[deg]15'.......................... 36 39 42 44 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63
3[deg]30'.......................... 35 38 40 43 45 47 49 52 53 55 57 59 61
3[deg]45'.......................... 34 37 39 41 44 46 48 50 52 53 55 57 59
4[deg]00'.......................... 33 35 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 53 55 57
4[deg]30'.......................... 31 33 36 38 40 42 44 45 47 49 50 52 53
5[deg]00'.......................... 29 32 34 36 38 40 41 43 45 46 48 49 51
5[deg]30'.......................... 28 30 32 34 36 38 39 41 43 44 46 47 48
6[deg]00'.......................... 27 29 31 33 35 36 38 39 41 42 44 45 46
6[deg]30'.......................... 26 28 30 31 33 35 36 38 39 41 42 43 44
7[deg]00'.......................... 25 27 29 30 32 34 35 36 38 39 40 42 43
8[deg]00'.......................... 23 25 27 28 30 31 33 34 35 37 38 39 40
9[deg]00'.......................... 22 24 25 27 28 30 31 32 33 35 36 37 38
10[deg]00'......................... 21 22 24 25 27 28 29 30 32 33 34 35 36
11[deg]00'......................... 20 21 23 24 25 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
12[deg]00'......................... 19 20 22 23 24 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2--Four Inches Unbalance
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Elevation of outer rail (inches)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 \1/2\ 1 1\1/2\ 2 2\1/2\ 3 3\1/2\ 4 4\1/2\ 5 5\1/2\ 6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Degree of curvature Maximum allowable operating speed (m.p.h.)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0[deg]30'.......................... 107 113 120 125 131 136 141 146 151 156 160 165 169
0[deg]40'.......................... 93 98 104 109 113 118 122 127 131 135 139 143 146
0[deg]50'.......................... 83 88 93 97 101 106 110 113 117 121 124 128 131
1[deg]00'.......................... 76 80 85 89 93 96 100 104 107 110 113 116 120
1[deg]15'.......................... 68 72 76 79 83 86 89 93 96 99 101 104 107
1[deg]30'.......................... 62 65 69 72 76 79 82 85 87 90 93 95 98
1[deg]45'.......................... 57 61 64 67 70 73 76 78 81 83 86 88 90
2[deg]00'.......................... 53 57 60 63 65 68 71 73 76 78 80 82 85
2[deg]15'.......................... 50 53 56 59 62 64 67 69 71 73 76 78 80
2[deg]30'.......................... 48 51 53 56 59 61 63 65 68 70 72 74 76
2[deg]45'.......................... 46 48 51 53 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72
3[deg]00'.......................... 44 46 49 51 53 56 58 60 62 64 65 67 69
3[deg]15'.......................... 42 44 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 66
3[deg]30'.......................... 40 43 45 47 49 52 53 55 57 59 61 62 64
3[deg]45'.......................... 39 41 44 46 48 50 52 53 55 57 59 60 62
4[deg]00'.......................... 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 53 55 57 58 60
4[deg]30'.......................... 36 38 40 42 44 45 47 49 50 52 53 55 56
5[deg]00'.......................... 34 36 38 40 41 43 45 46 48 49 51 52 53
5[deg]30'.......................... 32 34 36 38 39 41 43 44 46 47 48 50 51
6[deg]00'.......................... 31 33 35 36 38 39 41 42 44 45 46 48 49
6[deg]30'.......................... 30 31 33 35 36 38 39 41 42 43 44 46 47
7[deg]00'.......................... 29 30 32 34 35 36 38 39 40 42 43 44 45
8[deg]00'.......................... 27 28 30 31 33 34 35 37 38 39 40 41 42
9[deg]00'.......................... 25 27 28 30 31 32 33 35 36 37 38 39 40
[[Page 16114]]
10[deg]00'......................... 24 25 27 28 29 30 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
11[deg]00'......................... 23 24 25 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
12[deg]00'......................... 22 23 24 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 3--Five Inches Unbalance
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Elevation of outer rail (inches)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 \1/2\ 1 1\1/2\ 2 2\1/2\ 3 3\1/2\ 4 4\1/2\ 5 5\1/2\ 6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Degree of curvature Maximum allowable operating speed (m.p.h.)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0[deg]30'.......................... 120 125 131 136 141 146 151 156 160 165 169 173 177
0[deg]40'.......................... 104 109 113 118 122 127 131 135 139 143 146 150 150
0[deg]50'.......................... 93 97 101 106 110 113 117 121 124 128 131 134 137
1[deg]00'.......................... 85 89 93 96 100 104 107 110 113 116 120 122 125
1[deg]15'.......................... 76 79 83 86 89 93 96 99 101 104 107 110 112
1[deg]30'.......................... 69 72 76 79 82 85 87 90 93 95 98 100 102
1[deg]45'.......................... 64 67 70 73 76 78 81 83 86 88 90 93 95
2[deg]00'.......................... 60 63 65 68 71 73 76 78 80 82 85 87 89
2[deg]15'.......................... 56 59 62 64 67 69 71 73 76 78 80 82 84
2[deg]30'.......................... 53 56 59 61 63 65 68 70 72 74 76 77 79
2[deg]45'.......................... 51 53 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76
3[deg]00'.......................... 49 51 53 56 58 60 62 64 65 67 69 71 72
3[deg]15'.......................... 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 66 68 70
3[deg]30'.......................... 45 47 49 52 53 55 57 59 61 62 64 65 67
3[deg]45'.......................... 44 46 48 50 52 53 55 57 59 60 62 63 65
4[deg]00'.......................... 42 44 46 48 50 52 53 55 57 58 60 61 63
4[deg]30'.......................... 40 42 44 45 47 49 50 52 53 55 56 58 59
5[deg]00'.......................... 38 40 41 43 45 46 48 49 51 52 53 55 56
5[deg]30'.......................... 36 38 39 41 43 44 46 47 48 50 51 52 53
6[deg]00'.......................... 35 36 38 39 41 42 44 45 46 48 49 50 51
6[deg]30'.......................... 33 35 36 38 39 41 42 43 44 46 47 48 49
7[deg]00'.......................... 32 34 35 36 38 39 40 42 43 44 45 46 47
8[deg]00'.......................... 30 31 33 34 35 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
9[deg]00'.......................... 28 30 31 32 33 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
10[deg]00'......................... 27 28 29 30 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
11[deg]00'......................... 25 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
12[deg]00'......................... 24 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 35 36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 4--Six Inches Unbalance
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Elevation of outer rail (inches)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 \1/2\ 1 1\1/2\ 2 2\1/2\ 3 3\1/2\ 4 4\1/2\ 5 5\1/2\ 6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Degree of curvature Maximum allowable operating speed (m.p.h.)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0[deg]30'.......................... 131 136 141 146 151 156 160 165 169 173 177 181 185
0[deg]40'.......................... 113 118 122 127 131 135 139 143 146 150 154 157 160
0[deg]50'.......................... 101 106 110 113 117 121 124 128 131 134 137 140 143
1[deg]00'.......................... 93 96 100 104 107 110 113 116 120 122 125 128 131
1[deg]15'.......................... 83 86 89 93 96 99 101 104 107 110 112 115 117
1[deg]30'.......................... 76 79 82 85 87 90 93 95 98 100 102 105 107
1[deg]45'.......................... 70 73 76 78 81 83 86 88 90 93 95 97 99
2[deg]00'.......................... 65 68 71 73 76 78 80 82 85 87 89 91 93
2[deg]15'.......................... 62 64 67 69 71 73 76 78 80 82 84 85 87
2[deg]30'.......................... 59 61 63 65 68 70 72 74 76 77 79 81 83
2[deg]45'.......................... 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 77 79
3[deg]00'.......................... 53 56 58 60 62 64 65 67 69 71 72 74 76
3[deg]15'.......................... 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 66 68 70 71 73
3[deg]30'.......................... 49 52 53 55 57 59 61 62 64 65 67 69 70
3[deg]45'.......................... 48 50 52 53 55 57 59 60 62 63 65 66 68
4[deg]00'.......................... 46 48 50 52 53 55 57 58 60 61 63 64 65
[[Page 16115]]
4[deg]30'.......................... 44 45 47 49 50 52 53 55 56 58 59 60 62
5[deg]00'.......................... 41 43 45 46 48 49 51 52 53 55 56 57 59
5[deg]30'.......................... 39 41 43 44 46 47 48 50 51 52 53 55 56
6[deg]00'.......................... 38 39 41 42 44 45 46 48 49 50 51 52 53
6[deg]30'.......................... 36 38 39 41 42 43 44 46 47 48 49 50 51
7[deg]00'.......................... 35 36 38 39 40 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
8[deg]00'.......................... 33 34 35 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46
9[deg]00'.......................... 31 32 33 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
10[deg]00'......................... 29 30 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 41
11[deg]00'......................... 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 39
12[deg]00'......................... 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 35 36 37 38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0
23. Amend appendix B to part 213:
0
a. Under subpart C by removing the entry for Sec. 13.55 and adding
entries for Sec. Sec. 213.55 and 213.65 in numerical order;
0
b. By revising the subpart D heading and under it revising the entries
for Sec. Sec. 213.109 and 213.127, and adding the entry for Sec.
213.110 in numerical order;
0
c. By adding the entry for Sec. 213.234 in numerical order under
subpart F;
0
d. By revising the subpart G heading and under it revising the entries
for Sec. Sec. 213.307, 213.327, 213.329, 213.333, and 213.345, and
adding the entry for Sec. 213.332 in numerical order.
The revisions and additions read as follows:
Appendix B to Part 213--Schedule of Civil Penalties
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Willful
Section Violation violation \1\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUBPART C--TRACK GEOMETRY:
* * * * * * *
213.55 Track alinement.............. 5,000 7,500
* * * * * * *
213.65 Combined track alinement and 5,000 7,500
surface deviations.................
SUBPART D--TRACK STRUCTURE:
* * * * * * *
213.109 Crossties
(a) Material used............... 1,000 2,000
(b) Distribution of ties........ 2,500 5,000
(c) and (d) Sufficient number of 1,000 2,000
non-defective ties.............
(e) Joint ties.................. 2,500 5,000
(f) Track constructed without 2,500 5,000
crossties......................
213.110 Gage restraint measurement 5,000 7,500
systems............................
* * * * * * *
213.127 Rail Fastening Systems...... 2,500 5,000
* * * * * * *
SUBPART F--INSPECTION:
* * * * * * *
213.234 Automated inspection of 5,000 7,500
track constructed with concrete
crossties..........................
* * * * * * *
SUBPART G--TRAIN OPERATIONS AT TRACK
CLASSES 6 AND HIGHER:
* * * * * * *
213.307 Classes of track: operating 2,500 5,000
speed limits.......................
* * * * * * *
213.327 Track alinement............. 5,000 7,500
213.329 Curves; elevation and speed 2,500 5,000
limits.............................
* * * * * * *
213.332 Combined track alinement and 5,000 7,500
surface deviations.................
213.333 Automated vehicle-based 5,000 7,500
inspection systems.................
[[Page 16116]]
* * * * * * *
213.345 Vehicle/track system
qualification:
(a) through (d)................. 5,000 7,500
(e) through (i)................. 2,500 5,000
* * * * * * *
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ A penalty may be assessed against an individual only for a willful
violation. The Administrator reserves the right to assess a penalty of
up to $105,000 for any violation where circumstances warrant. See 49
CFR part 209, appendix A.
0
24. Appendix C to part 213 is added and reserved.
0
25. Appendix D to part 213 is added to read as follows:
Appendix D to Part 213--Minimally Compliant Analytical Track (MCAT)
Simulations Used for Qualifying Vehicles To Operate at High Speeds and
at High Cant Deficiencies
1. This appendix contains requirements for using computer
simulations to comply with the vehicle/track system qualification
testing requirements specified in subpart G of this part. These
simulations shall be performed using a track model containing
defined geometry perturbations at the limits that are permitted for
a specific class of track and level of cant deficiency. This track
model is known as MCAT, Minimally Compliant Analytical Track. These
simulations shall be used to identify vehicle dynamic performance
issues prior to service or, as appropriate, a change in service, and
demonstrate that a vehicle type is suitable for operation on the
track over which it is intended to operate.
2. As specified in Sec. 213.345(c)(2), MCAT shall be used for
the qualification of new vehicle types intended to operate at track
Class 7 speeds or above, or at any curving speed producing more than
6 inches of cant deficiency. MCAT may also be used for the
qualification of new vehicle types intended to operate at speeds
corresponding to Class 6 track, as specified in Sec. 213.345(c)(1).
In addition, as specified in Sec. 213.345(d)(1), MCAT may be used
to qualify on new routes vehicle types that have previously been
qualified on other routes and are intended to operate at any curving
speed producing more than 6 inches of cant deficiency, or at curving
speeds that both correspond to track Class 7 speeds or above and
produce more than 5 inches of cant deficiency.
(a) Validation. To validate the vehicle model used for
simulations under this part, the track owner or railroad shall
obtain vehicle simulation predictions using measured track geometry
data, chosen from the same track section over which testing shall be
performed as specified in Sec. 213.345(c)(2)(ii). These predictions
shall be submitted to FRA in support of the request for approval of
the qualification testing plan. Full validation of the vehicle model
used for simulations under this part shall be determined when the
results of the simulations demonstrate that they replicate all key
responses observed during qualification testing.
(b) MCAT layout. MCAT consists of nine segments, each designed
to test a vehicle's performance in response to a specific type of
track perturbation. The basic layout of MCAT is shown in figure 1 of
this appendix, by type of track (curving or tangent), class of
track, and cant deficiency (CD). The values for wavelength,
[lambda], amplitude of perturbation, a, and segment length, d, are
specified in this appendix. The bars at the top of figure 1 show
which segments are required depending on the speed and degree of
curvature. For example, the hunting perturbation section is not
required for simulation of curves greater than or equal to 1 degree.
[[Page 16117]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13MR13.019
(1) MCAT segments. MCAT's nine segments contain different types
of track deviations in which the shape of each deviation is a
versine having wavelength and amplitude varied for each simulation
speed as further specified. The nine MCAT segments are defined as
follows:
(i) Hunting perturbation (a1): This segment contains
an alinement deviation having a wavelength, [lambda], of 10 feet and
amplitude of 0.25 inch on both rails to test vehicle stability on
tangent track and on track that is curved less than 1 degree.
(ii) Gage narrowing (a2): This segment contains an
alinement deviation on one rail to reduce the gage from the nominal
value to the minimum permissible gage or maximum alinement
(whichever comes first).
(iii) Gage widening (a3): This segment contains an
alinement deviation on one rail to increase the gage from the
nominal value to the maximum permissible gage or maximum alinement
(whichever comes first).
(iv) Repeated surface (a9): This segment contains
three consecutive maximum permissible profile variations on each
rail.
(v) Repeated alinement (a4): This segment contains
two consecutive maximum permissible alinement variations on each
rail.
(vi) Single surface (a10, a11): This
segment contains a maximum permissible profile variation on one
rail. If the maximum permissible profile variation alone produces a
condition which exceeds the maximum allowed warp condition, a second
profile variation is also placed on the opposite rail to limit the
warp to the maximum permissible value.
(vii) Single alinement (a5, a6): This
segment contains a maximum permissible alinement variation on one
rail. If the maximum permissible alinement variation alone produces
a condition which exceeds the maximum allowed gage condition, a
second alinement variation is also placed on the opposite rail to
limit the gage to the maximum permissible value.
(viii) Short warp (a12): This segment contains a pair
of profile deviations to produce a maximum permissible 10-foot warp
perturbation. The first is on the outside rail, and the second
follows 10 feet farther on the inside rail. Each deviation has a
wavelength, [lambda], of 20 feet and variable amplitude for each
simulation speed as described below. This segment is to be used only
on curved track simulations.
(ix) Combined perturbation (a7, a8,
a13): This segment contains a maximum permissible down
and out combined geometry condition on the outside rail in the body
of the curve. If the maximum permissible variations produce a
condition which exceeds the maximum allowed gage condition, a second
variation is also placed on the opposite rail as for the MCAT
segments described in paragraphs (b)(1)(vi) and (vii) of this
appendix. This segment is to be used for all simulations on Class 9
track, and only for curved track simulations at speeds producing
more than 5 inches of cant deficiency on track Classes 6 through 8,
and at speeds producing more than 6 inches of cant deficiency on
track Classes 1 through 5.
(2) Segment lengths: Each MCAT segment shall be long enough to
allow the vehicle's response to the track deviation(s) to damp out.
Each segment shall also have a minimum length as specified in table
1 of this appendix, which references the distances in figure 1 of
this appendix. For curved track segments, the perturbations shall be
placed far enough in the body of the curve to allow for any spiral
effects to damp out.
Table 1 of Appendix D to Part 213 Minimum Lengths of MCAT Segments
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Distances (ft)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6 d7 d8 d9
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1000.................................... 1000 1000 1500 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 16118]]
(3) Degree of curvature.
(i) For each simulation involving assessment of curving
performance, the degree of curvature, D, which generates a particular
level of cant deficiency, Eu, for a given speed, V, shall be
calculated using the following equation, which assumes a curve with 6
inches of superelevation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13MR13.020
Where--
D = Degree of curvature (degrees).
V = Simulation speed (m.p.h.).
Eu = Cant deficiency (inches).
(ii) Table 2 of this appendix depicts the degree of curvature for
use in MCAT simulations of both passenger and freight equipment
performance on Class 2 through 9 track, based on the equation in
paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this appendix. The degree of curvature for use
in MCAT simulations of equipment performance on Class 1 track is not
depicted; it would be based on the same equation using an appropriate
superelevation. The degree of curvature for use in MCAT simulations of
freight equipment performance on Class 6 (freight) track is shown in
italics for cant deficiencies not exceeding 6 inches, to emphasize that
the values apply to freight equipment only.
BILLING CODE 4910-06-P
[[Page 16119]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13MR13.021
BILLING CODE 4910-06-C
(c) Required simulations.
(1) To develop a comprehensive assessment of vehicle performance,
simulations shall be performed for a variety of scenarios using MCAT.
These simulations shall be performed on tangent or curved track, or
both, depending on the level of cant deficiency and speed (track class)
as summarized in table 3 of this appendix.
[[Page 16120]]
Table 3 of Appendix D to Part 213 Summary of Required Vehicle
Performance Assessment Using Simulations
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Previously qualified
New vehicle types vehicle types
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Curved track: cant Curving performance Curving performance
deficiency <= 6 inches. simulation: not simulation: not
required for track required for track
Classes 1 through Classes 1 through
5; optional for 6; optional for
track Class 6; track Classes 7
required for track through 9 for cant
Classes 7 through 9. deficiency > 5
inches.
Curved track: cant Curving performance Curving performance
deficiency > 6 inches. simulation required simulation optional
for all track for all track
classes. classes.
Tangent track............... Tangent performance Tangent performance
simulation: not simulation not
required for track required for any
Classes 1 through track class.
5; optional for
track Class 6;
required for track
Classes 7 through 9.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(i) All simulations shall be performed using the design wheel
profile and a nominal track gage of 56.5 inches, using tables 4, 5, 6,
or 7 of this appendix, as appropriate. In addition, all simulations
involving the assessment of curving performance shall be repeated using
a nominal track gage of 57.0 inches, using tables 5, 6, or 7 of this
appendix, as appropriate.
(ii) If the wheel profile is different than American Public
Transportation Administration (APTA) wheel profiles 320 or 340, then
for tangent track segments all simulations shall be repeated using
either APTA wheel profile 320 or 340, depending on the established
conicity that is common for the operation, as specified in APTA SS-M-
015-06, Standard for Wheel Flange Angle of Passenger Equipment (2007).
This APTA standard is incorporated by reference into this appendix with
the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C.
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that
specified in this appendix, FRA must publish notice of change in the
Federal Register and the material must be made available to the public.
All approved material is available for inspection at the Federal
Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE.,
Washington, DC 20590 (telephone 202-493-6030), and is available from
the American Public Transportation Association, 1666 K Street NW.,
Suite 1100, Washington, DC 20006 (telephone 202-496-4800;
www.apta.com). It is also available for inspection at the National
Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the
availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
https://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html. An alternative worn wheel profile may
be used in lieu of either APTA wheel profile, if approved by FRA.
(iii) All simulations shall be performed using a wheel/rail
coefficient of friction of 0.5.
(2) Vehicle performance on tangent track Classes 6 through 9. For
maximum vehicle speeds corresponding to track Class 6 and higher, the
MCAT segments described in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (vii) of this
appendix shall be used to assess vehicle performance on tangent track.
For track Class 9, simulations must also include the combined
perturbation segment described in paragraph (b)(1)(ix) of this
appendix. A parametric matrix of MCAT simulations shall be performed
using the following range of conditions:
(i) Vehicle speed. Simulations shall demonstrate that at up to 5
m.p.h. above the proposed maximum operating speed, the vehicle type
shall not exceed the wheel/rail force and acceleration criteria defined
in the Vehicle/Track Interaction Safety Limits table in Sec. 213.333.
Simulations shall also demonstrate acceptable vehicle dynamic response
by incrementally increasing speed from 95 m.p.h. (115 m.p.h. if a
previously qualified vehicle type on an untested route) to 5 m.p.h.
above the proposed maximum operating speed (in 5 m.p.h. increments).
(ii) Perturbation wavelength. For each speed, a set of three
separate MCAT simulations shall be performed. In each MCAT simulation
for the perturbation segments described in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii)
through (vii) and (b)(1)(ix) of this appendix, every perturbation shall
have the same wavelength. The following three wavelengths, [lambda],
shall be used: 31, 62, and 124 feet. The hunting perturbation segment
described in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this appendix has a fixed
wavelength, [lambda], of 10 feet.
(iii) Amplitude parameters. Table 4 of this appendix provides the
amplitude values for the MCAT segments described in paragraphs
(b)(1)(i) through (vii) and (b)(1)(ix) of this appendix for each speed
of the required parametric MCAT simulations. The last set of
simulations shall be performed at 5 m.p.h. above the proposed maximum
operating speed using the amplitude values in table 4 that correspond
to the proposed maximum operating speed. For qualification of vehicle
types at speeds greater than track Class 6 speeds, the following
additional simulations shall be performed:
(A) For vehicle types being qualified for track Class 7 speeds, one
additional set of simulations shall be performed at 115 m.p.h. using
the track Class 6 amplitude values in table 4 (i.e., a 5 m.p.h.
overspeed on Class 6 track).
(B) For vehicle types being qualified for track Class 8 speeds, two
additional sets of simulations shall be performed. The first set at 115
m.p.h. using the track Class 6 amplitude values in table 4 (i.e., a 5
m.p.h. overspeed on Class 6 track), and a second set at 130 m.p.h.
using the track Class 7 amplitude values in table 4 (i.e., a 5 m.p.h.
overspeed on Class 7 track).
(C) For vehicle types being qualified for track Class 9 speeds,
three additional sets of simulations shall be performed. The first set
at 115 m.p.h. using the track Class 6 amplitude values in table 4
(i.e., a 5 m.p.h. overspeed on Class 6 track), a second set at 130
m.p.h. using the track Class 7 amplitude values in table 4 (i.e., a 5
m.p.h. overspeed on Class 7 track), and a third set at 165 m.p.h. using
the track Class 8 amplitude values in table 4 (i.e., a 5 m.p.h.
overspeed on Class 8 track).
BILLING CODE 4910-06-P
[[Page 16121]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13MR13.022
BILLING CODE 4910-06-C
(3) Vehicle performance on curved track Classes 6 through 9. For
maximum vehicle speeds corresponding to track Class 6 and higher, the
MCAT segments described in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) through (viii) of this
appendix shall be used to assess vehicle performance on curved track.
For curves less than 1 degree, simulations must also include the
hunting perturbation segment described in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this
appendix. For track Class 9 and for cant deficiencies greater than 5
inches, simulations must also include the combined perturbation segment
described in paragraph (b)(1)(ix) of this appendix. A parametric matrix
of MCAT simulations shall be performed using the following range of
conditions:
(i) Vehicle speed. Simulations shall demonstrate that at up to 5
m.p.h. above the proposed maximum operating speed, the vehicle type
shall not exceed the wheel/rail force and acceleration criteria defined
in the Vehicle/Track Interaction Safety Limits table in Sec. 213.333.
Simulations shall also demonstrate acceptable vehicle dynamic response
by incrementally increasing
[[Page 16122]]
speed from 95 m.p.h. (115 m.p.h. if a previously qualified vehicle type
on an untested route) to 5 m.p.h. above the proposed maximum operating
speed (in 5 m.p.h. increments).
(ii) Perturbation wavelength. For each speed, a set of three
separate MCAT simulations shall be performed. In each MCAT simulation
for the perturbation segments described in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii)
through (vii) and paragraph (b)(1)(ix) of this appendix, every
perturbation shall have the same wavelength. The following three
wavelengths, [lambda], shall be used: 31, 62, and 124 feet. The hunting
perturbation segment described in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this appendix
has a fixed wavelength, [lambda], of 10 feet, and the short warp
perturbation segment described in paragraph (b)(1)(viii) of this
appendix has a fixed wavelength, [lambda], of 20 feet.
(iii) Track curvature. For each speed, a range of curvatures shall
be used to produce cant deficiency conditions ranging from greater than
3 inches up to the maximum intended for qualification (in 1 inch
increments). The value of curvature, D, shall be determined using the
equation defined in paragraph (b)(3) of this appendix. Each curve shall
include representations of the MCAT segments described in paragraphs
(b)(1)(i) through (ix) of this appendix, as appropriate, and have a
fixed superelevation of 6 inches.
(iv) Amplitude parameters. Table 5 of this appendix provides the
amplitude values for each speed of the required parametric MCAT
simulations for cant deficiencies greater than 3 inches and not more
than 5 inches. Table 6 of this appendix provides the amplitude values
for each speed of the required parametric MCAT simulations for cant
deficiencies greater than 5 inches. The last set of simulations at the
maximum cant deficiency shall be performed at 5 m.p.h. above the
proposed maximum operating speed using the amplitude values in table 5
or 6 of this appendix, as appropriate, that correspond to the proposed
maximum operating speed and cant deficiency. For these simulations, the
value of curvature, D, shall correspond to the proposed maximum
operating speed and cant deficiency. For qualification of vehicle types
at speeds greater than track Class 6 speeds, the following additional
simulations shall be performed:
(A) For vehicle types being qualified for track Class 7 speeds, one
additional set of simulations shall be performed at 115 m.p.h. using
the track Class 6 amplitude values in table 5 or 6 of this appendix, as
appropriate (i.e., a 5 m.p.h. overspeed on Class 6 track) and a value
of curvature, D, that corresponds to 110 m.p.h. and the proposed
maximum cant deficiency.
(B) For vehicle types being qualified for track Class 8 speeds, two
additional set of simulations shall be performed. The first set of
simulations shall be performed at 115 m.p.h. using the track Class 6
amplitude values in table 5 or 6 of this appendix, as appropriate
(i.e., a 5 m.p.h. overspeed on Class 6 track) and a value of curvature,
D, that corresponds to 110 m.p.h. and the proposed maximum cant
deficiency. The second set of simulations shall be performed at 130
m.p.h. using the track Class 7 amplitude values in table 5 or 6, as
appropriate (i.e., a 5 m.p.h. overspeed on Class 7 track) and a value
of curvature, D, that corresponds to 125 m.p.h. and the proposed
maximum cant deficiency.
(C) For vehicle types being qualified for track Class 9 speeds,
three additional sets of simulations shall be performed. The first set
of simulations shall be performed at 115 m.p.h. using the track Class 6
amplitude values in table 5 or 6 of this appendix, as appropriate
(i.e., a 5 m.p.h. overspeed on Class 6 track) and a value of curvature,
D, that corresponds to 110 m.p.h. and the proposed maximum cant
deficiency. The second set of simulations shall be performed at 130
m.p.h. using the track Class 7 amplitude values in table 5 or 6, as
appropriate (i.e., a 5 m.p.h. overspeed on Class 7 track) and a value
of curvature, D, that corresponds to 125 m.p.h. and the proposed
maximum cant deficiency. The third set of simulations shall be
performed at 165 m.p.h. using the track Class 8 amplitude values in
table 5 or 6, as appropriate (i.e., a 5 m.p.h. overspeed on Class 8
track) and a value of curvature, D, that corresponds to 160 m.p.h. and
the proposed maximum cant deficiency.
BILLING CODE 4910-06-P
[[Page 16123]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13MR13.023
[[Page 16124]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13MR13.024
(4) Vehicle performance on curved track Classes 1 through 5 at high
cant deficiency. For maximum vehicle speeds corresponding to track
Classes 1 through 5, the MCAT segments described in paragraphs
(b)(1)(ii) through (ix) of this appendix shall be used to assess
vehicle performance on curved track if the proposed maximum cant
deficiency is greater than 6 inches. A parametric matrix of MCAT
simulations shall be performed using the following range of conditions:
(i) Vehicle speed. Simulations shall demonstrate that at up to 5
m.p.h. above the proposed maximum operating speed, the vehicle shall
not exceed the wheel/rail force and acceleration criteria defined in
the Vehicle/Track Interaction Safety Limits table in Sec. 213.333.
Simulations shall also demonstrate acceptable vehicle dynamic response
at 5 m.p.h. above the proposed maximum operating speed.
[[Page 16125]]
(ii) Perturbation wavelength. For each speed, a set of two separate
MCAT simulations shall be performed. In each MCAT simulation for the
perturbation segments described in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) through (vii)
and paragraph (b)(1)(ix) of this appendix, every perturbation shall
have the same wavelength. The following two wavelengths, [lambda],
shall be used: 31 and 62 feet. The short warp perturbation segment
described in paragraph (b)(1)(viii) of this appendix has a fixed
wavelength, [lambda], of 20 feet.
(iii) Track curvature. For a speed corresponding to 5 m.p.h. above
the proposed maximum operating speed, a range of curvatures shall be
used to produce cant deficiency conditions ranging from 6 inches up to
the maximum intended for qualification (in 1 inch increments). The
value of curvature, D, shall be determined using the equation in
paragraph (b)(3) of this appendix. Each curve shall contain the MCAT
segments described in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) through (ix) of this
appendix and have a fixed superelevation of 6 inches.
(iv) Amplitude parameters. Table 7 of this appendix provides the
amplitude values for the MCAT segments described in paragraphs
(b)(1)(ii) through (ix) of this appendix for each speed of the required
parametric MCAT simulations.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13MR13.025
BILLING CODE 4910-06-C
PART 238--[AMENDED]
0
26. The authority citation for part 238 is revised to read as follows:
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 20103, 20107, 20133, 20141, 20302-20303,
20306, 20701-20702, 21301-21302, 21304; 28 U.S.C. 2461, note; and 49
CFR 1.89.
Subpart C--Specific Requirements for Tier I Passenger Equipment
0
27. Section 238.227 is revised to read as follows:
Sec. 238.227 Suspension system.
On or after November 8, 1999--
(a) All passenger equipment shall exhibit freedom from truck
hunting at all operating speeds. If truck hunting does occur, a
railroad shall immediately take appropriate action to prevent
[[Page 16126]]
derailment. Truck hunting is defined in Sec. 213.333 of this chapter.
(b) Nothing in this section shall affect the requirements of the
Track Safety Standards in part 213 of this chapter as they apply to
passenger equipment as provided in that part. In particular--
(1) Pre-revenue service qualification. All passenger equipment
intended for service at speeds greater than 90 mph or at any curving
speed producing more than 5 inches of cant deficiency shall demonstrate
safe operation during pre-revenue service qualification in accordance
with Sec. 213.345 of this chapter and is subject to the requirements
of either Sec. 213.57 or Sec. 213.329 of this chapter, as
appropriate.
(2) Revenue service operation. All passenger equipment intended for
service at speeds greater than 90 mph or at any curving speed producing
more than 5 inches of cant deficiency is subject to the requirements of
Sec. 213.333 of this chapter and either Sec. 213.57 or Sec. 213.329
of this chapter, as appropriate.
Subpart E--Specific Requirements for Tier II Passenger Equipment
0
28. Section 238.427 is amended by revising paragraphs (a)(2), (b), and
(c), and by removing paragraph (d) to read as follows:
Sec. 238.427 Suspension system.
(a) * * *
(2) All passenger equipment shall meet the safety performance
standards for suspension systems contained in part 213 of this chapter,
or alternative standards providing at least equivalent safety if
approved by FRA under the provisions of Sec. 238.21. In particular--
(i) Pre-revenue service qualification. All passenger equipment
shall demonstrate safe operation during pre-revenue service
qualification in accordance with Sec. 213.345 of this chapter and is
subject to the requirements of Sec. 213.329 of this chapter.
(ii) Revenue service operation. All passenger equipment in service
is subject to the requirements of Sec. Sec. 213.329 and 213.333 of
this chapter.
(b) Carbody acceleration. A passenger car shall not operate under
conditions that result in a steady-state lateral acceleration greater
than 0.15g, as measured parallel to the car floor inside the passenger
compartment. Additional carbody acceleration limits are specified in
Sec. 213.333 of this chapter.
(c) Truck (hunting) acceleration. Each truck shall be equipped with
a permanently installed lateral accelerometer mounted on the truck
frame. If truck hunting is detected, the train monitoring system shall
provide an alarm to the locomotive engineer, and the train shall be
slowed to a speed at least 5 mph less than the speed at which the truck
hunting stopped. Truck hunting is defined in Sec. 213.333 of this
chapter.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ A penalty may be assessed against an individual only for a
willful violation. Generally when two or more violations of these
regulations are discovered with respect to a single unit of
passenger equipment that is placed or continued in service by a
railroad, the appropriate penalties set forth above are aggregated
up to a maximum of $16,000 per day. However, failure to perform,
with respect to a particular unit of passenger equipment, any of the
inspections and tests required under subparts D and F of this part
will be treated as a violation separate and distinct from, and in
addition to, any substantive violative conditions found on that unit
of passenger equipment. Moreover, the Administrator reserves the
right to assess a penalty of up to $105,000 for any violation where
circumstances warrant. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A.
Failure to observe any condition for movement of defective
equipment set forth in Sec. 238.17 will deprive the railroad of the
benefit of the movement-for-repair provision and make the railroad
and any responsible individuals liable for penalty under the
particular regulatory section(s) concerning the substantive
defect(s) present on the unit of passenger equipment at the time of
movement.
Failure to observe any condition for the movement of passenger
equipment containing defective safety appliances, other than power
brakes, set forth in Sec. 238.17(e) will deprive the railroad of
the movement-for-repair provision and make the railroad and any
responsible individuals liable for penalty under the particular
regulatory section(s) contained in part 231 of this chapter or Sec.
238.429 concerning the substantive defective condition.
The penalties listed for failure to perform the exterior and
interior mechanical inspections and tests required under Sec.
238.303 and Sec. 238.305 may be assessed for each unit of passenger
equipment contained in a train that is not properly inspected.
Whereas, the penalties listed for failure to perform the brake
inspections and tests under Sec. 238.313 through Sec. 238.319 may
be assessed for each train that is not properly inspected.
0
29. Section 238.428 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 238.428 Overheat sensors.
Overheat sensors for each wheelset journal bearing shall be
provided. The sensors may be placed either onboard the equipment or at
reasonable intervals along the railroad's right-of-way.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ The penalty schedule uses section numbers from 49 CFR part
238. If more than one item is listed as a type of violation of a
given section, each item is also designated by a ``penalty code,''
which is used to facilitate assessment of civil penalties, and which
may or may not correspond to any subsection designation(s). For
convenience, penalty citations will cite the CFR section and the
penalty code, if any. FRA reserves the right, should litigation
become necessary, to substitute in its complaint the CFR citation in
place of the combined CFR and penalty code citation, should they
differ.
0
30. Appendix A to part 238 is amended by adding the entry for new Sec.
238.428 in numerical order to read as follows:
Appendix A to Part 238--Schedule of Civil Penalties 1
2
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Willful
Section Violation violation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUBPART E--SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR TIER II PASSENGER EQUIPMENT:
* * * * * * *
238.428 Overheat sensors.................................................. 2,500 5,000
* * * * * * *
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Appendix C to Part 238 [Removed and Reserved]
0
31. Appendix C to part 238 is removed and reserved.
Issued in Washington, DC, on February 25, 2013.
Joseph C. Szabo,
Administrator.
[FR Doc. 2013-04679 Filed 3-12-13; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-06-P